(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "State record North Carolina"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

NCSU Libraries 



http://www.archive.org/details/staterecordnorth1978nort 



Carolina 

State University 

Bulletin 



■m 




IIP-; 




t 
» Kit 






w jiii 


I ^^W. 


l« .« >' 






*^j 


1 






E„ 












E'l^te^' 








Jjtt - 




1 




: 


[J 




%M 






&t*. , 


F 


■ ; ; ^ 






vW 


2C*"*! ; 












W 




y 


*. . 


'«& 


'j 


; ' 






• J.. 


*■ - 


-» « 












■ .► 





ndergraduate Catalog 
979-1981 



December, 1978 



This catalog is intended for informational purposes only. Requirements, rules, 
procedures, courses and informational statements set forth herein are subject to 
change. Notice of changes will be conveyed to duly enrolled students and other ap- 
propriate persons at the time such changes are effected. 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN 

(USPS 393-040) 

VOLUME 78 DECEMBER 1978 NUMBER 4 

Published four times a year in February, June, August and December by North Carolina State University, Department of 
Admissions, Peele Hall! P. 0. Box 5126, Raleigh, N.C. 27650. Second class postage paid at Raleigh, N.C. 27611. 
Hardy D. Berry, Director, Information Services. 




North Carolina State University 



Raleigh, North Carolina 



Undergraduate Catalog 

1979-81 



THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION 

University of North Carolina System 

William Clyde Friday, B.S., LL.B., LL.D., D.C.L., President 

Raymond Howard Dawson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President— Academic Affairs 

Edgar Walton Jones, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Vice President — Research and Public Service 

Programs 
L. Felix Joyner, A.B., Vice President— Finance 
John L. Sanders, A.B., J.D., Vice President— Planning 
Cleon Franklyn Thompson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Vice President— Student Services and Special 

Programs 
George Eldridge Bair, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director of Educational Television 
Hugh S. Buchanan Jr., B.A., Associate Vice President— Finance 
Charles Ray Coble, Jr., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Vice President— Planning 
Kennis R. Grogan, B.S., M.B.A., Associate Vice President — Finance 
James L. Jenkins Jr., A.B., Assistant to the President 
John P. Kennedy Jr., S.B., B.A., M.A., J.D., Secretary of the University 
Arnold Kimsey King, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Assistant to the President 
Roscoe D. McMillian Jr., B.S., Assistant to the President for Governmental Affairs 
Jeanne Margaret McNally, B.S.N., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Vice President— Academic Affairs 
Richard H. Robinson Jr., A.B., LL.B., Assistant to the President 
Donald J. Stedman, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Vice President — Academic Affairs 
Robert W. Williams, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Vice President— Academic Affairs 

The University of North Carolina was chartered in 1789 and opened its doors to students at 
its Chapel Hill campus in 1795. Throughout most of its history, it has been governed by a 
Board of Trustees chosen by the Legislature and presided over by the Governor. During the 
period 1917-1972, the Board consisted of one hundred elected members and a varying number 
of ex-officio members. 

By act of the General Assembly of 1931, without change of name, it was merged with The 
North Carolina College for Women at Greensboro and The North Carolina State College of 
Agriculture and Engineering at Raleigh to form a multicampus institution designated The 
University of North Carolina. 

In 1963 the General Assembly changed the name of the campus at Chapel Hill to The Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and that at Greensboro to The University of North 
Carolina at Greensboro and, in 1965, the name of the campus at Raleigh was changed to 
North Carolina State University at Raleigh. 

Charlotte College was added as The University of North Carolina at Charlotte in 1965, and, 
in 1969, Asheville-Biltmore College and Wilmington College became The University of North 
Carolina at Asheville and The University of North Carolina at Wilmington respectively. 

A revision of the North Carolina State Constitution adopted in November 1970 included 
the following: "The General Assembly shall maintain a public system of higher education, 
comprising The University of North Carolina and such other institutions of higher education 
as the General Assembly may deem wise. The General Assembly shall provide for the selec- 
tion of trustees of The University of North Carolina. . . ." In slightly different language, this 
provision had been in the Constitution since 1868. 

On October 30, 1971, the General Assembly in special session merged, without changing 
their names, the remaining ten state-supported senior institutions into the University as 
follows: Appalachian State University, East Carolina University, Elizabeth City State Uni- 
versity, Fayetteville State University, North Carolina Agricultural and Technical State Uni- 
versity, North Carolina Central University, North Carolina School of the Arts, Pembroke 
State University, Western Carolina University, and Winston-Salem State University. This 
merger, which resulted in a statewide multicampus university of sixteen constituent institu- 
tions, became effective on July 1, 1972. 



The constitutionally authorized Board of Trustees was designated the Board of Governors, 
and the number was reduced to thirty-two members elected by the General Assembly, with 
authority to choose their own chairman and other officers. The Board is "responsible for the 
general determination, control, supervision, management, and governance of all affairs of 
the constituent institutions." Each constituent institution, however, has its own board of 
trustees of thirteen members, eight of whom are appointed by the Board of Goyernors, four 
by the Governor, and one of whom, the elected president of the student body, serves ex 
officio. The principal powers of each institutional board are exercised under a delegation 
from the Board of Governors. 

Each institution has its own faculty and student body, and each is headed by a chancellor 
as its chief administrative officer. Unified general policy and appropriate allocation of func- 
tion are effected by the Board of Governors and by the President with the assistance of other 
administrative officers of the University. The General Administration office is located in 
Chapel Hill. 

The chancellors of the constituent institutions are responsible to the President as the chief 
administrative and executive officer of The University of North Carolina. 



North Carolina State University 



Administration and Offices 

Chancellor's Office 

Joab L. Thomas, Chancellor 
Clauston L. Jenkins, Assistant to the 

Chancellor 
Linda W. Nipper, Assistant to the 

Chancellor 
William H. Simpson, Assistant to the 

Chancellor and the Provost 

Provost's Office 

Nash N. Winstead, Provost and Vice 
Chancellor 

Lawrence M. Clark, Assistant Provost 
and Affirmative Action Officer 

Murray S. Downs, Assistant Provost 

LeRoy B. Martin, Jr., Assistant Pro- 
vost for University Computing 

School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

J. E. Legates, Dean 

Edward W. Glazener, Associate Dean 
and Director, Academic Affairs 

T. Carlton Blalock, Associate Dean 
and Director, Agricultural Exten- 
sion Service 

Kenneth R. Keller, Associate Dean 
and Director, Research 

School of Design 

Claude E. McKinney, Dean 
Roger H. Clark, Assistant Dean 

School of Education 

Carl J. Dolce, Dean 

Robert T. Williams, Associate Dean 

School of Engineering 

Larry K. Monteith, Dean 

John F. Ely, Associate Dean of 

Academic Affairs 
Henry B. Smith, Associate Dean for 

Research and Graduate Programs 
John Hart, Assistant Dean for 

Extension 

School of Forest Resources 

Eric L. Ellwood, Dean 

LeRoy C. Saylor, Associate Dean 

Ellis B. Cowling, Associate Dean 

School of Humanities and Social 
Sciences 

Robert 0. Til man, Dean 

William B. Toole, III, Associate Dean 

School of Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences 

Arthur C. Menius, Jr., Dean 
Jasper D. Memory, Associate Dean 



School of Textiles 

David W. Chaney, Dean 

M. R. Shaw, Assistant Dean for 
Research 

E. E. Hutchison, Academic Coordina- 
tor 

D. S. Hamby, Associate Dean for 
Extension 
The Graduate School 

Vivian T. Stannett, Vice Provost and 
Dean 

R. James Peeler, Associate Dean 

Division of University Studies 

A. C. Barefoot, Head 

Research Office 

Earl G. Droessler, Vice Provost and 
Dean 

International Programs Office 

Jackson A. Rigney, Dean 

University Libraries 

I. T. Littleton, Director 

Maryellen LoPresti, Design Librarian 

Georgia Rodeffer, Textiles Librarian 

Computing Center 

Richard A. Usanis, Director 

Division of Continuing Education 

William L. Turner, Vice Chancellor for 

Extension and Public Service 
R. A. Mabry, Director 
D. B. Stansel, Associate Director 
Jack Porter, Associate Director and 

Director Television Center 
Charles F. Kolb, Director, Curricu- 

lar Branch and Summer Sessions 
Robert K. White, Director, Adult 

Special Programs 

Division of Student Affairs 

Banks C. Talley, Jr., Vice Chancellor 
Thomas H. Stafford, Assistant Vice 

Chancellor 
Henry Bowers, Associate Dean 
Gerald G. Hawkins, Associate Dean 
Ronald C. Butler, Associate Dean 
Charles A. Haywood, Associate Dean 

Admissions 

Anna P. Keller, Director 

Student Development 
Jeff Mann, Director 

Music Department 

J. Perry Watson, Director 

University Student Center 



Henry Bowers, Director 
Career Planning and Placement Center 

Raymond E. Tew, Director 
Counseling Center 

M. Lee Salter, Director 
Financial Aid 

Carl 0. Eycke, Director 
Registration and Records 

James H. Bundy, Registrar 
Residence Facilities 

Eli D. Panee, Director 
Residence Life 

Charles L. Oglesby, Director 
Student Health Programs 

Carolyn S. Jessup, Director 
International Student Advising and 
Study Abroad 

Mary M. Etchison, Advisor 
Upward Bound 

Wayne Burgin, Director 

Office of Business Affairs 

George L. Worsley, Vice Chancellor, 

Finance and Business 
William A. Jenkins, Assistant Vice 

Chancellor for Business 
Paul H. Schulz, Jr., Assistant Vice 

Chancellor for Finance 



Edwin F. Harris, Jr., Director, 
Facilities Planning 

Charles C. Braswell, Director, 
Physical Plant 

Gerald R. Shirley, Director, Safety 

Molly Pipes, Director, Transportation 

James W. Cunningham, Director, 
Security 

W. R. Styons, Director, Student Ac- 
con n ts 

G. Robert Armstrong, General 
Manager, Students Supply Stores 

S. C. Schlitzkus, Director, Auxiliary 
Services 

Foundations and Development 

Rudolph Pate, Vice Chancellor for 
Foundations and University Rela- 
tions 

John Kanipe, Assistant Vice Chan- 
cellor 

Information Services 

Hardy D. Berry, Director 

Alumni Relations 

Bryce R. Younts, Director 

Department of Athletics 

Willis R. Casey, Director 




Chancellor Joab Thomas; Tom Hendrickson, president, Student Government; Nick 
Stratas, president, Student Senate; and Prof. Charles Smallwood, chairman, Faculty Senate. 



CONTENTS 



Calendar 11 

Academic Programs 14 

Special Programs 19 

Admissions 21 

Registration 25 

Tuition and Fees 26 

Financial Aid 29 

Housing 31 

Academic Regulations 32 

Grading System 34 

General Information 45 

Student Activities 47 

Graduate School 51 

University Extension 52 

Music 55 

Military Training 56 

Library, Computing and Research Facilities 58 

Schools, Departments and Programs of Study 63 

Agriculture and Life Sciences 65 

Design 107 

Education 115 

Engineering 132 

Forest Resources 154 

Humanities and Social Sciences 167 

Physical and Mathematical Sciences 180 

Textiles 196 

Course Listings 209 

Administration and Faculty 379 

Administrative Council 379 

Board of Trustees 379 

Board of Governors 380 

Teaching and Professional Faculty 381 

Index 415 

Campus Map 418 




Aerial view of a portion of the campus of North Carolina State University. 



North Carolina State University 

North Carolina State University is one of the nation's major public univer- 
sities — large, complex, national and international in scope, and a leader in scien- 
tific research. 

It ranks among the top universities in the nation, and shares the distinctive 
character of Land-Grant state universities nationally — broad academic offerings, 
extensive public service, national and international activities, and large-scale ex- 
tension and research programs. 

Academic excellence is well represented in more than 80 bachelors of arts and 
science programs, 68 masters degree fields and 46 doctoral degrees. 

Research activities span a broad spectrum of about 700 scientific, technological 
and scholarly endeavors, with a budget of approximately $25 million annually. 

Extension work on a statewide basis in each of the 100 counties underscores the 
idea that the University's campus extends to the state's boundaries. Diverse exten- 
sion programs include urban affairs, marine sciences, environmental protection, 
engineering, industrial, business and textiles, agricultural and many others. 

The annual University budget is more than $120 million. The University has 
4,600-plus employees. There are 1,621 faculty and professional staff and 174 ad- 
junct and federal agency faculty, including 1,075 graduate faculty. 

There are 120 campus buildings with an estimated value of about $200 million. 

The central campus is 596 acres, though the University has 88,000 acres on a 
statewide basis, including one research and endowment forest of 78,000 acres. Near 
the main campus are research farms; biology and ecology sites; genetics, hor- 
ticulture, and floriculture nurseries; forests, and areas such as Carter Stadium 
which comprise about 2,500 acres. 

The University's Wolfpack athletics teams are well-known nationally. The 
basketball team was national champion in 1974-75. The football team has been the 
Atlantic Coast Conference champion four times and co-champion twice and has 
won three bowl games in the last decade. The Wolfpack is now fielding women's 
inter-collegiate athletics teams. 

North Carolina State University is one of the three Research Triangle Univer- 
sities along with Duke University and the University of North Carolina at Chapel 
Hill. In the 30-mile triangle formed by the three universities is the 5,000-acre 
Research Triangle Park, the Research Triangle Institute, a Universitles's sub- 
sidiary, and the Triangle Universities Computation Center, a central facility for 
the extensive computing centers of the institutions. 

N. C. State's enrollment reached 18,500 in the 1978 fall semester. There are 
13,000 students in undergraduate degree programs, 2,600 in graduate degree 
programs, and nearly 3,000 special students in various categories. The total student 
population includes approximately 1,300 black or other minority students, 6,000 
female students, and 4,500 students twenty-five years of age or older. Students at 
State come from 47 states and 80 countries. The international enrollment is a dis- 
tinctive feature of the institution since its 800 international students give it a 
decidedly cosmopolitan atmosphere. 

NCSU is one of the 140 members of the National Association of State Universi- 
ties and Land-Grant Colleges. Even though these institutions constitute less than 5 



percent of the 2,500 colleges and universities in the nation, they constitute the na- 
tion's major institutions. They enroll about 30 percent of all U.S. college students— 
2.9 million out of 9.7 million, and award 38 percent of all degrees awarded in the 
United States, including 64 percent of all doctoral degrees. 



NONDISCRIMINATION STATEMENT 

North Carolina State University is dedicated to equality of opportunity within 
its community. Accordingly, North Carolina State University does not practice or 
condone discrimination, in any form, against students, employees, or applicants on 
the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, or handicap. North 
Carolina State University commits itself to positive action to secure equal oppor- 
tunity regardless of those characteristics. 

North Carolina State University supports the protection available to members of 
its community under all applicable Federal laws, including Titles VI and VII of the 
Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Sections 
799A and 845 of the Public Health Service Act, the Equal Pay and Age Discrimina- 
tion Acts, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and Executive Order 11246. 
For information concerning these provisions, contact: 

Affirmative Action Officer 

201 Holladay Hall 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27650 

10 



University Calendar 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1979 



January 


8 


Mon. 


January 


9 


Tues. 


January 


10 


Wed. 


January 


17 


Wed. 



January 24 



Wed. 



February 


7 


Wed. 


March 


2 


Fri. 


March 
March 


12 
16 


Mon. 
Fri. 


April 

April 

April 

May 

May 


16 
27 
30- 
9 
12 


Mon. 
Fri. 

Mon.-Sat. 

Mon.-Wed. 

Sat. 


SUMMER SESSION, 1979 


First Session 




May 
May 
May 


22 
23 
24 


Tues. 
Wed. 
Thurs. 


May 


28 


Mon. 


June 


1 


Fri. 


June 


8 


Fri. 


June 
June 


26 

27 


Tues. 
Wed. 


Second Session 




July 
July 
July 
July 


2 
3 
4 
5 


Mon. 
Tues. 
Wed. 
Thurs. 


July 


9 


Mon. 


July 


13 


Fri. 


July 


20 


Fri. 


August 
August 


7 
8 


Tues. 
Wed. 



Registration Day 

Change Day (Late registration, Drop/ Add) 
First day of classes 

Last day to add a course (to add during second week 
requires permission of instructor. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with a re- 
fund; Last day for undergraduate student to drop 
below 12 hours 

Last day to drop a course at the 400 level or below 
without a grade 

Mid-semester reports due; Spring vacation begins at 
10:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 

Last day to drop a course at the 500 or 600 level 
without a grade 
Holiday 

Last day of classes 
Final examinations 

Commencement 



Registration Day 

First day of classes 

Last day to add a course (to add during third and 

fourth days requires permission of instructor) 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with a 

refund 

Last day to drop a course at the 400 level or below 

without a grade 

Last day to drop a course at the 500 or 600 level 

without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



Registration Day 

First day of classes 

Holiday 

Last day to add a course (to add during third and 

fourth days requires permission of instructor) 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with a 

refund 

Last day to drop a course at the 400 level or below 

without a grade 

Last day to drop a course at the 500 or 600 level 

without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



11 



FALL SEMESTER, 1979 



August 


23 


Thurs. 


August 


24 


Fri. 


August 


27 


Mon. 


September 


3 


Mon. 


September 


4 


Tues. 


September 


10 


Mon. 



September 24 Mon. 

October 12 Fri. 



October 
October 



17 
26 



November 21 

November 26 

December 7 

December 10- 

December 19 



Wed. 
Fri. 

Wed. 
Mon. 
Fri. 

Mon.-Sat. 
Mon.-Sat. 



Registration Day 

Change Day (Late registration, Drop/ Add) 
First day of classes 
Holiday 

Last day to add a course (to add during second week 
requires permission of instructor) 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with a re- 
fund; Last day for undergraduate student to drop 
below 12 hours 

Last day to drop a course at the 400 level or below 
without a grade 

Mid-semester reports due; Fall vacation begins at 
10:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 

Last day to drop a course at the 500 or 600 level 
without a grade 

Thanksgiving vacation begins at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes 
Final examinations 



SPRING SEMESTER, 1980 



January 
January 
January 
January 



9 
16 



January 23 



Mon. 
Tues. 
Wed. 
Wed. 

Wed. 



February 


6 


Wed. 


February 


29 


Fri. 


March 
March 


10 
14 


Mon. 
Fri. 


April 

April 

April 

May 

May 


7 
25 
28- 

7 
10 


Mon. 

Fri. 

Mon.-Sat. 

Mon.-Wed 

Sat. 



Registration Day 

Change Day (Late registration, Drop/Add) 
First day of classes 

Last day to add a course (to add during second week 
requires permission of instructor) 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with a re- 
fund; Last day for undergraduate student to drop 
below 12 hours 

Last day to drop a course at the 400 level or below 
without a grade 

Mid-semester reports due; Spring vacation begins at 
10:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 

Last day to drop a course at the 500 or 600 level 
without a grade 
Holiday 

Last day of classes 
Final examinations 

Commencement 



SUMMER SESSION, 1980 

First Session 



May 
May 
May 

May 

May 



20 Tues. 

21 Wed. 

22 Thurs. 

26 Mon. 



30 



Fri. 



Registration Day 

First day of classes 

Last day to add a course (to add during third and 

fourth days requires permission of instructor) 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with a 

refund 

Last day to drop a course at the 400 level or below 

without a grade 



12 



June 



Fri. 



June 
June 


24 
25 


Tues. 
Wed. 


Second Ses 


sion 




June 
July 
July 


30 
1 
2 


Mon. 
Tues. 
Wed. 


July 
July 


4 

7 


Fri. 

Mon. 


July 


11 


Fri. 


July 


18 


Fri. 


August 
August 


5 
6 


Tues. 
Wed. 


FALL SEMESTER, 1980 


August 

August 

August 

September 

September 


21 

22 

25 

1 

2 


Thurs. 
Fri. 

Mon. 
Mon. 
Tues. 


September 


8 


Mon. 


September 


22 


Mon. 


October 


10 


Fri. 


October 
October 


15 
24 


Wed. 
Fri. 


November 
December 
December 
December 
December 


26 
1 
5 

8- 
17 


Wed. 
Mon. 
Fri. 

Mon. -Sat. 
Mon. -Wed, 


Tentative 







Last day to drop a course at the 500 or 600 level 
without a grade 
Last day of classes 
Final examinations 



Registration Day 

First day of classes 

Last day to add a course (to add during third and 

fourth days requires permission of instructor) 

Holiday 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with a 

refund 

Last day to drop a course at the 400 level or below 

without a grade 

Last day to drop a course at the 500 or 600 level 

without a grade 

Last day of classes 

Final examinations 



Registration Day 

Change Day (Late registration, Drop/ Add) 
First day of classes 
Holiday 

Last day to add a course (to add during second week 
requires permission of instructor) 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) with a re- 
fund; last day for undergraduate student to drop 
below 12 hours 

Last day to drop a course at the 400 level or below 
without a grade 

Mid-semester reports due; Fall vacation begins at 
10:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 

Last day to drop a course at the 500 or 600 level 
without a grade 

Thanksgiving vacation begins at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 7:50 a.m. 
Last day of classes 
Final examinations 



13 



Academic Programs 



North Carolina State University offers more than 80 fields of study at the under- 
graduate level. These fields of study include many comprehensive academic 
programs leading to B.S. or B.A. degrees. Some are options within degree 
programs, such as the Wildlife Biology Option within the B.S. in Zoology or the 
Writing-Editing Option within the B.A. in English. The Individualized Study 
Program in Agriculture and Life Sciences and the Multidisciplinary Studies 
Program in Humanities and Social Sciences each provide opportunities for creating 
additional fields of study to meet the specialized needs of particular students. 

The following are the undergraduate fields of study available at North Carolina 
State University: 



Agriculture 

Agricultural Economics 

Agronomy 

Animal Science 

Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering 
Crop Science 
Food Science 
Horticultural Science 
Nutrition 

Pest Management for Crop Protection 
Poultry Science 
Soil Science 

Business and Economics 

Accounting 

Business Management 

Economics 

Biological Sciences 

Biochemistry 

Biological Sciences 

Botany 

Entomology 

Fisheries and Marine Biology 

Microbiology 

Wildlife Biology 

Zoology 

Design 

Architecture 
Landscape Architecture 
Product Design 
Visual Design 

Education (including teacher certifica- 
tion) 

Agricultural 

English 

French Language and Literature 

Industrial Arts 



Mathematics 

Science (biology, chemistry, earth 

science, & physics) 
Social Studies (economics, history, 

political science, & sociology) 
Spanish Language and Literature 
Technical 
Vocational Industrial 

Engineering 

Aerospace 

Chemical 

Civil 

Construction 

Electrical 

Engineering Operations 

Furniture Manufacturing and 

Management 
Industrial 
Materials 
Mechanical 
Nuclear 

Forestry and Natural Resources 

Conservation 
Forestry 

Humanities 

English and American Literature 

French Language and Literature 

History 

Philosophy 

Spanish Language and Literature 

Speech-Communication 

Writing-Editing 

Individualized Programs 

Individualized Study Program (Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences) 

Multidisciplinary Studies (Human- 
ities and Social Sciences) 



14 



Mathematics and Related Sciences 

Applied Mathematics 
Computer Science 
Mathematics 
Statistics 

Physical Sciences 

Chemistry 
Geology 
Meteorology 
Physics 

Medical and Veterinary Sciences 

Medical Technology 
Pre-dental 
Pre-medical 
Pre-veterinary 

Psychology 

Experimental Psychology 
Human Resources Development 
Psychology 



Recreation 

Recreation Resources Administration 

Social Sciences 

Criminal Justice 
Political Science 
Rural Sociology 
Social Work 
Sociology 

Textiles 

Textiles 

Textile Chemistry 
Textile Management 
Textile Science 

Wood Science 

Pulp and Paper Science and Technol- 
ogy 
Wood Science and Technology 



Agricultural Institute 

This two-year program requires high school graduation and a letter of recom- 
mendation. The program does not carry college credit. An Associate of Applied 
Science degree is awarded. Fields of study are: 

Agricultural Equipment Technology 

Agricultural Pest Control (Agricultural, Urban and Industrial Options) 

Field Crops Technology 

Flower and Nursery Crops Technology 

Food Processing, Distribution and Service 

General Agriculture 

Livestock Management and Technology (Dairy and Animal Husbandry Options) 

Soil Technology 

Turfgrass Management 

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES AND OPTIONS LEADING TO DEGREES 



Bachelor's of: 

Design 



environmental design in architecture; environmental design in 
landscape architecture; and environmental design in product 
design (including option in visual design). 



Humanities and Social Sciences 
social work. 

Bachelor of Science in: 

Agriculture and Life Sciences 

(Business) agricultural economics 



15 



(Science) agricultural economics; animal science; biological and agricul- 

tural engineering; biological sciences (including options in 
biochemistry, microbiology, and nutrition); botany; conserva- 
tion; crop science; entomology; food science; horticultural 
science; medical technology; pest management for crop protec- 
tion; poultry science; pre-veterinary option; rural sociology (in- 
cluding option in criminal justice); soil science; wildlife biology; 
and zoology (including options in pre-dental and pre-medical; 
fisheries and marine biology). 

(Technology) agronomy; animal science; biological and agricultural engi- 
neering; food science; horticultural science; and poultry science. 

Individualized Study Program in Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Education agricultural education; industrial arts education; mathematics 

education; science education (including biology, chemistry, 
earth science, and physics); technical education; and vocational 
industrial education. 

Engineering aerospace engineering; biological and agricultural engineering; 

chemical engineering; civil engineering; construction option; 
electrical engineering; engineering operations; furniture 
manufacturing and management; industrial engineering; 
materials engineering; mechanical engineering; and nuclear 
engineering. 

Forest Resources conservation; forestry; pulp and paper science and technology; 
recreation resources administration; and wood science and 
technology. 

Humanities and Social Sciences 

economics; English; history; philosophy; and political science. 

Physical and Mathematical Sciences 

chemistry; computer science; geology; mathematics; meteorol- 
ogy; physics; and statistics. 



Textiles 



textiles; textile chemistry; textile management; textile science 



Bachelor of Arts in: 

Education psychology (including options in experimental; human resource 

development). 

Humanities and Social Sciences 

accounting; business management; economics; English (in- 
cluding options in teacher education; writing-editing); French 
(including option in teacher education); history; multi-disci- 
plinary major in humanities and social sciences; philosophy; 
political science (including option in criminal justice); social 
studies education option (in economics, history, politics, or 
sociology); sociology (including option in criminal justice); 



16 



Spanish (including option in teacher education); and speech- 
communication. 



Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
chemistry; geology. 



Professional degrees (fifth year) in: 

chemical engineering; civil engineering; electrical engineering; 
industrial engineering; materials engineering; mechanical engi- 
neering; and nuclear engineering. 

GRADUATE DEGREES 

Master's of: 

adult and community college education, agricultural education, 
agriculture, architecture, biological and agricultural engineer- 
ing, biomathematics, chemical engineering, civil engineering, 
computer studies, curriculum and instruction, economics, 
educational administration and supervision, electrical engineer- 
ing, engineering (off-campus program), forestry, guidance and 
personnel services, industrial arts education, industrial 
engineering, landscape architecture, life sciences, mathematics 
education, mechanical engineering, occupational education, 
product design, public affairs, recreation resources, sociology, 
science education, special education, statistics, technology for 
international development, textiles, urban design, vocational 
industrial education, wildlife biology, wood and paper science. 

Master of Arts in: 

economics, English, history, and political science. 

Master of Science in: 

adult and community college education, agricultural economics, 
agricultural education, animal science, applied mathematics, 
biochemistry, biological and agricultural engineering, bio- 
mathematics, botany, chemical engineering, chemistry, civil 
engineering, computer studies, crop science, curriculum and in- 
struction, ecology, educational administration and supervision, 
electrical engineering, entomology, food science, forestry, 
genetics, geology, guidance and personnel services, hor- 
ticultural science, industrial arts education, industrial 
engineering, management, marine sciences, materials engineer- 
ing, mathematics, mathematics education, mechanical 
engineering, meteorology, microbiology, nuclear engineering, 
nutrition, occupational education, operations research, physics, 
physiology, plant pathology, poultry science, psychology, 



17 



recreation resources administration, rural sociology, science 
education, soil science, special education, statistics, textile 
chemistry, textiles, vocational industrial education, wildlife 
biology, wood and paper science, and zoology. 



Doctor of Philosophy in: 



animal science, applied mathematics, biochemistry, biological 
and agricultural engineering, biomathematics, botany, 
chemical engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, crop 
science, economics, electrical engineering, entomology, fiber 
and polymer science, food science, forestry, genetics, hor- 
ticultural science, industrial engineering, marine sciences, 
materials engineering, mathematics, mathematics education, 
mechanical engineering, microbiology, nuclear engineering, 
nutrition, operations research, physics, physiology, plant 
pathology, psychology, science education, sociology, soil science, 
statistics, wood and paper science, and zoology. 

Doctor of Education in: 

adult and community college education, curriculum and in- 
struction, educational administration and supervision, 
guidance and personnel services, industrial arts education, and 
occupational education. 

Consult the Graduate Catalog for further information on graduate programs and 
admissions procedures. 

HONORS PROGRAMS 

Honors Programs are designed to provide individualized programs of study for 
promising young scholars. The Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Engineer- 
ing, Forest Resources, Humanities and Social Sciences, Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences, and Textiles have separate plans built around honors courses, supervised 
research, and special seminars. Students who demonstrate exceptional ability and 
achievement during their freshman or sophomore year are eligible to participate. 
Information is available from faculty advisers and from the office of the dean of 
each school. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

Cooperative Education Programs are offered in the Schools of Engineering, 
Forest Resources, Humanities and Social Sciences, Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences, and Textiles. These programs are designed to provide students alter- 
nating semesters of study and full-time work experience in their chosen fields. This 
normally takes place during the sophomore and junior levels and means that at- 
taining a degree will take more than the usual eight semesters. A grade point 
average of 2.25 is required for students entering this program, and transfers must 
first complete at least one semester at NCSU. To remain in the program, students 

18 



must maintain a cumulative average of 2.00, arrange for a minimum of 12 months 
of work experience, and be registered for each work period with the respective co- 
op course numbers for their school. Students who are considering participation in a 
co-op program should obtain further information from their faculty advisers or 
from the coordinator of the program for their school. 

EVENING UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The School of Humanities and Social Sciences now offers complete undergrad- 
uate degree programs during the evening hours for adult, part-time students. Such 
degree programs are available in the departments of Economics and Business, 
English, History, Sociology and Anthropology, Foreign Languages and 
Literatures, and Political Science. Persons interested in more information about 
these evening degree programs should contact the N.C.S.U. Division of Continuing 
Education, P.O. Box 5125, Raleigh, N.C. 27650; (919) 737-2265. 



Special Programs 



The University has numerous special programs designed to meet the interests 
and needs of individual students including the following: 

Alexander International Program. The International Program in Alexander 
Residence Hall involves American and foreign students in a program designed to 
facilitate cross-cultural understanding and to increase the participants' knowledge 
of world affairs. Students in Alexander can expand their appreciation and knowl- 
edge of other cultures and other people and can learn more about themselves by liv- 
ing with students from many different countries. Dinner seminars, parties, films, 
speakers, credit courses, and special programs focus on international themes and 
issues. Two Alexander residents are awarded foreign study scholarships for travel 
and study abroad each summer. 

Learning Opportunities Unlimited. Learning Opportunities Unlimited (LOU) 
is a program of non-credit interest courses offered by the Department of Residence 
Life. The courses are usually taught in residence hall lounges and recreation rooms 
and cover such topics as karate, auto mechanics, social dancing, ballet, meditation, 
photography, women's self defense, and tap dancing. 

Metcalf Living-Learning Program. The Living-Learning Program in Metcalf 
Residence Hall is primarily designed for freshmen who are interested in educa- 
tional and cultural development. The program involves male and female freshmen 
in all eight schools of the University, although those in the School of Humanities 
and Social Sciences who are interested in a special residential program are en- 
couraged to first consider the Transition Program. 

Metcalf students can take several courses together in cluster classes, become in- 
formally acquainted with faculty members, hear outside speakers, and participate 
in planned discussions. Faculty members and graduate students provide tutorials 
to assist the freshmen with their courses. 

Friends of Adam Smith. Friends of Adam Smith is a program coordinated by 
the Department of Economics and Business and the Department of Residence Life 
which involves 35 to 40 sophomores majoring in accounting, business management, 

19 



or economics. These students live in Lee and Sullivan Residence Halls and take 
several classes together each semester, which are taught in the Cultural Center 
nearby. A study lounge with tape calculators, reference books, and other resource 
materials related to the courses is available in Sullivan Hall for program partici- 
pants. 

The program is coordinated by a graduate student from the Department of 
Economics and Business, and two seniors majoring in the department are hired to 
live in the halls and to provide tutoring, advising, and other assistance related to 
the academic course work. Visiting business executives, accountants, economists, 
government officials, etc., meet with the participants in class and in informal din- 
ners and discussion groups in the evenings. Other activities available for students 
in this program include a special career planning workshop, field trips to 
businesses in the area, and programs related to the students' course work and 
career objectives. 

National Student Exchange Program. North Carolina State is one of 42 state 
supported colleges and universities belonging to the National Student Exchange 
Program. Each year an opportunity is provided for 25 State students to study at 
one of the other participating schools and still pay the same tuition and fees they 
pay here. Much red tape normally associated with a change of school is also 
avoided. Eligible students must be in either sophomore or junior year, have a 2.5 
grade point average or better, and be selected by a screening committee. Preference 
is given to North Carolina residents. For further information contact the Office of 
Student Development, 214 Harris Hall. 

North Carolina Fellows Program. North Carolina State University offers a 
unique learning and development experience known as the North Carolina Fellows 
Program. The program is designed to assist outstanding, talented students to 
develop their leadership potential at an accelerated pace, and to accomplish this in 
ways not usually afforded by the University. Each year approximately fifteen new 
freshmen are selected to participate in the program as Fellows. The program seeks 
to identify students of exceptional ability and motivation and to encourage their 
development as potential leaders for business, governmental, educational and 
other professional communities. The program attempts to fulfill its goal by 
providing training and developmental opportunities. 

PASS (Program of Academic Support Services). The Department of 
Residence Life provides several academic support services for students living in the 
residence halls under the Program of Academic Support Services (PASS). These in- 
clude weekly tutorials in chemistry, math, physics, and English in each residence 
hall area; study skills classes and workshops on topics such as test anxiety reduc- 
tion, study skills, reading improvement, term paper writing, and career planning; 
special facilities such as the computer facility in Bragaw Hall; and the Freshman 
Adviser Program. Freshman advisers are upperclassmen living in the residence 
halls who volunteer to assist several freshmen in their major who live in the same 
or a nearby residence hall. 

Transition Program. The Transition Program involves 60 male and female 
freshmen who live in the Berry-Becton-Bagwell Quad and take four courses 
together— American history, American literature, philosophy, and a special collo- 
quium. The courses are taught as an interdisciplinary approach to American 
Civilization and are supplemented with a variety of films, guest speakers, field 

20 



trips, dramatic productions, and special projects. In addition to this course cluster, 
Transition participants enroll in other regular University courses, normally 
science, math or foreign language, and physical education. 

The Transition courses are taught in the Berry Residence Hall lounge and one of 
the faculty members lives in an apartment in the Quad. The faculty members have 
an office in Berry Hall, and the nature of the program encourages very informal re- 
lationships between students and faculty. Transition is designed primarily for 
freshmen in the School of Humanities and Social Sciences, but interested students 
in other schools are encouraged to apply and will be selected as space permits. 

Summer Study at Oxford, England. A cooperative program with the Univer- 
sity of North Carolina at Asheville that offers North Carolina State University stu- 
dents a four-week summer experience at Oxford, England. Program is limited to 35 
participants and students may take one or two courses. Academic credit is granted 
for this work by NCSU. Courses include Shakespeare, British History, Contem- 
porary British Novel, Town Planning, and Contemporary Philosophy. All courses 
are taught by British scholars. Ample time is made available for independent 
travel in order to maximize the British experience. Contact the Division of Student 
Affairs for full details, Room 214 Harris Hall. 



Admissions 



Freshman applications to the University for the fall semester or summer ses- 
sions should be submitted during the fall of the senior year in high school. Based on 
past experience, applications and credentials received in the fall and early winter 
have received full consideration while those applications received later have been 
(and may be again) subject to a waiting list, depending upon space availability. 
Those students whose applications are placed on a waiting list will be notified of 
their final status by June 1. 

Applicants for the School of Design should submit applications by January 1. 
Applications for the spring semester should be submitted prior to December 1, 
however, all acceptances for the spring semester are subject to space availability. 

Each applicant must complete an application form which may be obtained from 
high school counselors or by writing to: 

Director of Admissions 

P. 0. Box 5126 

North Carolina State University 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27650 

A nonrefundable $10 fee must accompany the completed application. 

FRESHMAN ADMISSION 

Applicants normally should be graduates of an accredited high school and have 
the recommendation of the principal or counselor. Non-graduates should usually 
have a high school equivalency certificate, the minimum high school mathematics 
preparation, and present other evidence of maturity and ability to deal effectively 
with college work. 



21 



Prospective students should have the following high school credits (courses): 

English— 4 years 
History— 2 years 
Mathematics — 2 years of algebra; 1 year of geometry; advanced algebra and 

trigonometry is strongly recommended for schools of Engineering, Forest 

Resources, and Physical and Mathematical Sciences 
Science — 2 years, preferably biology, chemistry, or physics 
Foreign Language — 2 years recommended for School of Humanities and Social 

Sciences only 

Information the University needs for admissions purposes includes: the high 
school record showing grades through the junior year, a listing of courses in 
progress in the senior year, an overall grade point average based on at least three 
years of high school study, scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or ACT, 
and the field of study of curriculum preferred. 

In addition to adequate high school preparation, each freshman must meet a 
minimum Predicted Grade Average computed on the basis of the high school grade 
point average and scores on the SAT or ACT. The grade point average carries 
greater weight in the prediction than the test scores. 

Applicants are accepted on either junior or senior test scores, although senior 
scores are recommended, especially if the applicant is also applying for financial 
aid. An interview is not required and does not weigh in the admissions decision; 
however, a prospective student is always welcome to visit the Admissions Office, 
112 Peele Hall, from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. 

Two- Year Agricultural Institute 

Requirements for admission to the Agricultural Institute, a two-year terminal 
program, include graduation from an accredited high school or successful comple- 
tion of the high school equivalency examination administered by the State Depart- 
ment of Public Instruction. The application should include a copy of the high school 
record or a letter indicating the applicant has passed the equivalency examination, 
and a letter of recommendation. Each application is reviewed and evaluated by the 
Institute Director. SAT scores are not required. 

Freshman Profile 

Who makes up the student body of NCSU? Sixty-six percent of the freshmen who 
entered in August 1977, had a high school grade point average of 3.0 or higher and 
ninety-five percent had a high school grade point average of 2.5 or better. High 
school performance is usually considered the best predictor of success in college; 
however, if you have a lower grade point average but did well on the SAT you 
should not be discouraged from applying for admission. In 1977-78, the freshman 
class at State had average SAT scores of 462 Verbal and 535 Mathematics. 

Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), American College Testing Program 
Achievement Tests, Advanced Placement 

Scholastic Aptitude Test and American College Test— Applicants for admission 
as freshmen must take the College Entrance Examination Board Scholastic Apti- 

22 



tude Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT) and request that their scores 
be sent directly from the Board to North Carolina State University (Code No. — 
R5496). Information booklets and application forms may be obtained from school 
counselors or by writing: 

College Entrance Examination Board 

Box 592 

Princeton, New Jersey 08540 



American College Testing Program 

P. 0. Box 414 

Iowa City, Iowa 52240 

Achievement Tests — Achievement Test scores are not used in the admissions 
decision; however, freshmen who take the English and Math Level I Achievement 
Tests will receive more accurate placement in the beginning English and math 
courses. The fall and winter test dates are considered the best time for taking these 
tests. 

Advanced Placement — A student may qualify for advanced placement by one or 
more of the following means: 1) by passing a proficiency examination adminis- 
tered by a teaching department; 2) by attaining a sufficient predicted grade in 
English (PGE) which is based on the SAT Verbal score and either the high school 
record or the CEEB English Achievement score; 3) by attaining a sufficient pre- 
dicted grade in mathematics (PGM) which is based on the SAT Mathematics score 
and either the high school record or the CEEB Mathematics Achievement score; 4) 
by meeting a specific minimum score on certain of the CEEB Advanced Placement 
Program (APP) examinations; and 5) by attaining at least a minimum score on cer- 
tain of the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) subject tests. 

OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS 

Undergraduate applicants from outside North Carolina must meet higher stan- 
dards than required of N. C. residents in some fields of study before admission will 
be granted. North Carolina State University is limited to accepting not more than 
15 percent of total undergraduate admissions from outside the State. 

TRANSFER STUDENTS 

North Carolina State University welcomes transfer applicants, and in recent 
years, more than 25 percent of our graduates started their college programs at 
other institutions. 

Transfer applicants should present at least 28 semester hours of "C" or better 
college-level work with a minimum overall 2.0 average on all work attempted and 
be eligible to return to the last institution regularly attended. Programs that are 
experiencing space limitations may require a higher minimum grade point average 
for admission. Students presenting less than 28 semester hours must also meet the 
admissions requirements for entering freshmen. Applications of students from 
non-accredited institutions are reviewed by the Admissions Committee. 

Work completed at technical institutes is generally not considered college level; 
however, students from such institutes may take comprehensive examinations in 

23 



courses in which they feel previous training qualifies them for advanced place- 
ment. 

If admitted, the prospective transfer student's record will be further evaluated 
by the school in which the student wishes to enroll to determine the amount of 
credit that can be transferred and applied toward degree requirements at N.C. 
State. Transcripts are not evaluated however until the applicant has been admit- 
ted. A nonrefundable $2 transcript evaluation fee, payable to North Carolina State 
University, is charged for this service. 

ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATIONS 

Unclassified Students— An unclassified student is one who has been approved 
for admission to a specific school and is earning college credit but has not chosen a 
specific curriculum. He or she must meet the same admissions requirements as 
regular students. If, at a later date, an unclassified student wishes to change to 
regular status, credits must be evaluated for his or her chosen curriculum. 

Special Students— The special student classification is primarily designed for 
students 18 years of age or older who are employed in the Raleigh area, including 
homemakers and other mature individuals interested in college courses for special 
reasons, but who do not desire to work toward a degree at North Carolina State 
University. The usual college admissions requirements may be waived for qualified 
special students, but regular rules of scholarship apply after admission. 

Special student applications should be made through the Division of Continuing 
Education, McKimmon Extension Education Center, corner of Western Boulevard 
and Gormon Street. If special students wish to change to regular status at a later 
date, they must make regular application through the Admissions Department and 
meet the same admissions requirements as other degree candidates. 

SERVICEMEN'S OPPORTUNITY COLLEGES, COLLEGE LEVEL 
EXAMINATION PROGRAM 

Servicemen's Opportunity Colleges (SOC)— College level courses offered by ac- 
credited institutions and made available to military personnel through SOC will be 
considered for transfer credit if a grade of "C" or better has been earned and if the 
courses are applicable to the student's curriculum. A transcript must be sent to the 
Director of Admissions directly from the institution offering the course. 

College Level Examination Program— CLEP primarily serves non-traditional 
students who have acquired knowledge through University extension courses, 
educational television, non-credit adult education programs, on-the-job training, 
and independent study by enabling them to demonstrate their knowledge and 
receive college credit on the basis of examinations. 

There are two types of examinations, General Examinations and the Subject Ex- 
aminations. Although only a limited amount of credit is given for the General Ex- 
aminations, many Subject Examinations are accepted for credit. The examinations 
are given at N. C. State during the third week of each month, and candidates should 
register three weeks before the test date. 

For further information write or telephone the Counseling Center, North 
Carolina State University, Box 5072, 200 Harris Hall, Raleigh, N.C. 27650; (919) 
737-2423. 

24 



GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Procedures and policies governing graduate admission are outlined in a special 
catalog issued by the Graduate School. For a copy of the Graduate School catalog 
contact: 

Dean of the Graduate School 
104 Peele Hall 

North Carolina State University 
Raleigh, North Carolina 27650 * 



Registration 



Preregistration: To preregister a student meets with his or her adviser to discuss 
an academic program and to select courses for the next semester. The courses se- 
lected by each student are processed through the computer which assigns a day and 
an hour for each course requested. During the registration period at the beginning 
of each semester, the student obtains a completed class schedule. Schedule of 
Courses listings are available for every semester and they contain all necessary in- 
structions for completing preregistration. To be preregistered, a student must sub- 
mit a Preregistration Schedule Request form to Registration and Records during 
the specified preregistration period. 

Registration: Registration consists of three steps: 1) paying tuition and fees — 
preferably by mail, 2) completing registration forms, and 3) obtaining class 
schedules. Students who register late must follow late registration instructions and 
pay the required late fees. Instructions for completing registration and late 
registration are issued each semester and summer session. Each student is ex- 
pected to complete registration in person. Under no circumstances is a 
preregistered student considered officially registered until such time as the student 
has picked up a class schedule and completed the registration forms. 

INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION 

A regularly enrolled undergraduate degree student who is enrolled in at least 
eight credit hours at North Carolina State University may take course work at one 
of the Raleigh colleges, at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, at the 
University of North Carolina at Greensboro or at Duke University. Inter- 
institutional registration forms and all registration procedures are available from 
Registration and Records. 

SCHEDULE CHANGES— DROPS AND ADDS 

Courses may be added freely during the first week of a regular semester and dur- 
ing the second week with the permission of the instructor. All courses may 
be dropped freely without regard to course load during the first two weeks of a 
regular semester. Courses may be freely dropped during the first four weeks of a 
semester except that during the third and fourth week of a semester, full-time 
undergraduate students who wish to drop courses and whose academic load would 
thereby fall below the twelve hour minimum course load may do so only with the 
approval by the dean of the student's school. After the fourth week of classes no 

25 



courses may be dropped without the approval by the dean ofthe student's school. If 
a student wishes to drop all courses for which he is enrolled, the procedure is that 
of withdrawal from the University. 



Tuition and Fees 



North Carolina Resident— $279.15 per semester ($182 tuition plus $97.15 fees). 
Nonresident— $1,135.15 per semester ($1,038 tuition plus $97.15 fees). 

A statement of tuition and fees is mailed to each preregistered student around 
25-30 days before the beginning of any term. The statement must be returned with 
full payment or complete financial assistance information by the due date appear- 
ing on the statement. Normally the due date is approximately one week before 
classes begin. Fees are the same for both residents and nonresidents and are re- 
quired of all regularly enrolled students. Nonresident students are required to pay 
an additional $856 per semester for tuition. Non-preregistered students are re- 
quired to pay their tuition and fees at registration. 

ESTIMATED ANNUAL UNDERGRADUATE EXPENSES 





First 


Second 




Tuition and Fees 


Semester 


Semester 


Year 


(a) N.C. Resident 


$ 279.15 


$ 279.15 


$ 558.30 


(b) Out-of-State Residents 


1,135.15 


1,135.15 


2,270.30 


Room Rent 


235.00 


235.00 


470.00 


Meals 


500.00 


500.00 


1,000.00 


Books and Supplies 


112.50 


112.50 


225.00 


Other personal expenses and 








incidentals 


225.00 


225.00 


450.00 


TOTAL 








(a) N.C. Residents 


$1,351.65 


$1,351.65 


$2,703.30 


(b) Out-of-State Residents 


$2,207.65 


$2,207.65 


$4,415.30 



NOTE: All charges are subject to change without notice. 

EXPENSES OTHER THAN TUITION AND FEES 

Application Fee: A non-refundable fee of $10 must accompany each application for 

admission. Transfer students must pay an additional $2 ($12 total) as a 

transcript evaluation fee. 
Room Rent: New incoming students receive a room application card with payment 

instructions in the letter of acceptance. Continuing students are provided a card 

with instructions at their residence hall rooms. The charge for room rent is $235 

per semester 
Meals: Meals are paid for individually at the various dining facilities available both 

on and near the campus. A reasonable estimate for this expense is $500 per 

semester. 



26 



Books and Supplies: Books and supplies are usually purchased during the first 
week of classes directly from the Students Supply Stores. Allow approximately 
$112.50 per semester for purchasing books and supplies. 

Personal Expenses: Personal expenses vary widely among students but the es- 
timate of $225 is based on what students tell us they spend on these items. 

REFUND POLICY 

A student who officially withdraws from school during the first two weeks of 
classes will receive a tuition and fees refund of the full amount paid less a registra- 
tion fee. The withheld registration fee amounts to $15 the first week and $25 the 
second week. After the two week period, no refunds will be made. 

In some instances, circumstances justify the waiving of rules regarding refunds. 
An example might be withdrawal because of sickness. Students have the privilege 
of appeal to the Refund and Fees Committee when they feel special consideration is 
merited. Applications for such appeals may be obtained from the Office of Business 
Affairs or the Division of Student Affairs. 

REQUIRED FEES 

Required fees are levied for services, facilities, and programs available to all stu- 
dents whether or not the student takes advantage of them. The fees are charged 
regardless of the number of credit hours for which the student may enroll. An 
itemization of required fees and other detailed information concerning expenses or 
related data can be obtained by contacting the Office of Business Affairs, P. 0. Box 
5067, Raleigh, North Carolina 27650, phone: 919-737-2986. 

RESIDENCE STATUS 

Until May of 1973, determination of a student's residence status for tuition pur- 
poses rested upon the easily administered statutory requirement that "a legal resi- 
dent must have maintained his domicile in North Carolina for at least 12 months 
next preceding the date of enrollment or re-enrollment in an institution of higher 
education in this State," with the express proviso that "student status in an institu- 
tion of higher learning in this State shall not constitute eligibility for residence to 
qualify said student for in-state tuition" (G.S. 116-143.1, 1971) (emphasis added). 
The administrative consequence of this law was to make necessary, in most cases, 
only one inquiry concerning residence status for each student, at the outset of the 
higher education experience, since time spent enrolled as a student could not be 
counted in satisfaction of the 12-month eligibility requirement. 

The 1973 Session of the General Assembly amended the applicable law, so as to 
read in pertinent part as follows: 

"(b) To qualify for in-state tuition a legal resident must have maintained his domicile in 
North Carolina for at least the 12 months immediately prior to his classification as a resident 
for tuition purposes. In order to be eligible for such classification, the individual must es- 
tablish that his or her presence in the State during such 12-month period was for purposes of 
maintaining a bona fide domicile rather than for purposes of merely temporary residence in- 
cident to enrollment in an institution of higher education; further, (1) if the parents (or court- 
appointed legal guardian) of the individual seeking resident classification are (is) bona fide 



27 



domiciliaries of this State, this fact shall be prima facie evidence of domiciliary status of the 
individual applicant and, (2) if such parents or guardian are not bona fide domiciliaries of 
this State, this fact shall be prima facie evidence of nondomiciliary status of the individual." 
(University regulations concerning the classification of students by residence, for purposes 
of applicable tuition differentials, are set forth in detail in A Manual to Assist The Public 
Higher Education Institutions of North Carolina in the Matter of Student Residence 
Classification for Tuition Purposes. Each enrolled student is responsible for knowing the 
contents of that Manual, which is the controlling administrative statement of policy on this 
subject. Copies of the Manual are available for review on request at the Admissions Office, 
112 Peele Hall, North Carolina State University.) 

The essential change effected by the 1973 amendment to this statute is that a person who is 
an enrolled student is no longer necessarily precluded from demonstrating during the period 
of one's enrollment that he or she in fact has become a legal resident of North Carolina en- 
titled to the in-state tuition rate. The administrative consequences of this modification of the 
law are substantial. Two inquiries are mandated by the statute. First, has the applicant for 
classification as a legal resident in fact resided in North Carolina for a minimum period of 12 
months immediately prior to the proposed effective date of his or her classification as a resi- 
dent for tuition purposes? Second, during the 12-month period in question, did the applicant's 
presence in the State constitute legal residence? Thus, a carefully detailed inquiry must be 
made in each such case concerning the residential status of the applicant, as measured by es- 
tablished legal principles which control the disposition of questions about the place of legal 
residence of an individual. 

CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES 

A. Initial Classification — A student admitted to initial enrollment in an institu- 
tion (or permitted to re-enroll following an absence from the institutional program 
which involved a formal withdrawal from enrollment) shall be classified by the ad- 
mitting institution either as a resident or as a nonresident, for tuition purposes, 
prior to actual matriculation. Particular officials or offices of the institution shall 
be designated to evaluate all such initial classification cases and to assign an ap- 
propriate classification consistent with the requirements of State law and the 
provisions of this manual. Basic data on which such assignment shall be based 
shall be collected in accordance with the common informational form prescribed 
herein (see Appendix B of Residence Manual, 1973, as revised 7/74 and 7/75, 
NCSU); additional data or documentation deemed essential to a reliable determina- 
tion may be elicited from the student, as deemed appropriate by the responsible of- 
ficial or office. 

B. Subsequent Classification Inquiries: Reclassification— A residential classifica- 
tion once assigned (and confirmed pursuant to any appellate process invoked) may 
be changed thereafter only at intervals corresponding with the established primary 
divisions of the academic calendar of the institution, viz., at the beginning of a 
semester, quarter, or otherwise denominated basic interval of the academic calen- 
dar. No change in residential status for tuition purposes (and thus no change in ap- 
plicable billing rates) shall be effected during such a semester, quarter, or term, 
with resulting increases or decreases in the tuition obligation on a pro rata basis for 
a portion of such semester, quarter, or term. 

The institution shall provide to each student at the time of and in connection 
with the transmission to him or her of each periodic bill for tuition charges a notice 
of the circumstances under which and the time at which a change in classification 
may occur. The notice shall be of the type prescribed in Appendix C of the 
Residence Manual, July 1973, as revised 7/74 and 7/75, NCSU. 

28 



Financial Aid 



In order to be considered for all forms of aid administered by the Financial Aid 
Office, a student and his parents must complete and mail for calculation purposes 
the Financial Aid Form (FAF). The form is available from both the high school 
guidance counselors and from the N. C. State University Financial Aid Office. All 
undergraduate students must indicate on the FAF that they wish consideration for 
the Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. This is done automatically— at no ad- 
ditional charge — if the appropriate Basic Grant items are marked on the FAF. The 
FAF should be completed preferably by February 1 of the year prior to fall 
semester enrollment and by October 1 of the year prior to spring semester enroll- 
ment. Transfers and continuing students should check with the Financial Aid Of- 
fice regarding any other file information which may be needed for aid considera- 
tion. New freshmen who are N.C. residents should also inquire about application 
procedures for the N.C. Student Incentive Grant. Information about this program 
is available from both the high school counselors and from the Financial Aid Of- 
fice. 

Awards are made to applicants on the basis of financial need and admission to 
the University. Determination of a student's need is based on estimated education- 
al costs and a consideration of the family's financial strength, which primarly in- 
cludes consideration of the family's income as well as the student's summer sav- 
ings, size of family, number of children in post-high school institutions, family 
asset holdings and debts, and other resources that may be available for use such as 
G.I. Bill benefits, Social Security, Vocational Rehabilitation assistance, etc. 

Aid is available on a non-discriminatory basis to all qualifying students. These 
awards are usually offered in financial aid "packages" which consist of a combina- 
tion of scholarship or grant, loan, and/or a work-study award, depending upon the 
degree of need. Continuing students must have a satisfactory record of academic 
progress in order to have their aid renewed, and a new application must be submit- 
ted each year for continued aid. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

Each financial aid applicant who submits the FAF is automatically considered 
for any scholarship for which he or she is eligible. Some special "name" 
scholarships have curricular, geographic, or other special restrictions involved. 

GRANTS 

Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (for which all students who have never 
received a bachelor's degree must apply) will provide awards ranging from $176 to 
$1,600 to qualified students. Eligibility for a Basic Grant is determined by the 
Federal Government. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are made from federal funds 
to undergraduate students from low-income families in amounts of $200 to $1,500 
per year. They are especially useful in encouraging promising new students who 
demonstrate exceptional need. These grants are determined by the University Fi- 
nancial Aid Office. 



29 



Minority Incentive Grants are available to black students in their first enroll- 
ment at N.C. State University, either as freshmen or as first year graduate stu- 
dents. 

N. C. Student Incentive Grant program provides need-based grants for legal 
residents of North Carolina. Entering freshmen and students who have received 
the grant before have priority for future grants. Grants range up to $1,500 per 
academic year. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

Athletic awards are made by the Department of Athletics to students who meet 
the established qualifications for such awards. These awards are based upon 
athletic ability, rather than upon need, 

LOANS 

National Direct Student Loans— Both undergraduate and graduate students 
carrying at least half-time academic loads may be awarded these loans. Loans, like 
other forms of financial aid, are need-based. Nine months after ceasing to be 
enrolled at least half-time, a student must begin paying interest on his or her loan 
at 3% per year as well as assuming a $30 per month minimum repayment obliga- 
tion. In order to establish a repayment schedule, borrowers are expected to have 
exit interviews at the loan office in the Office of Business Affairs just prior to 
graduation or other termination of studies. 

Institutional Loans— A limited amount of other long-term loan money is 
available in several funds, and loans made therefrom are on essentially the same 
liberal terms as the National Direct Student Loans. 

Guaranteed Student Loans— These are federal loans provided through banks 
and private lenders in the various states. Interest is at 7% per year with the 
Federal Government paying the interest during the in-school period for students 
who qualify for the interest benefit. In North Carolina, College Foundation, Inc. 
administers the program. Information and forms are available in the Financial Aid 
Office. 

Emergency Short-Term Loans— These loans are available in small amounts 
(usually not exceeding $100) to enable any full-time enrolled student to meet unex- 
pected expenses. These loans are usually to be repaid within 30 days and are not ex- 
tended beyond the end of a term or graduation. 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY 

The federally supported Work-Study Program provides jobs on campus for stu- 
dents who qualify with need in the same manner as is required for scholarship or 
long-term loan assistance. Pay rates vary with the job. Similar off-campus 
programs, mainly in the summer, supplement the campus program as a part of the 
total Work-Study plan. 

OTHER STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

The Financial Aid Office operates an employment service to assist any student 
who wants possibilities for part-time or summer work. No particular academic or 

30 



economic qualifications are required to obtain jobs on- or off-campus outside the 
College Work-Study Program. A list of current job openings is available at the Fi- 
nancial Aid Office in Peele Hall. 

A brochure which gives a detailed explanation of the aid application and award 
process and the types of aid available may be obtained upon request from the N.C. 
State University Financial Aid Office. 



Student Housing 



North Carolina State University furnishes housing for approximately 6,354 stu- 
dents. The University operates residence halls which house 3,705 men and 1,789 
women students. In addition, 300 apartments are available for married students 
and 14 University-owned fraternity and sorority houses accommodate 560 
students. 

RESIDENCE HALLS 

The residence halls are operated to provide opportunities through a variety of 
group living experiences which will complement and expand the residents' 
educational experiences. Each halls is staffed with selected students, both graduate 
and undergraduate, who are responsible directly to professionally trained people in 
their area and to the Director of Residence Life. Staff members are available to 
help students initiate programs and activities and to advise and assist residents in 
any way possible. 

Living arrangements in buildings vary. Six high-rise buildings are arranged in 
suites of four or five rooms sharing a bath; the other buildings have a center 
corridor with rooms opening on to it. Rooms are furnished but residents must pro- 
vide bed linen, pillows and towels. (See page 34 for linen and blanket rental.) 

To be eligible for University housing one must enroll as a regular full-time stu- 
dent (an undergraduate must carry a minimum of 12 credit hours per semester). 

Room Rentals and Reservations — All rooms rent for $245 per semester; this 
rate is subject to change on a year to year basis. Reservation cards are mailed with 
the letter of acceptance for admission to the University. These reservation cards 
and the check for the rent should be returned to the Office of Business Affairs im- 
mediately since room assignment priority is based on date of payment. 

Refund of Room Rent — If a room reservation is cancelled at the Office of 
Residence Life, Harris Hall, in person or in writing on or before August 1 (the date 
of cancellation is the date notification is received by that office), the rent paid will 
be refunded less a $15 processing fee. After August 1, a refund will be given only if 
there is a waiting list of room applicants from which the vacated space can be 
filled. A refund given after August 1 will be the rental fee paid less a $35 processing 
fee and a prorated daily charge from the first day of classes until the room is 
vacated. Students who fail to notify the Residence Life Office and who fail to check 
in and secure their keys on or before 5 p.m. on registration day will have their 
reservation cancelled without refund. 



31 



HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS 

The University operates 300 apartments in E. S. King Village for married stu- 
dents. The rental is $73 for a studio, $80 for a one-bedroom, and $97 for a two- 
bedroom including water only (gas is included in efficiency units). This rate is sub- 
ject to change on a year to year basis. Information on availability and applications 
should be requested from the Department of Residence Life, Box 5072, Raleigh, 
N.C. 27650 

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING 

Raleigh has numerous privately owned apartments and houses available for rent 
to University students. A partial listing is located in the Department of Student 
Development in Harris Hall. No listing is published because of the rapid turnover. 

The University does not operate a trailer parking area; however, privately owned 
parks are available within a reasonable distance of the campus. 

FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES 

Nineteen of the 22 fraternities and three of the five social sororities chartered by 
the University maintain chapter houses. Twelve of the fraternities and two of the 
sororities are housed on Fraternity Row, a University-owned project; the remain- 
ing fraternities and sororities are located throughout the immediate community. 

Rental fees vary in fraternity houses depending on the individual chapter, but 
are approximately the same as the residence hall rates. 



Academic Regulations 



CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

Regular undergraduate degree students are classified at the beginning of each 
semester and summer session. The required number of hours of each classification 
is: 

Classification Semester Hours of Earned Credit 
Freshman (FR) Less than 28 

Sophomore (SO) 28 or more, but less than 60 

Junior (JR) 60 or more, but less than 92 

Senior (SR) 92 or more 

Agricultural Institute students are designated as first (01) year if they 
have earned less than 28 semester credits and second (02) year if they have earned 
28 or more semester credits. 

Unclassified students (UN) are those working for college credit but not enrolled 
in a degree-granting program. Admission as an unclassified student requires the 
dean's recommendation in the school in which the student wishes to enroll. Un- 
classified students must meet the same entrance requirements as regular degree 
students and must meet the same academic requirements to continue. If, at a later 



32 



date, unclassified students wish to change to regular degree status, their credits 
will be evaluated in terms of the requirements of their intended curriculum. 

Undergraduate Special (UGS) is the classification used for students who have 
not been admitted to N.C. State and who have not obtained a baccalaureate degree 
but who wish to enroll in credit courses offered by N.C. State. To be eligible for Un- 
dergraduate Special status students must be adults who have acquired a high 
school diploma or be high school students who have been recommended by their 
school and approved by the Department of Admissions to take lower level courses. 
Students who have been suspended from any college or university, including N.C. 
State, within the last three years or who are degree candidates at N.C. State are not 
eligible. Undergraduate Special students may register for most courses offered in 
the regular semesters and summer sessions, provided they have the required pre- 
requisites and provided there is space available. For most practicum and individual 
special topics or special problems courses as well as internships and research 
courses the consent of the offering department is required. Undergraduate Special 
students may not register for more than nine credit hours a semester, and their 
eligibility to continue from semester to semester will be based on the same 
academic requirements as regular degree students. Eligibility to study as an Un- 
dergraduate Special student does not imply admission to N.C. State. 

Post-baccalaureate Studies (PBS) is the classification used for students who 
have received a baccalaureate from an accredited institution and who have not 
been admitted to an undergraduate or graduate degree program at N.C. State but 
who wish to enroll in credit courses offered by N.C. State. PBS students who have 
any intention of subsequently applying for admission to a graduate program at 
N.C. State should familiarize themselves with the policies and procedures of The 
Graduate School as outlined in the Graduate Catalog. The PBS classification 
carries with it no implication that PBS students will be admitted to The Graduate 
School in any degree classification. 

SEMESTER COURSE LOAD AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 

The University considers a minimum full-time semester load as 12 credit hours 
for undergraduates and 9 credit hours for graduate students. The maximum load 
for a semester is 21 credit hours for undergraduates and 15 credit hours for 
graduate students. To carry more than the maximum, a student must consult his 
or her adviser and obtain the approval of the dean of his or her school. 

Permission is granted only under extenuating circumstances. Also, undergradu- 
ate degree students who plan to register for 19 or more credit hours must obtain ap- 
proval from their adviser. 

For a regular summer session, a student must have the same approval if he or 
she carries more than seven credit hours. 

NOTE: The number of hours for which a student is officially enrolled is that num- 
ber for which the student is enrolled at the end of the second week of classes (i.e., 
the last day to withdraw or drop a course with a refund). 



33 



GRADING SYSTEM 



(Definition of Letter Grades and Grade Points) 



Grade 

A 
B 
C 
D 
NC 



Definition 

Excellent 
Good 

Satisfactory 
Marginal 
No Credit 



Grade Points Per Credit Hour 

4 
3 
2 

1 




(The following grades are not used in the calculation of grade point averages.) 
S Satisfactory (Credit-only and certain other 

courses) 
U Unsatisfactory (Credit-only and certain other 

courses) 
CS Satisfactory (for certain PBS students only) 

CU Unsatisfactory (for certain PBS students only) 

CR Credit by Examination or Advanced Placement 

IN Incomplete 

LA Temporarily Late 

AU Audit 

NR No Recognition Given for Audit 



Explanation of Letter Grades 

D — Marginal. This grade will be used to recognize that a student's performance 
was marginal but clearly better than that of students who receive NC. (See section 
on graduation requirements for policy on limiting the number of credits which may 
be used to fulfill graduation requirements.) 

NC—No Credit. This grade will be used to indicate that the student is not to 
receive course credit. 

S— Satisfactory. This is a passing grade to be awarded only when the quality of the 
student's work is judged to be C or higher level. It is used as the passing grade for 
students who are taking free elective courses under the credit-only option. It may 
also be used for certain courses such as orientation courses, seminars, and research 
problems, in which A, B, and C grades are not appropriate. 

U — Unsatisfactory. This is used to indicate that the student is not to receive credit 
for a credit-only or other course for which the passing grade would be S 
{Satisfactory). 

CS— Satisfactory. This is a passing grade awarded to a PBS student taking a 500 or 
600 level course after that student has received 9 hours of letter grade credit in 500 
or 600 level courses and when the quality of the student's work is judged to be of C 
or higher level. 

CU— Unsatisfactory. This is used to indicate that a PBS student is not to receive 
credit for a course for which the passing grade would be CS (Satisfactory). 

CR— Credit. This is used by the Registrar to indicate course credit received by ex- 
amination or advanced placement as certified by appropriate departments or 



34 



schools. This grade shall be awarded only when the advanced placement testing in- 
dicates that the quality of the student's work in the course would have been ex- 
pected to be of C or higher level. 

IN— Incomplete. This is a temporary grade. At the discretion of the instructor, a 
student may be given an IN grade for work not completed because of a serious in- 
terruption in his work not caused by his own negligence. An IN grade must be 
made up by the last day of classes of the next regular semester (not including sum- 
mer sessions) the student is in residence unless the instructor or teaching depart- 
ment involved is not able to allow the makeup. In the latter case, the instructor or 
teaching department will notify the student and the Department of Registration 
and Records when the IN grade must be made up. 

The student must not register again for the course while the IN grade stands. 
Any IN grade not removed by the last day of classes of the next regular semester in 
residence or during the period specified by the instructor or teaching department 
will automatically become a NO CREDIT (NC) grade and will count as a course at- 
tempted. 

NOTE: In the case of a graduating student who has received an IN, the following 
procedures will apply: 

If the course IS needed for graduation, the student will not be allowed to 
graduate until the work has been made up. 

If the course is NOT needed for graduation, the school dean or director of instruc- 
tion must either (1) notify in writing the Department of Registration and Records 
that the IN grade is to be deleted or (2) notify in writing the Department of 
Registration and Records that permission has been given for the IN to remain and 
that a deadline has been established for the completion of the course. In the event 
that the course is subsequently not completed satisfactorily, the school dean or 
director of instruction shall notify in writing the Department of Registration and 
Records that the IN grade is to be deleted. 

LA— Temporarily Late. The LA is an emergency symbol to be used ONLY when 
grades cannot be reported by the teaching department or the professor on time. 
The LA differs from the IN grade in that the student receiving the LA has com- 
pleted the work of the course including the examination. The LA should not be used 
by a teaching department or the instructor unless it is absolutely necessary; when 
it is used the following procedure should be used: 

a. Return the Grade Report Rolls at the regularly scheduled time with the 
LA clearly marked. 

b. Secure a Late Grade Report Form (pink) from Registration and Records or 
departmental office. 

c. Return late grades on the Late Grade Report Form (pink) at the earliest 
possible time and not later than 15 days after the examination. 
NOTE: It should be kept in mind that the semester grade reports of those 

students who receive an LA will not be complete. This situation of- 
ten causes students to be uninformed as to their academic eligibility 
and as to the correctness of their schedules for the following 
semester. 



35 



Correction of Error in Grading— When submitted to Registration and Records, 
end of course grades are final and not subject to change by reason of a revision of 
the instructor's judgement; nor are submitted grades to be revised on the basis of a 
second trial (e.g., a new examination or additional work undertaken or completed). 
Changes may be made only within one calendar year after the date final grades 
were submitted in order to correct an error in computation or transcribing, or 
where part of the student's work has been unintentionally overlooked. 

GRADE POINT AVERAGE 

The number of credit hours attempted in a semester or summer session (for 
which grades of A, B, C, D, NC are received) is divided into the total number of 
grade points earned to arrive at the Grade Point Average (GPA). The Grade Point 
Average of work attempted will be computed to three decimal points and used 
solely for class ranking, academic recognition, and admission to certain programs 
as approved by the Provost. 

For example, if a student takes 16 credit hours, earning an A in two 3-credit 
courses, a B in one 3-credit course, and a B in one 2-credit course, a C in a 3-credit 
course, and a NC in a 2-credit course, the grade point average would be: 

6 (credits of A) x 4 (grade points per credit hour) = 24 

5 (credits of B) x 3 (grade points per credit hour) = 15 

3 (credits of C) x 2 (grade points per credit hour) = 6 

2 (credits of NC) x (grade points per credit hour) = 

45 

The total number of grade points earned (45) divided by the number of credit 
hours attempted (16) equals the grade point average, in this case 2.813. 

Semester Dean's List — Any full-time undergraduate student who earns a 
semester average of 3.5 or better on 12 to 14 hours of course work for which grade 
points are earned or a semester average of 3.25 or better on 15 or more hours of 
course work for which grade points are earned is placed on the semester Dean's 
List. Students are not eligible for the Dean's List in any semester in which they 
receive an NC or IN grade. When IN grades are resolved, however, students who 
are otherwise eligible shall be added retroactively to the Dean's List for that 
semester. Dean's List achievement is noted on the student's grade report and per- 
manent academic record. 

GRADE REPORTS 

At the end of each semester or summer session, Registration and Records issues 
a grade report showing all grades earned during that grading period, as well as the 
record of all previous work taken at this University. 

At registration students will be asked to complete an address form giving a mail- 
ing address to which grade reports and other University correspondence will be 
mailed. Students have the choice of having their grade reports sent to their parents 
or guardians. However, students may elect to have their grade reports sent direct- 
ly to themselves. 

Change of Name or Address — It is the student's responsibility to inform 
Registration and Records of any changes in name or address. Failure to do this may 



36 



prevent prompt delivery of important University correspondence. Also, news 
stories about Dean's List students are sent to N.C. newspapers based on hometown 
information furnished Registration and Records. 

ACADEMIC WARNING 

At the end of any semester or summer session a notice of ACADEMIC WARN- 
ING shall be placed on the grade report of any undergraduate student who is not 
suspended at that time, but whose total credit hours passed with grades of A, B, C, 
S, or CR falls below 60 percent of that student's total credit hours attempted at 
NCSU. 

ACADEMIC RETENTION-SUSPENSION RULES 

An undergraduate student who has attempted 28 credit hours or more at NCSU 
will be suspended at the end of any academic year or summer session if that stu- 
dent fails to pass with grades of C or better (A, B, S, and CR) at least 50 percent of 
the cumulative hours attempted at NCSU. Total credit hours passed with grades of 
C or better are divided by total credit hours attempted to determine this per- 
centage. Grades of D, NC, U (plus F, FD, FA, and FI which were used prior to the 
1974 fall semester) are less than satisfactory. 

The exceptions to the above suspension policy are that no student will be sus- 
pended (a) at the end of the fall semester, (b) at the end of any semester in which 
that student has passed nine or more credit hours with grades of C or better (A, B, 
S, and CR), or 50 percent of the hours completed in the case of a student officially 
enrolled that semester for less than 12 credit hours at the end of the second week of 
classes, or (c) at the end of either summer session, if that student was not in a sus- 
pended status prior to that summer session. 

Suspended students who are attending a summer session for the purpose of im- 
proving their academic standing in order to regain eligibility for readmission to 
NCSU will have their suspension continued unless their performance in that sum- 
mer session is sufficient to meet the normal requirements for readmission. 

Suspended students are eligible to attend the summer session at NCSU and/or 
take Independent Study by Extension (formerly correspondence) courses offered 
by NCSU to improve their academic standing and will be eligible for readmission 
when they have raised their cumulative percentage of total hours passed with 
grades of C, its equivalent or better, to at least 50 percent of the total hours at- 
tempted at NCSU. 

Students who were suspended prior to the 1974 fall semester under the quality- 
point-deficit system will be eligible for readmission if they have passed with grades 
of A, B, C, S, and CR at least 50 percent of the total hours attempted at NCSU. Sus- 
pended students who have had a break in residency must file an Application for 
Readmission. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

Students who wish to drop all the course work for which they are registered 
must withdraw from the University. Students who withdraw after the first two 
weeks of classes in a regular semester or after the fourth day of classes in a sum- 



37 



mer session will not receive any refund of tuition and fees unless a prorated refund 
is authorized by the Committee on Refunds for medical or unusual hardship cases. 

Neither courses nor grades are recorded on the permanent record for students 
who withdraw druing the drop period. After the close of the official drop period, 
withdrawals without academic penalty are granted only when exceptional cir- 
cumstances such as documented medical or hardship situations exist (including in- 
stances where not being permitted to withdraw without penalty would clearly 
cause the student undue hardship). In such cases neither courses nor grades are 
recorded on the permanent record. 

Regular undergraduate degree and unclassified students initiate the official 
withdrawal process with the Counseling Center, 200 Harris. In the case of The 
Graduate School and several other schools approval of the dean is required. Paren- 
tal approval to withdraw may be required for single students who are under 
eighteen. 

Undergraduate special students and post-baccalaureate studies students initiate 
the official withdrawal process with the Division of Continuing Education, McKim- 
mon Center. 

Withdrawal during a semester does not constitute a break in residence if a stu- 
dent returns the semester immediately following. 

READMISSION OF FORMER AND SUSPENDED STUDENTS 

A Former Student Returning is one who was not in attendance at all during the 
fall or spring semester prior to applying for re-admission. All former students 
returning, both graduates and undergraduates, except Special students must apply 
for readmission to the Department of Registration and Records, North Carolina 
State University, P.O. Box 5745, Raleigh, North Carolina 27650 at least 30 days 
prior to the date of desired enrollment. A student who receives a bachelor's degree 
must (a) apply for admission to the Graduate School; or (b) apply for admission as 
a Post-Baccalaureate Studies (PBS) student through the Division of Continuing 
Education; or (c) apply for readmission as a candidate for a second bachelor's 
degree or for a professional degree or as an undergraduate unclassified student. 
Preregistration alone is not sufficient to enable the student to be readmitted. 

1. A student who was eligible to continue at North Carolina State University at the 
time of his leaving is eligible to return (except as indicated in (a) or (b) immediately 
below). Students in this category need only complete a readmission form. 

a. A student who was eligible to continue at the time of his leaving but who has 
subsequently taken work at another institution and earned less than a C 
average on such work must complete a readmission form and write a letter of 
petition to the Admissions Committee. 

b. A student eligible to continue at the time of his leaving who has subsequently 
taken correspondence and/or extension work at North Carolina State Univer- 
sity and earned grades which resulted in suspension must complete a read- 
mission form and write a letter of petition to the Admissions Committee. 

2. Procedures for Readmission of Suspended Students. 

a. Automatic Readmission. A student who is academically suspended may do 
one or both of the following: (1) attend any number of summer sessions at 



38 



NCSU; (2) enroll in NCSU Independent Study by Extension courses (formerly 
called correspondence courses) offered through the UNC Extension Division. 
(Address: Independent Study by Extension, 121 Abernethy Hall UNC 
Chapel Hill, N.C. 27514, Phone: 919-933-1104) 

When by one or both of these methods a suspended student has improved 
his or her academic standing to the extent that the cumulative percentage of 
total hours passed with grades of C, or its equivalent or better, is at least 50 
percent of the total hours attempted at NCSU, that student becomes 
automatically eligible for readmission to a regular semester and no letter of 
appeal to the University Admissions Committee by the student is necessary. 
NOTE: Courses taken at an institution other than NCSU by a student sus- 
pended at NCSU do not affect the suspension status. 

b. Appeal to the University Admissions Committee. A student who is 
academically suspended, who is ineligible for automatic readmission as 
described above, and who feels that extenuating circumstances contributed 
to that suspension, may appeal to the University Admissions Committee for 
readmission to a regular semester. A letter must be written to the Committee 
stating: 

1. the reasons for former academic difficulty with an explanation of ex- 
tenuating circumstances; 

2. why the student believes he or she can now successfully meet all degree re- 
quirements within a reasonable length of time; 

3. the summer sessions or Independent Study by Extension courses that 
have been completed; and 

4. the address and telephone number to be used for notification of the Ad- 
missions Committee's decision. 

NOTE: The Admissions Committee will not act on the appeal of any stu- 
dent currently enrolled in any Summer School or Independent Study by Ex- 
tension courses. 

The letter should be mailed to: Department of Registration and Records, 
Attention: Admissions Committee, North Carolina State University P o' 
Box 5745, Raleigh, N.C. 27650. The letter must reach the Department of 
Registration and Records by the following deadlines: 

1. No later than 2 weeks before fall semester Registration Day for students 
who did not attend summer school or who attended first summer session 
only; 

2. No later than 1 week before fall semester Registration Day for students 
who attended second summer session. 

NOTE: The Admissions Committee meets prior to Registration Day. All 
material must be received in accordance with the above dates. 

3. Curriculum Change. A former student returning who desires a change of 
curriculum must have his records transferred to the new school and submit a 
properly validated Curriculum Change Form to the Department of Registration 
and Records, 100 Harris Hall, before readmission can be processed. 

4. Transfer Credit. Transcripts of college credit work for new transfer students 
and for North Carolina State University students who have taken course work at 



39 



another institution are evaluated by the dean of the appropriate school to deter- 
mine how the work applies to each student's degree program. 

Students taking courses elsewhere for transfer back to North Carolina State Uni- 
versity must make prior arrangements with their deans to insure receiving credit 
for the work done. Transfer credit is not recorded on a former student's permanent 
record until after he or she has been readmitted and has reenrolled. 

REPEATING COURSES 

Students who repeat a course, regardless of the grade previously made, will have 
both grades counted in the cumulative Grade Point Average. Undergraduate stu- 
dents may be is allowed as many semester hours as are appropriate in the 
departmental curriculum for courses that are: 1) titled seminar, special problems, 
special topics, independent study or research (usually numbered 490-499 or 590- 
599); 2) cover topics different from those studied when the courses were taken 
previously. However, for any courses other than one that satisfies these conditions, 
if a student repeats and passes the course both times, the semester hours will be 
counted only once toward the number of hours required for graduation. 

The adviser's approval is required for a student to repeat any course previously 
passed. Approval should not be given when a student wishes to repeat a course 
already passed with a grade of A or B. Nor should it be given when: 1) a student 
wishes to repeat a lower division course that he or she has passed with a grade of C 
or better after having successfully completed an advanced course covering the 
same material or 2) a student wishes to repeat a lower level course that he or she 
has passed with a C or better which is a prerequisite for an advanced course that he 
or she had already successfully completed. 

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION THROUGH INDEPENDENT STUDY 

Persons who are not currently enrolled on campus and who have gained through 
study or experience, knowledge of the content of undergraduate credit courses of- 
fered through Independent Study may (with the approval of the Independent Study 
staff and the academic department offering a course) receive credit for that course 
by special examination. Students may request approval to attempt credit by ex- 
amination by completing and submitting a form available from the Independent 
Study Office, 121 Abernethy Hall, UNC-CH, Chapel Hill, N.C. 27514 (933-1104). 

Students currently enrolled on campus are not eligible for credit by examination 
through Independent Study. These students should go directly to the appropriate 
academic department to request credit by examination under the regular proce- 
dures in effect on campus. 

CREDIT-ONLY COURSES 

Each undergraduate student has the option to count toward graduation require- 
ments a maximum of 12 semester hours in the category of "credit-only" courses 
(exclusive of courses authorized to be graded on Satisfactory-Unsatisfactory basis). 
The student may select as "credit-only" any course offered by the University except 
those in Military Science and Aerospace Studies. Selected courses must be included 
under the free elective category of the specific curriculum in which the student is 



40 



enrolled. The student will be responsible for attendance, assignments, and ex- 
aminations. 

The student's performance in a "credit-only" course will be reported as S 
(satisfactory grade for credit-only course and given when course work is equivalent 
to C or better) or U (no credit grade for credit-only course) and will have no effect 
on the student's Grade Point Average. "Credit-only" work may drop a student 
below 12 hours of course work for which grade points are earned and thus make 
him or her ineligible for the semester Dean's List. The course and its grade will be 
counted in the cumulative hours attempted under the suspension retention policy. 

AUDITS 

Undergraduate. Students wishing to audit a course before or after taking it for 
credit must have the approval of their adviser and of the department offering the 
course. Auditors are expected to attend class regularly. The degree to which an 
auditor must participate in class beyond regular attendance is optional with the in- 
structor; any such requirements should be clearly explained in writing to the 
auditor at the beginning of the semester. Should the instructor conclude that poor 
attendance has resulted in an auditor's gaining little from the course, the instruc- 
tor should mark NR (no recognition given for an audit) on the final grade report. 
Students who have taken a course for audit may, with their adviser's approval, 
enroll in the course for credit during a subsequent semester or summer session. For 
tuition cost purposes, audits are treated as full credit value. 

(NOTE: Veteran's benefits are governed by Veterans Administration regulation 
concerning audits. See Veterans Affairs Office, 220 Harris.) 

Graduate. A student wishing to audit a course must have the approval of his ad- 
visor and of the department offering the course. While auditors receive no course 
credit, they are expected to attend class regularly. The degree to which an auditor 
must participate in class beyond regular attendance is optional with the instructor; 
any such requirements should be clearly explained in writing to the auditor at the 
beginning of the semester. Should an instructor feel that an auditor has failed to 
fulfill the stipulated requirements, he is justified in marking NR (no recognition 
given for audit) on the final grade report roll. 

Audits in subjects in which the graduate student has had no previous experience 
will be evaluated at full credit value in determining course loads. Audits taken as 
repetition of work previously accomplished are considered at one-half their credit 
value in calculating course loads. With the single exception of foriegn language 
audits, all audit registrations must fall within the maximum permissible course 
loads. Audits are not permitted for students registering for courses carrying a GR 
prefix. While audit registrations are evaluated for purposes of determining per- 
missive course loads in terms of the regulations of the Graduate School, the Office 
of Business Affairs considers all audits, excepting one permitted free of charge, in 
terms of full credit value in calculating the graduate student's tuition. 

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 

Undergraduate students currently registered at NCSU (degree, unclassified, or 
special) desiring to take an examination for course credit in lieu of enrolling for 



41 



that course must initiate a request with their adviser (except when a teaching 
department awards credit based upon group testing for placement purposes). 
Should the adviser approve, the student must arrange for the examination with the 
department offering the course. The department may administer the examination 
in any manner pertinent to the materials of the course. The academic standards for 
credit by examination will be commensurate with the academic standards for the 
course. 

If a student's performance on the examination is judged to be of C or higher 
quality, the department will notify the Department of Registration and Records on 
a Late Grade Report Form (pink) that the student has received "Credit by Ex- 
amination" for the course. The Department of Registration and Records will enter 
the appropriate number of credit hours on the student's permanent academic 
record. Credits earned through "Credit by Examination" are not used in the com- 
putation of a student's grade point average. 

The Department of Registration and Records will post course credit by examina- 
tion to a student's permanent academic record only if that student is currently 
registered at NCSU. However, if the course credit by examination would enable a 
student to complete the requirements for a degree, that student would not have to 
be registered in order to receive the credit. 

If a student fails to achieve C or higher quality work on an attempted credit by 
examination, no action is required other than the department's notifying the stu- 
dent. However, that student is not eligible for another such examination in the 
same course. 

Once a student has failed a course or has completed more than fifty percent of a 
course, the student may not attempt credit by examination for that course. Under 
unusual circumstances, exceptions may be made upon the written recommenda- 
tion of the student's adviser and the approval of the department offering the 
course. A student who receives credit by examination in a course in which that stu- 
dent is currently enrolled must officially drop that course no later than mid- 
semester, using a Schedule Revision Form. 

CURRICULUM CHANGE 

Undergraduate students wishing to change from one curriculum to another must 
report to the dean's office of the school offering the curriculum in which entrance is 
desired and request acceptance into the new school or curriculum. If acceptance is 
approved, a curriculum change form will be issued, bearing the signature of the ac- 
cepting dean. If the former curriculum was in a different school, the curriculum 
change form should be submitted for the signature of the releasing dean with the 
request that all records be transferred to the new school and department. From the 
standpoint of advising, preregistration, and adding and dropping courses, the stu- 
dent is considered to be in the new curriculum as soon as the curriculum change 
form is completed and filed with the Department of Registration and Records and 
the records of the student have been transferred to the new department. 



42 



GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Students are eligible for graduation when they have satisfied all the academic re- 
quirements of their degree program as specified by their major department, their 
school, and NCSU. 

Limited D Grades — A grade of C, its equivalent or better, is required for each 
course in a student's degree program. A student's major department, however, (a) 
may accept up to 12 credit hours of D's for graduation and (b) may designate 
courses or categories of courses in which D's will not be accepted for graduation. A 
statement of departmental policy in this matter shall accompany all curricula 
material distributed to students. All D grades earned prior to 1974 fall semester 
may be used to satisfy course requirements insofar as they were allowed at that 
time by the department granting the degree. No more than 12 additional credits of 
D earned in the 1976 fall semester, or thereafter, may be used to satisfy course re- 
quirements for courses in which the D grade is acceptable to the department 
granting the degree. 

Grade Point Average— Since the 1974 fall semester, the Grade Point Average 
has not been a part of the graduation requirements. 

Previous Quality Point Deficits — Students who have quality point deficits in- 
curred prior to the 1974 fall semester may select one of two options to achieve 
eligibility for graduation: 

a. making up those quality point deficits which were incurred prior to the 1974 
fall semester by earning a sufficient number of A or B grades. (D grades may 
be repeated for this purpose.) NC grades received during the 1974 fall 
semester or thereafter and D grades received during the 1976 fall semester or 
thereafter shall have no effect on quality point deficits incurred by students 
prior to the 1974 fall semester; or 

b. repeating with a C grade or better all courses required for graduation in 
which the previous grade was a D and for which D grades have been deter- 
mined to be unacceptable by the student's major department. Under this op- 
tion the courses repeated may not be counted as free electives and the make- 
up of any pre-existing quality point deficit shall not be required. 

Transfer and Independent Study Credits — Individual departments and/or 
schools may determine their own limits, if any, of credit hours for transfer and/or 
independent study by extension (formerly correspondence) courses. 

Residence Requirements — A transfer student, to be eligible for a bachelor's 
degree, normally must earn at least 20 of his or her last 30 hours of credit in 
residence on this campus; however, individual departments and/or schools may 
waive this guideline and determine their own residence requirements for a 
bachelor's degree. 

SECOND DEGREE 

Students who have satisfactorily completed the requirements for more than one 
bachelor's degree may, upon the recommendation of their deans, be awarded two 



43 



bachelor's degrees at the same or at different commencement exercises. To earn 
two degrees the student registers in one school or department and, with the co- 
operation of the second school or department, works out his or her program to 
cover the requirements for both. The student must file an approved Curriculum 
Change Form labeled "Second Degree" with Registration and Records. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF ACADEMIC RECORD 

A transcript is an exact copy of a student's permanent academic record at the 
time it is issued. A fee of one dollar is charged for each transcript. 

No official transcript may be issued to or for a student who is indebted to the 
University until such indebtedness has been paid or satisfactorily adjusted. 

Official transcripts are released only upon the written request of the student to 
Registration and Records, P.O. Box 5745, Raleigh, N.C. 27650. 



General Information 



FOOD SERVICE 

Food Service is provided at the University Student Center, the University Stu- 
dent Center Annex and in six campus snack bars. The average cost of food for the 
academic year is estimated to be $990. 

TRANSPORTATION 

A car is not a necessity on campus and often a liability. Students are encouraged 
to use forms of transportation other than personal automobiles if and when possi- 
ble. Bus tickets are sold to students at discount rates at the Student Center and 
Traffic Records Office. Most students who live off campus will be able to park on a 
seniority basis — graduate, senior, junior, but because of expected high demand 
many sophomores and probably all freshmen will not be allowed to park a car on 
campus. Motorcycles and bicycles are encouraged. Parking fees are $35 per year to 
$15 per year depending on the area, and motorcycles are $10 per year. There is no 
charge for bicycle registration. 

Individuals are responsible for compliance with the Parking and Traffic Rules 
and Regulations distributed in the Fall. 

LAUNDRY 

The University operates a laundry and dry cleaning facility on campus at 
reasonable prices. Branch offices are located in the residence halls for the con- 
venience of the students. 

LINEN AND BLANKET RENTAL 

During the regular academic year and summer school the student may rent at a 
reasonable rate a linen bundle (consisting of 2 twin bed sheets, 3 towels, pillow- 
case) and/or pillow. The student may exchange his linen weekly at the branch of- 



44 



fices in the residence halls or the main laundry on Yarborough Drive. An N.C. 
State University monogrammed blanket is also sold through this program. These 
services are available to both on- and off-campus students. Application forms for 
the regular academic year are mailed in July to each student. Students wishing the 
service for summer school terms should apply to Office of Auxiliary Services, 203 
Holladay Hall, N.C. State University. 

Upon withdrawal from the program, and at the request of the user, refunds are 
made based on weeks used and less a small handling charge. 

HEALTH 

The University seeks to safeguard the health of the student in every way possi- 
ble. The Student Health Service, located in Clark Hall Infirmary, offers medical 
care to students on an outpatient and inpatient basis. The 40 bed facility is staffed 
by full-time physicians, registered nurses and other medical support personnel. 

During the scheduled academic sessions, the Health Service is open 24 hours a 
day, seven days a week. Physicians maintain regular office hours Monday through 
Friday and are on call at all times to assist the nurses on duty when the condition 
of a patient warrants immediate attention. 

Each full-time student pays a medical fee which covers professional services 
either as an outpatient or inpatient; i.e., visits to M.D., routine laboratory proce- 
dures and X rays performed in the Student Health Service, and medications 
available in the student pharmacy. 

In all cases of serious illness or injury, notice to the immediate family is strongly 
encouraged. This notice will be made by the attending physician unless expressly 
forbidden by the student. All health and medical information is confidential and is 
not divulged to anyone without the written consent of the patient. 

A physical examination is required of all students admitted to a degree program 
and all non-degree students taking 8 or more hours of course work. The completed 
examination form should be mailed to the Student Health Service 30 days prior to 
registering for the first time. Physical examination forms may be obtained from 
the Office of Admissions. 

ACCIDENT AND HEALTH INSURANCE 

The University offers a student accident and health insurance program. The in- 
surance covers the surgical, accident, and hospital needs of the student as a supple- 
ment to the infirmary services. Each year complete information will be made 
available to students before school opens. 

ORIENTATION 

During June, an orientation program is held for freshmen entering the Univer- 
sity for the first time in the fall semester. Freshmen are expected to attend the 
two-day program that corresponds with their major field of study. A "late" orienta- 
tion is held in August just prior to the fall semester for entering freshmen who can- 
not attend the June orientation. Transfer students are encouraged to attend the 
Transfer Student Orientation Program held two days before registration day. 



45 



COUNSELING 

The Counseling Center in Harris Hall has a staff of professional counselors to 
help students with adjustment to college life, vocational and curricular choice and 
other problems. The Center administers vocational tests and maintains a file of oc- 
cupational information to help guide students in career selection. Students may 
come to the Center on their own accord, or they may be referred by teachers, ad- 
visers or other members of the University staff. There normally is no charge for 
conferences. 

FACULTY ADVISERS 

Students have the primary responsibility for planning their academic program 
and meeting graduation requirements. Each regular degree student is assigned a 
faculty adviser who is usually in the student's major field of study to assist the stu- 
dent. 

School and department coordinators of advising, deans, directors of instruction, 
department heads and members of the faculty keep office hours and expect stu- 
dents to consult them whenever necessary. 

FOREIGN STUDENTS 

More than 800 students from approximately 75 countries attend the University 
and provide a valuable component to the campus. The International Student Office 
assists these students with immigration matters, passports, currency permits, tax 
information, and medical, personal, and social problems. 

An orientation program for new foreign students is conducted during the week 
preceeding late registration. 

Foreign students are required to subscribe to University student health in- 
surance or provide proof of other adequate coverage. A special course in English for 
Foreign Students (FLE) is offered for those whose scores on the Test of English as 
a Foreign Language (TOEFL) are sufficiently high for admission but who need 
further instruction to perform well academically. 

The International Student Committee of the University Student Center sponsors 
a variety of social and cultural programs for foreign and American students. The 
International Program of Alexander Hall provides opportunities for intercultural 
exchange for undergraduate foreign and American students in the residence hall 
setting. 

STUDY ABROAD 

A self-help library on opportunities for work, study, and travel abroad is located 
in the International Student Office. Information on Fulbright Grants for Graduate 
Study Abroad and other scholarships is also available through the Office. 

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT CENTER 

The Center offers assistance to all students at the University on a year round 
basis. Advice on the relationship of personal career goals to various programs of 



46 



study and assistance in identifying individual aptitudes and abilities affecting 
career potential are available. Students are encouraged to participate in a Career 
Planning Workshop in the freshman or sophomore year. 

The Center coordinates job interviews between students and employer represen- 
tatives. Seniors are urged to use this placement service for interviewing with 
potential employers. The staff also recommends contacts with employers not 
scheduled to visit the campus, and will advise students of job opportunities given to 
the center by mail or telephone. 

COOPERATING RALEIGH COLLEGES 

Cooperating Raleigh Colleges is a consortium, or voluntary organization, com- 
prised of North Carolina State University, Meredith College, Peace College, St. 
Augustine's College, St. Mary's College, and Shaw University. The organization 
promotes interinstitutional cooperation and cooperative educational activities 
among the six institutions. Agreements provide the opportunity for any student to 
enroll at another institution for courses not offered at one's home campus. 



Student Activities 



The University makes every effort to provide surroundings pleasant and con- 
ducive to intellectual growth. Respecting the student as an individual, the Univer- 
sity assures him or her the maximum of personal liberty within the limits 
necessary for orderly progression of class work. In return, the student is expected 
to pay serious attention to his or her purpose in attending this University and to 
observe rules of conduct consistent with maturity. Through the various services 
and activities identified with everyday life on campus, as well as through several 
extracurricular organizations and functions, the student at N. C. State has an op- 
portunity for acquiring experience in group leadership and community living 
which may serve one well in one's professional career. 

STUDENT BODY GOVERNMENT AND STUDENT JUDICIAL SYSTEM 

Students at the University are members of a self-governing community. 
Legislative, executive and judicial authority, insofar as student affairs are con- 
cerned, rest with the student government which operates within the framework of 
overall University administration. Student government members and judicial 
department members are elected in campus-wide elections. 

CLUBS AND SOCIETIES 

Honorary — University-wide honorary societies include Golden Chain, senior 
leadership; Blue Key, junior leadership; Thirty and Three, sophomore leadership; 
Phi Eta Sigma and Alpha Lambda Delta, freshman scholarship; and Phi Kappa 
Phi, junior, and senior and graduate students scholarship. 

Professional and Technical Organizations — The schools and departments of 
the University sponsor or supervise a large number of professional and technical 



47 



societies and clubs. These organizations contribute substantially to students' pro- 
fessional and social growth. 

Social Fraternities and Sororities— Twenty-two national social fraternities 
have chapters at State. They are Alpha Gamma Rho, Alpha Phi Alpha, Alpha 
Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Delta Upsilon, Farm House, Kappa Alpha, Kappa 
Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Omega Psi Phi, Phi Kappa Tau, Pi Kappa Alpha, Pi 
Kappa Phi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma 
Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Sigma Tau Gamma, Tau Kappa Epsilon, and Theta Chi. 

State has five national social sororities, Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha Kappa Alpha, 
Alpha Phi, Delta Sigma Theta, and Sigma Kappa. 

Other Organizations — There are over 200 student organizations that a student 
may join or participate in. These organizations cater to all interests and levels of in- 
vovlement, and most are open to all students. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

North Carolina State students have the opportunity to edit and manage a variety 
of student-oriented publications. By working on these publications a student gains 
valuable extra-curricular experience in journalism, broadcasting, production and 
design, leadership, and management. 

There are four publications supported in large part by a designated portion of 
each student's non-academic fees and staffed entirely by students. These publica- 
tions include the Agromeck, the Technician, the Windhover and WKNC-FM. 

The Agromeck is the University yearbook and provides a record in words and pic- 
tures of student and campus activities during the past year. 

The Technician is the student newspaper and is published three mornings a 
week, 

WKNC, 88.1 -FM, is the student radio station operating at 1000 watts, which 
enables it to be heard within a 30-mile radius of Raleigh. The station operates 21 
hours a day with a full staff of engineers, disc jockeys, and news personnel. 

The Windhover is the campus literary magazine and is published each spring. 

Several of the schools have their own publications dealing with material of 
special interest to students in that school. The publications include Agri-Life, 
Agriculture and Life Sciences; the Pi-Ne-Tum, Forest Resources; The Southern 
Engineer, Engineering; The Textile Forum , Textiles; The Publications of the School 
of Design; and The Scientist, Physical and Mathematical Sciences. 

ATHLETICS 

North Carolina State University offers a variety of athletic activities. In addition 
to voluntary programs of intramural and intercollegiate sports, freshmen and 
sophomores are required to take two to four semesters of physical education. 
Juniors and seniors take physical education as an elective. 

Intercollegiate— The Department of Athletics conducts the University's inter- 
collegiate athletics program involving 14 varsity sports for men and nine for 
women. 

The athletics program is administered by the athletics director with the 
Athletics Council, made up of seven faculty, three alumni and three students. The 



48 



program is self-supporting and is operated through gate receipts and student fees. 
Athletics grants-in-aid are provided through the North Carolina State Student Aid 
Association (Wolfpack Club) upon recommendation of the coach of each sport. 

The University facilities include Carter Stadium (44,000 seats), Reynolds 
Coliseum (12,000 for basketball), and Doak Field (3,800 seats for baseball); a nine- 
lane tartan track; and a 2,200 seat swimming stadium, with a 25-yard by 25-meter 
pool. 

INTRAMURALS 

The University maintains an extensive program of intramural sports ad- 
ministered by the Department of Physical Education. Intramural activities are 
divided into three basic programs: the traditional sports program, the sports club 
program and the annual events program. 

In the traditional sports program individual and team sports are offered to both 
men and women with participation being strictly voluntary. Competition is divided 
into five divisions: (1) residence halls, (2) fraternity, (3) open, (4) women, and (5) co- 
recreational. Sixteen sports are offered in the residence hall and fraternity divi- 
sions, while thirteen sports are offered in the open division. In the women's division 
competition is available in thirteen different activities. Also, the men and women 
may participate in six co-recreational activities. 

The sports club program is offered to individuals interested in opportunities to 
participate in certain activities usually at a higher skill level than the traditional 
sports program affords. At the present time, the active clubs on campus are: 
(1) Weight Training, (2) Badminton, (3) Bicycle, (4) Table Tennis, (5) Outing, 
(6) Bowling, (7) Dance, (8) Ice Hockey, (9) Judo, (10) Sailing, (11) Volleyball, and 
(12) Water Ski. 

The North Carolina State University student also has the opportunity to par- 
ticipate in the annual events program. The men enjoy competition of Big "4" Day 
with students from UNC-Chapel Hill, Wake Forest University and Duke Univer- 
sity. During Consolidated University Co-Rec Day teams, men and women, from 
North Carolina State compete against teams from UNC-Chapel Hill, UNC- 
Charlotte, and UNC-Greensboro. 

MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS 

Since the early days of North Carolina State, musical organizations have played 
an important part in campus life presenting concerts, furnishing music for official 
University functions and performing at athletic events. The combined membership 
of these organizations constitutes the largest voluntary student organization on 
campus. Students may join the bands, choral organizations, orchestras, and pipes 
and drums by reporting for an audition at the time and location indicated in the 
orientation schedule. Rehearsals are arranged to avoid conflicts with other classes 
or with study time. Membership in all musical organizations is open to any 
regularly enrolled student. 

Bands— The Symphonic Band, the Fanfare Band, the Brass Band and the 
Marching Band make up the four divisions of the N. C. State bands. Each band 
serves a specific purpose and assignments are made according to individual in- 



49 



terests and abilities. The Symphonic, Fanfare and Brass Bands are concert 
organizations, with the Symphonic Band having the most rigid requirements. 

Choral Groups— The Varsity Men's Glee Club, the University Choir, the 
Women's Chorale, the University Singers, the Chamber Music Singers and the New 
Horizons Choir make up the six choral divisions. Placement in an organization is 
made according to the student's abilities and interest. These groups present con- 
certs each year, both on and off campus, as well as making radio and television ap- 
pearances, recordings, tours and providing small ensembles for special occasions. 

Orchestras— Members of the orchestras consist of NCSU students and faculty, 
students and faculty from area colleges and universities, and community people. 
Placement is according to individual ability, interest, and time to practice and 
rehearse. A wide range of orchestral music is read and performed, with concerts 
given on and off campus. Provisions are made for those with an interest in string 
quartet and other small ensemble experience. 

NCS Pipes and Drums— Students may learn to play the bagpipes, an instru- 
ment known to many of North Carolina's early settlers, and represent the Univer- 
sity through this unique and distinctive medium. The NCS Pipes and Drums per- 
forms several times throughout the year at University and community functions. 
Pipes, drums, and equipment are furnished. 

Musician-in-Residence— North Carolina State University established this 
special chair in the Music Department to facilitate the University's cultural 
development. Internationally known musicians are appointed to this position on a 
rotating basis. They are available without charge to all University classes and 
organizations for concerts and presentations. 

UNIVERSITY STUDENT CENTER 

The University Student Center, with its branches in the Frank Thompson 
building and in the Erdahl-Cloyd wing of the D. H. Hill Library, provides a focal 
point for much of the extra-curricular life on campus. The University Student Cen- 
ter is guided by student officers, committee chairmen and a student-faculty Board 
of Directors. The programs it sponsors include training in all aspects of theatre, 
plays produced by students, instruction and independent work in all kinds of 
crafts, a wide range of professional performances in jazz, pops, folk and classical 
music, dance and theatre. There are student committees working in all of these 
areas. Other student committees present lectures, films, games tournaments, black 
cultural programs, coffee houses, dances and dance instruction, gallery exhibits, 
international student programs and opportunities for volunteer service. 

The facilities in the University Student Center and its branches include two 
theatres, a craft center, vending areas, newsstands, games rooms, a barber shop, 
the newspaper offices, yearbook office, radio station, Student Government offices, 
meeting rooms, offices for the IFC and IRC, off-campus students and space for 
religious workers. 

In the Center and in the Erdahl-Cloyd annex are a wide variety of food service 
facilities including a cafeteria, two snack bars, a delicatessen, ice cream bar, buf- 
feteria and salad bar. 



50 



THOMPSON THEATRE 

Thompson Theatre is a student oriented theatre with an emphasis on flexibility 
and experimentation. Each production is open to all NCSU students, whether ex- 
perienced or not, as actors, technicians, crew members and directors. 

The physical elements of the theatre are flexible, with seating, walls and staging 
that can be arranged in a variety of combinations to form any kind of theatre from 
proscenium to in-the-round. 

Two types of productions are presented each year. The "Majors" are directed and 
produced by the professional theatre staff. Experimental Studio Theatre produc- 
tions are completely produced by students under the guidance and supervision of 
the professional staff. 

Thompson Theatre works closely with the Department of Speech-Communica- 
tion which offers some courses for those interested in theatre. 

The University Players is the student organization within the theatre which rec- 
ommends theatre operating policies and helps to determine the theatre's program. 

STEWART THEATRE 

Stewart Theatre, located in the University Student Center, offers an opportunity 
for students and other members of the University community to see and hear the 
best in professional performances: plays, jazz, pops, folk and chamber music con- 
certs, both modern dance and ballet, films and lectures. The theatre also sponsors a 
series of musicals at Memorial Auditorium in downtown Raleigh. Special rates are 
available to NCSU students. 

CRAFTS CENTER 

Located on the ground floor of the Thompson building is one of the finest crafts 
facilities on a university campus in the southeast. Instruction is offered in 
ceramics, woodworking, photography, textile design, weaving and a host of other 
crafts. The facilities are also available for independent work. The Crafts Center is 
open year-round. Supplies for most crafts can be purchased at the Center. 

Graduate School 

Peele Hall 

V. T. Stannett, Vice Provost and Graduate Dean 

R. James Peeler, Associate Dean 

The Graduate School provides instruction and facilities for advanced study and 
research in the fields of agriculture and life sciences, design, education, engineer- 
ing, forestry, humanities and social sciences, physical and mathematical sciences, 
and textiles. 



51 



The School is currently composed of more than 1,100 graduate faculty members 
within the eight academic schools. Educated at major universities throughout the 
world and established both in advanced teaching and research, these scholars guide 
the University's graduate student body of some 2,500 men and women from all 
areas of the United States and about 70 other countries. 

The faculty and students have available exceptional facilities, including 
libraries, laboratories, modern equipment and special research areas. 

For a list of graduate degrees offered at North Carolina State University, see 
pages 17-18. Consult the Graduate Catalog for details on programs and admission. 



University Extension 



1911 Building and Jane S. McKimmon Center 

W. L. Turner, Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 

M. F. Hester, Assistant to the Vice Chancellor for Extension and Public Service 

R. K. White, Director, Adult Special Programs 

C. W. Hart, Special Assistant for Development 

The University administration is linked to the faculty of the various schools and 
with clientele groups throughout the state through the Vice Chancellor for Exten- 
sion and Public Service, extension field staff, and through advisory or liaison 
groups. The University's overall extension program is coordinated through the Vice 
Chancellor for Extension and Public Service who administers program develop- 
ment, management of interschool and interinstitutional extension programs and 
projects and provides staff assistance for campus wide extension programs. 



Division of Continuing Education 

Jane S. McKimmon Center 

R. A. Mabry, Director 

Associate Directors: J. Porter, D. B. Stansel; Assistant Director: C. F. Kolb; 
Assistant to the Director: H. H. Ethridge; Continuing Education Specialists: 
K. R. Crump, In Charge, J. F. Cudd, Jr., D. Fender, D. S. Jackson, Rosemary 
Jones, J. F. W. Schulze, A. Lanier, H. G. Walker. 

The Division of Continuing Education of N. C. State is the statewide adult educa- 
tion service linking the University, its scholars, research, and resources with the 
people and communities of the State. The programs vary in length and format from 
one-day conferences and short courses to regular semester-length classes and 
educational television. 

The Divison's programs are designed to meet the needs of any adult who can 
benefit from university-level study. The instructional staff consists of University 

52 



faculty, from N.C. State and other institutions and authorities in specific fields. 

Only those programs appropriate to the standards of scholarship and instruction 
of N.C. State are offered. Both credit and noncredit programs are offered on the 
University campus, in communities throughout the State and by correspondence 
instruction. 

Correspondence Courses — The Division offers more than 35 different courses in 
14 subject areas. These courses are administered through the "Independent Study 
by Extension" UNC Extension Division, 121 Abernethy Hall, Chapel Hill, N.C. 
27514. 

Credit and Noncredit Evening Classes — The Division offers, during the fall 
and spring semesters, a series of credit and noncredit courses on the University 
campus. The credit courses are sponsored and taught by the University's academic 
departments and are generally conducted in the late afternoon and evening. These 
courses are offered to the already occupied mature person who is unable to attend 
classes during daytime hours. Approximately 110 courses in a variety of subject 
areas are given each semester. The noncredit classes are designed for cultural and 
professional enrichment. 

Off-Campus Credit Courses — Extension classes are offered throughout the 
State. These classes are mainly on a need basis or by request from organizations or 
special groups. Courses are available in almost all subject matter areas from 
engineering to the social sciences. In 1977-78 the Division administered 93 credit 
classes in 31 different locations with registration totaling approximately 1,400. 

Short Courses, Institutes, and Conferences — Short courses, institutes and con- 
ference programs, more than any others, mark the University's efforts to meet its 
Land-Grant tradition of providing education to all the people. The scope of the 
programs include: agriculture, engineering, forestry, textiles, the physical sciences, 
economics, management, communications, education, and recreation. During 1977- 
78 there were 267 courses offered with registrations totaling over 12,400. 

The University awards Continuing Education Units to participants in qualified 
programs. Continuing Education Units are a part of a nationwide recording system 
to provide a uniform measure of attainment in noncredit educational programs. 
One CEU at N.C. State is defined as "ten contact hours of participation in an 
organized continuing education experience under responsible sponsorship, capable 
direction, and qualified instruction." 



Summer Sessions 

C. F. Kolb, Director 

The Summer Sessions at N. C. State offer an extensive education program to 
meet the varied needs and interests of almost 9,000 students who come to the 
campus each summer. 

Each of the University's eight schools — represented by more than 55 different 
departments — offers instruction in over 600 courses, more than 40 percent of which 
are at the graduate level. A faculty of more than 300 participates in programs for 
summer study. Six of the eight schools offer regular courses during the two five- 



53 



week terms. Design offers one nine-week program. Forest Resources conducts a 
summer camp for sophomores and two five-week practicums. In addition, 
numerous special programs and institutes are offered during the summer. Summer 
courses and special programs meet the needs of undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents of N. C. State and visiting students pursuing degrees from other institutions. 
For information regarding summer activities write: Director of Summer Ses- 
sions, Box 5125, Raleigh, North Carolina 27650. 



Center for Urban Affairs and 
Community Services 

Jane S. McKimmon Center 

D. A. Norris, Associate Director 

F. E. Emory, Sr., Assistant Director 

S. Cameron, Assistant Director 

Operations Group Managers: E. H. Snipes, L. T. Charest, P. H. A. Miller, J. S. 
Davies, W. A. Freyer, P. F. Taylor 

The Center for Urban Affairs and Community Services provides a focal point for 
bringing the University's research, educational and public service resources to bear 
on problems associated with urbanization. The Center has three goals: (1) to 
provide technical assistance to governmental and non-profit organizations in plan- 
ning, management and service delivery; (2) to provide experiential educational op- 
portunities for graduate and undergraduate students; and (3) to develop and sup- 
port research opportunities for faculty and upper-level graduate students. 

Work at the Center is organized into six operations groups. The Systems 
Development Group provides technical assistance in the design and development of 
management information systems. The Applied Research Group engages in field 
research projects which enhance capacities for projecting trends, planning and 
evaluation. The Systems Engineering Group develops tools and procedures for 
making better decisions about complex issues in the public sector. The Community 
Education Group provides training and develops information programs to increase 
citizen participation in government and community groups. 

The work of the four program operations groups are aided by two support 
groups. The Computer Services Group designs and develops the computer 
programs required by Center projects. This group also carries out research in the 
development of new computer techniques which will be useful for state and local 
governments. The Administrative Services Group supports the Urban Affairs 
library and publishes the many documents associated with the Center's projects 
and studies. 

The Center for Urban Affairs and Community Services coordinates its work with 
other members of the University of North Carolina's Urban Studies program 

54 



through the Urban Studies Council. The Council enables universities and institu- 
tions across the state to pool their efforts to encourage productivity and respon- 
siveness of government and community institutions. 



University Studies 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor A. C. Barefoot, Head 

Professors: D. Huisingh, J. R. Lambert Jr., J. C. Wallace; Assistant Professors: 
R. L. Hoffman, Elizabeth Wheeler; Lecturer: C. L. Stalnaker 

University Studies is an academic unit responsible for interdisciplinary 
programs dealing with contemporary issues and problems. Courses are taught by 
teams of faculty drawn from the Division and from the academic disciplines 
relating to the problems or issues under consideration. These courses are open 
without prerequisites to students in all curricula. 



Music 

Price Music Center 

J. P. Watson, Director of Music 

Assistant Directors: D. B. Adcock, M. C. Bliss, R. B. Petters, P. H. Vogel, E. B. 
Ward; Musician-in-Residence: filled by a new appointment each year 

The Music Department teaches students to develop their abilities as consumers 
as well as producers of music. Introductory and survey courses in the history, 
theory, and appreciation of music provide academic electives for all curricula on 
campus. In addition, the Department provides abundant opportunities in in- 
strumental and choral activities. From very large organizations to small ensem- 
bles, offerings are provided for those who wish to maintain and improve their 
abilities by participating in music. 

Music and the Scientific Disciplines— The Schools of Engineering, Humanities 
and Social Sciences, and Forest Resources, the Department of Music and the Divi- 
sion of University Studies are cooperating to foster interaction between the scien- 
tific disciplines and music. 

The Engineering Operations Program offers a unique B.S. degree program which 
combines courses in music, instruments and engineering as they relate to the 
design and manufacture of musical instruments. Two courses concerned with a 
scientific study of musical sounds and instruments are now offered: Science, 
Materials and Technology of Music Instrument Making and Acoustics of Music. In 
addition, people who have expertise in the technology of music are invited to the 
campus each year to deliver seminars on such topics as the acoustical basis for 
production of tones in wind instruments and the relationship between physical 
structure and tone quality in violins. 

55 



Military Education and Training 

DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE (ARMY ROTC) 

Professor: Lieutenant Colonel S. A. Holcomb; Instructors: Major M. P. Kehoe, Ma- 
jor J. E. Covington, Captain C. S. Cox, Captain M. J. O'Connor, Captain C. M. 
Rowley. 

DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE STUDIES (AIR FORCE ROTC) 

Professor: Lieutenant Colonel H. D. Woods; Instructors: Major M. T. Curran, Cap- 
tain J. E. Harper, Captain T. C. Seebo II 

The Department of Military Science (Army ROTC) and the Department of 
Aerospace Studies (Air Force ROTC) are separate academic and administrative 
subdivisions of the institution. 

The mission of the Army ROTC Program is to produce well-educated com- 
missioned officers in sufficient numbers to meet Army requirements. 

The mission of the Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AFROTC) is to 
recruit and, through a college campus education program, commission second 
lieutenants in response to Air Force requirements. 

Course of Instruction 

Army ROTC— The Program of Instruction for the Army ROTC consists of a 
two-year basic course (freshmen and sophomore level) which is followed by a two- 
year Advanced Course (junior and senior-level). Students incur no obligation from 
participation in the basic course. Also available is an accelerated two-year program 
for upperclassmen which entails completion of a six-week summer basic camp 
prior to direct entry into the Advanced Course. All Advanced Course cadets par- 
ticipate in a six-week Advanced Camp during the summer between their academic 
junior and senior years. 

Air Force ROTC — The program of instruction consists of a two-year general 
military course, a field training course, and a two-year professional officer course. 

The Air Force ROTC unit conducts a flight instruction program. All Air Force 
ROTC Cadets who are qualified and have volunteered for active duty pilot training 
receive 25 hours of flying. The program includes ground school training. 

Students desiring to enter either the Army or Air Force ROTC Program should 
respectively contact the Military Science Department, Room 154, Reynolds 
Coliseum or the Aerospace Studies Department, Room 145, Reynolds Coliseum. 

Satisfactory completion of the Advanced Courses qualifies a cadet for com- 
missioning as a Second Lieutenant in the Army or Air Force Reserve upon gradua- 
tion from the University. 

Selection 

Army ROTC— The selection of Advanced-Course students is made from appli- 
cants who are physically qualified and who have demonstrated above average per- 
formance in the basic course. Armed Forces veterans are also eligible to apply for 
enrollment in the Advanced Course upon the approval of the Professor of Military 

56 



Science and the University Administration. Such applicants must be in good 
academic standing, physically qualified, and not have reached their 27th birthday. 

Air Force ROTC — A student enrolled in the Air Force ROTC may pursue a four- 
year program or a two-year program. Both offer the opportunity for receiving an 
AFROTC scholarship. 

Students, to meet enrollment requirements for the professional officer course, 
must achieve a qualifying score on the Air Force Officer Qualification Test 
(AFOQT) and the SAT/ACT, meet necessary physical requirements, and must 
have good academic records. Qualified veterans desiring a commission through an 
Air Force ROTC program complete the two-year advanced program and, in most 
cases, attend four weeks of field training. Non-veterans must complete the two- 
year general military course, the two-year professional officer course, and attend 
four weeks of field training. Non-veterans may elect to successfully complete six 
weeks field training and the two-year professional officer course in lieu of the 
above four-year program. Cadets must complete either program before their 30th 
birthday to qualify for a commission. 

Transfer Credit — Credit is allowed for work at other institutions having ROTC 
units established in accordance with the provisions of the National Defense Act 
and regulations governing the ROTC. 

Financial Aid 

Students in the Army basic or Air Force general military course, other than 
scholarship students, receive no monetary allowance. For summer training of four 
to six weeks, students receive pay and travel allowance. All Army and Air Force 
students in their last two years receive a subsistence allowance of $100 (tax free) 
per month. Scholarships which pay for tuition, all fees, and textbooks are available 
to both Army and Air Force cadets. 

Army ROTC — One-, two-, three- and four-year scholarships are available to 
selected Army ROTC students who are strongly motivated toward a career in the 
Army. 

Air Force ROTC — A limited number of selected students enrolled in the Air 
Force ROTC program may qualify for two-, two and one half-, three-, three and one 
half-, and four-year scholarships. 

Uniforms — Uniforms for Army and Air Force ROTC are provided by the 
Federal government. 

Organization 

Army— The Army ROTC unit at N. C. State consists of a cadet battalion, com- 
manded by a cadet lieutenant colonel, and comprised of a headquarters company 
and lettered companies. The cadet lieutenant colonel and all other cadet officers are 
selected from students enrolled in the second year advanced course. Cadet sergeant 
majors, first sergeants and sergeants first class are appointed from students 
enrolled in the first year advanced course. Certain specially selected students in the 
second year basic course also are appointed as cadet non-commissioned officers. 
Cadet officers and non-commissioned officers conduct all laboratory instruction 
with supervision by the University's Army faculty. 



57 



Air Force— The Air Force ROTC unit is organized as a cadet group (commanded 
by a cadet colonel) with an appropriate number of squadrons; the squadrons are 
composed of flights and squads. The group, squadron and flight commanders and 
their staff are cadet commissioned officers and are selected from cadets enrolled in 
the professional officers course. All other positions are held by cadet non- 
commissioned officers who are selected from general military course cadets. Cadet 
officers and non-commissioned officers plan and conduct the cadet group operation 
with AFROTC faculty supervision. 

Distinguished Students 

The University names outstanding students of Army ROTC and Air Force ROTC 
as Distinguished Military Students or Distinguished Air Force ROTC Cadets. 
These students may, upon graduation, be designated Distinguished Military 
Graduates or Distinguished Air Force ROTC Graduates. Distinguished Military 
Graduates may be commissioned in the Regular Army. 



Library, Computing, and 
Research Facilities 



THE D. H. HILL LIBRARY 

The D. H. Hill Library's book and bound journal collection totals some 850,000 
volumes and is particularly strong in the biological and physical sciences, in 
engineering, agriculture, and forestry. The arts, humanities, and social sciences are 
also well represented. The library regularly receives more than 7,200 magazines, 
journals and other periodical publications. 

These special collections form on-campus branches of the Hill Library — the 
Burlington Textiles Library in Nelson Hall containing holdings in textile 
technology and textile chemistry; the Harrye B. Lyons Design Library in Brooks 
Hall containing holdings in architecture, landscape architecture and product 
design; and the Forest Resources Library and reading room in Biltmore Hall. 

The library's collections are open to all students and faculty for over 100 hours 
per week. 

COMPUTING FACILITIES 

North Carolina State University is one of the three universities owning the 
Triangle Universities Computation Center (TUCC) located in Research Triangle 
Park near Raleigh. Other participating institutions are the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill and Duke University at Durham. 

Central equipment located at TUCC is an IBM System 370 Model 165 and a Model 
165-11, each with 4.0 million characters of memory. A vast quantity of disk storage 
is available as well as extensive teleprocessing equipment for communication with 
member universities and other institutions throughout the State. The time sharing 



58 



option (TSO) of IBM is supported extensively. Hewlett Packard HP 2000 Systems 
provide interactive services using the BASIC language. 

The principal computer at the N. C. State Computing Center is an Itel AS/4 with 
one million characters of memory. It provides high-speed communication with 
TUCC and simultaneously processes administrative data processing applications. 
Other terminals at key locations on campus include several medium-speed facilities 
and many typewriter-like and cathode ray tube devices used for faculty and stu- 
dent research and for instruction. An increasing number of departments in each of 
the eight schools utilize these facilities as an important tool in the total educational 
process. 

The University Systems Analysis and Control Center provides centralized com- 
puting facilities for data acquisition, control and simulation built around an IBM 
System 7. The center maintains a versatile hybrid facility for faculty and student 
use. There are 17 hybrid simulation terminals for instruction. A PDP 11/40 is 
available for graphics, research and instruction. Various mini-computers, small 
analog computers, and a microprocessor laboratory are available for instruction 
and research. 

INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS 

The Institute of Statistics is composed of two sections, one at Raleigh and the 
other at Chapel Hill. At North Carolina State University, the Institute provides 
statistical consulting services to all branches of the institution, sponsors research 
in statistical theory and methodology, and coordinates the teaching of statistics 
at the undergraduate and graduate levels. The instructional and other academic 
functions are performed by the Department of Statistics, which forms a part of the 
Institute. 

WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH INSTITUTE 

The Water Resources Research Institute is a unit of the University of North 
Carolina System and is located on the campus of North Carolina State University. 

The Institute was established to promote a multidisciplinary attack on water 
problems, to develop and support research in response to the needs of North 
Carolina, to encourage strengthened educational programs in water resources, to 
coordinate research and educational programs dealing with water resources, and to 
provide a link between the state and federal water resources agencies and related 
interests in the University. 

Research and educational activities are conducted through established depart- 
ments and schools of the University System. All senior colleges and universities of 
North Carolina are eligible to participate in the Institute's research program. 

BIOLOGY FIELD LABORATORY 

The Biology Field Laboratory is located eight miles from the University campus 
and comprises a 20-acre pond, 180 acres of extremely varied vegetation types and a 
modern laboratory building. The latter contains two laboratories, one for class use 
and another principally for research, and quarters for a married graduate student 
who serves as custodian of the property. 



59 



The many unique ecological situations found in this area make it ideal for use by 
advanced classes of most biological science departments. Likewise, the area is well 
adapted to a variety of research projects by faculty, graduate students and un- 
dergraduates because of its habitat diversity. The close proximity of the laboratory 
facility to the campus makes possible many types of behavioral, physiological, 
ecological, taxonomic and limnological studies that could be accomplished only 
with great difficulty at other locations. 

ELECTRON MICROSCOPE CENTER 

The facilities of the Electron Microscope Center are available to students and 
faculty within the University for research purposes and to those students who wish 
only to obtain a general knowledge of electron microscope techniques. A charge is 
assessed when the Center is used for research by faculty and graduate students. 

The Center is located in Gardner Hall in a suite of rooms designed specifically for 
electron microscopy. Facilities of the Center include an ETEC U-l scanning elec- 
tron microscope, two transmission electron microscopes, a Siemens Elmskop 1A 
and a Hitachi HS-8-B, a specimen preparatory laboratory and a completely 
equipped darkroom. 

Formal instruction is provided in electron microscopic cytological techniques, 
use of transmission and scanning electron microscopes, photographic techniques 
and interpretation of electron micrographs. Instructional tours are available for 
secondary education groups. 

HIGHLANDS BIOLOGICAL STATION 

North Carolina State University is an institutional member of the Highlands 
Biological Station, Inc., an inland biological field station located at Highlands, 
North Carolina. The town of Highlands is in the heart of the Southern Ap- 
palachians at an elevation of 3,823 feet. The area has an extremely diverse biota 
and the highest rainfall in the eastern United States. 

Facilities are available throughout the year for pre- and post-doctoral research in 
botany, zoology, soils and geology. The laboratory building with research rooms 
and cubicles and the library are well equipped for field-oriented research. Also, 
four cottages and a dining hall are located on the edge of a six-acre lake. In addition 
to 16 acres surrounding the lake, the station owns several tracts of undisturbed 
forested land available for research. Research grants available through the station 
provide stipends for room, board and research expenses. 

LEARNING CENTER 

The Learning Center is an integral part of the research and development and ser- 
vice program of the School of Education. 

Established in 1967, the Center is committed to seeking new ways and means for 
facilitating the intellectual growth and development of learners from early 
childhood through adulthood. Among the objectives of the Center is the develop- 
ment and implementation of experimental and demonstration projects which give 
promise of materially improving learning programs. 

The Center is equipped with a variety of instruments to facilitate or train eye 



60 



movement for reading skill development. It provides tutorial services, by advanced 
students in several degree programs, to a limited number of learners. 

NUCLEAR SERVICE FACILITIES 

Specialized nuclear service facilities are available to the University faculty, stu- 
dents, and industry. The purpose of these facilities is to further the use of nuclear 
energy in engineering research and in scientific and public service programs. The 
facilities include: a 1 megawatt steady-state and pulse, pool-type, research reactor 
(PULSTAR) with a variety of test facilities; a 30,000 curie multipurpose cobalt-60 
gamma irradiation source which includes a controlled environment support unit; 
intermediate hot laboratories with hoods, junior caves and glove boxes; a neutron 
activation analysis and radioisotope laboratory; Nal and solid-state detectors; 
counting and photographic rooms. The 50,000 sq. ft. Burlington Engineering 
Laboratories complex houses the Department of Nuclear Engineering and the 
Engineering Research Services Division with their associated offices and 
laboratories. All of the facilities including the reactor are on the North Carolina 
State University campus. 

CENTER FOR OCCUPATIONAL EDUCATION 

Established as a vocational education research and development center in 1965 
under the provisions of the Vocational Education Act of 1963, the Center for Oc- 
cupational Education is a unit within the School of Education. The Center was 
founded because occupational education problems are so varied that no single field 
of research or single disciplinary orientation is capable of providing all the 
answers. Studies and conferences in occupational education planning, work 
analysis, evaluation, labor and economics, adult education, personnel and 
leadership development, and education in rural areas have been included in the 
Center's program. 

The major research and development programs of the Center are focused on the 
relationship of occupational education to its context or environment, including its 
relationship to regional economy, political influence, the power structure, and the 
employment or work environment. Currently, the Center's programmatic thrust is 
in the systematic application of information technology to the identification, collec- 
tion, and provision of management information for occupational education 
decision-makers. 

PESTICIDE RESIDUE RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The Pesticide Residue Research Laboratory is a facility in the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences devoted to research on pesticide residues in animals, 
plants, soils, water and other entities of man's environment. Although the 
laboratory is administered through the Department of Entomology, it serves the 
total needs of the School in cooperative research projects requiring assistance on 
pesticide residue analyses. 

The laboratory functions as a focal point for residue research involving inter- 
departmental cooperation, but faculty in the laboratory also conduct independent 
pesticide research on persistence and decomposition in soils and plants, absorption 



61 



and translocation in plants, distribution in environment, and contamination of 
streams, estuaries and ground water. 

REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The Reproductive Physiology Research Laboratory administered through the 
Department of Animal Science includes four environmental control rooms 
designed to provide constant levels of air temperature, humidity and light for 
animals involved in studies on reproduction. Facilities and equipment are available 
for surgery, in vitro growth of embryos, isotope labeling in embryo metabolism and 
transfer of embryos between females. 

SOUTHEASTERN PLANT ENVIRONMENT LABORATORIES— 
PHYTOTRONS 

The Southeastern Plant Environment Laboratories operate as a cooperative 
association between North Carolina State University and Duke University with 
one unit, commonly called a phytotron, located on each campus. The laboratory is 
especially designed for research dealing with the response of biological organisms 
to their environment, and the high degree of control makes it possible to duplicate 
any climate from tropical rain forest to arid desert or arctic cold. 

Research in the North Carolina State unit concentrates on agricultural problems 
encountered in the southeastern United States. However, the ability to control all 
phases of the environment allows inclusion of research dealing with all aspects of 
plant science. 

The facilities are available to the resident research staff, participants in North 
Carolina State's graduate research program and to domestic and foreign visiting 
scientists. 

TRIANGLE UNIVERSITIES NUCLEAR LABORATORY 

TUNL is a laboratory for research in nuclear structure. It is located on the 
campus of Duke University in Durham and is staffed by faculty members and 
graduate students in the Departments of Physics of Duke University, the Univer- 
sity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and North Carolina State University. The 
principal tools of the laboratory are particle accelerators used to bombard target 
nuclei with an assortment of ions of accurately controlled energy and small energy 
spread. 

Personnel of NCSU are participating partners in the maintenance and use of the 
laboratory. Collaboration with personnel from the other two participating univer- 
sities is encouraged. 



62 



Schools, Departments, and 
Programs of Study 



Undergraduate programs of study are offered by the School of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences, the School of Design, the School of Education, the School of 
Engineering, the School of Forest Resources, the School of Humanities and Social 
Sciences, the School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences, and the School of Tex- 
tiles. The academic departments within each school have the primary respon- 
sibility for most of the programs of study. Some of the programs of study, however, 
are interdepartmental, and some are interschool. The requirements for completion 
of all programs of study reflect general university and school requirements as well 
as the particular requirements of a department or discipline. 

Throughout this section the requirements are frequently shown as particular 
courses or categories of courses. The course prefix codes shown on pages 209-210 
will provide a key for locating the basic information for each individual course in 
the Course Description section. 



63 




The D. H. Hill Library ivith its million volumes and the University Plaza are prominent 
features of the central campus. 



64 



SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE AND 
LIFE SCIENCES 

Patterson Hall 

J. E. Legates, Dean 

E. W. Glazener, Associate Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

Modern agriculture is a complex industry built on the principles of science and business. 
The basic sciences are the foundations for modern agricultural technology. These sciences 
applied to understanding the functions of living material offer a background as preparation 
for a professional agriculturist, environmentalist, or as a preparatory program for the 
medical and health-related sciences. Likewise, the principles of economics and sociology 
provide background preparation for agricultural business management and public service 
aspects of society. 

The objectives of the academic program are as follows: 

1) To provide an opportunity for a broad university education 

2) To provide a variety of learning experiences 

3) To offer a choice of specialization, sufficient for initial employment 

4) To provide background for graduate or professional programs 

A high percentage of all the gainfully employed persons in the United States are engaged 
in operations directly or indirectly related to food and fiber. For example, the food industry 
ranges from those who produce the food, supply material to the producer, and process the 
finished product to those who sell the products to the consumer. Hundreds of distinct occupa- 
tions are represented in modern agriculture and biology. About 30 percent of the graduates 
elect to continue their education in graduate and professional schools. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Students in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences have ample opportunities to take 
part in broadening extracurricular activities. Most departments have student organizations 
which provide professional as well as social experience. Representatives of these clubs form 
the Agri-Life Council. This council is the student organization representing the school. Stu- 
dent tours provide an opportunity to see firsthand the application of classroom principles. In 
addition, students representing agronomy, animal science, horticultural science, food 
science, poultry science and soil science compete regionally and nationally in a number of ac- 
tivities providing student members a chance to learn by travel as well as by participation. 

CURRICULA OFFERINGS AND REQUIREMENTS 

A freshman enrolling in agriculture and life sciences has a common core of courses the 
first year, courses that are appropriate in all curricula. This approach allows the student 
time to explore various programs before selecting a curriculum. The student selects a major 
in a department or an interdisciplinary program or an individualized course plan. All depart- 
ments offer the science curricula; several the technology curricula. The business curriculum 
is offered in agricultural economics in the Department of Economics and Business. 

Departmental majors are offered as follows: 

Science— agricultural economics, animal science, biological and agricultural engineering 
(joint program with the School of Engineering), botany, crop science, entomology, food 
science, horticultural science, medical technology, poultry science, rural sociology, soil 
science, wildlife biology and zoology. Premedical sciences are offered in this curriculum. 

Technology— biological and agricultural engineering, animal science, food science, hor- 
ticultural science and poultry science. 

Business— agricultural economics in the Department of Economics and Business. Oppor- 
tunity for double majoring in business and other programs is available. 

In terdepartmen tal and In terdisciplinary Programs— These curricula offer the opportunity 
to select broad curriculum majors that involve two or more departments or schools: 



65 



Biological Sciences— A curriculum with emphasis on biological and physical sciences, es- 
pecially designed for graduate or professional courses requiring a biology background. 

Conservation— A curriculum concentrating on the use, preservation and improvement of 
natural resources. Administered jointly by the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences and 
the School of Forest Resources. 

Pest Management for Crop Protection— A curriculum with emphasis on the application of 
chemical and biological principles in the control of plant diseases, insects and weeds. The 
curriculum is administered by the Departments of Crop Science, Entomology, Horticultural 
Science and Plant Pathology. 

Agronomy— A technical curriculum dealing with the fundamentals of crop production and 
soil management. The curriculum is administered by the Departments of Crop Science and 
Soil Science. 

Individualized Study Program— A curriculum planned by the student with the assistance 
of a faculty advisory committee. 

In addition to these cited curricula, a number of arrangements are available that provide 
the student an opportunity to select areas of course concentration. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The School of Agriculture and Life Sciences has a comprehensive Honors Program for 
qualified freshmen and sophomores interested in participating in seminar discussion 
programs on broad topics. These sessions are led by outstanding professors. 

Qualified juniors and seniors have an opportunity to participate in an independent 
research program. Faculty direction is provided on an individual basis to each student. The 
student has the opportunity to select his project. 

INTERNATIONAL ASPECTS 

An International Seminar is offered to interested students. In addition, an International 
Option, requiring modern language and 12 semester hours of appropriate courses in the 
social sciences, is available for students enrolled in any curricula. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon the satisfactory completion of one of the 
curricula in this school. 

The degrees of Master of Science, Master of Agriculture and Master of Life Sciences are of- 
fered in the various departments in the School. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in the following subject areas: animal science, 
biochemistry, biological and agricultural engineering, botany, crop science, economics, en- 
tomology, food science, genetics, horticultural science, marine sciences, microbiology, nutri- 
tion, physiology, plant pathology, sociology, soil science, and zoology. 

Further information on graduate offerings may be found in the Graduate Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Broad and fascinating opportunities in business, industry, education and government are 
open to graduates of this school. Some of the areas in which graduates are employed are as 
follows: 

Business and Industry— banking and credit, insurance, farm management, cooperatives, 
land appraisal, marketing, transportation, food chains, food processing and distribution, 
machinery and equipment, chemicals, fertilizer, feed manufacturing, seed improvement. 

Communications — writing, reporting, radio, television, newspapers, magazines, advertis- 
ing, publications. 

Conservation— soil, water, range, forest, fish, wildlife parks, recreation. 

Education— high school and college instruction in agriculture, biology, agricultural exten- 
sion, governmental and industrial agencies. 

Fanning and Ranching (agricultural production)— general livestock, field crops, fruits, 
vegetables, poultry, ornamentals. 

66 



Preprofessional and Graduate Preparation— premedical programs for training for 
medical, dental and veterinary colleges; graduate programs. 

Research— production, marketing, engineering, processing, biological sciences, conserva- 
tion, organizational structure, group behavior. 

Services— inspection and regulation, production field service, health services, environ- 
mental quality, product standards, grading, agricultural technology and consulting. 

A placement office, coordinated with the University Career Planning and Placement Cen- 
ter, is maintained to assist graduates in career development and placement. 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

The curricula in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences have a common freshman year 
with the exception of the science program in biological and agricultural engineering. For the 
science curricula in biological and agricultural engineering freshman year, see freshman 
year in the School of Engineering. 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

BS 100 General Biology or CH 101 

General Chemistry I* 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry** 4 

Physical Education 1 

(Military Science or Air Science may 
be elected l 

16 



Spring Semi ster 



Credits 



ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 
MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathematics 

with Applications 3 

Social Science and Humanities Elective 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I or CH 107 
Principles of Chemistry 
or 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education 1 

(Military Science or Air Science may 
be elected) 

14-15 



*Both Biology and Chemistry are required for all ALS curricula. 
**Does not contribute to the 130 semester hours required in the biological sciences curriculum 

CURRICULA IN AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES* 

Science, technology and business are three curricula offered in this school. All depart- 
ments offer the science curriculum. Several departments offer the choice of either science or 
technology. In addition, several departments are participating in interdisciplinary programs. 

A business curriculum is offered in agricultural economics. Double majors between 
agricultural economics and other subject areas may be arranged. 

All the curricula have a core of required courses on a school basis. Courses peculiar to a 
specific department are listed under the departmental requirements. Listed on the following 
pages are the required courses by curriculum on a school basis. 



* Group A includes the physical and biological sciences; Group B, economics and business management; Group C, applied 
science and technology; Group D, social sciences and humanities. 

SCIENCE 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Language tl-i Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Electives (English or Modern Language) 6 

Social Sciences and Humanities 

(21 Credits) 

Electives from Group D 21 



Physical and Biological Sciences 
(28-S2 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology' 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 



67 



MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

or 
PY 211, PY 212 General Physics 8 



Elective* (60-61, Credits) 

Restricted Electives from Group A 22-26 

Departmental Requirements and 

Electives 26 

Free Electives ,,12 

Subtotal 126 

Physical Education 4 

Hours Required for Graduation 130" 



BUSINESS 

(See Department of Economics and Business under School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences)** 



TECHNOLOGY 

Credit* 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Language (IS Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Electives (English or Modern Language) 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(SI Credits) 

Electives from Group D 21 

Physical mid Biological Sciences 
(SS-SS Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 



MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Electives (59-60 Credits I 

Restricted Electives from Groups 

A.BorC 20-21 

Departmental Requirements and 

Electives 27 

Free Electives 12 

Subtotal 126 

Physical Education 4 

Hours Required for Graduation 130** 



** All curricula require the completion of one course in literature. 



ELECTIVES 

The following lists provide typical courses that are elected from the four block groupings— 
A, B, C and D. Additional courses may be selected by checking with the office of the Director 
of Academic Affairs. 

Group A 

PHYSICAL AND BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 



.1 nimal Scu net 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 

ANS 405 Lactation 

ANS (NTR, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition 

ANS (PHY) 502 Reproductive Physiology of 

Vertebrates 
ANS (GN) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement 
ANS (NTR) 516 Quantitative Nutrition 
ANS (PHY) 580 Mammalian Endocrine 

Physiology 

Biochemistry* 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 

BCH 352 Elementary Biochemistry Laboratory 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry 

BCH 552 Experimental Biochemistry 



BCH (PHY) 553 Physiological Biochemistry 
BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques in Biology 
BCH (GN, MB) 561 Biochemical and Micro- 
bial Genetics 

Biological and Agricultural Engine* ring 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion in Biological Systems 

Biological Sciences 

All courses listed with the BS designation. 

Bwmathematics* 

All Courses 



68 



Botany 



BO 200 


Plant Life 


BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 


BO 400 


Plant Diversity 


BO 403 


Systematic Botany 


BO 413 


Introductory Plant Anatomy 


BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology 


BO 421 


Plant Physiology 


BO 480 


Air Pollution Biology 


BO 565 


Plant Community Ecology 


BO 570 


Quantitative Ecology 


BO (MB) 574 Phvcologv 


BO (MB, 


PP) 575 The Fungi 


BO (MB, 


PP) 576 The Fungi-Laboratory 


Chemistry* 


All Courses 


Co m pu ter Science * 


All Courses 



Entomology 

ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects 
ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Insects 
ENT (ZO) 425 General Entomology 
ENT 502 Insect Diversity 
ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects 
ENT 570 Behavior of Insects 

Food Science 

FS 331 Food Engineering 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 

FS-(MB) 405 Food Microbiology 

FS 503 Food Analysis 

FS 504 Food Proteins and Enzymes 

FS 506 Advanced Food Microbiology 

Forestry 

FOR 273 Quantitative Methods in Forest Resources 
Geosciences* 

All Courses 

Genetics 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 
GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 
GN 504 Human Genetics 

GN (ANS) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement 
GN (ZO) 532 Biological Effects of Radiations 
GN (ZO) 540 Evolution 
GN (ZO) 550 Experimental Evolution 
GN (BCH. MB) 561 Biochemical and Microbial 
Genetics 

Mathematics* 

All Courses 

Mi U orology* 

All Courses 

Microbiology 

MB 401 General Microbiology 

MB (FS) 405 Food Microbiology 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology 

MB 514 Microbial Metabolism 

MB 551 Immunology I 

MB I BCH. GN) 561 Biochemical and Microbial 

Genetics 
MB 571 Virology 
MB (BO) 574 Phycology 



MB (BO, PP) 575 The Fungi 

MB (BO, PP) 576 The Fungi-Laboratory 

Nutrition 

NTR (ANS, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition 
NTR (ANS) 516 Quantitative Nutrition 

Physics* 

All Courses 
Physiology 

PHY (ANS) 502 

PHY (BCH) 553 
PHY (ANS) 580 

Plant Pathology 

PP (BO, MB) 575 The Fungi 

PP (BO, MB) 576 The Fungi-Laboratory 

Poultry Science 

PO 405 Avian Physiology 

PO (ANS, NTR) 415 Comparative Nutrition 

PO (ZO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology 

Soil Scie?ice* 



Reproductive Physiology of 

Vertebrates 

Physiological Biochemistry 

Mammalian Endocrine Physiology 



SSC 200 
SSC 511 
SSC 520 
SSC 522 



Soil Science 

Soil Physics 

Soil and Plant Analysis 

Soil Chemistry 



Statistics* 

All Courses 

Zoology 

ZO 201 General Zoology 

ZO 202 Invertebrate Zoology 

ZO 203 Vertebrate Zoology 

ZO 212 Basic Anatomy and Physiology 

ZO 315 General Parasitology 

ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 

ZO 345 Histology 

ZO (BO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 

ZO 361 Vertebrate Embrvology 

ZO (BO) 414 Cell Biology 

ZO 415 Cellular and Animal Physiology Laboratory 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 

ZO (ENT) 425 General Entomology 

ZO 441 Ichthyology 

ZO 442 Ichthyology Laboratory 

ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals 

ZO 513 Comparative Physiology 

ZO 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 

ZO 517 Population Ecology 

ZO (PO) 524 Comparative Endocrinology 

ZO (GN) 532 Biological Effects of Radiations 

ZO (GN) 540 Evolution 

ZO (GN) 550 Experimental Evolution 

* Courses in these blocks are considered Physical Sciences. 



Group B 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 

Accounting 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of Financial 
Reporting 



69 



ACC 261 Accounting II— Financial Information 

Systems 
ACC 262 Managerial Uses of Cost Data 
ACC 360 Financial Reporting Theory and Practice I 
ACC 361 Financial Reporting Theory and Practice II 
ACC 362 Production Cost Analysis and Control 
ACC 364 An Introduction to Income Taxation 
ACC 460 Specialized Financial Reporting 

Theory and Practice 
ACC 465 Advanced Income Taxation 
ACC 466 Examination of Financial Statements 
ACC 468 Professional Accountancy Resume 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

BAE 461 Analysis of Agricultural System 

Economics and Business 

EB 230 Economics of Cooperatives 

EB 303 Farm Management 

EB 307 Business Law I 

EB 308 Business Law II 

EB 310 Economics of the Firm 

EB 311 Agricultural Markets 

EB 313 Marketing Methods 

EB 325 Industrial Management 

EB 326 Personnel Management 

EB 332 Industrial Relations 

EB (ST) 350 Economics and Business Statistics 

EB 401 Economic Analysis for Non Majors 

EB 404 Money, Financial Markets and the Economy 

EB 410 Public Finance 

EB 413 Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy 

EB 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 

EB 420 Corporation Finance 

EB 422 Investments and Portfolio Management 

EB 430 Agricultural Price Analysis 

EB 431 Labor Economics 

EB 435 Urban Economics 

EB 436 Environmental Economics 

EB 448 International Economics 

EB 485 Management Development Seminar 

Mathematics 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance 

Statistics 

ST (EB) 350 Economics and Business Statistics 

Group C 

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Agricultu ral Co m m u nica tions 

AC 311 Communication Methods and Media 

Animal Science 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding 

ANS (FS, NTRl 301 Nutrition and Man 

ANS 302 Livestock and Dairy Eval. 

ANS 308 Advanced Selection Dairy and Meat Animals 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 

ANS 403 Swine Management 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 

ANS (FS) 409 Meat and Meat Products 

ANS 410 Horse Management 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of Domestic 

Animals 
ANS (VET) 420 Diseases of Farm Animals 
ANS 510 Advanced Livestock Management 
ANS 520 Tropical Livestock Production 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

BAE 201 Shop Practices 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 

BAE 251 Elements of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering 
BAE (SSC) 321 Water Management 
BAE 332 Farm Structures 
BAE 341 Farm Electrifications and Utilities 
BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 
BAE 433 Processing Agricultural Products 
BAE (SSC) 471 Agricultural Water Management 
BAE (CE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management 

Civil Engineering 

CE (BAE) 578 Agriculturel Waste Management 

Crop Science 

CS 211 Crop Science 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 

CS 315 Turf Management 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 

CS 414 Weed Science 

CS (SSC) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology 

CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop Production 

CS (HSl 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science 

Entomology 

ENT 201 Insects and Man 

ENT 203 Introduction to the Honey Bee and 

Beekeeping 
ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control 
ENT 562 Agricultural Entomology 
ENT (ZO) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology 

Food Science 

FS 201 Food Science and Man's Food 

FS (ANS, NTR) 301 Nutrition and Man 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition 

FS (PO) 404 Poultry Products 

FS (ANS) 409 Meat and Meat Products 

Genetics 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 
GN (PO) 520 Poultry Breeding 

Horticultural Science 

HS 101 Plants for Home and Pleasure 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 

HS 301 Plant Propagation 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture 

HS 352 Landscape Design Presentation 

HS 411 Nursery Management 

HS 421 Tree Fruit Production 

HS 422 Small Fruit Production 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 

HS 440 Greenhouse Management 

HS 441 Floriculture I 

HS 442 Floriculture II 

HS 471 Arboriculture 

HS (CS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science 

HS 531 Physiology of Landscape Plants 

Xntrition 

NTR (ANS, FS) 301 Nutrition and Man 

Pest Management 

PM 111 Introduction to Integrated Pest Management 
PM 415 Principles of Pest Management 



70 



Plant Pathology 

PP 310 Diseases of Fruit Crops 

PP 311 Diseases of Vegetable Crops 

PP 312 Diseases of Woody Ornamentals and Turf 

Grasses 

PP 313 Diseases of Herbaceous Ornamentals 

PP 314 Diseases of Field Crops 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 

PP 318 Forest Pathology 

PP 450 Nematode Diseases of Plants and Their Control 

PP 500 Plant Disease Control 

PP 505 Histopathology 

Poultry Science 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production 

PO 301 Evaluation of Live Poultry 

PO 351 Grading and Evaluation of Poultry Products 

PO (VET) 401 Poultry Diseases 

PO (FS) 404 Poultry Products 

PO 410 Production and Management of Game Birds 

in Confinement 
PO 420 Turkey Production 
PO 421 Commercial Egg Production 
PO 422 Incubation and Hatchery Management 



PO 423 Broiler Production 
PO (GN) 520 Poultry Breeding 

Soil Science 

SSC 205 Soils as a Natural Resource 

SSC (BAE) 321 Water Management 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 

SSC 352 Soil Classification 

SSC 461 Soil Physical Properties and Plant Growth 

SSC (CS) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems 

SSC (BAE) 471 Agricultural Water Management 

SSC 472 Forest Soils 

Veterinary Science 

VET 300 Laboratory Animal Management 

VET (PO) 401 Poultry Diseases 

VET (ANSI 420 Diseases of Farm Animals 



Zoology 

ZO 221 
ZO 353 
ZO 400 



Conservation of Natural Resources 

Wildlife Management 

Biological Basis of Man's Environment 



ZO (ENT) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology 



Group D 

SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES 

The student is required to complete 21 hours of Group D courses in all degree programs. 
Not more than six semester hours are to come from one department, and only one speech or 
writing course can be used as a Group D elective. It is strongly recommended that the stu- 
dent take at least one course in each of the three major areas outlined below. A course in 
economics and a course in sociology are also highly recommended. 



AREA I 

Anthropology 

All Courses 

Economics 

EB 201 Economics I 

EB 202 Economics II 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 

EB 301 Production and Prices 

EB 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis 

EB (HI) 370 The Rise of Industrialism 

EB (HI) 371 Evolution of the American Economy 

EB 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 

EB 475 Comparative Economic Systems 

Psychology and Sociology 

All Courses 



AREA III 

Art and Music 

Courses numbered 200 and above 

Communication* 

* All speech and writing courses 

English 

All literature courses 

Foreign Languages 

Courses numbered 200 and above 

Philosophy and Religion 

All Courses 



AREA II 

History, Political Science, and 
University Studii s 

All Courses 



* Only one course in speech or writing may be used in fulfillment of this request. 



71 



ADULT AND COMMUNITY 
COLLEGE EDUCATION 

(See Education.) 

AGRONOMY 

Professor D. A. Emery, Coordinator of Advising— Crop Science 
Professor M. G. Cook, Coordinator of Advising— Soil Science 

Students may earn a Bachelor of Science degree under the technology curriculum of 
Agricultural and Life Sciences with a major in agronomy. The agronomy option is ad- 
ministered jointly by the Departments of Crop Science and Soil Science. For further infor- 
mation, see crop science or soil science. 

CURRICULUM IN CROP SCIENCE AND SOIL SCIENCE 

TECHNOLOGY (AGRONOMY) PROGRAM 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (IS Credits) 

EN'G 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

EXG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Cn 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(S2-SS Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

or 
MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electir, s 

Free Electives 12 



Group A. B.C. Courses 
119-20 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

PP 312 Diseases of Woody Ornamentals 

and Turf Grasses 1 

or 

PP 314 Diseases of Field Crops 1 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

Electives in A. B, or C Courses 8-9 

Departmental Requirements 
(SS Credits) 

CS 211 Crop Science 4 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

or 

CS 315 Turf Management 3 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop 

Production 2 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 2 

CS 414 Weed Science 4 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science 1 

or 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science 1 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

SSC 342 Soil Fertility Laboratory 1 

SSC 352 Soil Classification 4 

SSC (CS) 462 Soil-Crop Management 

Systems 3 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



ANIMAL SCIENCE 

Polk Hall 

Professor C. A. Lassiter, Head of the Department 
Professor R. M. Myers, Coordinator of Advising 



72 



TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: E. R. Barrick, A. J. Clawson, D. G. Davenport, E. J. Eisen, L. Goode, R. W. Harvey, E. E. Jones, J. M. 
Leatherwood, J. G. Lecce, J. E. Legates, B. T. McDaniel, R. D. Mochrie, R. M. Myers, I. D. Porterfield, A. H. Rakes, H. A. 
Ramsey, 0. W. Robison, L. C. U\berg; Professors Emeriti: F. H. Smith, H. A. Stewart, G. H. Woe; Associate Professors: J. 
H. Britt, E. V. Caruolo, E. U. Dillard, B. H. Johnson, W. L. Johnson, J. J. McNeill, J. C. Wilk; Assistant Professors: W. D. 
Armstrong, J. C. Cornwell, W. J. Croom; Adjunct Assistant Professor: B. D. Harrington; Associate Members of the 
Faculty: J. C. Burns (Crop Science); S. B. Tove (Biochemistry); C. H. Hill (Poultry Science); E. G. Batte, D. J. Moncol 
(Veterinary Science). 

EXTENSION 

Professor J. W. Patterson, In Charge, Animal Husbandry Extension 
Professor G. S. Parsons, In Charge, Dairy Husbandry Extension 
Professor D. G. Spruill, In Charge, Swine Husbandry Extension 

Professors: R. F. Behlow, T. C. Blalock, J. R. Jones, F. D. Sargent, J. R. Woodard; Exte7ision Professors Emeriti: A. V. Allen, 
J. S. Buchanan, G. Hyatt, Jr., M. E. Senger; Associate Professors: K. R. Butcher, F. N. Knott, C. M. Stanislaw, D. P. 
Wesen; Assistant Professors: R. G. Crickenberger, T. M. Leonard, D. G. Levis, H. W. Webster, III, M. D. Whitacre; 
Assistant Professor Emeritus: R. R. Rich; Extension Specialists: B. C. Allison, J. K. Butler, J. H. Gregory, J. W. Parker; 
Extension Specialists Emeriti: J. A. Arey, R. L. Wynne. 

Undergraduate students study subjects related to various phases of animal industry. 
Training is provided in nutrition, physiology, breeding and disease and there are oppor- 
tunities for the application of basic scientific training in the husbandry areas. Options for 
course selection by each student make it possible for those with varying backgrounds and 
wide-ranging interests to become involved in stimulating and rewarding training 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities for animal science majors include farm, dairy and livestock management 
careers, jobs as fieldmen for breed association and livestock organizations, agricultural ex- 
tension, education work in business and industries serving agriculture, meat grading, 
agricultural communications in animal science, feed manufacturing, sales work in feeds and 
equipment, marketing dairy cattle and dairy products, and supervising livestock and farm 
loans with banks and lending agencies. Many students in veterinary science obtain degrees in 
animal science as well. Students may elect graduate study, after which they will find oppor- 
tunities in teaching, research and development. See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in animal science may be obtained under 
either the science or technology curricula offered in Agriculture and Life Sciences. For the 
basic requirements and freshman year refer to those sections under School of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences. 

CURRICULA IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 
SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities (21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

(Group D— Recommended including EB 212 and EB 202.) 



73 



Physical and Biological Sciences 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry ,. 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & Calculus A or MA 113 Introduction to Calculus 

or MA 114, Introduction to Finite Math 4 or 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 

PY 221 College Physics or PY 211 & 212, General Physics 5 or 8 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 

Free Electives 12 

Group A, B, C Courses (29 Credits! 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Electives in A, B or C Courses (only 6 may be B or C) Recommended including BCH 351 14 

Departmental Requirements and Electives (23 Credits) 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 4 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding 3 

ANS 490 Seminar in Animal Science 1 

Animal Science Electives as follows: 15 

A minimum of 9 credits from: 

ANS 401, 405, 411, 415, VET 420 9 

A minimum of 6 credits from: 

ANS 302, 402, 403, 404, 406, 410 6 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities (21 Credits) 

Electives (Group D)— Recommend including EB 212 and EB 202 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytical Geometry & Calculus A or MA 113 Introduction to Calculus or 

MA 114, Introduction to Finite Math 4 or 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or CH 107, Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 221 College Physics or PY 211 & 212, General Physics 5 or 8 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 

Free Electives 12 

Group A, B, C Courses (22-23 Credits)* 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Electives in A, B, or C Courses 15-16 

74 



Departmental Requirements and Electives (26 Credits) 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 4 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding 3 

ANS 490 Seminar in Animal Science 1 

Animal Science Electives as follows: 
A minimum of 9 credits from: 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 

ANS 405 Lactation 3 

ANS 41 1 Breeding and Improvement of Domestic Animals 3 

ANS (NTR, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition 3 

ANS (VET) 420 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 (9) 

A minimum of 9 credits from: 

ANS 302 Livestock and Dairy Evaluation 2 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 3 

ANS 410 Horse Management 3 (9) 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 

* Dependent upon whether MA 112 or MA 113 or MA 114 was elected. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Polk Hall 

Professor S. B. Tove, Head of the Department 
Professor F. B. Armstrong, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: H. R. Horton, J. S. Kahn, I. S. Longmuir, A. R. Main; Associate Professors: J. A. Knopp, E. C. Sisler, E. C. Theil; 
Assistant Professor: W. L. Miller; Associate Members of the Faculty: E. E. Jones (Animal Science), L. W. Aurand, H. E. 
Swaisgood (Food Science), J. Bordner (Chemistry) 

The Department of Biochemistry offers instruction at the undergraduate and graduate 
levels. Undergraduate courses provide students from a number of curricula with a fun- 
damental background in biochemistry. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The undergraduate curriculum leads to the Bachelor of Science degree in the biological 
sciences with an option in biochemistry. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CURRICULUM 
(BIOCHEMISTRY OPTION) 

Orientation Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

FL Foreign Language 6 

Social Sciences and Humanities (21 Credits) 
Electives 21 

Mathematical Sciences (12-19 Creditslt 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 

or MA 102* Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B 

or MA 201* Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 3-4* 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathematics with Applications 

or MA 202* Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 3-4* 

MA 301* Applied Differential Equations I 3* 

CSC, ST, or MA Elective in Computer Science, Statistics, or Mathematics 2-3 

75 



Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Physical and Biological Sciences (61,-73 Credits)f 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 221, 223 Organic Chemistry I and II 4, 4 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 

or CH 428* Qualitative Organic Analysis 4 or 3* 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry 

or CH 431*, 433* Physical Chemistry I and II 4 or 3*. 3* 

BS 100 General Bioiogy 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

ZO 201 General Zoology 4 

BO ( ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 
or ZO 414 Cell Biology 

or ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology- 3-4 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

BCH 551* General Biochemistry 3* 

BCH 352 Elementary Biochemistry Laboratory 

or BCH 552* Experimental Biochemistry 2 or 3* 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 4, 4 

or PY 205*. 208* General Physics or 4*, 4* 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 

ALS 499* Honors Research 

or BCH 490* Special Studies in Biochemistry 3* 

Free Electives (Up to 15 Credits) 

Electives 0-15 



Hours Required for Graduation 130 

t The grade "D" will not be accepted as a passing grade in any mathematics or science courses. 

* Courses required for the Honors Program in Biochemistry; recommended for students preparing for graduate study in 
Biochemistry. 

BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

(Also see Engineering.) 

David S. Weaver Laboratories 

Professor F. J. Hassler, Head of Department 
Professor G. B. Blum Jr., Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: G. B. Blum Jr., H. D. Bowen, J. W. Dickens (USDA), J. M. Fore, E. L. Howell, B. K. Huang, E. G. Humphries, W. 
H. Johnson, G. J. Kriz, W. F. McClure, R. P. Rohrback, C. W. Suggs, T. B. Whitaker (USDA), E. H. Wiser, J. H. Young; 
Professors Emeriti: D. H. Howells, G. W. Giles, J. W. Weaver Jr.; Associate Professors: C. F. Abrams, G. R. Baughman, 
M. R. Overcash, R. W. Skaggs, R. S. Sowell; Assistant Professors: P. W. Westerman, D. H. Willits Jr., D. W. Winter 
(USDA); Adjunct Asst. Professor: G. M. Jividen: Associate Members of the Faculty: D. D. Hamann, V. A. Jones (Food 
Science), A. E. Hassan (Forestry) 

EXTENSION 

Professor: F. J. Humenik, Associate Head in Charge of Extension 

Professor: L. B. Driggers; Professor Emeritus: H. M. Ellis; Associate Professors: E. O. Beasley, J. W. Glover, R. E. Sneed, R. 
W. Watkins; Associate Professor Emeritus: J. C. Ferguson, W. C. Warrick; Assistant Professor: J. C. Barker 

Biological and agricultural engineering students train to deal with problems of agriculture 
that are engineering in nature. Scientific and engineering principles are applied to the con- 



76 



servation and utilization of water and soil, the development of power and labor-saving 
devices for all phases of agricultural production, the design of structures and equipment for 
housing and handling livestock and field products, and the processing and marketing of farm 
products. 

Two curricula are offered, technology and science, which are explained below. Science 
graduates receive a B.S. in biological and agricultural engineering. Technology students 
receive the B.S. in agriculture. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of the science curriculum are qualified for positions in design, development and 
research in public institutions and in industry, and for teaching and extension work in in- 
stitutions of higher education. This curriculum, accredited by the Engineering Council for 
Professional Development, also provides adequate training for post-graduate work leading to 
advanced degrees. See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

Those trained in agricultural engineering technology are qualified for positions in sales 
and service of agricultural equipment such as farm machinery, irrigation systems, etc.; as 
county agents or farmers; and for farm advisory work with such organizations as electric 
power companies. 

CURRICULA IN BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 
SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The science curriculum develops young people capable of engineering leadership in 
agriculture. Emphasis is placed on basic science courses such as mathematics, physics, 
mechanics, biology, soils, and thermodynamics, which provide a sound background for 
engineering and agricultural technology. Courses are directed to those methods of thought 
and techniques whereby science can be applied with understanding and judgment to 
engineering situations related to agricultural operations. 

Since biological and agricultural engineering involves two distinct technical fields — 
agriculture and engineering — the science curriculum is a joint responsibility of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences and Engineering and is so administered. Undergraduate students in this 
curriculum may officially enroll in either school; duplicate undergraduate records are main- 
tained in both schools. 

For the program in agricultural engineering science, refer to the freshman year and the 
curriculum in the School of Engineering. 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

The technology curriculum is for those who wish to work at the applied level in the 
agribusiness complex. Graduates are equipped to apply to the farm the new technology as 
developed and revealed by the professional agricultural engineer. The courses are presented 
and directed toward the solution of consumer problems with emphasis on the techniques em- 
ployed. 

Listed below are the departmental requirements in the technology program. 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 Physical and Biological Sciences 



Languages (12 Credits) 



(23 or U Credits) 



MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 matics with Applications 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 or 

Literature Elective 3 MA 112 Analytical Geometry and 

_ . . _ . ... Calculus A 4 

Social Sciences and Humanities CH 101 q^^, Chemistry I 4 

(21 Credits) CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

Group D Electives 18 BS 100 General Biology 4 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 Biological Science Elective 4 

77 



Physical Education (J, Credits) 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness 1 

Physical Education 3 

Free Elective* (12 Credits) 

Free Electives 12 

Group A, B, C Courses 

(27 or 26 Credits) 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

CSC 200 Introduction to Computers and 

Their Uses 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Management Elective 3 

Electives in A, B, or C courses 8 or 9 



Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(30 Credits) 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

BAE 201 Shop Practices 2 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 3 

BAE 321 Water Management 4 

BAE 341 Farm Electrification and 

Utilities 4 

BAE 433 Processing Agricultural 

Products 4 

BAE 461 Analysis of Agricultural 

Systems 3 

BAE 332 Farm Structures 3 

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 3 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion in Biological 

Systems 2 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

Gardner Hall 

Professor J. L. Apple, Assistant Director of Academic Affairs and Research for the 
Biological Sciences 

Professor C. F. Lytle, Coordinator of Advising 

The biological sciences curriculum is an interdepartmental program leading to a B.S. 
degree and designed for students desiring a comprehensive rather than a narrowly 
specialized education in the biological sciences. It is especially suitable for students prepar- 
ing for graduate study in a specialized field of biology, for students planning to teach high 
school biology, and for students preparing for careers in business or industry. 

Experience indicates one of the best preparations for graduate study in biology is a broad 
training in the basic biological sciences supplemented with a strong background in the 
physical and mathematical sciences. The biological sciences curriculum incorporates these 
features and provides the student with maximum flexibility and options for graduate 
specialization. 

Students may concentrate on a specific field in the biological sciences curriculum by 
selecting appropriate free and restricted elective courses in consultation with their advisers. 
Such programs within the biological sciences curriculum are available to provide options in 
biochemistry, microbiology, and nutrition. Courses may be selected from the School of 
Education to provide a concentration in biology and teaching. 



PROGRAMS IN THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CURRICULUM 

GENERAL 

Credits 



ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the 

Agricultural and Life Sciences 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Foreign Language 6 

Social Sciences and Humanities 

(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Biological Sciences (31-33 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

ZO 201 General Zoology 4 



BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

or 
ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

or 
BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology 3 

Physical Sciences and Mathematics 

(31,-36 Credits) 

MA 114 Intr. to Finite Mathematics 

with Applications 3 

or 
ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 

or 
a 3-hour course in computer science 

and 
MA 112, 212 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A and B 4+3 



78 



MA 102, 201, 202 Analytic Geometry PY 211, 212 General Physics 4+4 

& Calculus I, MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

N and III 4+4+4 BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

CH 221, 223 Organic Chemistry I GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

and II 4+4 

NOTE: Students electing ZO 421 or BO (ZO) 414 must also elect either 

ZO 415 Cellular and Animal Physiology Laboratory 2 

or 
BCH 352 Experimental Biochemistry 2 

Electives (23-27 Credits)* 

Restricted Electives from Groups A, 

B, C, and D 11-15 

Free Electives ..12 

Sub Total 126 

Physical Education 4 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 

BIOCHEMISTRY OPTION 

For the requirements in the biological sciences curriculum, biochemistry emphasis, see 
BIOCHEMISTRY. 

MICROBIOLOGY OPTION 

Along with the general curriculum for the biological sciences, three additional microbiology 
electives are required; MB 411 and MB 501 are usually recommended. MB 401 is required in 
the BLS curriculum. For graduation, 130 semester credit hours are required. 

NUTRITION OPTION 

Four courses in nutrition are required along with the general curriculum for the biological 
sciences (FS 400, NTR 415, NTR 416, and NTR 490 are the usual requirements). For gradua- 
tion, 130 semester credit hours are required. 



* Group A includes the physical and biological sciences; Group B, economics and business management; Group C, applied 
science and technology; Group D, social sciences and humanities. 

BOTANY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor Jerome P. Miksche, Head of Department 

Professors: C. E. Anderson, R. J. Downs, J. W. Hardin, W. W. Heck (USDA), H. E. Pattee (USDA), H. Seltmann (USDA), E. 

D. Seneca, J. L. Thomas, J. R. Troyer; Professors Emeriti: D. B. Anderson, G. R. Noggle, H. T. Scofield, B. W. Wells, L. 
A. Whitford; Associate Professors: U. Blum, D. W. DeJong (USDA), R. C. Fites, R. L. Mott, A. M. Witherspoon; Assistant 
Professors: R. L. Beckmann, J. F. Reynolds, H. H. Rogers Jr. (USDA), J. M. Stucky, C. G. Van Dyke, T. R. Wentworth, T. 

E. Wynn; Associate Members of the Faculty: A. W. Cooper (Forestry), D. H. Timothy (Crop Science), D. E. Moreland 
(USDA Crop Science), S. C. Huber (USDA Crop Science), E. C. Sisler (Biochemistry I, M. M. Goodman (Statistics), R. J. 
Thomas (Wood and Paper Science), B. J. Copeland (Zoology), R. J. Fellows (Crop Science) 

The instructional program provides classroom, laboratory, and field experience in the ma- 
jor areas of plant science. Undergraduates majoring in botany are given a broad background 
in the humanities and physical sciences and are encouraged to participate in independent 
study in the senior year. Majors are prepared for advanced study in botany and other 
biological fields, as well as in the applied plant sciences such as horticulture, crop science, 
resource management and environmental biology. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Many majors continue with graduate studies; see pages 17-18. There is need for such per- 
sons for teaching positions in community and junior colleges, colleges and universities, for 

79 



research positions in federal and state government laboratories and in private industry. 

Recent federal and state legislation has created a need for botanists in environmental 
quality studies. Persons with a Bachelor of Science degree may work in air and water quality 
control programs, in air pollution and in environmental impact studies. Field botanists and 
naturalists are needed in park systems and nature programs. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in botany is offered under the science 
curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. The freshman year program is 
shown on page 67. Other basic requirements are on pages 67-71. 

The Bachelor of Science degree with double concentration — one in economics, English, 
history, philosophy or political science, and another in botany — is available in the School of 
Humanities and Social Sciences. For details, refer to section on School of Humanities and 
Social Sciences. 



BOTANY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 1 12 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(29 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 or 114 Analytic Geo. and Calc. A 

or Intro, to Finite Math 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 or 107 General Chemistry II or 

Princ. of Chem 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 



Physical Education (4 Credits) 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives (20 Credits) 

Free Electives 20 

Group A, B, C Courses 
(20 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Science Elective 4 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(23 Credits) 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 4 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

BO 413 Introductory Plant Anatomy 3 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



CONSERVATION 

(Also see Forest Resources.) 
Williams, Gardner and Biltmore Halls 

M. G. Cook, Major Adviser, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
L. C. Saylor, Major Adviser, School of Forest Resources 

Conservation is the wise use, perpetuation, or improvement of natural resources, without 
waste, for the long-time benefit of society. This baccalaureate degree program is offered 
jointly by the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Forest Resources. Faculty mem- 
bers in botany, entomology, forestry, plant pathology, recreation, soil science and wildlife 
are directly involved in various aspects of education in conservation. 

Rapid urbanization and industrialization concomitant with population growth and 
changes in lifestyles are bringing increased pressures on the use of land for providing food, 



80 



water, fiber, wood and pleasure. These trends present challenges to resource managers who 
must be well trained in the basic concepts of several disciplines in order to apply a conserva- 
tion philosophy to many of our current natural resource problems. 

CONSERVATION CURRICULUM 

Students may enroll in either Agriculture and Life Sciences or Forest Resources, 
depending on their primary area of interest in conservation. The freshman common core of 
courses for either school is acceptable. All students take a prescribed core of subjects in con- 
servation; specialty areas are developed through the use of electives. Students desiring an 
education with more professional emphasis may combine the conservation curriculum with 
another curriculum, e.g., forestry, soil science, zoology, to obtain a second degree. 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 



Credits 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 

or 
FOR 101 Introduction to Forestry 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

English Elective (Literature) 3 

English Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 

or CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 
or 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

ZO 201 General Zoology 

or 
BO 200 Plant Life 4 



Physical Education 
Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 
Free Electives 13 

Group A, B, C Courses 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

Biological Science Electives 9 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 

GY 120 Elements of Physical Geology 2 

GY 110 Physical Geology Lab 1 

ZO 221 Conservation of Natural Resources 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Manage- 
ment 3 

RRA 241 Recreation Resource Relation- 
ships 3 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 

Conservation Electives 13 

Hours Required for Graduation 128 



Elective courses may be used for emphasizing subject areas in communications, soils, 
wildlife biology, education and others. 

CROP SCIENCE 

Williams Hall 

Professor B. E. Caldwell, Head of the Department 
Professor D. A. Emery, Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: C. A. Brim (USDA), J. C. Burns (USDA), D. S. Chamblee, J. F. Chaplin (USDA), W. K. Collins. W. A. Cope 
(USDA), W. T. Fike, D. U. Gerstel, W. B. Gilbert, W. C. Gregory, H. D. Gross, G. L. Jones, K. R. Keller, J. A. Lee (USDA), 
W. M. Lewis, T. J. Mann, D. E. Moreland (USDA), C. F. Murphy, L. L. Phillips, J. C. Rice, D. L. Thompson (USDA), D. H. 
Timothy, J. B. Weber, E. A. Wernsman, J. A. Weybrew, A. D. Worsham; Adjunct Professors: J. S. Campbell, W. E. Wess- 
ling; Professors Emeriti: P. H. Harvey, R. L. Lovvorn, G. K. Middleton, R. P. Moore; Associate Professors: F. T. Corbin, G. 
R. Gwynn (USDA), R. C. Long, R. P. Patterson, W. W. Weeks, J. C. Wynne; Assistant Professors: J. W. Burton (USDA), S. 
C. Huber (USDA), P. J. Beuscher, R. J. Fellows (USDA); Instructor: C. E. Collins; Associate Members of the Faculty: 
Heinz Seltmann (Botany), T. J. Sheets (Entomology and Horticultural Science). 



81 



EXTENSION 

Professor G. L. Jones, In Charge, Crop Science Extension 

Professors: C. T. Blake, S. N. Hawks, F. W. McLaughlin, A. Perry; Professors Emeriti: R. P. Bennett, S. H. Dobson, A. D. 
Stuart; Associate Professors: H. D. Coble, E. L. Kimbrough, E. J. Dunphy, E. G. Krenzer, G. A. Sullivan; Associate 
Professor Emeritus: W. G. Toomey; Assistant Professor: J. D. Mueller; Assistant Professor Emeritus: R. H. Crouse 

The increase in human populations, the continuing evolution of pests and diseases, the 
challenge of new natural and artificial environments and the decrease of farmland are all 
critical current world issues. 

This department's curricula were designed to give the crop science major an awareness and 
a sense of personal involvement in these issues. The student receives a working knowledge of 
the fundamental principles of plant science which tend to shape modern crop production 
practices. He or she is trained in the economics of various crop management procedures 
which may influence long-range investments. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The opportunities within the state for crop science graduates in county extension 
programs, in farm management, as salesmen of seed and agricultural chemicals and in the 
several governmental agencies remain good. Demand for qualified students in national and 
international concerns is increasing. 

For crop science graduate programs, see listing of graduate programs. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in crop science is offered under the science 
curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. The science curriculum follows. 

Students may also earn a Bachelor of Science under the technology curriculum with a ma- 
jor in agronomy. The agronomy option is administered jointly by the Departments of Crop 
Science and Soil Science. For that curriculum see page 72. 

The Departments of Crop Science, Entomology, Horticultural Science and Plant Pathology 
offer a joint undergraduate major in pest management for crop protection. 



CURRICULUM IN CROP SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
til Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 



Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 

Free Electives 12 

Group A, B, C Courses 
(2i Credits I 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 
or 
MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Cal- 
culus B 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

PP 312 Diseases of Woody Orn. and 

Turf Grasses 1 



82 



PP 314 Diseases of Field Crops 1 CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

Electives in A, B, or C Courses 1 CS 414 Weed Science 4 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science 1 

Departmental Requirements and Electives ENT 312 Introduction to Economic 

(27 Credits) Insects 3 

d/-> joi m i nu -i SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 „ ., „ . „, . . „ 

^.o m . n o • Sou Science Llectives 3 

CS 21 1 Crop Science 4 

CS 214 Crop Science Lab 1 Hours Required for Graduation 130 

DAIRY SCIENCE 

(See Animal Science.) 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 

Patterson Hall 

Professor W. D. Toussaint, Head of the Department 

Professor D. M. Hoover, Assistant Head for Graduate Programs 

Professor B. M. Olsen, Assistant Head and Coordinator for Advising 

Professor R. K. Perrin, Coordinator of Advising for Agricultural Economics 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: G. A. Carlson, A. J. Coutu, E. W. Erickson, R. M. Fearn, L. A. Ihnen, P. R. Johnson, Thomas Johnson, C. P. 
Jones, E. W. Jones, R. A. King, E. C. Pasour Jr., R. J. Peeler Jr., R. K. Perrin, R. A. Schrimper, J. A. Seagraves, R. L. Sim- 
mons, R. E. Sylla, C. B. Turner, J. C. Williamson Jr.; Visiting Professor: Douglas Fisher; Professors Emeriti: A. J. Bartley, 

D. R. Dixon, J. G. Sutherland (USDA), E. W. Swanson; Associate Professors: D. S. Ball, J. S. Chappell, L. E. Danielson, M. 
M. El-Kammash, A. R. Gallant, H. C. Gilliam Jr. (USDA), T. J. Grennes, C. W. Harrell Jr., D. M. Holthausen, D. N. 
Hyman, M. A. Johnson, J. S. Lapp, M. B. McElroy, F. A. Mangum Jr., C. J. Messere, J. C. Poindexter Jr., J. W. Wilson; 
Assistant Professors: S. G. Allen, R. L. Clark, D. B. Diamond, D. J. Flath, J. D. Hanson, C. R. Knoeber, E. W. Leonard, M. 
P. Loeb, R. B. McBurney Jr., D. E. Morris (USDA), L. B. Perkinson (USDA), W. P. Pinna, G. M. Scobie, D. A. Sumner, M. 
L. Walden, W. J. Wessels, M. K. Wohlgenant; Assistant Professors Emeriti: J. C. Matthews Jr., 0. G. Thompson; 
Instructors: W. P. Brown, Mary R. Hilliard, D. M. Holmes, T. M. Reynolds; Lecturers: A. M. Beals Jr., C. Lynn Bergold, C. 

E. Bowen, J. P. Huggard, Judith M. Jeffreys, Susan W.Johnson, W. P. Windham; Associate Members of the Faculty : R. H. 
Bernhard (Industrial Engineering), D. L. Holley (Forestry) 

EXTENSION 

Professor R. C. Wells, Assistant Head, In Charge of Extension 

Professors: R. C. Brooks, R. D. Dahle, D. G. Harwood, H. L. Liner, T. E. Nichols Jr., E. A. Proctor, C. R. Pugh, W. L. Turner, 
C. R. Weathers; Associate Professors: J. G. Allgood, J. E. Easley Jr., D. F. Neuman, D. D. Robinson, P. S. Stone; Associate 
Professors Emeriti: R. S. Boal, H. A. Homme; Assistant Professors: G. A. Benson, J. S. Royer, G. F. Vocke; Assistant 
Professor Emeritus: E. M. Stallings; Extension Specialists: C. E. Hammond, S. C. Riddick, S. R. Sutter 

Agricultural economics, leading to a B.S. degree, is one of several fields of specialization 
offered by the Department of Economics and Business. The department is administered joint- 
ly by the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Humanities and Social Sciences. For 
information on fields of economics and business other than agricultural economics see 
Humanities and Social Sciences. 

The department's general objectives in agricultural economics are: 1) To train students in 
the fundamentals of business organization and to make sound decisions in organizing and 
managing farms and other agricultural businesses; 2) To instruct students in economic 
theory which may be used as a basis for understanding the relationship of agriculture to 
other parts of the economy and for the evaluation of agricultural policy and economic 
changes which affect agriculture; 3) To train graduate students in advanced economic theory 
and research techniques. For a list of graduate degrees, see section listed on graduate 
degrees. 



83 



OPPORTUNITIES 

The growing number of companies processing and manufacturing agricultural products 
has created an increasing demand for people trained in agricultural economics. Oppor- 
tunities include employment by companies handling farm supplies, such as feed, fertilizer 
and equipment; general marketing and processing firms; agricultural cooperatives; 
professional farm management agencies, and various credit agencies. 

Many graduates are employed in research and educational work by various agencies of the 
Federal and state governments. These include the Agricultural Extension Service, the 
Agricultural Experiment Station, the State Department of Agriculture and other agencies of 
the United States Department of Agriculture. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in economics and business may be obtained 
in either the science curriculum or the business curriculum. Students must meet all basic 
University requirements and Agriculture and Life Sciences requirements. The science 
program is for those desiring a strong background in the physical and biological sciences or 
preparation for graduate work. The business program is for students who have career in- 
terests in agriculturally-related businesses. 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS CURRICULUM 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits! 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Electives English or Foreign Literature 6 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

EB 212 Econ. of Agriculture 3 

EB 202 Econ. II 3 

Electives 15 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(31-32 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trig 4 

or 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Mathematics 3 

MA 112 Analy. Geom. & Calc. A 4 

MA 212 Analy. Geom. & Calc. B 3 

CH 101 General Chem. I 4 

CH 103 General Chem. II 4 

BS 100 or 105 General Biology or Biology 

Modern World 4 



Bio. Sc. Elective 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Phy. Ed. & Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 12 

Group A. B. or C Electives 

(22-23 Credits) 

ACC 260 Accounting I 3 

EB 350 Econ. & Bus. Statistics 3 

or 
ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 
Electives 16-17 

Major Requirements and Electives 

(26 Credits! 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 

EB 302 Ag. Econ. Analysis 3 

EB 303 or 523 or 551 Farm Production 

and Management Elective 3 

EB 311 or 521 Agr. Mkt. Elective 3 

EB 415 or 420 Finance Elective 3 

EB 533 Ag. Policy 3 



Restricted elec. 2 additional courses of following: 

EB 415, EB 430. EB 436, EB 515, EB 521, EB 523, EB 551 6 

Other Approved Electives in support of major* 2 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 

* Approved electives are meant to include all EB and ACC courses plus others approved by 
the adviser. 



84 



BUSINESS PROGRAM 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages ill Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

ENG Literature 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

EB 212 Econ. of Agriculture 3 

EB 202 Econ. II 3 

Electives 15 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(24-25 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra & Trig 4 

or 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math 3 

MA 112 or 113 Analy. Geom. & Calc. A 

or Intro, to Calculus 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 or 105 General Biol, or 

Biol, in Modern World 4 

Bio. Science Elective 4 



Phy. Ed. & Free Electives 
(16 Credits) 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 12 

Group B (21, Credits) 

ACC 260 Accounting I 3 

EB 303 or 523 or 551 Farm Production 

and Management Elective 3 

EB 311 or 521 Agr. Mkt. Elective 3 

EB 415 or 420 Finance Elective 3 

EB 326 or 332 or 431 Labor and Per- 
sonnel Elective 3 

EB 307 Business Law 3 

Electives from Group B Courses 6 

Group A or C (5-6 Credits) 

Major Requirements and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 

EB 302 Ag. Ec. Analy 3 

EB 350 Econ. & Bus. Statistics 3 

or 

ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 

EB 533 Agr. Policy 3 



2 additional courses from group EB 415, EB 430, EB 436, EB 515, 

EB 521, EB 523, EB 551 6 

Approved Electives in support of major* ._. 8 

Hours Required for Gaduation 130 

*Note: Approved electives are meant to include all EB and ACC courses plus others ap- 
proved by the adviser. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor Kenneth L. Knight, Head of the Department 

Professor H. B. Moore Jr., Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: R. C. Axtell, J. R. Bradlev Jr., W. M. Brooks, W. V. Campbell, W. C. Dauterman, M. H. Farrier, F. E. Guthrie, 
Ernest Hodgson, W. J. Mistric Jr., H. B. Moore Jr., H. H. Neunzig, R. L. Rabb, G. C. Rock, T. J. Sheets, C. F. Smith, C. G. 
Wright, D. A. Young Jr.; Adjunct Professors: A. L. Chasson, J. R. Fouts; Professor Emeriti: C. H. Brett, T. B. Mitchell; 
Associate Professors: F. P. Hain, R. E. Stinner, R. T. Yamamoto; Adjunct Associate Professor: Mary H. Ross; Assistant 
Professors: G. G. Kennedy, J. R. Meyer; Adjunct Assistant Professors: J. R. Bend, R. M. Philpot; Associate Member of the 
Faculty: D. S. Grosch (Genetics) 

EXTENSION 

Professor: G. T. Weekman, Specialist-in-Charge 

Professor: R. L. Robertson; Professor Emeritus: G. D. Jones; Associate Professor: J. R. Baker, J. M. Falter, R. C. Hillmann, 
K. A. Sorensen, J. W. Van Duyn; Assistant Professors: J. T. Ambrose, C. S. Apperson, J. S. Bacheler 

The entomology curriculum offers broad training at the undergraduate and graduate 
levels (see listing of graduate degrees) in basic biology and related sciences, particularly as 
they relate to the study of insects. In addition, several courses in entomology are offered at 
the undergraduate level for non-majors. 



85 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities include development, production, control and sales positions in the pesticide 
field, consultative positions in pest management, regulatory and extension positions with 
state and federal agencies, and research technician positions in universities, agricultural ex- 
periment stations and industry. The curriculum also provides training suitable for admission 
to the graduate entomology departments of the country. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in entomology is offered under the science 
curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Students are encouraged to gain 
through judicious use of their electives a strong background in the sciences. For the related 
undergraduate major in pest management for crop protection see section with that 
curriculum. 

CURRICULUM IN ENTOMOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

S<x-ial Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(Sl-SS Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 
MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 



Biol. Sc. Electives 8 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 12 

Group A, B, C Courses 

(22-2J, Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

BCH 301 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

GY 120 Elements of Physical Geology 2 

or 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

GN 41 1 The Principles of Genetics 3 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 

(S6 Credits) 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Insects 3 

ENG 502 Insect Diversity 4 

ENG 503 Functional Systems of Insects 4 

Restricted Electives 15 

Hours required for Graduation 130 



FOOD SCIENCE 

Schaub Food Science Building 

Professor W. M. Roberts, Head of the Department 
Professor F. G. Warren, Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: L. W. Aurand, T. N. Blumer, H. B. Craig, H. P. Fleming (USDA), D. D. Hamann, M. W. Hoover, V. A. Jones, A. 
E. Purcell (USDAi, M. L. Speck. H. E. Swaisgood, W. M. Walter Jr. (USDA); Professors Emeriti: T. A. Bell, J. L. Etchells, 
I. D. Jones; Associate Professors: D. M. Adams Jr., H. R. Ball Jr., D. E. Carroll Jr., A. P. Hansen, R. F. McFeeters (USDA), 
C. T. Young; Assistant Professors: G. L. Catignani Jr., T. R. Klaenhammer, T. C. Lanier, L. G. Turner; Adjunct Associate 
Professors: W. Y. Cobb, B. Ray 



86 



EXTENSION 

Professor J . A. Christian, In Charge 

Professors: E. Cofer, M. E. Gregory, N. C. Miller Jr., F. R. Tarver Jr.. F. B. Thomas; Assistant Professors: R. E. Carawan, M. 
K. Hill; Specialist: S. D. Thomas 

The Department of Food Science provides undergraduate and graduate programs for the 
application and coordination of the physical and biological sciences, economics and engineer- 
ing to the development, processing, packaging, quality control, distribution and utilization of 
foods. 

The department maintains modern fully equipped laboratories for teaching and research 
in food microbiology and fermentation, food chemistry, food engineering and dairy, fruit, 
meat, poultry, seafood and vegetable products. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Increasing consumer demands for greater varieties and quantities of highly nutritious and 
convenience foods of uniformly high quality create many varied career opportunities in the 
food and allied industries. 

Food industries career opportunities are: management, research and development, process 
supervision, quality control, procurement, distribution, sales and merchandising. Positions 
include sales and services in allied industries, consulting and trade association activities and 
promotional and educational services. 

Food Science graduates hold teaching, research and extension positions with colleges and 
universities. Governmental agencies employ food scientists whose work is directed toward 
research, regulatory control and the development of food standards. 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in food science is offered under the science 
or technology curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 
See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

CURRICULA IN FOOD SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 

(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical <md Biological Sciences 
(■SI Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 



Physical Education (i Credits) 

Electives 4 

Free Electives (12 Credits) 

Electives 12 

Group A, B. C Courses (2.1 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II or 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Electives 11 

Departmental Requirements and Electivt % 
(26 Credits) 

FS 201 Food Science and Man's Food 3 

FS 331 Food Engineering 3 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 

FS 405 Food Microbiology 3 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar 1 

Electives .13 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



87 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(SI Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(SS Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 



Physical Education (J, Credits) 

Electives 4 

Free Electives (12 Credits) 

Electives 12 

Group A, B, C Courses (25 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II or 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Electives 13 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(2? Credits) 

FS 201 Food Science and Man's Food 3 

FS 331 Food Engineering 3 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 

FS 405 Food Microbiology 3 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar 1 

Electives ..14 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



GENETICS 

Gardner Hall 



Professor J. G. Scandalios, Head of the Department 

Professors: L. G. Burk (USDA), D. S. Grosch, W. D. Hanson, W. E. Kloos, C. S. Levings III. T. J. Mann. D. F. Matzinger, R. 
H. Moll, Gene Namkoong (USFS), H. E. Schaffer, C. W. Stuber (USDA), A. C. Triantaphyllou; Professors Emeriti: C. H. 
Bostian, L. E. Mettler, B. W. Smith, S. G. Stephens; Adjunct Professor: H. V. Mailing; Associate Professors: W. H. 
McKenzie. R. R. Sederoff; Assistant Professors: G. C. Bewley, S. M. Flashman, C. C. Laurie-Ahlberg, J. C. Sorenson; 
Associate Members of the Faculty: E. U. Dillard, E. J. Eisen, J. E. Legates, B. T. McDaniel, O. W. Robison (Animal 
Science); F. B. Armstrong (Biochemistry and Microbiology); C. A. Brim (USDA), J. F. Chaplin (USDA), W. A. Cope 
(USDA), D. A. Emery, D. U. Gerstel, W. C. Gregory, G. R. Gwynn (USDA). J. A. Lee (USDA), C F. Murphy, L. L. Phillips, 
D. L. Thompson (USDA), D. H. Timothy, E. A Wernsman (Crop Science); C. C. Cockerham. M. M. Goodman, J. O. Rawl- 
ings (Statistics); T. 0. Perry. L. C. Saylor, B. J. Zobel (Forestry); F. L. Haynes Jr. (Horticultural Science); J. L. Apple. T. T. 
Hebert, N. T. Powell (Plant Pathology); E. W. Glazener. G. A. Martin (Poultry Science) 

The genetics faculty offers instruction at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. 
The undergraduate courses are designed to support other departments, giving students a 
background in genetics. The graduate program is designed to train scientists for research 
and teaching careers in basic genetics and in its application in plant and animal breeding. 

See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

CURRICULUM 

Since there is no genetics baccalaureate program, undergraduates are encouraged to pur- 
sue a biological sciences program. 

HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

Kilgore Hall 

Professor A. A. De Hertogh, Head of the Department 
Professor W. E. Ballinger, Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: F. L. Haynes Jr., T. R. Konsler, R. A. Larson, R. L. Lower, C. H. Miller, T. J. Monaco, W. B. Nesbitt, P. V. Nelson, 
Adjunct Professor: R L. Sawyer; Professors Emeriti: F. D. Cochran, J. M. Jenkins, D. T. Pope, G. O. Randall; Associate 



88 



Professors: L. K. Hammett, W. R. Henderson, D. M. Pharr, J. C. Raulston, R. M. Southall, C. R. Unrath, D. C. Zeiger; 
Assistant Professors: J. R. Ballington, T. E. Bilderback, F. A. Blazich, W. C. Fonteno, R. G. Gardner, J. E. Green; 
Research Assistant Professors: V. P. Bonaminio, W. W. Collins, L. E. Hinesley, R. D. Locy, M. E. Saltveit; Associate Mem- 
bers of the Faculty: R. J. Downs (Botany), R. L. Mott (Botany), T. J. Sheets (Entomology, Crop Science), R. H. Moll 
(Genetics), R. Aycock (Plant Pathology), R. J. Volk (Soils) 

EXTENSION 

Professor A. A. Banadyga, In Charge 

Professors: M. H. Kolbe, J. W. Love, C. M. Mainland, W. A. Skroch; Professors Emeriti: H. M. Covington, J. H. Harris; 
Associate Professors: G. R. Hughes, W. W. Reid, D. C. Sanders, L. G. Wilson, J. H. Wilson Jr.; Assistant Professor: M. A. 
Powell 

Undergraduate programs in horticultural science offer broad training in physical and 
biological sciences and a sound cultural background. Students can concentrate studies in the 
areas of fruit and vegetable crops, floriculture, nursery management, or landscape hor- 
ticulture. They are prepared for either graduate study or for diverse professional service. 
(See listing of graduate degrees offered.) 

North Carolina's varied climatic conditions make possible the production of a wide variety 
of horticultural crops on a commercial scale, as well as in parks and gardens. These crops 
now represent an important segment of N. C. agriculture with further expansion to be 
realized with the development of adapted varieties, mechanization and intensification of 
cultural practices, improvement of handling and marketing methods and the development of 
the food processing industry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Horticulture graduates fill positions in production, processing, sales and service. Among 
these are county extension agents; vocational agricultural teachers; landscaping and 
landscape contracting; farm operators; orchard, nursery, greenhouse and flower shop 
managers; research, production and promotional specialists with commercial seed, floral, 
fertilizer, chemical and food companies; inspectors and quality control technologists; USDA 
specialists and as leaders in other phases of agricultural and industrial developments. The 
student may also prepare for a career in research, teaching, extension, etc. in horticulture. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in horticultural science can be earned in 
either science or technology— offered by the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Under 
these curricula, specialized training is offered in fruit and vegetable crops, and in 
floriculture, ornamental horticulture (nursery management), and landscape horticulture. 
(There is also a joint undergraduate major in pest management for crop protection.) See the 
freshman year and basic requirements, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

CURRICULA IN HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 
TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (IS Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
I>1 Credits) 

Electives 21 



MA 


111 


NLA 


112 


MA 


114 


CH 


101 


('11 


103 


PY 


221 


BS 


100 


BO 


200 


SSC 200 



Physical and Biological Sciences 

Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A or 4 

Intro, to Finite Mathematics 

with Applications 3 

General Chemistry I 4 

General Chemistry II 4 

College Physics 5 

General Biology 4 

Plant Life 4 

Soil Science 4 



89 



Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Elective* 

Free Elective* 12 

Group A. B. C Count s 
(SO Credits) 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture (LH) 3 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic 

Insects 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 

(FV.OH.F) 3 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

HS 301 Plant Propagation (FV.OH.F) 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 

(FV.OH.F) 1 

Departmental Requirements ami Electives 
(S7-S8 Credits) 

Students will choose one of the 
following: PP 310, PP 311, PP 312, 

orPP313 1 

HS 491 Senior Seminar in Horticultural 

Science 1 



GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 

(FV.OH.F) 3 

Technical Elective (FV.OH.F) 2 

Departmental Elective (FV-14) (OH-8) 

(F-ll) Variable 

HS 421 Tree Fruit Production (FV) 3 

HS 432 Vegetable Production (FV) 3 

HS 562 Post Harvest Physiology (FV) 3 

HS 211 Ornamental Plants (OH.F.LH) 3 

HS 212 Ornamental Plants (OH.F.LH) 3 

HS 411 Nursery Management (OH, LH) 3 

HS 414 Residential Landscape (OH.LH) 4 

HS 471 Arboriculture (OH.LH) 3 

HS 441 Floriculture 1(F) 3 

HS 112 Floriculture II (F) 3 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture (LH) 3 

HS 495 Special Topics in Horticultural 

Science 2 

HS 352 Landscape Design Presen- 
tation (LH) 2 

DN 232 Intro, to Nat. Systems 

& the Built Environ. (LH) 3 

DN 430 Site Planning (LH I 3 

DN 257, 258 or 431, 424 (LH) 6 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



(FV— Fruits and Vegetables, OH— Ornamental, F— Floriculture, LH— Landscape) 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (IS Credits) 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences ami Humanities 
121 Credits I 

Electives 21 

Physical ami Biological Sciences 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A or 4 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math, with 

Applications 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

PY 221 College Physics or 5 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 8 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

HO 200 Plant Life 4 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Frii Electives 
Free Electives 12 



FV— Fruits and Vegetables, OH— Ornamental, F— Floriculture 



Group A. B. C Courses 
(S0-S5 Credits) 

CH 220 Organic Chemistry 4 

MB 401 Microbiology 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic 

Insects 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Group A Electives 3 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 

(66 Credits) 

Students will choose one of the 

following: PP310. PP311.PP312, or PP313 1 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 3 

GN 41 1 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Genetics Lab 1 

HS 491 Senior Seminar in Horticultural 

Science 1 

HS 411 Nursery Management (OH) 3 

HS 471 Arboriculture (OHl 3 

HS 211 Ornamental Plants (OH,F) 3 

HS 212 Ornamental Plants (OH.F) 3 

HS 301 Plant Propagation (OH.F) 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 

(OH.F) 3 

HS 441 Floriculture 1(F) 3 

HS 442 Floriculture 11(F) 3 

HS 421 Tree Fruit Production (FV) 3 

HS 432 Vegetable Production (FV) 3 

HS 562 Post Harvest Physiology (FV) 3 

Horticultural Science Electives (FV) 9 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



90 



INDIVIDUALIZED STUDY PROGRAM 

Professor^. W. Glazener, Coordinator of Advising 

The individualized study program entails a curriculum planned by the student with the 
assistance of a faculty advisory committee. Interested students are requested to follow 
details of the program through the Director of Academic Affairs, 115 Patterson Hall. 

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

G. C. Miller, Coordinator of Advising 

North Carolina State University has two parallel programs in medical technology. One is a 
four-year curriculum with a Bachelor of Science in zoology followed by a year of training in a 
hospital laboratory school. 

The second program is designed to be completed in four calendar years. The student takes 
a prescribed curriculum for three years at North Carolina State University. The fourth year 
consists of a 12-month course in medical technology at an affiliated clinical program. Upon 
completion, a Bachelor of Science degree will be granted from N. C. State and a certificate in 
medical technology from the affiliated hospital. (See zoology.) 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor J. B. Evans, Head of the Department 

Professors: W. J. Dobrogosz, G. H. Elkan, J. J. Perry; Adjunct Associate Professor: R. E. Kanich; Assistant Professors: P. E. 
Bishop (USDA), R. E. Johnston, G. H. Luginbuhl. T. Melton; Adjunct Assistant Professor:!). H. King; Associate Members 
of the Faculty: J. G. Lecce, J.J. McNeill (Animal Science), F. B. Armstrong (Biochemistry), M. L. Speck (Food Science), W. 
E. Kloos (Genetics), P. B. Hamilton (Poultry Science), A. G. Wollum II (Soil Science), D. G. Simmons (Veterinary Science) 

The microbiology program provides basic preparation for professional microbiologists, a 
microbiology background for students in other sciences, and an awareness of the microbial 
world as it relates to our daily lives for non-science majors. 

Microbiology is concerned with the growth and development, physiology, classification, 
ecology, genetics and other aspects of the life processes of an array of tiny, generally single- 
celled, organisms. These organisms may serve as model systems for elucidation of fun- 
damental processes that are common to all living cells. 

Most of the major discoveries that have produced the spectacular advances in biology dur- 
ing the past decade have resulted from studies of microbial systems. Future developments in 
environmental quality, production of food and fuel, and human health, will rely heavily on 
understanding microbial processes. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Microbiologists are employed in research laboratories, diagnostic and control laboratories, 
teaching, and technical sales and service positions. 

CURRICULUM 

There is no microbiology undergraduate major, so students with a primary interest in 
microbiology are advised to take the biological sciences curriculum with the microbiology op- 
tion (See curriculum under biological sciences.) This requires 3 courses (9 credits) in 
microbiology in addition to MB 401, which is part of the basic biological sciences require- 
ments. However, if a student does not plan to go beyond the Bachelor of Science level, and 



91 



desires to qualify for registration or a civil service position as a microbiologist, 20 credits in 
microbiology should be taken. 
See listing of graduate degree programs. 

PEST MANAGEMENT FOR CROP 
PROTECTION 

Gardner, Kilgore and Williams Halls 
Blanche C. Haning, Coordinator of Advising 

The major in pest management for crop protection is an interdepartmental program in- 
volving crop science, entomology, horticultural science and plant pathology. 

Students in pest management for crop protection receive training in the concepts of con- 
trolling crop pests in an ecologically sound manner. Crop losses from diseases, insects, 
nematodes and weeds annually run into the billions of dollars in the United States. Environ- 
mental concerns dictate that control efforts against these organisms must be integrated into 
a total crop production management program on a systems approach basis. A high degree of 
flexibility in electives permits the student either to become generally proficient across the 
field or to develop an area of strength against a particular class of pest organisms. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities basically involve improving farm efficiency to meet our ever-growing need 
for food and fiber. Current federal and state statutes require a high degree of expertise in the 
accomplishment of pest control. Completion of the training provided by this curriculum 
qualifies the graduate for positions as county extension agents, as federal and state 
regulatory agents, as technicians in scientific research organizations, as pest control 
specialists in agribusiness concerns, and as custom pest management operators. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in pest management for crop protection is 
offered under the agricultural science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. 

See the freshman year and basic requirements School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

CURRICULUM IN PEST MANAGEMENT FOR CROP PROTECTION 
SCIENCE PROGRAM 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Socinl Sciences and Humanities 
(SI Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 

121,-25 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 



MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 221 College Physics S 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 
Free Electives 12 

Grou/i A. H. C Courses 

(lit Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 



92 



BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 Students must choose one of following: 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 PP310, 311,312, 313, 314 1 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 PM 490 Pest Management Seminar 1 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 PP 500 Plant Disease Control 3 

CS 414 Weed Science 4 

Major Requirements and Electives CS (HS) 514 Principles and Methods in 

(36 Credits) Weed Science 3 

„.„, _,_ . ._. _. . B CS 211 Crop Science 4 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic „,, ... n • • , r a » «« 

. „ PM 415 Principles of Pest Management 4 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect ' ' ' Restricted Electives ^_6 

Q, n j ro | 3 Hours Required for Graduation 130 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

PM 111 Intro, to Integrated Pest 

Management 1 

PLANT PATHOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor R. Aycock, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: J. L. Apple, K. R. Barker, M. K. Beute, C. N. Clayton, E. Echandi, G. V. Gooding Jr., L. F. Grand, T. T. Hebert, S. 
F. Jenkins Jr., K. J. Leonard (USDA), G. B. Lucas, C. E. Main, R. D. Milholland, N. T. Powell, R. A. Reinert (USDA), J. P. 
Ross (USDA), J. N. Sasser, H. W. Spurr Jr. (USDA), D. L. Strider, H. H. Triantaphyllou, R. E. Welty (USDA), N. N. 
Winstead; Professors Emeriti: D. E. Ellis, L. W. Nielsen, C. J. Nusbaum, F. L. Wellman; Adjunct Professors: G. H. 
Hepting, E. G. Kuhlman; Associate Professors: A. S. Heagle (USDA), L. T. Lucas; Adjunct Associate Professor: Neil A. 
Lapp (NCDA); Assistant Professors: D. M. Benson, B. C. Haning, Jeng-sheng Huang, J. W Moyer, G. A. Payne, D. F. 
Ritchie, T. B. Sutton, C. G. Van Dyke; Adjunct Assistant Professor: D. A. Rickard (NCDA); Visttinu Assistant Professors: 
S. I. Cohen, J. L. Starr; Associate Members of the Faculty: E. B. Cowling (Forestry), C. B. Davey (Forestry), M. P. Levi 
(Forestry) 

EXTENSION 

Professor H. E. Duncan, In Charge 

Professors: C. W. Averre III, F. A. Todd, J. C. Wells; Associate Professors: R. K. Jones, P. B. Shoemaker, D. P. Schmitt, J. H. 
Wilson Jr. 

Undergraduate instruction in plant pathology is designed to provide introductory and ad- 
vanced courses on the nature and control of plant diseases to students majoring in crop 
science, horticultural science, pest management, agricultural education and forestry. It also 
provides fundamental training necessary for graduate study in plant pathology. 

The Department of Plant Pathology cooperates in training pest management for crop 
protection majors, but does not offer an undergraduate major in plant pathology. See listing 
of graduate degrees offered. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Employment in research, extension and teaching is available to graduates with advanced 
degrees in plant pathology. Research openings are with the U. S. Department of 
Agriculture, state experiment stations and in industry. The rapid development of 
agricultural chemicals and other methods for disease control offers numerous opportunities. 
See pest management for crop protection. 

POULTRY SCIENCE 

Scott Hall 

Professor R. E. Cook, Head of the Department 
Professor C. R. Parkhurst, Coordinator of Advising 



93 



TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Profe sso rs: W. E. Donaldson, E. W. Glazener, P. B. Hamilton, C. H. Hill, C. R. Parkhurst, J. P. Thaxton; A djunct Professors: 
R. L. Baron, K. N. May; Professor Emeritus: C. W. Barber; Associate Professor: J. D. Garlich; Adjunct Associate 
Professor: N. Chernoff; Associate Professors Emeriti: W. L. Blow, F. W. Cook; Assistant Professors: V. L. Christensen, F. 
W. Edens, G. W. Morgan Jr., J. Shih; Instructor: C. M. Williams; Associate Member of the Faculty: D. G. Simmons 
(Veterinary Science) 

EXTENSION 

Professor W. C. Mills Jr., In Charge 

Processors: W. G. Andrews, J. R. Harris, G. A. Martin, J. B. Ward; Professor Emeritus: T. B. Morris; Associate Professor. T. 
A. Carter; Assistant Professors: F. T. Jones, J. R. West; Extension Specialist C. E. Brewer 

The Department of Poultry Science provides instruction in the principles of poultry 
husbandry and in such related fields as nutrition, physiology and genetics. 

Through teaching, research and extension, the department serves students, poultrymen 
and allied industries. Poultry production has increased rapidly during the last two decades 
and ranks second in North Carolina as a source of agricultural income. North Carolina ranks 
fourth nationally in the production of poultry products; the climatic and economic conditions 
in the State provide a sound base for continued expansion. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The change from small farm operations to large commercial poultry enterprises has 
created more specialized positions than there are available poultry graduates. Off-the-farm 
operations in activities such as processing and distribution offer new job opportunities. The 
allied industries — feed, equipment, financing and drugs — need more employees trained in 
poultry science. Graduates hold positions as managers and field representatives for 
businesses identified with or serving the poultry industry. Graduates are also employed in 
communication and public relations and as teachers and extension and research specialists. 
Some graduates have their own poultry businesses. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

Students desiring the Bachelor of Science with a major in poultry science may choose either 
the science or technology curriculum offered by Agriculture and Life Sciences. See listing 
of graduate degrees. One may obtain a double major in certain other curricula through 
careful use of electives and/or summer school attendance. The student should consult the un- 
dergraduate advisors in the department(s) concerned. Currently, the pre-veterinary science 
student may utilize all requirements toward a Bachelor of Science degree in the science op- 
tion. 

See the freshman year and basic requirements for School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

This curriculum is for the student interested in the basic biological and physical sciences. 
The student is better prepared for advanced study in various disciplines such as genetics, 
nutrition, physiology and pathology. Several preveterinary students are currently enrolled in 
this curriculum and are seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in poultry science. 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

This is a more generalized program of study as the curriculum offers a greater selection of 
courses in the applied science and technology areas. 



94 



CURRICULA IN POULTRY SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

( V. tills 
ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credit*) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sen lias ami Hn manitn a 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical mill Biological Sdt 
(26 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 
MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

or 
MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 21 1 General Physics 4 

or 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 



Physical Education U Credits) 

PE Electives 4 

Free Electives (12 Credits) 

Free Electives 12 

Group A, B. C Courses 

(26 Credits) 

I'Y 212 General Physics (If PY 211 

was taken I 4 

GN 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Elective in Group A ( Biological Science) 4 

Electives in A, Bor C Courses 11 

Departmental Requiremt nts and Electives 
(26 Credits) 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production 4 

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

PO 404 Poultry Products 3 

PO 405 Avian Physiology 4 

PO 415 Comparative Nutrition 3 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 

PO 520 Poultry Breeding 3 

PO 524 Comparative Endocrinology 4 

Select a minimum of two courses from: 4 

PO 420 Turkey Production (2) 
PO 421 Commercial Egg Production (21 
PO 422 Incubation and Hatchery Mgmt. (2) 
PO 423 Broiler Production (2) 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Social Scu mis and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Scu m • -■ 
(31 tu S3 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 
MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

or 
MA 102 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

or 

PY 21 1 General Phvsics 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 



MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Elective in Group A ( Biological Science) 4 

Physical Education 
U I -nil its I 

PE Electives 4 

Frei Electives 

(12 Credits) 

Free Electives 12 

Group A. B. C Courses 

(19 to 22 Credits) 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

PY 212 General Physics (If PY 211 

was taken ) 4 

Electives in A, B, or C Courses 11 to 15 

Poultry Science Requirements and Eh < ' 
redits) 

PO 201 Poultry Science and Production 4 

PO 301 Evaluation of Live Poultry 2 

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

Select a minimum of two courses from: 4 

PO 420 Turkey Production (2) 

PO 421 Commercial Egg Production (2) 

PO 422 Incubation and Hatchery Management (2i 



95 



PO 423 Broiler Production (2) PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 

PO 404 Poultry Products 3 PO 520 Poultry Breeding ^_3 

PO 405 Avian Physiology 4 Hours Required for Graduation 130 

PO 415 Comparative Nutrition 3 

PREMEDICAL SCIENCES 

Gardner Hall and Grinnells Laboratory 

J. R. Roberts and W. C. Grant, Coordinators of Advising 

Premedical, predental and preveterinary programs are offered as a group of core courses 
in several curricula tracts in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Requirements for 
all the premedical sciences are similar. Requirements may be met either through the science 
curriculum or the biological sciences curriculum. A number of students are accepted each 
year in leading medical colleges; several have received outstanding scholarships. 

For further details on the preveterinary curriculum, see veterinary science. 

For the premedical and predental details, see zoology and the biological sciences 
curriculum. 

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

(Also see Humanities and Social Sciences) 
1911 Building 

Professor S. C. Mayo, Head of the Department 
Associate Professor E. M. Suval, Assistant Head of the Department 
Professor J. N. Young, Coordinator of Advising 
Associate Professor A. C. Davis, Coordinator of Advising (Rural Sociology) 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: W. B. Clifford II, L. W. Drabick, C. P. Marsh, G. C. McCann. R. D. Mustian. M. M. Sawhney, J. N. Young: 
Professor Emeritus: H. D. Rawls; Adjunct Professor: E. Winston. Associati Profi tsars: R. C. Brisson, A. C. Davis, C. V. 
Mercer, R. L. Moxley, G. S. Nickerson, J. G. Peck, I. E. Russell, O. Uzzell. M. L. Walek, R. C. Wimberley; Assistant 
I'm/, ssors: W. T. Austin, C. G. Dawson, L. R. Delia Fave, V. A. Hiday, T. M. Hyman, J. C. Leiter, P. T. McFarlane, W. C. 
Peebles, I. Rovner, M. D. Schulman, R. J. Thomson, K. M. Troost, J. M. Wallace, E. M. Woodrum, M. T. Zingraff; 
Instructor: R. S. Ellovich; Lecturers (SW): E. B. Mackie, D. H. Solomon 

EXTENSION 

Professor J. N. Collins, In Charge of Community Development 

Professors: J. D. George, T. N. Hobgood Jr., C. E. Lewis, M. E. Voland; Professor Emeritus: J. W. Crawford; Associate 
Professors: V. E. Hamilton, P. P. Thompson; Assistant Professors: J. E. Burton, T. T. McKinney; Extension Specialist 
(SW): H. H. Goldstein 

This department teaches students the principles and techniques for understanding 
human group behavior. More specifically the department seeks: (1) to train students to 
become leaders in organizing groups and communities and in administering their 
programs; (2) to qualify exceptional students on the undergraduate and graduate levels for 
sociological research, teaching and extension work; (3) to solve problems in human group 
relations through scientific research; and (4) to extend research results to the people of the 
State. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in rural sociology is offered under the 
science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Majors in this depart 
ment are offered an option in criminal justice. 

See listing of graduate degrees. 

96 



CURRICULUM IN RURAL SOCIOLOGY 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

SOC 202 Principles of Soiology 3 

Electives 18 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(29 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I '. . . 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 
CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Botany or Zoology Elective 4 



Physical Education (i Credits) 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives (12 Credits) 

Free Electives 12 

Group A, B, C, D Courses 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

or 
GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 

GY 120 Elements of Physical Geology 2 

GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

Electives in A, B, C, or D Courses 15 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 

SOC 241 Rural Society, USA 3 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 

SOC 342 Rural Societies Around 

the World 3 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 

SOC 311 Community Relationships 3 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 

Sociology and Anthropology Electives 9 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



SOIL SCIENCE 

Williams Hall 

Professor C. B. McCants, Head of the Department 

Professor M. G. Cook, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: S. W. Buol, F. R. Cox, G. A. Cummings, J. W. Gilliam. W. A. Jackson, E. J. Kamprath, R. J. Volk, S. B. Weed, A. 
G. Wollum; Professors Emeriti: W. V. Bartholomew, J. W. Fitts, J. F. Lutz, W. G. Woltz, W. W. Woodhouse Jr .; Associati 
Professors: G. R. Burns (USDA), B. L. Carlile, D. K. Cassel, R. E. McCollum, C. D. Raper, P. A. Sanchez, J. E. Shelton; 
Associate Professors Emeriti: W. D. Lee, A. Mehlich, J. R. Piland, W. H. Rankin; Assistant Professors: R. M. Cruse, D. W. 
Israel (USDA), L. D. King, H. J. Kleiss, C. K. Martin, G. S. Miner, G. C. Naderman, J. J. Nicholaides, W. P. Robarge, R. L. 
Uebler; Adjunct Assistant Professor: D. W. Eaddy; Visiting Assistant Professors: D. E. Bandy, G. F. Peedin, J. F. 
Thomas; Associate Members of the Faculty: E. D. Seneca (Botany), R. W. Skaggs (Bio and Ag Engineering), J. B. Weber 
(Crop Science), C. B. Davey (Forestry); Assistant Professor Emeritus: L. E. Aull 

EXTENSION 

Professors: J. V. Baird, J. A. Phillips; Assistant Professor: G. C. Naderman 

The Department of Soil Science trains students in fundamentals of soils, develops an un- 
derstanding and appreciation of soils as a resource, and presents principles of soil manage- 
ment and utilization for both farm and non-agricultural purposes. Soils constitute one of the 
largest capital investments in farming and proper soil management is essential for efficient 
production. Future world food needs will require people conversant in soil resources and use 
of fertilizers. Soil properties are important considerations in urban-suburban planning and 
development. Also, knowledge of soil and its interactions with potential pollutants is useful 
in conserving environmental quality. Therefore, the demand for people trained in soils by 
agribusiness, research, service, planning-development, education and conservation-related 
agencies should continue to be great. 



97 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Soil science graduates fill positions of leadership and service in agricultural, conservation 
and resource planning work. Among these are opportunities as farm operators and 
managers, county agricultural extension agents and employees of other public advisory 
agencies, Soil Conservation Service and other conservation-related agencies concerned with 
soil resources, and as technical representatives and salesmen in fertilizer companies and 
other agribusiness. 

Provision is made for students wishing a more thorough training in biological sciences, 
chemistry, mathematics and physics leading to graduate study. (See listing of graduate 
degrees.) Students with advanced degrees have wide opportunities in teaching, research, ser- 
vice and extension with state, federal and private educational and research institutions and 
agencies. Also, there are increasing opportunities in support of agribusiness. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Science degree may be obtained in the Department of Soil Science under 
any of three curricula— science, technology, or conservation. See basic requirements and 
freshman year for School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. See the conservation curriculum 
and the agronomy curriculum. 



CURRICULUM IN SOIL SCIENCE 
SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credit* 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(SI Credits! 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
t.n Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathe- 
matics with Applications 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 21 1 General Physics 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 



Free Electives 
Free Electives 12 

Group A. B. C Courses 
(22 Credits) 

MA 112 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

MA 212 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus B 3 

Chemistry Elective 4 

Chemistry Elective 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

GY 110 Physical Geology Lab 1 

GY 120 Elements of Physical Geology 2 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(SI Credit si 

SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

SSC 342 Soil Fertility Laboratory 1 

SSC 352 Soil Classification 4 

SSC 401 Soil Physical Properties and 

Plant Growth 3 

SSC (CS) 462 Soil-Crop Management 

Systems 3 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar in Soil Science 1 

Departmental Electives 8 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Grinnells Animal Health Laboratory 

Professor T. M. Curtin, Head of the Department 

Professor D. J. Moncol, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: E. G. Batte, D. J. Moncol, D. G. Simmons; Associate Professor: R. C. Dillman; Assistant Professor. E. C. 
Hodgin; Associate Member* of the Faculty: R. F. Behlow (Animal Science). J R. Harris (Poultry Science), K. E. Muse 



98 



(Zoology): Adjunct Associate Professors: Thomas Bello, E. C. McConnell, M. A. Robs; Adjunct Assistant Professors: A. W. 

Macklin. T. B. Ryan 

CURRICULUM 

There is no program of study leading to the Bachelor of Veterinary Science degree. Mem- 
bers of the veterinary science faculty serve as advisors to undergraduates enrolled in the 
preveterinary curriculum and offer instruction at advanced undergraduate and graduate 
levels. Courses are designed to support other departments of the institution giving students a 
background in animal health, poultry health and laboratory animal care. 

PREVETERINARY CURRICULUM 

A preveterinary curriculum is offered under the science curriculum of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences as part of the North Carolina Veterinary Medical Education Program. After 
satisfactory completion of the preveterinary curriculum, North Carolina resident students 
are certified as eligible to seek admission to Auburn University, Ohio State University, 
Tuskegee Institute and other colleges of veterinary medicine in which the State may enter 
into agreements through the Southern Regional Education Board or other contracts for 
veterinary students to attend at in-state tuition rates. 

Preveterinary students work toward a Bachelor of Science degree in a discipline of their 
choice while fulfilling requirements of the preveterinary program. The choice of the degree 
program should be carefully considered to encompass alternate career objectives. If a stu- 
dent is accepted in a college of veterinary medicine before completion of his or her un- 
dergraduate degree, some course credits may be transferred from the veterinary program 
back to N. C. State and applied toward completion of the Bachelor of Science degree. 
Arrangements for this procedure should be made with the degree-granting department prior 
to entering veterinary college. 

The courses listed below are minimum requirements for all students applying for entrance 
into veterinary college under contract arrangements.* A grade of C or better on each course 
and an overall grade point average of 2.7 on required courses are minimum requirements for 
certification by the North Carolina Certification Committee. Dr. E. W. Glazener, Director of 
Academic Affairs, serves as secretary of the N. C. Veterinary Certification Committee. 

Preveterinary students should work closely with their advisers since these course require- 
ments are subject to change at any time by contracting veterinary colleges. 

Languages. Semester Hours 

ENG111, 112 English Composition 6 

VET 333 Medical Vocabulary 2 

(or 6 sem. hrs. college credit in a foreign language) 

Social Sciences/Hii matiities: 

(A minimum of 18 semester hours is required by most schools of veterinary medicine and 21 hours are required for a B.S. 
degree at NCSl" I 

PS 201 American Governmental System 3 

History or Two of the following history courses: HI 205, HI 207, HI 233. 

Literature One World Literature — ENG 205 may be substituted for 

3 hours of history. 6 

Additional Social Scit na a //« manities Electives .9 

Physical and Biological Sdi 

i and Trigonometry or Introduction to Finite 

4 or 3 

4 

4 

4 

8 

8 

4 

4 

3 



99 



MA 111 or MA 114 


Algebra and Trigonometry or Introduction to 




Mathematics with Applications 


MA 112 


Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 


CH101 


General Chemistry I 


CH107 


Principles of Chemistry 


CH 221, 223 


Organic Chemistry I, II 


PY 211. 212 


General Physics 


BS100 


General Biology 


ZO323orZO203 


Comparative Anatomy or Vertebrate Zoology- 


GN411 


Principles of Genetics 



GN412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

BCH351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

BCH 352 Elementary Biochemistry Laboratory 1 

Aji/jIh d Science and Technology 

ANS200 Introduction to Animal Science 4 

(Recommended as prerequisite for ANS 204 or 415) 
ANS204or415 Livestock Feeds and Feeding or 

Comparative Nutrition 3 

* Based on requirements of Auburn University** 
** Ohio State University requirements differ from Auburn University requirements in that they strongly recommend 

courses in speech, communications, economics, sociology and psychology, but they do not have specific requirements for 

VET 333, PS 201, HI 205, HI 207 or HI 233. 
** Tuskegee Institute requirements differ from Auburn University requirements in that they require PO 201 (Poultry 

Science and Production), but do not have specific requirements for VET 333, PS 201, BCH 351, BCH 352 or MB 401. 

ZOOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor J. G. Vandenbergh, Head of the Department 

Professor G. C. Miller, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: F. S. Barkalow Jr., P. C. Bradbury, W. W. Hassler, C. F. Lytle, G. C. Miller, T. L. Quay, J. F. Roberts, 
D. E. Smith; Adjunct Professors: J. B. Funderburg, T. R. Rice, P. N. Witt; Professors Emeriti: B. B. Brandt, 

D. E. Davis; Associate Professors: G. T. Barthalmus, P. D. Doerr, J. D. Hair, M. T. Huish (USDI), S. C. Mozley, K. 

E. Muse, J. M. Whitsett II; Adjunct Associate Professors: F. A. Cross, D. E. Gardner, G. R. Huntsman, G. W. Thayer; 
Assistant Professors: W. C. Grant, J. H. Kerby (USDI), J. M. Miller, L. A. Real, O. T. Sanders Jr., H A. Underwood; 
Adjunct Assistant Professors: S. V. Chiavetta, R. L. Ferguson, D. E. Hoss, D. S. Peters, L. W. Reiter, R. McL. Shelley; 
Visitino Assistant Professors: D. A. Lake, J. R. Lombardi, W. L. Rickards Jr.; Instructor: W. A. Luebke; Visiting Instruc- 
tors: C. A. Dolloff, R. A. Graham, M. G. Jones, M. E. McDonald; Adjunct Instructors: W. B. Baker, R. B. Hamilton, R. B. 
Hazel; Associate Members of the Faculty: B. J. Copeland (Botany, Sea Grant Program), D. S. Grosch, D. W. Hayne 
(Statistics), T. G. Wolcott (Marine Science and Engineering) 

The Department of Zoology provides undergraduate and graduate instruction in 
specialized biological sciences areas. Undergraduates study all levels of biological organiza- 
tion from the molecular to the community. Zoology majors are adequately prepared for 
graduate work in zoology and related fields of sciences. See listing of graduate degrees. Par- 
ticipation in supervised programs of research is strongly encouraged. Basic training is also 
available for students planning to enter dentistry, medicine and veterinary medicine and 
allied health sciences, such as medical technology. Ecology is emphasized, including wildlife, 
fisheries, conservation, parasitology and marine science. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Students may continue with graduate research work leading to advanced degrees in 
zoology and wildlife. However, numerous employment opportunities are available for 
Bachelor of Science graduates. Majors are qualified for positions in the medical sciences, 
various government agencies and private industries. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in zoology, wildlife biology or medical 
technology is offered under the science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. Within these majors a student may specialize depending upon interest and ability. 

The zoology sequence prepares students for graduate school while the premedical, preden- 
tal and preveterinary options prepare students for entrance into these respective 
professional schools. Certain professional schools have specific requirements which differ 
slightly from the zoology curriculum. Students should consult catalogs of specific 
professional schools to ensure completion of any special requirements. 

Other options include the fisheries and marine science program and the medical 
technology program outlined below. The clinical year for the medical technology program is 
taken at an affiliated hospital. Students are advised by faculty in their specialty. 

100 



Basic requirements are listed in the science curriculum for the School of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences. 



CURRICULUM IN ZOOLOGY 

Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 103 or CH 107 Gen. Ch. II or Prin- 
ciples of Chemistry 4 

PY 211. 212 General Physics 8 

or 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 

Free Electives 12 



Group A Courses 
127-31 Credits) 

CH 220, BCH351 Introductory Organic 

Chemistry, Elementary 

Biochemistry 7 

or 

CH 221, CH 223 OrganicChemistryI.il 8 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 

Restricted Electives 15-19 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(21, or 25 Credits) 

ZO 202, ZO 203 Invertebrate Zoology, 

Vertebrate Zoology 8 

or 
ZO 201, Z0 323 General Zoology, 

Comparative Anatomy 8 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

or 

ZO 414 Cell Biology 3 

ZO 415 Cellular and Animal Physiology 

Laboratory 2 

ZO 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

or 

ZO 361 Vertebrate Embryology 4 

Zoology Electives 3 or 4 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



CURRICULUM IN WILDLIFE BIOLOGY 

Professor J. D. Hair, Coordinator of Advising 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the ALS 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 1 1 1 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

English Elective 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
0,0 Hours) 

Plant Life 4 

General Biology 4 

General Chemistry I 4 

General Chemistry II 4 

Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

College Physics 5 

Invertebrate Zoology 4 

Vertebrate Zoology 4 

Introduction to Statistics 3 



BO 200 


BS 100 


CH 101 


CH 103 


MA 111 


MA 112 


PY 221 


ZO 202 


ZO 203 


ST 311 



Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 

Free Electives 13 

Group A, B, C Courses 
(21 Hours) 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

ZO 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(1H Hours) 

ENT (ZOl 425 General Entomology 3 

ZO 221 Conservation of Natural 

Resources 3 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 3 

ZO 501 Ornithology or ZO 544 

Mammalogy 3 

ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science 3 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



101 



SCIENCE PROGRAM IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Professor G. C. Miller, Coordinator of Advising 

Two programs are available in medical technology. The first is a four-year collegiate 
curriculum with a Bachelor of Science degree in zoology (see above) followed by a year of 
training in any hospital clinical laboratory approved by the American Medical Association. 
The second program is designed to be completed in four calendar years. The student takes the 
prescribed curriculum for three years at North Carolina State University and a fourth year 
(12 months) of clinical training at an affiliated hospital. Successful completion of this 
program qualifies the student for a Bachelor of Science degree in medical technology from 
N. C. State. Acceptance by the clinical laboratory is competitive and students in either 
program outlined above must apply for clinical training. After completion of either program 
the student is eligible to take the national examination of the Board of Registry of Medical 
Technologists. 

CURRICULUM IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the Ag. 

& Life Sciences 1 

Languages 112 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

English. Speech, or Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences & Humanities 

Electives (no more than two in any one 

Department I 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 21 1 General Physics 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ZO 201 General Zoology 4 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 

Free Electives 12 

Group A. B, C Courses 
(26 nr 2? Credits) 

CH 220 Intro. Organic Chemistry and 4 

BCH 351 Elem. Biochemistrv 3 



CH 221 Organic Chem. I & CH 223 

Organic Chem. II 8 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

MB 411 Medical Microbiology 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

or 
CH 317 Quantitative Analysis for Life 

Science Students 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 

ZO 203 Vert. Zoology or ZO 212 Basic 
Anatomy and Physiology or 
ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 4 

ZO 421 Vert. Physiology or ZO 414 Cell 

Biology 3 

phis 
Twelve-month course in Medical 
Technology at an affiliated hospi- 
tal— 40 to 50 credits transferred to 
NCSU 

Microbiology Hematology 

Blood Bank- Serology- 

Coagulation Immunology 
Clincal Chemistry Urinalysis 
Hours Required for Graduation 150 



OPTIONS IN ZOOLOGY CURRICULUM 

Students desiring to emphasize certain areas within zoology may choose an option: 



102 



CURRICULUM IN PREMEDICAL-PREDENTAL OPTION 

Professor W. C. Grant, Coordinator of Advising 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the Ag. 

& Life Sciences 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Language Elective 3 

Social Sciences & Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(28 Credits) 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

ZO 201 General Zoology (Animal Life) 4 

Physical Education 
Phvsical Education 4 



Free Electives 

Free Electives 12 

Group A Courses (26 Credits) 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

or 
CH 317 Quantitative Analysis for 
Life Science Students 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 

Restricted Electives 6 

Departmental Requirements & Electives 
(26 Credits) 

ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 4 

ZO 415 Cellular & Animal Physiology' 

Laboratory 2 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

ZO 361 Vertebrate Embryology , 4 

Restricted Electives 13 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



CURRICULUM IN FISHERIES AND MARINE BIOLOGY OPTION 



Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in Ag. & 

Life Science 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

English Elective 3 

Literature Elective 3 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(28 Credits) 



Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A 4 

General Chemistry I 4 

General Chemistry II 4 

College Physics 5 

General Biology 4 

General Zoology* 



ZO 203 Vertebrate Zoology 4 

Physical Education 

Physical Education 4 

Free Electives 
Free Electives 12 



MA 


111 


MA 


112 


CH 


101 


CH 


103 


PY 221 


BS 


100 


ZO 201 



Social Sciences & Humanities 

Electives (no more than two in any one 

Department) 21 

Group A Courses (25 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

BCH 352 Elementary Biochemistry Lab 1 

ENT (ZO) 425 General Entomology 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 4 

Restricted Electives 7 

Departmental Requirements 
(27 Credits) 

ZO 323 Comparative Anatomy 4 

or 

ZO 202 Invertebrate Zoology 4 

ZO 221 Conservation of Natural 

Resources 3 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 3 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 3 

ZO 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

ZO 441 Ichthyology 3 

ZO 519 Limnology 4 

Fishery Elective 3 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



* If ZO 201 is taken, then ZO 323 should be elected rather than ZO 202. 



103 



AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

J. E. Legates, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

K. R. Keller, Associate Dean and Director of Research 

The Agricultural Experiment Station is the agricultural and forestry research agency of 
the State of North Carolina. It is funded principally by appropriations from the North 
Carolina General Assembly and an allocation of federal funds. 

The purpose of the Agricultural Experiment Station is to conduct research on (1) the 
development and maintenance of an effective agricultural and forestry industry in North 
Carolina, including economically sound sources of supplies and equipment needed in 
agriculture and forestry and market outlets for the products of agriculture and forestry, (2) 
the improvement of rural homes, rural life and rural environment, and (3) the maintenance 
of a reliable supply of agricultural and forestry products for the consuming public. This re- 
quires research to solve current problems and research to provide a foundation of scientific 
knowledge in the biological, physical and social sciences. 

The Agricultural Experiment Station faculty brings well trained personnel to the Univer- 
sity, whose teaching in many specialized fields of agriculture assures the maintenance of 
curricula of high standards. It contributes to the advanced training of students who are 
destined to become the leaders, teachers and investigators necessary in the maintenance of 
agriculture on sound and economic planes. 

PUBLICATIONS 

The Agricultural Experiment Station publishes bulletins and scientific papers on research 
results conducted by the staff. Single copies of these publications are sent free upon request 
to anyone in the State. 

SERVICES 

The faculty and staff diagnoses and interprets problems for farmers and agribusiness 
firms in North Carolina. Station personnel counsel farmers and others interested in the 
agricultural and forestry industry, present radio and television programs devoted to the dis- 
cussion of farm and forestry procedures, and write letters and articles on more specific 
problems of agriculture at the request of farmers, garden club members, newspapers, 
agricultural magazines and manufacturers of fertilizer and pesticides. Researchers also take 
part in administrative functions of the University. 

AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE 

J. E. Legates, Dean of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

T. C. Blalock, Associate Dean and Director of the Agricultural Extension Service 

The Agricultural Extension Service of North Carolina State University is a cooperative un- 
dertaking among the United States Department of Agriculture, the State of North Carolina 
and the 100 counties in the State. Its work is supported by federal funds made available un- 
der the Smith-Lever Act of 1914, as amended, and by state and county appropriations. 

The federal and state appropriations are used to maintain an Administrative and 
Specialist staff and to pay a portion of the salary and the travel expenses of the County Ex- 
tension Agents. Under this cooperative arrangement, the Agricultural Extension Service 
serves as the "educational arm" of the United States Department of Agriculture, and as the 
"field faculty" of North Carolina State University in the areas of agricultural production and 
marketing; family living; 4-H and youth; and, community and natural resource development. 

The primary purpose of the North Carolina Agricultural Extension Service is to take to the 
people of the State the latest and best information obtainable— particularly that which is 
related to agriculture; home economics and youth; and, rural development— and help them to 
interpret and use this information in building a more prosperous and satisfying life. 

104 



This program has sufficient flexibility to permit special attention to the problems, needs 
and interests of the people in each county. Educational assistance is given to individuals, 
families, industrial processing and marketing firms, other businesses and certain organiza- 
tions. This includes work with adult men and women and boys and girls in both the city and 
rural areas. 

In carrying out this educational program, a variety of methods and techniques are em- 
ployed: method and result demonstrations; meetings; visits to farms, homes and businesses; 
organized groups of men, women and youth; tours; leaflets, pamphlets and other printed 
materials and mass media. 

The basic sources of information to be taught through this educational program are the 
findings and recommendations resulting from research conducted by Experiment Stations in 
this and other states and by the United States Department of Agriculture. 

AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE 

Patterson Hall 

J. E. Legates, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

E. W. Glazener, Associate Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

H. B. Craig, Associate Director of Academic Affairs and Director of the Agricultural In- 
stitute and Coordinator of Advising. 

The Agricultural Institute is a two-year, terminal academic program which provides train- 
ing in agriculture and related areas. It is part of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
at North Carolina State University. This program was begun in 1959 and was funded by 
legislative appropriation. 

Its objective is to train those desiring a comprehensive education in agriculture and 
agribusiness. 

Individuals with Institute training command attractive salaries, assume a more promi- 
nent role of leadership and become a distinct asset to various segments of agricultural 
society. They make significant contributions to their community, state and nation by being 
involved in the world's most vital industry. 

The instructional programs are organized and conducted as a part of the over-all resident 
instruction program for Agriculture and Life Sciences. The Institute is an addition to and not 
a substitute for, the School's regular degree granting program. However, the faculty in 
residence for the four-year programs are responsible for organizing and teaching courses of- 
fered by the Institute. 

People with training similar to that of the Institute are in demand by agricultural in- 
dustries. As demand changes, courses will be evaluated and alterations will be made accord- 
ingly. Such a re-evaluation also aids the technical manpower needs of agricultural industry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Rapid technical advancement has been important in changing agriculture from a small 
production industry to the nation's largest industry. Closely associated with production 
agriculture are those areas related to recreation and beautification such as turfgrass 
management, flowers and ornamental plants. Increased production and consumer demand 
for convenience type foods have stimulated the food processing industry, in turn increasing 
food distribution requirements. 

Today's complex agriculture requires a larger work force. This work force must be able to 
deal with a vast array of problems and opportunities and Institute graduates can assume 
responsible positions in the total agricultural industry. Some career examples are: farm and 
herd managers, research technicians, salesmen, retail farm supply and equipment outlet 
managers, golf course superintendents, nursery managers, agricultural pest control 
specialists, quality control technicians, food service supervisors and others. More job oppor- 
tunities than graduates make salaries attractive. 

The School maintains a Placement Office to assist graduates in finding employment. 



105 



ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS 

Any individual who has received a diploma from an accredited high school or has passed 
the high school equivalency examination administered by the State Department of Public In- 
struction is eligible for admission consideration. Each application will be reviewed and 
evaluated by the Institute director. 

For additional information write: Director, Agricultural Institute, 107 Patterson Hall, 
N.C. State University, Raleigh, N.C. 27650. 

PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

Graduates of the Agricultural Institute are awarded the Associate in Applied Agriculture 
degree. The 10 programs of study are: Agricultural Equipment Technology; Agricultural 
Pest Control; Field Crops Technology; Flower and Nursery Crops Technology; Food Process- 
ing, Distribution and Service; General Agriculture; Livestock Management and Technology 
(animal husbandry option and dairy husbandry option); Soil Technology; and Turfgrass 
Management. 




The cosmopolitan student body at State includes Americans of every group and students 
from nearly 70 countries. 



106 



SCHOOL OF DESIGN 

Brooks Hall 

C. E. McKinney, Dean 

R. H. Clark, Assistant Dean 

M. LoPresti, Librarian 

P. Batchelor, Coordinator of Advising 

The School of Design, since its beginning in 1948, has addressed design in the broadest 
sense involving the disciplines of architecture, landscape architecture, product and visual 
design in a context of educational innovation. While the designer's traditional role is un- 
derstood as that of giving meaningful form to the environment, the School gives attention to 
the larger responsibility of design in human, social, economic, political and behavioral terms. 
The School seeks to develop the designer's perception, knowledge base, skills and analytical 
problem solving abilities. 

The expanding range of career opportunities in design, professional and otherwise, is 
equaled by the varied interests possessed by our students. Through a selective admissions 
process, the School's student population is highly motivated and heterogeneous. Our faculty 
represents an equally broad spectrum of educational and professional expertise. The diver- 
sity of the faculty, both professionally and philosophically, provides unique opportunities for 
student development. These three factors in our educational matrix (career opportunities, 
student interests, and faculty expertise) are supported with a curriculum which affords each 
student the ability to shape, with faculty advice, a plan of study capable of facilitating his or 
her interests. While the School embraces the design disciplines of architecture, landscape 
architecture, product and visual design within a program structure, it functions as a unified 
educational center, interactive and dedicated to preparing designers who are capable of shap- 
ing the environment in whatever scale they choose but in response to the needs of society. 

CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The School of Design offers undergraduate instruction leading to a Bachelor of Environ- 
mental Design degree in the disciplines of architecture, landscape architecture, product de- 
sign and product design with a visual design option. 

The learning activities for our students are divided into three curriculum areas: (D general 
courses including English, mathematics, social science, humanities, physical science and 
other University courses; (2) core courses which deal with bodies of knowledge and skills ap- 
plicable to design and common to all disciplines; including communication and graphics, 
behavior, environment, history and philosophy, physical elements and systems, methods and 
management (these courses are largely taught within the School but include selected Uni- 
versity courses as well); (3) studio courses providing the arena in which students apply their 
skills and knowledge to problems that are both real and theoretical. These synthetic ac- 
tivities are time intensive and are fundamental to design education. 

After the common experience in first year, these studios relate to the student's declared 
disciplinary major. The flexibility of this curriculum plan affords the student the greatest 
opportunity to concentrate in a single discipline but facilitates his or her contact with other 
design principles. The curriculum reflects the reality of the environmental marketplace 
where designers relate to a broad range of design and development professionals — not in 
isolation. 

Graduate studies are also offered in architecture, landscape architecture and product 
design. See the Graduate Catalog for information on the Master's programs. 



107 



DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS 

Brooks Hall 

Associate Professor M. Pause, Program Director 

Professors: G. L. Bireline, J. H. Cox, D. R. Stuart; Assistant Professors: C. Joyner, S. Toplikar 

The design fundamentals program is focused on exposure to basic design concepts and 
provides counseling, orientation and an historical structure for the fields of design in general 
and for future studies in the School and the University. The student develops through ex- 
ploration and investigation of physical form. 

ARCHITECTURE 

Brooks Hall 

Professors: P. Batchelor, R. P. Burns, R. H. Clark, J. Loss, H. Sanoff, V. Shogren; Professors Emeriti: H. H. Harris, H. L. 
Kamphoefner; Associate Professors: M. Pause, G. J. P. Reuer, E. W. Taylor; Assistant Professors: D. W. Barnes, J. P. 
Rand, L. Sanders, J. 0. Tector, P. Tesar 

Architecture finds itself at a critical stage in its historical development. The architect's 
traditional role of giving meaningful form to our physical environment remains a chief con- 
cern, but this task has been vastly complicated by the forces of accelerating world urbaniza- 
tion. The evolution of society in social and technological terms rapidly alters every facet of 
contemporary life. The changing conditions in our urban centers have modified attitudes 
about obsolescence and inefficiency in all of our life support systems, including housing, 
transportation, commerce, and numerous others. We are looking at our environment in dif- 
ferent terms with innovation, conservation, preservation and adaptive use of our existing 
man-made forms to meet society's changing needs. The architecture program attempts to 
prepare individuals with an understanding of man and his cultural context with a commit- 
ment to the ordering of the physical environment and with the tools for accomplishing these 
objectives. 

The curriculum, while providing a broad basic structure common to all students, en- 
courages individual diversity through a major elective program of in-depth study in one of 
the several design related fields, through interdisciplinary studies in the School and the Uni- 
versity, and through the use of outside consultants. The interdependence of the architect 
with related professionals is strongly emphasized. The design studio is a working laboratory 
in which analysis and synthesis become real and meaningful activities to the students. Con- 
sidering the expanding requirements in the field of architecture and the increasing complex- 
ity of the architect's role, a six-year, two-degree curriculum has been established. After a 
common first year in design fundamentals, the sophomore, junior and senior years mark the 
formal introduction to architectural studies and lead to the undergraduate, non-professional 
degree, the Bachelor of Environmental Design in Architecture. For students not advancing 
to graduate studies, the four-year undergraduate curriculum is designed as a terminal 
program qualifying students to enter architecture at an intermediate level or related fields 
outside of architecture. Students who later wish to pursue the professional, accredited 
degree in architecture must enroll in the Master of Architecture program. See the Graduate 
Catalog for information on the Master's program. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The graduate with a Bachelor of Environmental Design in Architecture is qualified for 
positions in public agencies, development organizations, building research, building con- 
struction firms and private architectural offices. State law now requires the graduate with 
an accredited, professional degree in architecture to work not less than three years in the of- 
fices of registered architects and then pass a written examination given by the North 
Carolina Board of Architecture prior to being licensed as an "architect". Graduates with the 
non-professional Bachelor's degree have additional work and examination requirements 
which vary with State laws. 



108 



ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design in Architecture 

FIRST YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DF 101 Environ. Des. I 6 DF 102 Environ.Des.il 6 

Soc. Sci./Hum' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum. 4 3 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhet 3 ENG 112 Comp. & Read 3 

Math 1 3 Math 1 4/3 

Phy. Ed _1 Phy. Ed 1 

16 17/16 

SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio 2 6 Studio 2 6 

Nat. Science Elec. 3 4 Nat. Science Elec. 3 4 

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elect.' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec. 4 3 

Core 6 3 Core 6 3 

Phy. Ed _1 Phy. Ed _1 

17 17 

THIRD YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio 2 6 Studio 2 6 

Soc. Sci./Hum. 4 3 Soc. Sci./Hum. 4 3 

Advised Elec. 5 3 Advised Elec. 5 3 

Core 6 3 Core 6 3 

Core 6 _3 _ 

18 15 

FOURTH YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Advised Elec. 5 3 Free Elec 3 

Free Elec 3 Free Elec 3 

Free Elec 3 Core 6 3 

Core 6 3 Core 6 3 

Core 6 _3 Core 6 _3 

15 15 

Minimum Hours Required for 
Graduation 129 7 



1 Must include one calculus course and may include one computer science course. May not include credit for Math 111. 

! A minimum of four 400 series studios are required with a minimum of three of the four being ARC 400. The four studios 
may be taken at any time during the final six semesters; however, no more than one studio may be taken in any semester. 

1 Selected from natural, physical, or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science courses. 

1 The University requires 18 hours in social science/humanities area. The courses are not limited to any specific department 
but are to show a distribution between the social sciences and humanities. May include any courses which have humanities 
or social science orientation— normally elected from DN 141, DN 142, Anthropology (ANT), Economics and Business (ACC, 
EB), Foreign Languages (GRK, LAT, FLF, FLG, FLI, FLR, FLS), History (HI), Literature (ENG), Philosophy (PHI), 
Political Science (PS), Psychology (PSY), Religion (RED, Social Work (SW), Sociology (SOC), and University Studies 
(UNI). 

; Advised electives are to be selected after consultation with the advisor. They may include studios and core courses from the 
School of Design or courses from the University at large but may not include credit for Art (ART), Military Science (AS, 
MS), Music (MUS) below 200 level, or Physical Education (PE). 

5 Each architecture student is required to take a minimum of one entry course in four of the six cores (Graphics and Com- 
munications, Behavior, Environment, History and Philosophy, Physical Elements and Systems, and Methods and Manage- 
ment). DF 101 and DF 102 satisfy this requirement for the Communications and Graphics Core, DN 141 and DN 142 satisfy 
this requirement for the History and Philosophy Core. In the remaining cores the entry courses are designated by "2" as 
the first digit in the course number. Note: A student in this program must have an architecture faculty member as advisor. 

: In order to receive two degrees from School of Design a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 129 hour require- 
ment. These 30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studio and 12 credits in core courses above those described above. 



109 



LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 

Associate Professor A. Sullivan, Program Director 

Profi SSOrx R. Stipe, R. R. Wilkinson; Professor Emeritus: E. G. Thurlow; Associate Professors: A. Abbate, R. T. Hester Jr.; 
Assistani Professors: G. Gumz, L. Jewell, D. Wood; Associate Members of the Faculty: T. 0. Perry (Forestry), J. C. 
Raulston (Horticulture) 

Landscape architecture is the profession concerned with design and development of man- 
made features on the land and enhancement of the visual landscape, seeking to shape these 
features in concert with the natural environment. There are approximately 8,000 practicing 
landscape architects in the United States whose activities range from site planning for urban 
complexes, community de'sign, park and open space design, to campus planning and develop- 
ment of regional land management systems. U.S. Forest Service, National Park Service, city 
planning, state and local park agencies and private design offices are major employment 
sources. Types of work range from program development studies to detailed projects. The 
landscape architecture faculty is concerned with preparing students for graduate work and 
professional careers. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of the program with a Bachelor of Environmental Design in Landscape 
Architecture gain employment with private offices practicing all phases of landscape 
architecture. Others gain employment with public agencies such as state park departments, 
community planning offices and environmental protection agencies. Many stay in North 
Carolina and participate in the expansion of the profession and its involvement in the 
development of the State. For a growing number of BED-LA graduates, a graduate 
professional degree offers an important career benefit. 

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design in Landscape Architecture 

FIRST YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DF 101 Environ. Des. I 6 DF 102 Environ. Des. II 6 

Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 

ENG 111 Comp.&Rhet 3 ENG 112 Comp. & Read 3 

Math' 3 Math' 4/3 

Phy. Ed _1 Phy. Ed 1 

16 17/16 

SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio- 6 Studio- 6 

Nat. Science Elec. ' 4 Nat. Science Elec. ' 4 

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.' 3 

Core' 3 Core 6 3 

Phy. Ed J Phy. Ed _1 

17 17 

THIRD YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio-' 6 Studio- 6 

Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 

Advised Elec/' 3 Advised Elec. s 3 

Core 6 3 Core" 3 



Core 6 _3 

18 



110 



if, 



FOURTH YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Advised Elec. s 3 Free Elec 3 

Free Elec 3 Free Elec 3 

Free Elec 3 Core 6 3 

Core 6 3 Core 6 3 

Core 6 _3 Core 6 _3 

15 15 

Minimum Hours Required for 
Graduation 129" 



1 Must include one calculus course and may include one computer science course. May not include credit for Math 111. 

•' A minimum of four 400 series studios are required with a minimum of three of the four being LAR 400. The four studios 
may be taken at any time during the final six semesters; however, no more than one studio may be taken in any semester. 

' Selected from natural, physical, or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science courses. 

• The University requires 18 hours in social science/humanities area. The courses are not limited to any specific department 
but are to show a distribution between the social sciences and humanities. May include any courses which have humanities 
or social science orientation— normally elected from DN 141, DN 142, Anthropology (ANT), Economics and Business (ACC, 
EBl, Foreign Languages (GRK, LAT, FLF, FLG, FLI, FLR, FLS), History (HI), Literature (ENG), Philosophy (PHI), 
Political Science (PS), Psychology (PSY), Religion (REL), Social Work (SW), Sociology (SOC), and University Studies 
(UNI). 

5 Advised electives are to be selected after consultation with the advisor. They may include studios and core courses from the 
School of Design or courses from the University at large but may not include credit for Art (ART), Military Science (AS, 
MSl, Music (MUS) below 200 level, or Physical Education (PE). 

6 Each landscape architecture student is required to take a minimum of one entry course in four of the six cores (Graphics 
and Communications, Behavior, Environment, History and Philosophy, Physical Elements and Systems, and Methods and 
Management). DF 101 and DF 102 satisfy this requirement for the Communications and Graphics Core, DN 141 and DN 
142 satisfy this requirement for the History and Philosophy Core. In the remaining cores the entry courses are designated 
by "2" as the first digit in the course number. 

Afore: A student in this program must also take the following which satisfy core requirements: DN 221/231, DN 430 (3 
credits above entry level in Behavior Core, 3 credits above entry level in Environment Core), and either DN 443 or DN 444. 
' In order to receive two degrees from School of Design a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 129 hour require- 
ment. These 30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studio and 12 credits in core courses above those described above. 

PRODUCT DESIGN 

Brooks Hall 

Professor V. M. Foote, Program Director 

Assodate Professors: A. V. Cooke, J. Wittkamp; Assistant Professors: A. Donaldson, J. Keely, C. Kieffer 

Upon completion of design fundamental requirements, the student selecting the Product 
Design Program elects as a major area of concentration the product or visual design option. 
The product design option is concerned with all the human aspects of machine-made 
products and their relationship to the environment. In some areas, this design discipline is 
referred to as industrial design. The designer is responsible for the product's human 
engineering, safety, shape, color, texture, maintenance and cost. Product design deals with 
consumer products as well as industrial products. In order to achieve these ends, it is 
necessary for the designer to involve himself or herself in three major design and research 
activities: man's behavior; the man-product-machine relationship; the product itself. 

Areas of investigation include furniture, housewares, appliances, transportation, machine 
tools, farm equipment, medical electronic instruments, recreational support equipment and 
others. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates with a Bachelor of Environmental Design in Product Design have career oppor- 
tunities in three general areas: corporate design offices in manufacturing companies, in- 
dependent design offices, or governmental agencies. 



Ill 



PRODUCT DESIGN CURRICULUM 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design in Product Design 

FIRST YEAR 

Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DF 101 Environ. Des. I 6 DF 102 Environ. Des. II 6 

Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 

ENG 111 Comp.&Rhet 3 ENG 112 Comp. & Read 3 

Math 1 3 Math' 4/3 

Phy. Ed _1 Phy. Ed 1 

16 17/16 

SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio 2 6 Studio 2 6 

Nat. Science Elec. 1 4 Nat. Science Elec. 1 4 

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec.' 3 

Core" 3 Core 6 3 

Phy. Ed J. Phy. Ed _1 

17 17 

THIRD YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio 2 6 Studio 2 6 

Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 

Advised Elec. 5 3 Advised Elec. 5 3 

Core 6 3 Core 6 3 



Core 6 _3 

18 



15 



FOURTH YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Advised Elec. 5 3 Free Elec 3 

Free Elec 3 Free Elec 3 

Free Elec 3 Core 6 3 

Core 6 3 Core 6 3 

Core 6 _3 Core 6 _3 

15 15 

Minimum Hours Required for 
Graduation 129 7 



1 Must include one calculus course and may include one computer science course. May not include credit for Math 111. 

2 A minimum of four 400 series studios are required with a minimum of three of the four being PD 400. The four studios may 
be taken at any time during the final six semesters; however, no more than one studio may be taken in any semester. 

1 Selected from natural, physical, or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science courses. 

' The University requires 18 hours in social science/humanities area. The courses are not limited to any specific department 
but are to show a distribution between the social sciences and humanities. May include any courses which have humanities 
or social science orientation— normally elected from DN 141, DN 142, Anthropology (ANT), Economics and Business (ACC, 
EB), Foreign Languages (GRK, LAT, FLF, FLG, FLI, FLR, FLS), History (Hi"), Literature (ENG), Philosophy (PHI), 
Political Science (PS), Psychology (PSY), Religion (RED, Social Work (SW), Sociology (SOC), and University Studies 
(UNI). 

5 Advised electives are to be selected after consultation with the advisor. They may include studios and core courses from the 
School of Design or courses from the University at large but may not include credit for Art (ART), Military Science (AS, 
MS), Music (MUS) below 200 level, or Physical Education (PE). 

6 Each product design student is required to take a minimum of one entry course in four of the six cores (Graphics and Com- 
munications, Behavior, Environment, History and Philosophy, Physical Elements and Systems, and Methods and Manage- 
ment). DF 101 and DF 102 satisfy this requirement for the Communications and Graphics Core, DN 141 and DN 142 satisfy 
this requirement for the History and Philosophy Core. In the remaining cores the entry courses are designated by "2" as 
the first digit in the course number. Note: A student in this program must also take the following which satisfy the core re- 
quirements: DN 255 and DN 256. 

; In order to receive two degrees from School of Design a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 129 hour require- 
ment. These 30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studio and 12 credits in core courses above those described above. 



112 



VISUAL DESIGN OPTION 

The increasing importance of communication in our society has created a demand for 
designers who have operational knowledge and creative abilities in various visual media. The 
elements of this field were historically found in various crafts, skills, commercial and 
production art. These have been integrated into a new design discipline; and the scope of 
educational development includes typography, photography, illustration, printing, produc- 
tion materials and methods. The applications include publication design (books, pamphlets 
and brochures), package design, signing and symbol design, advertising design (including 
newspapers, magazines, television and cinema), exhibit and display design. In relation to a 
broader view of the environment, the discipline includes the development of techniques for 
analyzing the visual character of our urban environment and its relation to social and 
behavioral functions; also, the exploration of visual means for solving socially defined 
problems. Working through a broad range of visual creative experiences, the student will 
develop an understanding of the elements and principles of organization common to all 
visual communication. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates with a Bachelor of Environmental Design in Product Design with the Visual 
Design Option pursue varied careers in professional design offices, corporate design offices, 
advertising agencies, corporations involved in printing, production, media development and 
communication. Others choose to enter graduate school for continued study in specific areas, 
both natural and man-made. 

PRODUCT DESIGN/VISUAL DESIGN OPTION 

Degree: Bachelor of Environmental Design in Product Design/ Visual Design Option 

FIRST YEAR 

FallSemester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DF 101 Environ. Des. I 6 DF 102 Environ.Des.il 6 

Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 

ENG 111 Comp. &Rhet 3 ENG 112 Co m p. & Read 3 

Math 1 3 Math 1 4/3 

Phy. Ed _1 Phy. Ed 1 

16 17/16 

SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio- 6 Studio 2 6 

Nat. Science Elec. 1 4 Nat. Science Elec. : ' 4 

Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec. 4 3 Soc. Sci./Hum. Elec. 1 3 

Core 6 3 Core 6 3 

Phy. Ed J. Phy. Ed. _1 

17 17 

THIRD YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Studio- 6 Studio- 6 

Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 Soc. Sci./Hum.' 3 

Advised Elec." 1 3 Advised Elec. 5 3 

Core 6 3 Core 6 _3 

Core 6 _3 15 

18 



113 



Fall Semester 



FOURTH YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Advised Elec.'' 3 

Free Elec 3 

Free Elec 3 

Core 6 3 

Core 6 _3 

15 



Free Elec. 
Free Elec. 
Core 6 .... 
Core 6 .... 
Core 6 .... 



Credits 

3 

3 

3 

3 

_3 

15 



Minimum Hours Required for 
Graduation 129 T 



1 Must include one calculus course and may include one computer science course. May not include credit for MA 111. 

1 A minimum of four 400 series studios are required with a minimum of three of the four being PVD 400. The four studios 
may be taken at any time during the final six semesters; however, no more than one studio may be taken in any semester. 

' Selected from natural, physical, or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer science courses. 

' The University requires 18 hours in social science/humanities area. The courses are not limited to any specific department 
but are to show a distribution between the social sciences and humanities. May include any courses which have humanities 
or social science orientation— normally elected from DN 141, DN 142, Anthropology (ANT), Economics and Business (ACC, 
EB), Foreign Languages (GRK, LAT, FLF, FLG, FLI, FLR, FLS), History (HI), Literature (ENG), Philosophy (PHI), 
Political Science (PS), Psychology (PSY), Religion (REL), Social Work (SW), Sociology (SOC), and University Studies 
(UNI). 

s Advised electives are to be selected after consultation with the advisor. They may include studios and core courses from the 
School of Design or courses from the University at large but may not include credit for Art (ART), Military Science (AS, 
MS), Music (MUS) below 200 level, or Physical Education (PE). 

6 Each visual design student is required to take a minimum of one entry course in four of the six cores (Graphics and Com- 
munications, Behavior, Environment, History and Philosophy, Physical Elements and Systems, and Methods and Manage- 
ment). DF 101 and DF 102 satisfy this requirement for the Communications and Graphics Core, DN 141 and DN 142 satisfy 
this requirement for the History and Philosophy Core. In the remaining cores the entry courses are designated by "2" as 
the first digit in the course number. Note: A student in this program must also take the following which satisfy the core re- 
quirements: DN 415 and DN 416. 

" In order to receive two degrees from School of Design a student must complete 30 credit hours above the 129 hour require- 
ment. These 30 hours are to include 18 credits in 400 level studio and 12 credits in core courses above those described above. 




Outstanding professors with a zest for teaching are honored annually at State, adding 
thrust to the University's emphasis on excellence. 



114 



SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

C. J. Dolce, Dean 

R. T. Williams, Associate Dean 

The School of Education is concerned with the problems of human development from both 
psychological and educational perspectives. With emphases upon the preparation of secon- 
dary and post-secondary school teachers, counselors, administrators and psychologists, the 
school seeks students who are dedicated to the improvement of human beings through educa- 
tion and service and who are sensitive to the complexity of teaching/learning processes. 

The School is composed of the Departments of Adult and Community College Education, 
Counselor Education, Curriculum and Instruction, Educational Leadership and Program 
Evaluation, Mathematics and Science Education, Occupational Education and Psychology. 
The School also houses a national research center, the Center for Occupational Education. 

Undergraduate degree programs are offered in agricultural education, education-general 
studies, industrial arts education, mathematics education, science education, social studies 
education, technical education, vocational industrial education, and psychology. In addition 
to being admitted to a curriculum, all teacher education candidates must meet program and 
Committee on Teacher Education requirements for admission to professional education. 

Professional education courses are provided for those students enrolled in the School of 
Humanities and Social Sciences who wish to become teachers of English, social studies, 
French, and Spanish. Students enrolled in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences and 
science or mathematics departments may double-major in the School of Education and also 
obtain a North Carolina teacher's certificate. 

Graduate degree programs are offered in adult and community college education, 
agricultural education, counselor education, curriculum and instruction, educational ad- 
ministration and supervision, industrial arts education, mathematics education, oc- 
cupational education, psychology, science education, special education, and vocational in- 
dustrial education. 

Graduates of the undergraduate programs in education receive a Bachelor of Science 
degree in education and normally qualify for an "A" Certificate to teach in their chosen 
fields. Graduates of the undergraduate program in psychology receive a Bachelor of Arts in 
Psychology degree. Graduate programs confer the Master of Science or Master of Education 
degree, and the Doctor of Philosophy or Doctor of Education degrees. 

Public school sixth-year (intermediate) certification programs are available in 
agricultural, occupational, and vocational industrial education; curriculum and instruction 
and supervision; administration; counseling; special education; mathematics and science 
education; and school psychology. 

The modern School of Education building is named Poe Hall. It includes a curriculum 
materials center, an instructional materials production center, a computer facility, and a 
learning assistance center. The building houses laboratories for industrial arts, science, psy- 
chology, and guidance and testing activities, as well as a children's play area with an obser- 
vation room. A closed circuit TV system with a studio has also been designed into the 
building. 

ADULT AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE 
EDUCATION 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 
Poe Hall and Ricks Hall 

Professor E. J. Boone, Head of the Department 
Professor R. W. Shearon, Associate Head 



115 



TEACHING, RESEARCH AND EXTENSION 

Professors: M. Burt, M. Knowles, C. Trent; Extension Professors: W. L. Carpenter, J. D. George, D. L. Stormer; Adjunct 
Professors: J. P. Leagans, I. E. Ready Sr.; Associate Professors: J. C. Glass, W. L. Gragg, J. W. Wright; Extension 
Associate Professors: C. Black, M. Brown, P. E. Dew, D. W. Smith; Visiting Associate Professors: J. M. Stewart, E. White; 
Assistant Professors: J. L. Compton, R. A. Mabry, K. B. Segner III 

The adult and community college education faculty offers instruction at advanced un- 
dergraduate and graduate levels. Advanced undergraduate courses are designed to support 
other departments of the institution, giving students a background in adult and community 
college education. The department does not have a program leading to a bachelor's degree. 

The graduate program is designed to increase the professional competence of adult and 
community college educators in developing and administering adult and community college 
education programs and in conducting scholarly research in the field. See listing of graduate 
degrees and the Graduate Catalog. 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Associate Professor T. R. Miller, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors Emeriti: J. R. Kirkland, C. C. Scarborough; Associate Professor: C. D. Bryant; Assistant Professor: L. R. Jewell; 
Adjunct Assistant Professor: W. R. Robinson 

Agricultural education, in its broadest sense, encompasses areas of study which will 
enable one to participate effectively in planning, promoting and initiating programs in 
education in agriculture. 

The department offers a program leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. Programs are 
designed for the teachers of vocational agriculture in the secondary schools, technical in- 
stitutes and community colleges. For details of the master's degree programs see listing of 
graduate degrees and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The demand for agricultural education teachers exceeds present supply. Graduates who 
obtain certification in the Bachelor's degree program generally have a choice of positions in 
the Carolinas and Virginia and throughout the nation. 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

MA 111 Alg.&Trig 4 Math Elective" 3 

History Elective 3 PO or ANS Elective 4 

Ag. Elective 3, 4 BS 100 Gen. Biology 4 

ED 102 Obj. in Ag. Ed 1 Physical Education _1 

Physical Education 1 15 

15-16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Free Elective 3 BAE 211 Farm Machinery 3 

EB 212 Econ. of Agr. or "B" Elec. in Agr 3 

EB 201 Economics I 3 CH 103 Gen. Chem. II 4 

CH 101 Gen. Chem. I 4 ED 313 Cont. Vo. Ag 3 

Plant Sc. Elective* 3, 4 SOC 241 Rural Soc. USA or 

Ag. Elective 3, 4 SOC 202 Prin. of Sco 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education _1 

17-19 17 



116 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credit* Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 201 Shop Practices 2 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Ag. Specialty"* 3, 4 Lit. Elective 3 

ED 344 School & Society 3 PSY 476 Psy. of Ad. Dev. or 

PSY 304 Educational Psy 3 PSY 376 Human Gro. & Dev 3 

Free Elective 3 Ag. Speciality*** 3, 4 

"A" or "B" Elective Speech Elective 3 

in Agriculture**** 3, 4 ED 490 Sr. Seminar, AED 1 

17-19 17-18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 451 Improving Reading in Secondary Humanities Elective***** 3 

Schools 2 Ag. Specialty*** 3 

ED 411H Student Teaching in Humanities Elective***** 3 

Agriculture' 8 Pol. Sc. Elective 3 

ED 412H Teaching Adults 2 Free Elective _3 

ED 413H Planning Ed. Prog 2 15 

SOC 416A Research Methods _3 

17 Hours Required for Graduation 130 



* Includes courses in Crop Science, Horticulture or Forestry. 
** Select from MA courses above MA 111 level or computer science. 

*** These three courses, when related to other ALS courses, should total a minimum of 12 semester hours for a "specialty" 
in ALS. 
**** Select from "A" or "B" electives in agriculture and related to "specialty." (Consult Undergraduate Catalog for listing 
of "A" and "B" courses in School of Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 
***** Humanities electives should be selected from the fine arts, philosophy, history, literature, languages and/or religion. 

COUNSELOR EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Professor W. E. Hopke, Head of the Department and Coordinator of Advising 

Professor Emeritus: C. G. Morehead; Associate Professors: L. K. Jones, B. C. Talley Jr.; Assistant Professors: E. R. Gerler, 
D. C. Locke, J. G. McVay; Visiting Assistant Professor: T. H. Stafford Jr.; Adjunct Assistant Professors: R. H. Massengill, 
C. L. Quinn 

The department offers work leading to graduate degrees (see listing of graduate degrees 
offered) with a major in Counselor Education. The degrees are designed to prepare in- 
dividuals for counseling and student personnel positions at various levels in elementary and 
secondary schools, junior and community colleges, trade and technical schools and institutes, 
other institutions of higher education, and community agencies. For further information 
consult the Graduate Catalog. 

CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION 

Associate Professor B. M. Parramore, Head of the Department and Coordinator ofAdxnsing 

Coordinators of Advising: 

English Education: T. N. Walters and L. J. Betts; 

Modern Foreign Language Education: B. M. Parramore; 

Reading Education: B. J. Fox; 

Social Studies Education: C. W. Harper, Jr.; 

Special Education: C. L. Crossland; 

Faculty: Adjunct Professor: T. L. Roundtree; Associate Professors: L. J. Betts, C. W. Harper Jr., T. N. Walters; Associate 
Professor Emeritus: P. J. Rust; Assistant Professors: C. L. Crossland, B. J. Fox, T. S. Hasselbring, M. D. Siedow; 
Assistant Professor Emeritus: K. A. McCutchen; Adjunct Assistant Professor: L. G. Aubrecht 

The Department of Curriculum and Instruction offers general courses required for all 
teacher educational programs. It also offers social studies education and English, French, 
and Spanish education for teacher certification. 



117 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Students earning a degree in this program generally have the same options as graduates of 
related programs: teaching in secondary schools, graduate study, or employment in 
governmental and private agencies involved in formal or non-formal education. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Curriculum and Instruction offers graduate programs designed to 
prepare directors of instruction/curriculum development and the teaching-learning process. 
See listing of graduate degrees offered and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 

Assistant Professor C. L. Crossland, Coordinator of Advising 

Assistant Professor: 7 . S. Hasselbring; Assistant Professor Emeritus: K. A. McCutchen 

The program in special education is designed for educators who wish to pursue advanced 
study relating to the learning problems and the education of children and youth. This 
program offers a general background in all areas of exceptionality, intellectual, physical and 
emotional, with specialization in mental retardation and sensory impairment. There is no un- 
dergraduate program in this field at North Carolina State University, but graduate degrees 
are offered. For further information consult the Graduate Catalog. 

EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND 
PROGRAM EVALUATION 

Professor C. J. Dolce, Coordinator of Advising 

Associate Professor: B. G. Beezer; Assistant Professors: J. J. Davies, R. C. Serow, R. T. Williams; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: F. S. Romero 

There is no undergraduate program in this field. Graduate programs in Educational Ad- 
ministration and Supervision are individually designed by the student in consultation with 
the program staff (see listing of graduate degrees offered). These programs prepare the stu- 
dent for a variety of administrative, supervisory and policy-making roles in public schools, 
higher education, and other education agencies. For further information, consult the 
Graduate Catalog. 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Associate Professor T. B. Young, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors Emeriti: I. Hostetler. D. W. Olson; Associate Professor: R. E. Wenig; Assistant Professors: VV. L. Cox Jr., R. T. 
Troxler 

Industrial arts comprises that area of education which concerns itself with materials, 
processes and products of industry, including the graphical presentation of these. It is con- 
cerned with a study of changes made in materials to make them more useful and with 
problems related to these changes. 

The industrial arts education curriculum performs the function of preparing teachers and 
supervisors of industrial arts for secondary schools. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The graduates of the industrial arts program find opportunities for employment in the 
public schools. See listing of graduate degrees offered and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

118 



INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IA 111 Intro, to Industrial Arts 1 IA 122 Metal Technology I 3 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 SOC 202 Prin. of Sociology 3 

IA 1 15 Wood Processing I 3 MA Elective 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 Humanities or Soc. Sciences 3 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education 1 

14 16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IA 231 Industrial Arts Design 3 IA 246 Graphic Technology 3 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry 4 PY 221 College Physics 5 

ENG Literature Elective 3 PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Economics Elective 3 ED 242 Intro, to Teaching Ind. Arts 3 

IA 233 Metal Technology II 3 Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

— 18 

17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Setnester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IA 359 Electrical Technology I 3 ED 362 Curr. & Methods in 

PSY 376 Human Growth & Development 3 Industrial Arts 4 

IA 351 General Ceramics I 3 IA 368 Technical Drawing II 3 

ED 344 School and Society 3 IA 364 Wood Processing II 3 

Electives _3 IA 360 Electrical Technology II 3 

15 Elective (Speech) _3 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 473 Student Teaching in Ind. Arts 8 ED 451 Improving Reading in Secondary 

ED 479 Industrial Arts Laboratory Schools 2 

Planning 3 Electives 3 

IA 476 Power Technology 3 Political Science or History 3 

14 IA 480 Modern Industries 3 

Humanities or Soc. Sci 3 

17 

Hours Required for Graduation 127 

To be certified for Middle Grades, Occupational Education students are advised to elect ED 
522 Career Exploration and ED 524, Occupation Information. 

INDUSTRIAL AND TECHNICAL 
EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Professor D. M. Hanson, Coordinator of Advising 

professor Evu ntus: J. T. N'erden; AstociaU Professor. F. S. Smith; Assistant Professors: W. ML Parker, T. C. Shore Jr.; 

The Industrial and Technical Education program offers curricula to prepare teachers, 
supervisors and administrators for the public schools, area vocational schools, community 
colleges and technical institutes. Complete four-year curricula in vocational industrial 
education and technical education lead to the Bachelor of Science in education. The curricula 
are planned to provide students with broad cultural and professional backgrounds to parallel 
occupational experience. 

The program offers graduate degrees (see listing of graduate degrees offered). For further 
information consult the Graduate Catalog. 

119 



VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

The curriculum in vocational industrial education is designed to prepare vocational 
teachers for the secondary schools, area vocational schools and post-secondary school 
vocational programs. Upon satisfactory completion >f the curriculum the graduate is 
qualified to teach in any of the aforementioned vocational areas. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of the vocational industrial education curriculum have a wide selection of em- 
ployment opportunities. The rapid growth of the vocational programs in the secondary 
schools in all fields has created an urgent demand for vocational teachers. A student may 
qualify for teaching positions in introduction to industrial education, trade preparatory 
training and industrial cooperative training in these fast-growing programs in the secondary 
schools. Other opportunities include teaching in the area vocational schools, in industry and 
in the post-secondary schools. 

VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



ED 100 Introduction to Industrial 

Education 2 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 3-4 

or 
MA 115 Introduction to Contemporary 

Mathematics 
CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry 4 

or Elective 
Physical Education 1 

13-14 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



History Elective 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 122 Math of Finance 

or Mathematics Elective 3 

Drafting Elective 3-4 

Physical Education 1 

Elective 3 

16-17 



Fall Sernester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Physics Elective 3-4 

Speech Elective 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

Physical Education 1 

Electives 6 

16-17 



Credits 



SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

EB 201 Economics I 3 

ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education 

Programs & Course Construction 3 

ED 327 History & Philosophy of Industrial 

& Technical Education 3 

PE 280 Emergency Medical Care and 

First Aid 2 

Physical Education 1 

Elective _3 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



ED 344 School & Society 3 

IE 355 Introduction to Occupational 

Safety & Health 3 

ED 421 Principles & Practices in 
Industrial Cooperative 
Training 
or 
ED 405 Industrial & Technical 

Education Shop & Laboratory 

Planning 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 3 

Elective 3 

18 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



PSY 376 Human Growth and Development' 3 

ED 428 Organization of Related Study 

Materials in Vocational Education 
or 
ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education 

Shop & Laboratory Planning 3 

ED 440 Vocational Education 2 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Vocational 

Industrial/Technical Education 3 

ED 483 An Introduction to Instructional 

Media 3 

Elective _3 

17 



120 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



ED 444 Student Teaching in Voc. 

Ind./Tech. Educ 8 

ED 457 Organization & Management of 

Youth Club Activities 3 

ED 496 Senior Seminar in Education 3 

14 



Economics Elective 3 

Sociology Elective 3 

English Elective 3 

Elective _6 

15 

Hours Required for Graduation 127 



Twelve hours of electives must be selected in accordance with the student's area of specialization and with the approval of 
the advisor. The remaining hours may be taken as free electives. 

TECHNICAL EDUCATION 

The curriculum in technical education is oriented toward preparing instructors within a 
wide range of teaching technologies and is closely coordinated with existing engineering 
curricula. A student enrolling in the technical education curriculum may specialize to some 
extent in areas related to interest and/or previous work experience. Admission to the 
technical education curriculum is limited to students demonstrating proficiency in a given 
applied technology, i.e., electrical, electronics, mechanical, etc. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Employment opportunities for technical education graduates include teaching in the ex- 
panding community college complex, technical institutes, area vocational schools and within 
industry as instructors and coordinators of training programs. The growth of technical 
education in the nation and the large number of new technical education facilities being con- 
structed will require an increasing number of instructors to staff teaching positions. 



TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM* 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial 

Education 2 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

Physical Education 1 

14 



EB 201 Economics I 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

Physical Education _1 

14 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

English Elective 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 

PY 205 General Physics or 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

14 



PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PY 208 General Physics or 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Electives** 6 

Physical Education _1 

14 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Sprm,/ >'. nu tU r 



Credits 



ED 327 History & Philosophy of 

Industrial & Technical Education 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Electives** _6 

15 



ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education 

Programs & Course Construction 3 

SOC 205 Work: Occupations and 

Professions 3 

Electives** _9 

15 



121 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 405 Industrial & Technical Education ED 444 Student Teaching in Voc. 

Shop and Laboratory Planning 3 Ind./Tech. Education 8 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Vocational Electives** _7 

Industrial/Technical Education 3 15 

Electives** _9 

15 Hours Required for Graduation 116 

* Students will be expected to demonstrate proficiency in the applied technology of his or her choice— may be fulfilled by 

technical institute training or selected courses in addition to those required for the degree. 
** Minimum of 27 hours of elective courses must be selected from engineering, engineering sciences, physical sciences, etc., 
in accordance with the student's area of specialization and with the approval of the adviser. Remaining hours may be 
taken from free electives. 

MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 
EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Professor H. E. Speece, Head of the Department and Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: N. D. Anderson, L. M. Clark, J. R. Kolb; Associate Professors: R. D. Simpson, W. M. Waters Jr., L. W. Watson; 
Associate Professor Emeritus: H. A. Shannon; Adjunct Assistant Professors: R. R. Jones, C. M. Meek; Visiting Assistant 
Professor: E. G. Blakeway 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers a program for preparing 
undergraduate students as teachers of mathematics and science. The programs are designed 
to provide a broad background in the natural sciences, social sciences and humanities; depth 
in mathematics or an area of science; and the development of professional competencies 
needed by teachers entering the schools of today. The depth of preparation will enable stu- 
dents to pursue programs of graduate studies. (See listing of graduate degrees offered and 
the Graduate Catalog.) 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The demand for qualified mathematics and science teachers in our schools and colleges 
provides opportunities for mathematics and science education graduates. Developments in 
the schools and in our society accentuate the importance of preparation and competence in 
teaching, and this is reflected in increased salaries, opportunities for graduate study and 
professional advancement. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

PHI 201 Logic 3 MA 201 Analytic Geom. & Calc. II 4 

MA 122 Math of Finance 3 History Elective 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geom. & Calc. I 4 +Human/Soc. Sci. elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

ED 101 Orientation CSC 111 Algorithmic Lang. I 2 



II 



CSC 101 Intro to Programming 3 

16-17 



122 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Si mester 



Credits 



MA 202 Analytic Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 

"Science 4 

ENG Literature elective 3 

MA 114 Introd. to Finite Math 

with Applications 3 

+Human/Soc. Sci. elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



Spring Semi si, r 



Credits 



Math elective 3 

'Science 4 

ST Elective 3-4 

ED 203 Intro, to Teaching Ma./Sci 3 

ED 203L Intro, to Teaching Ma./Sci. Lab 

Speech elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

17-18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



ED 101J Orientation 

MA 403 Intro, to Mod. Alg 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

ED 451 Improving Reading in Secondary 

Schools 2 

"Supporting elective 3 

+Human/Soc. Sci. elective 3 

Elective _3 

17 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ED 101J Orientation 

MA 408 Found. Euclidean Geom 3 

ED 344 School & Society 3 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3 

"Supporting elective 3 

+Human/Soc. Sci. elective 3 

PSY 476 Psych, of Adoles. Dev _3 

18 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Seynester 



t+ED 495 Sr. Seminar in Ma./Sci. Ed 2 

t+ED 470 Methods of Teach. Math 3 

++ED 471 Stud. Teach, in Math 8 

ttED 472 Dev. & Sel. Tea. Mat. Ma _2 

15 



Credits 



"Supporting elective 3 

MA 405 Introd. to Linear Algebra 

and Matrices 3 

+Human/Soc. Sci. elective 3 

Elective 3 

Elective _3 

15 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



* Science must be 2-semester sequence in chemistry or physics. 

•* Supporting electives must be an approved sequence in science, math, computer science, statistics, economics, philosophy, 
history of science, sociology, psychology. 

+ The humanities/social sciences electives must be chosen so that 6 hours are in humanities and 9 hours are in the social 
sciences. Humanities include: philosophy, religion, literature, fine arts, history, or foreign languages. Social sciences in- 
clude: economics, sociology, anthropology, political science, psychology and geography. 
++ These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 102 Analvtic Geom. & Calc. I 1 4 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 201 Analvtic Geom. & Calc. II 1 4 



MA 112 Analytic Geom. & Calc. A 4 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 

Humanities/Soc. Sciences- 3 

Physical Education 1 

ED 101 Orientation _0 

15 



MA 212 
CH 103 



Analytic Geom. & Calc. B 3 

Gen. Chemistry II 4 



CH 107 Prin.Chem 4 

Biological Sci. elective 4 

Physical Education 1 

15-16 



123 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Sjiring Si m< sr< r 



Credits 



PY 211 General Physics' 4 

Speech elective 3 

Required science 3 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

Humanities/Soc. Sci.-' _3 

17 



PY 212 General Physics ' 4 

ED 203 Intro. Teaching Math. /Sci 3 

ED 203L Intro. Teach. Math./Sci. 

Lab 

Humanities/Soc. Sci. J 3 

Physical Education 1 

Required science' 6 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Full S< mestt r 



Credits 



Sprint/ Semester 



Credits 



PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci.-' 3 

Required science' 7 

HI 321 Ancient & Med. Science 3 

or 
HI 322 Rise of Modern Science 3 

or 

PHI 340 Philosophy of Science _3 

16 



ED 344 School and Society 3 

Humanities/Soc. Sci.-' 3 

Required science' 6 

PSY 476 Psych. Adol. Development 3 

ED 451 Improving Reading in Secondary 

Schools 2 

17 



f :ill S ' mi si .■■•- 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits S/iriny Semester 



ED 475 Methods of Teach. Sci.'' 3 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Sci. ' 8 

ED 477 Instructional Materials In Science 2 

ED 495 Sr. Sem. in Math./Sci. Ed. ' _2 

15 



Credits 



Humanities/Social Sci.- 6 

Electives 6 

Required science' 5 

17 

Hours Required for Graduation 129 



1 Required of those specializing in Chemistry or Physics. 

-' To be selected as follows from the Humanities and Social Sciences: 

One course in history 3 s.h. 

One course in literature 3 s.h. 

Two additional courses from any of the following humanities: 

Fine Arts, Foreign Language, History, Literature, Philosophy, Religion 6 s.h. 

Three courses from any of the following social sciences: 

Anthropology, Economics, Geography, Political Science, Sociology, 

Psychology 9 s.h. 

• Students may elect to take PY 205 and PY 208 or PY 201, 202, and 203 in lieu of PY 211-212. 

1 Students are required to take a minimum of 27 semester hours in one of four areas of specialization (biology, chemistry. 
physics, or earth science). 

These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester (offered only during the fall semester for Science Education 
students). 



SCIENCE EDUCATION SPECIALIZATION REQUIREMENTS (27 hours) 



BIOLOGY SPECIALIZATION: 

Survey of Plant Life (BO 200) 4 

Survey of Animal Life (ZO 201 ) 4 

Introductory Organic Chemistry (CH 220) 4 

Genetics (GN 301 or GN 411, 412) 3-4 

Ecology (BO/ZO 360> 4 

General Microbiology (MB 401) 4 

Plant Physiology (BO 421) 

or 
Vertebrate Physiology (ZO 421) 3-4 

or 
Cell Biology (ZO/BO 414) 

CHEMISTRY SPECIALIZATION: 

Organic Chemistry 4 

Analytic Chemistry 4 

Physical Chemistrv 4 



MA 202 Analytic Geometry & Calculus 

III 4 

Earth Science Elective 3 

Chemistry Electives 8 

EARTH SCIENCE SPECIALIZATION: 

GY 101 General Physical Geology— 

GY 110 Physical Geology 

Laboratory 4 

GY 201 Historical Geology-GY 210 

Historical Geol. Lab : 4 

MY 201 Atmospheric Environment 
or 

MY 311 Physical Climatology 3 

PY 223 Astronomy 3 

MSE 200 Introduction to the 

Marine Environments 3 



124 



Earth Science Electives 10 PY 203 General Physics 3-4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

PHYSICS SPECIALIZATION: Calculus III 4 

PY ?n Aitr nnm 3 Earth Science Elective 3 

PY 407 IntrXTion' to' Modern Physics ' ' ' Physics-Mathematics Electives 13-14 



OCCUPATIONAL EDUCATION 

Associate Professor J. R. Clary, Head of the Depart men t and Coordinator ofAdirising 

Professors: J. K. Coster, D. M. Hanson; Professors Emeriti: I. Hostetler, J. B. Kirkland, J. T. Nerden, D. W. Olson, C. C. 
Scarborough; Associate Professors: C. D. Bryant, T. R. Miller, F. S. Smith, R. E. Wenig, T. B. Young; Assistant 
Professors: W. L. Cox Jr., L. R. Jewell, R. L. Nunley, W. M. Parker, T. C. Shore Jr., R. T. Troxler; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: W. R. Robinson 

Occupational education involves a study of the occupational structure of society, man- 
power requirements, and the functions of vocational education. There is no undergraduate 
program in occupational education. However, undergraduate courses are offered which sup- 
port vocational education programs. The Department of Occupational Education offers 
programs which lead to graduate degrees (see listing of graduate degrees offered). For 
further information consult the Graduate Catalog. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Poe Hall 

Professor P. W. Thayer, Head of the Department and Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: H. M. Corter, J. W. Cunningham, D. W. Drewes, T. E. LeVere, H. G. Miller, S. E. Newman, R. G. Pearson, B. W. 
Westbrook; Professors Emeriti: K. L. Barkley, J. C. Johnson; Adjunct Professor: R. W. Oppenheim; Associate Professors: 
J. L. Cole, J. E. R. Luginbuhl, D. H. Mershon, M. H. Pitts, R. F. Rawls, F. J. Smith, J. L. Wasik; Associate Professor 
Emeritus: J. W. Magill; Adjunct Associate Professors: B. C. Ball, B. F. Corder, J. L. Howard, B. A. Norton, M. N. Wiebe; 
Assistant Professors: D. L. Chmielewski, V. G. Cowgell, P. D. Green, J. W. Kalat, K. W. Klein, L. A. Makoid, L. S. Taylor; 
Adjunct Assistant Professors: P. A. Cabe, J. L. Howard, C. L. Kronberg, L. D. Silber, C. J. Theison Jr. 

Psychology is one of the basic university disciplines. Mastery of some of the knowledge in 
psychology is necessary to practitioners in education, health, social service, social sciences 
and managerial professions. 

The Department of Psychology also offers graduate programs (see listing of graduate 
degrees offered). For further information see the Graduate Catalog. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Students holding the bachelor's degree in psychology and wishing to apply their psy- 
chological studies in a professional capacity generally continue their education in a graduate 
program such as clinical or experimental psychology, or in such fields as law, medicine, 
business, social work and a variety of other fields. Students in psychology may also choose to 
enter business or government, often without further training beyond the bachelor's degree. 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 

There are currently three different programs for undergraduate majors in psychology: the 
General Option (PSY), the Human Resource Development Option (HRD), and the Ex- 
perimental Option (PEO). Each of these programs emphasizes different aspects of the study 
of psychology. The following sections provide separate descriptions of these three programs 
and their current requirements. 

PSYCHOLOGY: GENERAL OPTION 

The General Option is suitable for those students who wish to study psychology, in order to 
learn principles of human behavior which they can apply to other fields of endeavor. This 



125 



program is oriented toward the student who wants a broad understanding of the types of 
problems with which psychology is concerned and the ways in which psychologists approach 
and attempt to solve these problems. Curriculum requirements in the General Option are 
sufficiently flexible for students to concentrate, if they wish, in another area of study as well 
as psychology, and thereby prepare themselves for a variety of careers or professional 
graduate programs. By wise choice of elective courses a student can prepare for medical, 
legal, business, or education graduate training, while at the same time acquiring a basic 
background in the social sciences. 

Unless a student requests admission to the Experimental Option or the Human Resource 
Development Option, he/she is considered to be in the General Option. 

REQUIREMENTS 

I. Major Area Courses: 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSY 300 Perception 3 

PSY 310 Learning and Motivation 3 

PSY 320 Cognitive Processes 3 

PSY 412 Psychological Research Applied to Current Problems 

or PSY 210 Psych. Analysis Applied to Current Problems 1 3 

PSY 491 Research Methods in Psychology 3 

PSY 492 Seminar in Psychology 3 

Psychology Electives (any two additional PSY courses) _6 

27 

II. Mathematics and Science Courses: 

Mathematics (two courses)-' 6-8 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

BS 100 General Biology (4) 

or BS 105 Biology in the Modern World (4) 4 

Natural Science (two courses)' — 6-8 

19-23 

III. Humanities and Social Sciences 

English Composition (ENG 111 and 112)* 6 

Literature (two courses)' 1 6 

History (two courses)" 6 

Philosophy (two courses) 7 6 

Sociology" 3 

Social Science (three courses)" _9 

36 

IV. Physical Education "' 4 

V. Electives" 

Advised Electives 24-27 

Free Electives — 12 

36-39 

Hours Required for Graduation 124 

See Notes on Requirements that apply to all options in Psychology. 

General Option Curriculum Display 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Mathematics 3-4 Mathematics 3-4 

English 111 3 English 112 3 

Biological Science 3-4 PSY 200 Intro, to Psych 3 

History 3 History 3 

Social Science 3 Elective 3 

PE 1 PE 1 

16-18 16-17 



126 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Psychology Elective PSY 300 Perception 3 

(or PSY 210 Psy. An. App. Natural Science 3-4 

Cur. Prob.) 3 Elective 3 

Natural Science 3-4 Statistics 3 

Literature 3 Literature 3 

Sociology 3 PE 1 



Elective (Advised) 3 

PE 1 



16-17 



16-17 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 310 Learning 3 PSY 320 Cognition 3 

Philosophy 3 PSY 491 Res. Meth. in Psy 3 

Psychology Elective 3 Social Science 3 

Elective (Advised) 3 Elective (Advised) 3 

Elective _3 Elective (Advised) _3 

15 15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 492 Seminar 3 PSY 412 Psy. Res. App. Cur. Prob. 

Philosophy 3 (or Psychology Elective) 3 

Social Science 3 Elective (Advised) 3 

Elective (Advised) 3 Elective (Advised) 3 

Elective (Advised) 3 Elective (Advised) 3 



15 



Elective _3 

15 

Minimum hours required for graduation 124 

PSYCHOLOGY: HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT OPTION 

The Human Resource Development (HRD) Option is designed to provide a groundwork of 
skills and experience for students who wish to enter human service careers with a B.A. 
degree. With appropriate curriculum modifications the program can also provide a sound 
background for students who wish to go into advanced degree programs in psychology, 
management, personnel, social work, counselling, guidance, education, and other areas. Stu- 
dents interested in graduate school should confer with their advisors, in order to plan an ap- 
propriate course of study. 

The HRD Option focuses on enabling students to gain direct experience in the areas in 
which they would like to work. HRD students devote a semester to learning principles and 
skills related to working with human problems, and subsequently each HRD student spends 
a semester working full-time in a job related to his/her own area of interest. 

The HRD Option accepts 20 students each year. Interested students can apply for admis- 
sion to HRD during their sophomore or junior year. Further information and application 
forms are available in the Psychology Department Office. 

REQUIREMENTS 

I. Major Area Courses: 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSY 350 Interviewing and Behavior Observation Skills 4 

PSY 351 Instructional Skills 4 

PSY 352 Organizational Skills 4 

PSY 491 Research Methods in Psychology 3 

PSY 492 Seminar in Psychology 3 

PSY 493 Special Topics in Psychology 4 

PSY 495 Human Resource Development Practicum _8 

33 
II. Mathematics and Science Courses: 

Mathematics (two courses)-' 6-8 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 



127 



BS 100 General Biology (4) 

or BS 105 Biology in the Modern World (4) 4 

Natural Science (two courses) 1 — 6-8 

19-23 

III. Humanities and Social Sciences: 

English Composition (ENG 111 and 112)' 6 

Literature (two courses) 5 6 

History (two courses) 6 6 

Philosophy (two courses) 7 6 

Sociology" 3 

Social Science (three courses) 9 9 

SP 110 Public Speaking _3 

39 

IV. Physical Education 1 " 4 

V. Electives" 

Advised Electives 15-18 

Free Electives 12 

27-30 

Hours Required for Graduation 125 

See Notes on Requirements that apply to all Psychology options. 

Human Resource Development Option Curriculum Display 

FRESHMAN YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Cr. Hrs. Cr. Hrs. 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 Natural Science (two courses) 6-8 

Mathematics (two courses) 6 Statistics (one course) 3 

ENG 111, 112 Composition (two courses) 6 Social Science (three courses) 9 

History (two courses) 6 Philosophy (one course) 3 

Sociology (one course) 3 English Literature (two courses) 6 

Biology (one course) 4 Elective (one course) 3 

Elective (one course) 3 Physical Education 2 

Physical Education 2 



32-34 



33 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Cr. Hrs. Spring Semester Cr. Hrs. 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 PSY 493 Special Topics in 

PSY 350 Interviewing & Behavior Obser. Psychology 4 

Skills 4 PSY 495 Human Resource Development 

PSY 351 Instructional Skills 4 Practicum _8 

PSY 352 Organizational Skills J 12 

15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Cr. Hrs. 

PSY 491 Research Methods in Philosophy (one course) 3 

Psychology 3 Electives (eight courses) 24 

PSY 492 Seminar in Psychology 3 33 

Minimum hours required for 
graduation 125 

PSYCHOLOGY: EXPERIMENTAL OPTION 

Experimental psychology is concerned with the systematic analysis of the behavior of 
organisms, and is traditionally subdivided into the areas of learning, motivation, cognition, 
perception, neuropsychology, personality, and social interaction. The experimental psy- 
chologist typically studies behavior in a closely-controlled laboratory setting, in order to un- 
derstand precisely how an organism responds in specific environments. 

The Experimental Option curriculum provides a background in psychological principles 
and scientific methods which prepares students for graduate or professional study in any of 
the behavioral sciences. This option involves course work in the fundamental areas of ex- 

128 



perimental psychology, and extensive training in the design and conduct of laboratory 
research. The program also requires study in mathematics and in other sciences, including 
courses in calculus, statistics, computer science, biology, genetics, and the physical sciences. 

REQUIREMENTS 

I. Major Area Courses: 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSY 300 Perception 3 

PSY 310 Learning and Motivation 3 

PSY 320 Cognitive Processes 3 

PSY 400 Perception: Research Methods 3 

PSY 410 Learning and Motivation: Research Methods 3 

PSY 420 Cognitive Processes: Research Methods 3 

PSY 430 Neuropsychology: Research Methods 3 

PSY 505 History and Systems of Psychology _3 

27 

II. Mathematics and Science Courses: 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A (4) 

or MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 1(4) 4 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B (3) 

or MA 201 Aanlytic Geometry and Calculus II (4) 3 

MA 114 Intro, to Finite Math, with Applications 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming (3) 

or CSC 111 Introduction to Fortan Programming (2) 

or CSC 462 Computing for the Social Sciences (3) 2-3 

BS 100 General Biology (4) 

or BS 105 Biology in the Modern World (4) 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Chemistry or Physics (a two-semester sequence in either)' 2 8 

30-31 

III. Humanities and Social Sciences: 

English Composition (ENG 111 and 112)' 6 

Literature (two courses) 5 6 

History (two courses) 6 6 

Logic and Philosophy of Science (any two courses) 6 

Philosophy (one advised elective in addition to above) 3 

Social Science (two courses) 9 6 

33 

IV. Physical Education'" 4 

V. Electives" 

Advised Electives 18 

Free Electives 12 

30 

Hours required for Graduation 124 

See Notes on Requirements that apply to all Psychology options. 



Experimental Option Curriculum Display 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 112 Anal Geom Calc A MA 212 Anal Geom Calc B 

or MA 102 Anal Geom Calc I 4 or MA 201 Anal Geom Calc II 3-4 

BS 100 General Biology PSY 200 Intro to Psych 3 

or BS 105 Bio Mod World 4 ENG 112 Comp and Reading 3 

ENG 111 Comp and Rhetoric 3 PHI Logic or Philosophy of 

Elective 3 Science 3 

Physical Education _1 Elective 3 

15 Physical Education 1 

16-17 



129 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 114 Topics Modern Math 3 Social Science 3 

Literature 3 Literature 3 

History 3 History 3 

PSY 300 Perception 3 PHI Logic or Philosophy of 

Physical Science I 4 Science 3 

Physical Education _1 Physical Science II 4 



17 



Physical Education 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 310 Learningand Motiv 3 PSY 320 Cognitive Processes 3 

PSY 400 Perception: Res Meth 3 PSY 410 Learn and Motiv: 

GN 411 Princ Genetics 3 Res Meth 3 

ST 311 Intro to Stat 3 Elective (Advised) 3 

Elective _3 Computer Science 2-3 

15 Elective 3 

14-15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PSY 420 Cognit Proc: Res Meth 3 PSY 430 Neuropsy: Res Meth 3 

Philosophy elective 3 PSY 505 Hist & Syst of Psych 3 

Social Science 3 Elective (Advised) 3 

Elective (Advised) 3 Elective (Advised) 3 

Elective _3 Elective _3 

15 15 

Minimum hours required for 
graduation 124 



1 PSY 210 and 412 cover related topics in current social problems. If possible, psychology majors should take PSY 412 during 
their junior or senior year; PSY 210 will, however, satisfy this requirement. If both courses are taken, both will count 
toward graduation (one as a requirement, the other as an elective). 

Any two courses in the Mathematics Department, except that a) double credit for comparable courses will not be allowed, 
in accordance with Mathematics Department decisions (see course listings in catalog), b) MA 111 can not be used toward 
the mathematics requirement although MA 111 may count as an elective, and c) no credit toward graduation will be 
allowed for MA 115 if taken after Fall 1977. 

1 Courses intended to satisfy the Natural Science requirement must be selected from the Biological Sciences, including such 
disciplines as Biology, Botany, Genetics, and Zoology, and from the Physical Sciences, including such disciplines as 
Chemistry, Geology, Meteorology, and Physics. At least one of the two Natural Science courses must include a laboratory 
or be taken with an optional laboratory course. Courses in primarily technological or applied areas such as Animal Science, 
Crop Science, Food Science, Forestry, Computer Science, Horticultural Science, Nutrition, Engineering, Military Science, 
Poultry Science, Soil Science, Textiles, Wood and Paper Science, Veterinary Science, etc., may not be used to satisfy the 
Natural Science requirement, although they may be used as free electives. 

* Students who pass ENG 112H with a grade of C or better automatically receive credit for ENG 111. 

s The Literature requirement may be satisfied by any of the courses listed as "Literature" by the English Department. Com- 
position and Writing courses cannot be used to satisfy this requirement. Foreign language literature courses at the 300- 
level or above can be used toward this requirement. 

s Any two courses in the History Department. 

7 Any two PHI courses in the Philosophy Department (at least one course in logic or the philosophy of science is highly 
recommended). 

* SOC 202 Principles of Sociology is highly recommended. 

* Courses intended to satisfy the Social Science requirement should be chosen from at least two (and preferably three) of the 
following areas: 

a) Sociology 
bi Anthropology 

c) Political Science 

d) Social Work (SW 203) 

e) Economics (any EB courses except those in business law: EB 307, EB 308 

f) Psychology (no more than one non-required psychology course may count toward the Social Science requirement) 
10 A total of 4 hours credit in physical education is normally required, unless a student obtains a wavier of the physical 

education requirement from the office of the Dean of Education. In such cases, the number of hours associated with the 
waived courses will also be waived (i.e., no other courses need be taken in place of PE). 
" Twelve hours of these Electives are Free Electives; all remaining Elective courses are to be considered Advised Electives 
and each student should consult with his/her advisor prior to selecting such courses. Students are encouraged to in- 
vestigate other areas of study and to take advantage of the inter-disciplinary offerings of the UNI program. All such 
courses may be credited toward the elective requirement. Students are expected to confer with their advisors whenever 
possible, in order to make best use of these elective choices. Students considering application to graduate school in psy- 

130 




Scores of well-equipped laboratories on the campus contribute to providing superior educa- 
tion in the sciences, technologies and other fields. 



chology are especially urged to confer with their advisors 1) concerning the advisability of taking additional courses in 
psychology or other specific areas, and 2) the scheduling of courses in such a way that preparation for the Graduate 
Record Examinations will be optimized. 
'■ The two required courses in physical science in the Experimental Option must be in sequence (i.e., a two-semester set of 
related courses in the same content area). 



131 



SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 

Riddick Laboratories 

L. K. Monteith, Dean 

J. F. Ely, Associate Dean for Academic Affairs 

H. B. Smith, Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies 

J. R. Hart, Assistant Dean for Extension 

Young men and women who seek a challenging career in research and development, 
design, construction and production, maintenance, technical sales, management, teaching, or 
other careers requiring a methodical, creative solution of problems, should consider an 
engineering education. At NCSU, the School of Engineering has a distinguished and inter- 
nationally recognized faculty. The faculty, together with the curricula of the undergraduate 
and graduate programs, offer an opportunity for ambitious young men and women to 
become the leaders and prime movers of our increasingly technological world. Because of the 
great impact of science and technology on our everyday lives, today's engineer is more 
acutely aware of and responsible for the impact and cost that his creations may have on 
society. In addition to safety, esthetics, economics, and energy, today's engineer must con- 
sider environmental, sociological, and other "human concern costs." 

The School's 20,000 graduates may be found in widely diversified careers throughout the 
world. Most are, of course, practicing in the engineering profession, but because their 
engineering education has equipped them well to deal with a problem in a wide variety of 
fields, many engineering graduates have chosen to become corporate presidents, leaders in 
government, lawyers, and medical doctors, to name a few. 

The School of Engineering is organized into eight departments: Biological and 
Agricultural, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Industrial, Materials, Mechanical and Aerospace, 
and Nuclear. Eleven undergraduate degree programs are offered in the eight departments. 
In addition, a degree in engineering operations is offered through an interdepartmental 
arrangement. Most teaching departments offer advanced studies leading to the professional 
degree, master's degrees and the Doctor of Philosophy degree. See listing of graduate degrees 
offered. 

The School of Engineering requested the Engineers' Council for Professional Development 
(ECPD) to review ten of its undergraduate programs. In 1974, the ECPD found that all ten 
curricula more than met its accreditation standards and accreditation has continued. All 
curricula and programs are designed to meet the needs of the people and industries of the 
state and region through effective instruction, competent research and the development of 
new and meaningful contributions to engineering knowledge. 

A Career Planning and Placement Office is maintained by the University to assist continu- 
ing students, graduating students and alumni. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The first-year engineering curriculum is common to all twelve undergraduate degree 
programs. Entering students are assigned to the Freshman Engineering and Student Ser- 
vices Division which advises each student in planning an appropriate program of study. 
Although some entering students indicate a curriculum choice, it is not necessary to make a 
choice of curriculum until the end of the first year, when one is in a better position to judge 
which of the twelve branches of study in engineering is most suited to one's own interests 
and talents. 

Bachelor of Science — The four-year program provides preparation for entry into 
graduate school, industry, government, business or private practice. Graduates with a BS in 
engineering may be engaged in design, development, production, sales, maintenance, or the 
planning and operation of industrial units. 

The four-year curricula offer programs of study leading to a bachelor's degree in aerospace 
engineering, biological and agricultural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, 
civil engineering construction option, electrical engineering, engineering operations, fur- 

132 



niture manufacturing and management, industrial engineering, materials engineering, 
mechanical engineering, and nuclear engineering.* Graduation requirements include the 
satisfactory completion of the specified number of credit hours of required courses and elec- 
tees in any one of the twelve curricula. The total number of required hours ranges from 129 
to 133 semester hours. 

Double Degree Programs — Students may wish to earn a bachelor of science degree in two 
fields of engineering. When the two courses of study are planned sufficiently early to op- 
timize the student's time, it is often found that courses required in one field may be sub- 
stituted for required courses in the other field. The humanities-social science, physics, mathe- 
matics, chemistry, English and physical education sequences are common to both fields. Also 
required courses in one field can be used as free electives in the other field. This type of double 
degree program can usually be completed in five years or less. Students interested in such a 
program should consult the Associate Dean, Academic Affairs, or the Director, Freshman 
Engineering and Student Services Division, and the Department Heads of the two fields. 

Other students may wish to combine a bachelor of science in engineering with a bachelor of 
science or bachelor of arts degree in some other school at North Carolina State University. 
As in the double engineering degree program, it is often found that courses required in one 
school may be substituted for courses required in the other school. When the two academic 
programs are planned sufficiently early to optimize the student's time, this type of double 
degree program can usually be completed in five years. Students interested in this double 
degree program should contact the Associate Dean, Academic Affairs, or the Director, 
Freshman Engineering and Student Services Division, and the Dean of the school offering 
the other degree. 

Special transfer programs have been approved with other two- and four-year colleges and 
universities. These allow a student to complete two or three years at another institution, 
transfer to the School of Engineering at NCSU, complete the engineering degree require- 
ments in an additional two or three years, and then receive a degree from each of the 
institutions. For additional information, contact the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, 
School of Engineering. 

The School of Engineering has been particularly active in the inter-institutional agree- 
ments between North Carolina State University and the Cooperating Raleigh Colleges (CRC). 
Contact the Freshman Engineering and Student Services Division for additional informa- 
tion. 

Professional Degree in Engineering — The School of Engineering offers professional 
curricula leading to the degrees Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, In- 
dustrial Engineer, Materials Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, and Nuclear Engineer. These 
programs of study are designed to fit the needs of students desiring intensive specialization 
in a particular field or additional work not ordinarily covered in the normal four-year un- 
dergraduate curricula. For further details, see "PROFESSIONAL DEGREE." 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The Engineering Honors Program provides enriched educations for academically talented 
juniors and seniors. The opportunities which distinguish this program from standard 
programs of study are: 1) considerable flexibility in designing individual programs, 2) special 
courses for honors students, 3) special seminars, 4) individual study or research with a per- 
sonally chosen professor. Each department has an honors adviser who can provide further 
information. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A program of cooperative education began in 1968-69 in the Engineering School. The op- 
tional program is planned such that the student may alternate semesters of study with 
semesters of work during the sophomore and junior academic levels. The freshman and 



' Engineering Science and Mechanics— Students enrolled in Engineering Science and Mechanics prior to July 1, 1976, should 
consult the 1975-77 Undergraduate Catalog for the curriculum requirements for a bachelor's degree in Engineering Science 
and Mechanics. 

133 



senior years are spent on campus while the sophomore and junior academic levels are spread 
over a three-year period to permit the interfacing of the academic semesters with practical 
work experience semesters. The co-op plan requires five years for completion during which 
time the student receives approximately 18 months of practical experience. 

Students in all curricula in Engineering may participate if they have a grade-point average 
of 2.25 or better. After a student is accepted, he or she is expected to maintain at least a 2.00 
grade-point average. Application for admission into the co-op program should be made early 
in the Fall semester of the freshman year or early in the Spring semester of the freshman 
year; however, later applications resulting in fewer work semesters prior to graduation will 
be considered during the sophomore year or the first semester of the junior year. Further in- 
formation may be obtained from the Director of Cooperative Engineering Education, 236 
Riddick Building. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Each curriculum in the School of Engineering has a technical society open to every student 
enrolled in the curriculum. In most cases, these are student chapters of national professional 
organizations. Each department also has one or more honor societies to give recognition to 
those with superior academic records. In addition to the departmental technical societies, 
school-wide honor, professional, and service societies offer personally and educationally 
rewarding opportunities for students. Student representatives of the technical societies serve 
on the Engineers' Council, the coordinating agency for students' needs and school-wide ac- 
tivities such as Open House, the Engineers' Week Exhibition, and the annual St. Patrick's 
Day Dance. 

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Each student is required to take a minimum of 18 hours of Humanities-Social Science 
courses. Of these 18, 12 are in required areas as designated below. 

1. The beginning economics course, EB 201. 

2. A beginning course in literature. It is suggested that this be one of the 200-level 
literature courses listed. 

3. A beginning course in history. It is suggested that this be one of the 200-level history 
courses listed. 

4. A course in the history or philosophy of science. Suggested courses are: 

HI 321 Ancient and Medieval Science 

HI 322 Rise of Modern Science 

HI 341 Technology in History 

PHI 340 Philosophy of Science 

UNI 301 Science and Civilization 

UNI 302 Contemporary Science and Human Values 
The other 6 hours of the minimum 18 hour requirement may be fulfilled by taking any two 
of the courses from the list of Humanities and Social Science courses for the School of 
Engineering. An updated version of the list is made available each semester prior to pre- 
registration and can be obtained from the student's adviser or department. Students should 
contact their adviser or department for an updated list of humanities and social science 
courses. 

FRESHMAN ENGINEERING AND 
STUDENT SERVICES DIVISION 

Associate Professor R. H. Hammond, Director and Coordinator of Advising 

Assistant Professors: R. J. Leuba, W. J. Vander Wall; Senior Advisers: G. K. Hilliard Jr., B. Houch Jr.; Instructors: 
G. A. Finley, J. F. Freeman, J. P. Newby, B. D. Webb; Lecturer: J. L. Crow 

All students in their first year in the School of Engineering are required to take the same 
general program of courses. The Freshman Engineering and Student Services Division ad- 



134 



vises all freshman students on academic affairs and arranges a program of courses which 
best suits one's individual background and talents and permits one the greatest probability 
of academic success. This division also offers general counseling service to all engineering 
students. 

Although an entering student may designate the curriculum he or she proposes for a ma- 
jor, it is not necessary to decide upon a major until the end of the freshman year. As each 
student earns 28 or more credits, they are transferred to the department of his or her 
choice. This normally is achieved at the end of the spring semester. 

The Freshman Engineering and Student Services Division offers assistance to high 
schools on questions involving engineering as a career. However, its major function is 
guiding and counseling each freshman engineering student. 

TYPICAL FRESHMAN YEAR IN ALL ENGINEERING CURRICULA 

Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 105 Chemistry— Principles and Applications* 3 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

E 120 Engineering Concepts 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 1 12 Composition and Reading** 3 

Humanities — Social Science*** 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education _2 

35 

The program above is typical. Other courses may be substituted, added, or deleted, depen- 
dent upon each student's individual background and talents. Individual programs might 
range from 28 to 35 credits. 



* Those students who intend to major in chemical engineering or who expect to take additional chemistry courses will take 

CH 107, Principles of Chemistry, instead of CH 105. 
** Qualified students will be offered an advanced placement course, ENG 112H. If a grade of "C" or better is achieved, 
credit is also given for ENG 111. Qualified students will be notified by the Registrar and during freshman orientation. 
Other students will be required to take the ENG 111, 112 sequence. 
*** The humanities or social science courses usually suggested are HI 205, Western Civilization Since 1400, or EB 201, 
Economic Activity. Students who are advised to carry less than 35-hour load during their freshman year can delay tak- 
ing the H & SS electives until a subsequent semester. 

BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 
David S. Weaver Laboratories 
Professor F. J. Hassler, Head of the Department 
Professor G. B. Blum Jr., CoordtJiator of Advising 

(For a list of faculty, see Agriculture and Life Science.) 

Students in biological and agricultural engineering train to deal with problems of 
agriculture that are engineering in nature. Scientific and engineering principles are applied 
to the conservation and utilization of water and soil, the development of power and labor- 
saving devices for all phases of agricultural production, the design of structures and equip- 
ment for housing and handling livestock and field products, and the processing and 
marketing of farm products. 



135 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Biological and agricultural engineers are qualified for positions in design, development 
and research in public institutions and in industry, and for teaching and extension work in 
institutions of higher education. The curriculum provides adequate training for postgraduate 
work leading to advanced degrees (see listing of advanced degrees offered). Graduates receive 
the degree of Bachelor of Science in biological and agricultural engineering. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The science curriculum in biological and agricultural engineering develops young people 
capable of engineering leadership in agriculture. Emphasis is placed on basic science courses 
such as mathematics, physics, mechanics, biology, soils, and thermodynamics, which provide 
a sound background for engineering and agricultural technology. Courses in biological and 
agricultural engineering are directed to those methods of thought and techniques whereby 
science can be applied with understanding and judgment to engineering situations related to 
agricultural operations. 

Since training in biological and agricultural engineering involves two distinct technical 
fields — agriculture and engineering — the science curriculum is a joint responsibility of the 
two schools and is so administered. Undergraduate students may officially enroll in either 
school; duplicate undergraduate records are maintained. 

BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spririg Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

Calculus III 4 MAE 314 Solid Mechanics 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

MAE 206 Engineering Statics 3 Engineering 3 

BAE 251 Elements of Biological & SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

Agricultural Engineering 3 Social Sciences & Humanities Elective 3 

CSC 111 Intro, to Fortran Programming 2 Physical Education _1 

Physical Education _1 17 

17 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 208 Engineering Dynamics 3 BAE 342 Agricultural Processing 4 

MAE 391 Electrotechnology in Biological MAE 462 Functional Design of Field 

& Agricultural Engineering 3 Machines 3 

MAE 361 Analytical Methods 3 BAE 381 Agricultural Structures & 

MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 Environment 3 

BS 100 General Biology 4 Social Sciences & Humanities Elective 3 

IQ Free Elective _3 

16 
SENIOR YEAR 
Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 451 Agricultural Engineering BAE 452 Agricultural Engineering 

Design I 3 Design II 3 

BAE (SSC) 471 Agricultural Water Advised Technical Elective 3 

Management 4 Free Elective 3 

Social Science & Humanities Elective 6 Social Science & Humanities Electives 6 



Free Elective 3 

16 



15 
Hours Required for Graduation 132 



Social Science and Humanities Electives will be selected from the listing of the school in which the student is officially 
enrolled. 

The curriculum above is for the science program in biological and agricultural engineering. 
For the technology curriculum, see Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

136 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Riddick Hall 

Professor J. K. Ferrell, Head of the Department 

Professor J. F. Seely, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: K. 0. Beatty Jr., R. M. Felder, R. P. Gardner, H. B. Hopfenberg, D. C. Martin, E. P. Stahel, V. T. Stannett; 
Professors Emeriti: R. Bright, W. L. McCabe, E. M. Schoenborn Jr.; Adjunct Professors: A. R. Berens, J. C. Bresee, D. M. 
Preiss, D. R. Squire; Associate Professors: D. B. Marsland, M. R. Overcash, R. W. Rousseau; Adjunct Associate 
Professors: T. R. Hauser, J. L. Williams; Assistant Professors: P. S. Fedkin, J. E. Helt, W. J. Koros 

Chemical engineering is concerned with the design, optimization and control of processes, 
equipment and plants in which chemical and physical transformations of matter are carried 
out. Typical industries relying upon chemical engineering include those producing chemicals, 
polymers, synthetic fibers, metals, drugs, glass, food, gasoline, rocket fuels, paper, soap and 
cement; those producing energy from nuclear fuels; and those processing materials by 
methods involving chemical reactions. 

Real progress in pollution abatement and control must come through the application of 
chemical engineering techniques. Chemical engineers are qualified to pursue careers in in- 
dustries such as these in addition to traditional jobs. Biomedical engineering, pollution 
abatement and control, and engineering for the nation's energy requirements are other 
areas. 

FACILITIES 

Chemical engineering laboratories include pilot plant-type equipment for studying the 
principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, distillation, absorption, drying, crushing and grinding, 
filtration, chemical reaction kinetics, etc. Emphasis is placed on the use of both digital and 
analog computers in the solution of typical chemical engineering problems. Special equip- 
ment for research and instructional purposes is designed and built in the departmental 
laboratories. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates find employment in research and development; production, operation and 
maintenance; management and administration; inspection, testing and process control; 
technical service and sales; estimation and specification writing; consulting and teaching, 
and many others. Students desiring to pursue careers in research and development or in 
teaching and consulting work are advised to consider graduate training (see listing of 
graduate degrees offered). 

CURRICULUM 

The chemical engineer's work is so diversified that one's education must be broad and 
basic. The spirit of research and experimentation is vital, so students need to acquire sound 
scientific backgrounds essential to original thought and independent accomplishment. The 
undergraduate curriculum emphasizes the engineering, chemical and economic principles in- 
volved in chemical processes and operations. The work in chemistry including inorganic, 
analytical, physical and organic chemistry is comparable to that usually given to chemists 
with the exception of a reduction of time devoted to laboratory work. Mathematics and 
science are also stressed. 



137 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 EE 331 Principles of Elec. Engr 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III 4 Humanities & Soc. Sciences 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles 4 CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems 4 

Physical Education _1 MA 301 Appl. Differential Eq. I 3 

17 Physical Education _1 

18 
JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits Spring Semester Credits 



CHE 330 Chemical Engr. Lab I 2 CH 495 Special Topics in Physical 

CHE 315 Chemical Process Thermo- Chemistry 3 

dynamics 3 CHE 327 Separation Processes I 3 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 CHE 331 Chemical Engr. Lab II 2 

EB Humanities & Soc. Sciences 3 Humanities & Soc. Sciences 3 

MAT 201 Structure & Properties CHE 316 Thermodynamics of Chemical 

of Engr. Materials 3 & Phase Equilibria _3 

Free Elective _? 14 

17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Free Elective 3 CHE 451 Chemical Engr. Design 3 

CHE 432 Chemical Engr. Lab III 2 Approved Chem. Engr. Elective 3 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chem Humanities & Soc. Sciences 3 

Engineering 1 CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3 Free Elective _3 

CHE 425 Process Measurement 16 

& Control 3 

Humanities & Soc. Sciences _3 Hours Required for Graduation 133 

15 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Mann Hall 
Professor P. Z. Zia, Acting Head of the Department and Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: M. Amein, W. F. Babcock, P. D. Cribbins, R. A. Doublas, J. F. Ely, W. S. Galler, N. S. Grigg, K. S. Havner, C. L. 
Heimbach, J. W. Horn, A. I. Kashef, P. H. McDonald, W. G. Mullen, C. Smallwood Jr., C. C. Tung, M. E. Uyanik, H. E. 
Wahls; Professors Emeritus: C. R. Bramer, R. E. Fadum; Associate Professors: W. L. Bingham, G. H. Blessis, E. D. 
Gurley, Y. Horie, H. R. Malcom Jr., J. F. Mirza, S. W. Nunnally, J. C. Smith; Adjunct Associate Professor: T. R. Hauser; 
Associate Professor Emeritus: G. R. Taylor; Assistant Professors: B. D. Barnes, A. C. Chao, J. L. Hulsey, D. W. Johnston, 
V. C. Matzen, G. N. Richardson; Adjunct Assistant Professor: M. T. Mettrey; Extension Specialist: R. F. DeBruhl 

Civil engineering is one of the broadest of the various fields of engineering. It is a discipline 
traditionally concerned with the improvement and control of environment and dealing with 
the planning, design and construction of buildings, dams, bridges, harbor works, water 
works, water and nuclear power facilities, sewage disposal works, nuclear waste facilities, 
and transportation systems including highways, railways, waterways, airports and pipe 
lines. Graduates in civil engineering are in demand by public agencies and by private in- 
dustries. Employment varies from assignments in design offices or in the field, in small com- 
munities or large industrial centers. 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of study which provide adequate 
academic preparation to those contemplating a career in the civil engineering profession. The 
undergraduate program provides a sound general education and prepares the student for ad- 
vanced study either by graduate study (see listing of graduate degrees offered) or by self- 
study. 



138 



FACILITIES 

Learning is facilitated by laboratories for testing structural materials, large models or 
full-scale structures, soils and bituminous products, for hydraulic experiments, for studies in 
airphoto interpretation and photogrammetry, for analysis of small structural models, for 
chemical and biological tests pertaining to sanitary engineering, and for the investigation of 
transportation problems. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

Two four-year undergraduate curricula are offered; one leads to a Bachelor of Science in 
civil engineering; the other, to a Bachelor of Science in civil engineering, construction option. 

The civil engineering curriculum is a balanced program providing academic discipline in 
the pure and applied physical sciences, the humanities and social sciences, and the 
professional aspects of civil engineering including structural, transportation and sanitary 
engineering, and soil mechanics and foundations. 

The curriculum in the civil engineering construction option is designed for those interested 
in the construction phases of civil engineering. It includes the core course requirements in 
the physical sciences and the social sciences and humanities as established for all N. C. State 
engineering curricula. The curriculum includes a three semester sequence of courses in cost 
analysis and control, and construction methods and planning. The courses, unique to this 
curriculum, are designed to provide academic discipline in the engineering, planning and 
management aspects of construction. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 202 Introduction to Civil GY 120 Elements of Physical Geologyt 2 

Engineeringt 2 GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratory! 1 

CE 213 Introduction to Mechanics 3 MAT 200 Mechanical Properties of 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & Structural Materials 2 

Calculus III 4 CE 313 Mechanicis of Solids 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 Humanities & Social Science* 3 

Physical Education 1 Free Elective 3 



17 



t May be taken in reverse semesters. 



Physical Education _1 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 301 Engineering Surveying 3 CE 305 Transportation Engineering I 4 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 CE 326 Structural Engineering I 4 

CE 332 Materials of Construction 3 CE 342 Soils Engineering I 4 

CE 382 Hydraulics 4 CE 383 Water Resource Engineering I _4 

IE 311 Engineering Economic Analysis 3 jg 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE Electives** 6 CE 450 Civil Engineering Design 3 

Engineering Science Elective*** 3 CE Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Science* _3 Humanities & Social Science* _6 

15 15 

Hours Required for Graduation 132 



' Humanities and social science courses to be selected from the standard school pattern. 
: Two courses selected from: CE 406 Transportation Engineering II 

CE 427 Structural Engineering II 

CE 443 Soils Engineering II 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II 
1 Thermodynamics, mechanics, electrical engineering or materials engineering. 

139 



CONSTRUCTION OPTION CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CE 202 Introduction to Civil 

Engineering! 2 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

CE 213 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



GY 120 Elements of Physical Geologyf 2 

GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratoryt 1 

MAT 200 Mechanical Properties of 

Structural Materials 2 

CE 313 Mechanics of Solids 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



t May be taken in reverse semesters 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CE 301 Engineering Surveying 3 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 

CE 332 Materials of Construction 3 

CE 382 Hydraulics 4 

IE 311 Engineering Economic Analysis 3 

16 



CE 305 Transportation Engineering I 



CE 383 Water Resource Engineering I 4 

CE 326 Structural Engineering I 4 

CE 342 Soils Engineering I 4 

CE 365 Construction Engineering I 4 

16 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control 3 

CE 466 Construction Engineering II 3 

Engineering Science Elective** 3 

Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 3 

15 



CE 460 Construction Engineering 

Project 3 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 

Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Science* 6 

15 
Hours Required for Graduation 132 



* Humanities and Social Science courses to be selected from standard school pattern. 
** Thermodynamics, Mechanics, Electrical Engineering or Materials Engineering. 

POST-BACCALAUREATE STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 
RELATED TO OTHER FIELDS 

Transportation Engineering or City and Regional Planning— There is a need for the 
coordination of transportation facilities and land planning. To fulfill this need, an advanced 
program leading to a post-baccalaureate degree in engineering with a major in transporta- 
tion engineering, and to the degree of Master of Regional Planning is offered through the 
combined resources of the Department of Civil Engineering at North Carolina State Univer- 
sity and the Department of City and Regional Planning at the University of North Carolina 
at Chapel Hill. 

The minimum residence requirements include two academic years plus a summer in- 
ternship. A bachelor's degree in engineering, including a knowledge of transportation 
engineering from an institution of recognized standing is required for admission to the 
program. Applicants who do not meet these requirements in full may submit their creden- 
tials for examination and consideration. 

Further information may be obtained from the co-sponsoring departments. 

Water Resources— To meet industry's need for personnel with training in water supply 
and the abatement of water pollution, students in the many curricula leading to positions in 
industry (food processing, textile chemistry, pulp and paper technology, chemical engineer- 
ing, zoology and others) may consider courses in sanitary engineering for advanced un- 



140 



dergraduate electives and for minor sequences for advanced degrees. Among appropriate 
courses are: CE 484, Water Resources Engineering II; CE 571, Theory of Water and Waste 
Treatment; CE 573, Unit Operations and Processes in Waste Treatment; CE 673, Industrial 
Water Supply and Waste Disposal; CE 674, Stream Sanitation. 

In addition to programs in water supply and pollution control, students may major in 
hydraulics and hydrology. For further information write the Department of Civil Engineering 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Daniels Hall 

Associate Professor J. F. Kauffman, Acting Head of the Department 

Professor N. F. J. Matthews, Graduate Administrator 

Assistant Professor L. R. Herman, Acting Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: W. J. Barclay, W. Chou, A. R. Eckels, W. A. Flood, J. R. Hauser, M. A. Littlejohn, J. B. O'Neal Jr., D. R. Rhodes, 
J. Staudhammer; Adjunct Professor: J. J. Wortman; Professors Emeriti: G. B. Hoadley, W. D. Stevenson Jr., F. J. Tischer; 
Associate Professors: N. R. Bell, W. T. Easter, J. W. Gault, T. H. Glisson, A. J. Goetze, J. J. Grainger, E. G. Manning, W. 
C. Peterson, R. W. Stroh; Adjunct Associate Professors: S. M. Bedair, E. C. Christian, R. L. Pimmel, J. R. Suttle, A. 
Thanikachalam, M. G. Zaalouk; Associate Professors Emeriti: K. B. Glenn, W. P. Seagraves, E. W. Winkler; Assistant 
Professors: W. A. Gruver, L. R. Herman, C. M. Krowne, S. H. Lee, W. E. Snyder, R. J. Trew; Adjunct Assistant 
Professors: G. F. Bland, J. W. Harrison, A. Jai, A. T. Shankle, H. R. Whitmann; Adjunct Instructors: J. E. 
Andrews, R. L. Earp 

Electrical engineering includes such specialized fields as communication, computer, elec- 
tric power, electronic and microwave engineering. The student is prepared for any of these 
professional activities by starting with a thorough grounding in engineering science followed 
by fundamental electrical theory and advanced subject matter. The advanced subject matter 
is offered through elective courses which emphasize antennas, radio wave propagation, 
automatic control, micro computers, digital systems, communications, telemetering, elec- 
tronics, the design of electrical and electronic systems, electrical power production, the 
utilization of electric power, electronics in medicine, instrumentation, semiconductor 
devices, integrated circuits, and other vital and rapidly developing concerns. By appropriate 
choice of elective courses a student may follow a suggested program in one of the specialized 
fields of electrical engineering or may choose electives to achieve an individualized program 
of study. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in electrical engineering includes comprehensive training in mathematics 
and physics — fundamental sciences — and adequate training in allied branches of engineer- 
ing. The electrical engineering courses specified in the curriculum during the sophomore and 
junior years provide the fundamental electrical theory for all EE majors. Specialization is 
achieved primarily during the senior year through appropriate choices of elective courses. 
Most courses are accompanied by coordinated work in the laboratory and by application of 
theory in the solutions to carefully planned problems. Laboratories are for the study of ser- 
vomechanisms and control, electronic circuits, instrumentation, computers, communica- 
tions, microwaves, antennas, electromagnetic fields and waves, electric filters and electrical 
machinery. Also there are a number of research laboratories, especially in solid-state elec- 
tronics, computers, electromagnetics and communication systems. 

Each student, with a faculty adviser's assistance, is required to plan a coordinated 
program which will meet the requirements for a Bachelor of Science in electrical engineer- 
ing. Qualified students may coordinate their senior year with a plan for graduate study (see 
listing of graduate degrees offered). 

In addition to School of Engineering graduation requirements, attendance at two 
professional electrical engineering society meetings, one in the junior yeaf and one in the 
senior year, is required. 

Also a minimum of six continuous weeks of gainful employment is required. A wide 
variety of employment may be used, but technical work while in military service or for a 



141 



school does not satisfy this requirement. Evidence of employment will consist of a letter 
from the employer setting forth inclusive dates of employment, character of work performed 
and an evaluation of the student's work. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I 4 EE 202 Electric Circuits II 4 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. Calc. Ill 4 CE 213 Intro, to Mechanics 3 

PY 208 General Physics II 4 MA 301 Applied Diff. Equat. I 3 

Humanities and Social Science 3 Humanities and Social Science 3 

PE 2— P E 1 Free Elective 3 

16 PE 2-P.E _1 

17 
JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 302 Numerical Appl. in EE 3 EE 301 Linear Systems 3 

EE 314 Electronic Circuits 4 EE 305 Electric Power Systems 4 

EE 303 Electromagnetic Fields 4 EE 340 Digital Systems 4 

ENG 321 Coram, of Tech. Infor 3 Approved Technical Elective"* 3 

Free Elective 3 Humanities and Social Science _3 

17 17 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 4— Approved Dept. Elective** 3 EE 4— Approved Dept. Elective** 3 

EE 4— Approved Dept. Elective** 3 EE 4— Approved Dept. Elective** 3 

Approved Technical Elective*** 3 MAE 301 Engineering Thermo- 

Humanities and Social Science 3 dynamics I 3 

Approved Engr. Sci. Elective* _3 Humanities and Social Science 3 

U Free Elective _3 

15 



Total Credit Hours for Graduation 132 



* Chosen from an approved list of Engineering School electives (non EE courses). 
** Chosen from an approved list of 400-level EE courses. Students with B or better average in EE and Math may use 500- 

level courses. 
*** Chosen from an approved list of Math, Physics, Statistics, and Computer Science courses. 

COMPUTER STUDIES PROGRAM 

Daniels Hall 

Professor: W. Chou, Director 

Associate Professor: W. E. Robbins, Associate Director 

Professors: W. S. Galler, H. J. Gold, D. C. Martin, J. B. O'Neal, J. Staudhammer; Professor Emeritus: P. E. Lewis; Associate 
Professors: E. W. Davis, R. J. Fornaro, J. W. Gault, T. L. Honeycutt, L. Mansfield, J. D. Powell, J. C. Smith, R. S. Sowell, 
A. L. Tharp; Adjunct Associate Professor: J. R. Suttle; Assistant Professors: L. E. Deimel, W. A. Gruver, J. W. Hanson, D. 
M. Latch, C. D. Savage, W. E. Snyder, R. E. Stinner, R. W. Stroh, K. C. Tai, N. F. Williamson; Visiting Assistant 
Professors: A. Nilsson, M. Pozefsky, R. D. Rodman, J. W. Smith, W. J. Stewart; Instructors: C. E. Grad, M. J. Lee 

The Computer Studies Program is an interdisciplinary graduate program which is ad- 
ministratively supported by the Departments of Computer Science and Electrical Engineer- 
ing with participation by faculty members primarily from Computer Science, Electrical 
Engineering and Operations Research. 

The program integrates the computer software oriented curriculum of the Department of 
Computer Science and the computer hardware oriented curriculum of the Department of 
Electrical Engineering into a single curriculum. 



142 



The program offers Master of Science and Master of Computer Studies degrees. A joint 
computer studies/operations research Ph.D. is offered through the Operations Research 
Program. 

ENGINEERING OPERATIONS 

Riddick Hall 

Associate Professor W. T. Easter, Director and Coordinator of Advising 

Engineers not only design equipment and structures; they operate and control production 
systems, perform management and supervision at all levels, plan and maintain plant 
facilities, and market technical products. These latter functions may be grouped together un- 
der the general term "operations" — the ongoing tasks of providing needed goods and services 
in an economical, safe and healthful manner. Engineering careers in operations are well 
suited to persons who have interests in both technical and business matters and who find 
satisfaction in accomplishing objectives through working with people. This program provides 
educational background for such careers. 

CURRICULUM 

Engineering operations is an interdepartmental program of study leading to the Bachelor 
of Science degree. Starting with a foundation of basic arts and sciences, the curriculum 
builds a thorough grounding in engineering fundamentals along with a strong introduction 
to the principles of business management. Additional depth in an area of the student's choice 
is provided by a technical elective sequence taken in the junior and senior years. A student 
may choose from four standard sequences— production control, electrical, industrial 
ceramics, and manufacture of musical instruments— or may design a special sequence 
related to individual interests. 

The sequence in manufacture of musical instruments, established in 1978, is open only to 
students with demonstrable proficiency in playing at least one musical instrument. With 
this technical sequence the engineering operations curriculum offers a unique opportunity 
for study of musical instruments from a scientific as well as an aesthetic viewpoint. 

With the individualized technical sequence the curriculum becomes a broad and flexible 
engineering program adaptable to a wide variety of individual educational needs. 

JOINT PROGRAMS 

The School of Engineering operates joint programs in engineering operations (production 
control sequence) which permit taking up to 93 of the required credits at either the Univer- 
sity of North Carolina at Asheville or at Wilmington. Additional details are given in the 
UNC-A and UNC-W catalogs. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Engineering operations graduates find careers not only in manufacturing companies, but 
also in governmental agencies and in service firms such as utilities, contractors, consultants, 
financial institutions and transportation companies. 

Those who wish further education typically go into master's programs in management or 
business administration. Some, however, enter other professional schools such as law and 
medicine. 



143 



ENGINEERING OPERATIONS CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year, School of Engineering 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

CE 211 Introduction to Applied 

Mechanics 3 

E 207 Engineering Grahpics II 2 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



MAT 201 Structure and Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

ACC 260 Accounting I — Concepts of 

Financial Reporting 3 

CE 212 Mechanics of Engineering 

Materials 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



MAE 307 Energy and Energy 

Transformations 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics 

for Engineers 3 

ACC 262 Managerial Uses of Cost Data 3 

CSC 111 Introduction to Fortran 

Programming 2 

Technical Sequence 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences _3 

17 



EE 350 Introduction to Industrial 

Power Systems 3 

IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 

IE 328 Manufacturing Processes 3 

Technical Sequence 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



EB 202 Economics II (on 

EB 326 Personnel Management 3 

EO 491 Seminar in Engineering 

Operations 1 

Technical Sequence 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective _3 

16 



IE 420 Manufacturing Controls 3 

Technical Sequence 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective _3 

15 

Hours Required for Graduation 131 



1. Students may follow a standard or an approved individualized technical sequence. Sequence credits in excess of 18 may be 
used for free electives. 

2. Courses in the humanities and social sciences are to follow the standard requirement for the School of Engineering. 

3. Credits in MA 111 may not be used for any curriculum requirement. 

4. N'o restriction is placed on which of the courses used to fulfill graduation requirements may carry D grades. 



TECHNICAL ELECTIVE SEQUENCES 



JUNIOR F 

I. PRODUCTION CONTROL (total 19 hours* 

EB 332 Industrial Relations 3 

IE 443 Quality Control 

3 



JUNIOR F S 

2. ELECTRICAL (total 20 hours) 

Alternate credits will be substituted for EE 350, 
Introduction to Industrial Power Systems (3). 

EE 201 Electrical Circuits I 4 

EE 202 Electric Circuits II 4 

4 4 
JUNIOR F S 

3. INDUSTRIAL CERAMICS (total 19 hours) 

MAT 31 1 Ceramic Processing I 4 

MAT 312 Ceramic Processing II 3 

144 71 



SENIOR 



F S 



IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 

IE 343 Plant Layout and Materials 

Handling 3 

Technical Electives _3 _3 

7 6 



SENIOR 



F S 



EE 314 Electronic Circuits 4 

EE 340 Fundamentals of Digital 

Systems 

EE 305 Electric Power Svstems 



4 8 



SENIOR F S 

MAT 417 Ceramic Subsystem Design 3 

Technical Electives _6 _3 

6 6 



4. MANUFACTURE OF MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS (total 21 hours) 

Prerequisite: Satisfactorily passing audition for MUS 100, Instrumental Music 

ACC 262N will be taken instead of ACC 262. Two of the following three courses will be taken in place of ACC 260 and the EB 
202/326 choice: EB 326, Personnel Management; EB 332, Industrial Relations; PSY 337, Psychology-, Industrial Society. Nine 
hours of humanities will consist of MUS 301, Basic Music Theory (31, and six additional hours of humanities electives in 
music at or above the 200 level (not to replace the requirements in history, literature, and economics). 

Acoustics of Music 3 IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 

IE 443 Quality Control 3 IE 343 Plant Layout and Materials 

MAT 310 Physical Examination of Handling 3 

Materials 2 MAT 495 Materials Engineering Projects— 

3 5 Materials of Musical Instruments 3 



EO 495 Engineering Operations Projects — 
Construction of Musical Instrument 



7 6 



5. INDIVIDUALIZED (minimum 18 hours) 

Students having well-defined career interests which are not adequately served by the standard technical sequences are en- 
couraged to propose sequences tailored to their specific needs. Further information may be obtained from the program 
director. 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

Riddick Engineering Laboratories 

Professor W. A. Smith Jr., Head of the Department 

Professor J. R. Canada, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: S. E. Elmaghraby, R. G. Pearson, A. L. Prak; Associate Professors: R. E. Alvarez, M. A. Ayoub, R. H. Bernhard, 
J. J. Harder, H. L. W. Nuttle, S. Stidham Jr.; Assistant Professors: E. L. Blair, E. J. Phelan; Instructor: C. T. Culbreth; 
Visiting Lecturers: J. A. Ekwall, S. G. Isley; Adjunct Associate Professor: R. L. Launer; Adjunct Assistant Professor: M. 
J. Goodman; Professors Emeriti: C. A. Anderson, R. G. Carson Jr., R. W. Llewellyn 

The industrial engineer designs, improves and installs integrated systems of people, 
materials, equipment, and information. One draws upon specialized knowledge and skill in 
the mathematical, physical and social sciences, together with the principles and methods of 
engineering analysis and design to specify, predict and evaluate the results to be obtained 
from these systems. Productivity and effective utilization of resources, including energy con- 
servation, are principle concerns of practitioners. The industrial engineer may develop opera- 
tions, improvements for many diverse activities, such as a hospital, a department store, a 
manufacturing enterprise, an insurance office or government functions. His or her position 
in an organization is usually as a management adviser in contact with every phase of the 
organization. 

The curriculum blends a basic group of common engineering technical courses with 
specialized courses in the major areas of industrial engineering— design of human and 
machine systems, design of management control systems, and improvement of manufactur- 
ing operations. The course offerings stress mathematical and statistical techniques of in- 
dustrial systems analysis; quantitative methodologies of operations research; computers as a 
tool for problem solving and simulation; economic considerations of alternatives; control of 
product or service quality and quantity; specifications of the manufacturing process in- 
cluding the equipment and tooling; and the utilization of safety and human factors engineer- 
ing principles. 

Industrial engineering's undergraduate program leads to a Bachelor of Science degree in 
industrial engineering. See listing of graduate degrees offered. The department also offers a 
Bachelor of Science in furniture manufacturing and management. 



145 



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IE 200 Introduction to IE 1 MAT 201 Struc. Prop. Engr. Mtl 3 

MA 202 Analy. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 IE 311 Engineering Econ. Analysis 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 MA 303 Linear Analysis 3 

CSC 111 Introd. to Fortran ST 371 Intro, to Prob. & Dist. Theory 2 

Programming 2 MAE 206 Engineering Statics 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 Physical Education J_ 

Physical Education JL 15 

15 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ACC 262N Mangr'l Uses of Cost Data 3 IE 308 Control of Prod. & Serv. Sys 4 

ST 372 Intro, to Stat. Inference & IE 352 Work Analysis & Design 3 

Regression 2 IE 401 Stochastic Models in IE 3 

IE 307 Business Data Processing 3 Humanities & Social Science 3 

IE 361 Deterministic Models in IE 3 Free Elective _3 

Humanities & Social Science 3 16 

IE 351 Manuf. Engr _3 

17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 331 Principles of Elec. Engrg 3 Technical Electives (2) 6 

IE 452 Ergonomics 3 Engineering Science Elective 3 

Technical Elective 3 Humanities & Social Science 3 

Engineering Science Elective 3 Free Elective _3 

Humanities & Social Science 3 15 

Free Elective _3 

lg Hours Required for Graduation 131 

FURNITURE MANUFACTURING AND 
MANAGEMENT 

James T. Ryan Professor Anco L. Prak, In Charge 

Instructor: C. T. Culbreth; Furniture Extension Specialist: E. L. Clark; Lecturer: J. A. Ekwall 

The furniture industry ranks second only to the automobile as a producer of consumer 
durable goods. The industry is the second largest industrial employer in North Carolina and 
produces over 25 per cent of the furniture made in the U.S.A. The industry is changing 
rapidly with the introduction of mechanization, new materials and sophisticated manage- 
ment controls. 

The furniture manufacturing and management program is the only one of its kind in the 
country. It receives industry support and guidance. Plant and market field trips combined 
with project type instruction give students in-depth understanding of manufacturing. The 
faculty keeps abreast of industry problems through close contact with the Southern Fur- 
niture Manufacturers Association and by doing applied research and extension work. 

The cooperative education program is well suited to the furniture manufacturing and 
management curriculum. 

CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science in furniture manufacturing and management prepares 
graduates for technical and managerial positions in the industry. 



146 



The curriculum stresses the application of engineering and technology to furniture 
manufacturing. Related subjects such as management, accounting and economic analysis 
cover the business side of modern furniture production systems. 

In addition to academic course work, a minimum of six weeks of continuous, gainful em- 
ployment in a furniture manufacturing plant is required. Usually, such employment is be- 
tween the junior and senior years. 

FURNITURE MANUFACTURING AND MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Introduction to Fortran ACC 262N Managerial Uses Cost Data 3 

Programming 2 IE 241 Furn. Mfg. Processes I 3 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 ST 361 Intro, to Stat, for Engrs 3 

E 240 Furniture Graphics 3 WPS 201 Elements of Wood 3 

PY 212 General Physics 4 Humanities & Soc. Science 3 

IE 200 Intro, to Ind. Engineering 1 Physical Education _1 

Humanities & Soc. Science 3 jg 

Physical Education _1 

17 

WPS 205 Wood Products Practicum 5 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IE 307 Business Data Processing 3 IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 

IE 332 Motion & Time Study 4 IE 341 Furn. Plant Layout & Design 3 

IE 340 Furn. Mfg. Processes II 4 IE 371 Furn. Quality & Prod. Cont 4 

IE 345 Principles of Upholstery 2 Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Soc. Science _3 Technical Elective _2 

16 15 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

IE 470 Furn. Mfg. Organization 2 EB 326 Personnel Management or 

•Humanities & Soc. Science 3 EB 332 Industrial Relations 3 

Free Elective 3 IE 440 Furn. Management Analysis 3 

Technical Elective _4 Free Elective 3 

12 Technical Elective 2 

Humanities & Soc. Science _3 

14 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 

MATERIALS ENGINEERING 

Page Hall 

Professor W. W. Austin Jr., Head of the Department and Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: J. R. Beeler Jr., R. B. Benson Jr., A. A. Fahmy, J. K. Magor, OR. Manning Jr., K. L. Moazed, H. Palmour III, H. 
H. Stadelmaier, R. F. Stoops; Adjunct Professors: H. M. Davis, G. Mayer; Professor Emeritus: W. W. Kriegel; 
Associate Professors: R. F. Davis, J. V. Hamme, G. O. Harrell; Adjunct Associate Professor: J. C. Hurt; Assistant 
Professors: M. L. Fiedler-Morrison, L. T. Jordan; Adjunct Assistant Professor: P. A. Parrish; Special Lecturer: 
K. R. Brose 

The Department of Materials Engineering offers education, research and professional 
development which qualifies graduates as technical and administrative leaders for in- 
dustries and government agencies involved with design, development, selection and process- 
ing of engineering materiale. Typical industries served by materials engineers are: 
aerospace, electrical and electronics, construction, nuclear power and transportation. 



147 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Materials engineer's job opportunities include those in research and development of new 
materials needed in the rapidly expanding fields of chemical, mechanical, aerospace, elec- 
tronic and nuclear technology. With the continued industrial development of the South and 
the State of North Carolina, opportunities are developing for materials engineers to play a 
vital role in maintaining state and regional progress. 

Professional training in materials engineering provides opportunities for employment in 
industries producing or consuming essential products including metals and alloys, glass in 
all its forms, enamels and protective coatings for metals, structural clay products such as 
brick and tile, thermal insulators, electrical insulators, electronic devices, plastics, and com- 
posite materials. 

CURRICULUM 

The undergraduate curriculum is comprised of a three-year program of fundamental 
courses followed by a fourth year in which the student chooses a specialty area: ceramic 
engineering, metallurgical engineering, polymeric materials, materials processing, or 
materials engineering (general). A fifth year professional program is available for advanced 
work and further specialization in these fields. 

Graduate degrees are available (see listing of graduate degrees offered and consult the 
Graduate Catalog). 

Well-equipped laboratories aid research and instruction in: Auger spectroscopy, x-ray dif- 
fraction, differential thermal analysis, thermogravimetric analysis, electron microprobe 
analysis, radiography, metallography, electron microscopy, mechanical behavior of 
materials, and nuclear fuel research. 

MATERIALS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 202 Anal. Geometry & Cal. Ill 4 MA 301 Applied Differential Equat 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 CSC 111 Intro, to Fortran Programming 2 

Humanities & Social Science 3 MAE 206 Engineering Statics 3 

Physical Education 1 EE 331 Principles of Elec. Engineering 4 

Free Elective 3 EE 339 Prin. Elec. Engr. Lab 

MAT 203 Orientation to Mats. Eng. I _1 MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 

lg Physical Education 1 

MAT 204 Orientation to Materials 

Engineering II 1 

17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAT 301 Equil. & Rate Processes in MAT 302 Materials Processing 3 

Materials Science 3 MAT 310 Physical Exam, of Matls 2 

MAT 320 Phase Diagrams & Crystalo 3 MAT 321 Phase Transf. & Diff 3 

Humanities & Social Science 3 Free Elective 3 

MAE 314 Solid Mechanics 3 Humanities & Social Sci 3 

Free Elective 3 Technical Elective 3 

MAT 450 Mechanical Prop, of Matls _3 

18 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAT 411 Phys. Prin. in Mat. Sci. I 3 MAT 423 Matls. Factors in Design I 3 

MAT 431 Physical Metallurgy I 3 CHE 325 Introduction to Plastics 3 

MAT 435 Physical Ceramics I 3 Humanities & Social Sci 3 

Technical Elective 3 Technical Electives 6 



Humanities & Social Sci 3 

15 

148 



15 
Hours Required for Graduation 133 



MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE 
ENGINEERING 

Broughton Hall 

Professor C. F. Zorowski, Head of Department 

Professor J. C. Williams III, Associate Head of Department 

Professor B. H. Garcia Jr., Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: J. A. Bailey, F. R. DeJarnette, J. A. Edwards, W. C. Griffith, F. J. Hale, F. D. Hart, H. A. Hassan, T. H. 
Hodgson, E. G. Humphries, R. B. Knight, J. C. Mulligan, M. N. Ozisik, J. N. Perkins, L. H. Royster, F. 0. Smetana, F. Y. 
Sorrell, J. K. Whitfield, J. Woodburn; Adjunct Professors: J. J. Murray, E. A. Saibel; Professors Emeriti: H. B. Briggs, M. 
H. Clayton, J. S. Doolittle; Associate Professors: E. M. Afify, J. R. Bailey, C. J. Maday, C. J. Moore Jr., W. F. Reiter 
Jr.; Associate Professor and Extension Specialist: H. M. Eckerlin; Adjunct Associate Professors: E. S. Arm- 
strong Jr., J. F. Campbell R. E. Singleton; Associate Professor Emeritus: W. E. Adams; Assistant Professors: A. C. 
Eberhardt, J. S. Strenkowski; Visiting Assistant Professor: C. P. Ford III; Adjunct Assistant Professors: G. Y. Anderson, 
F. 0. Carta, P. B. Corson, T. W. Sigmon, J. R. Yow; Assistant Professor Emeritus: T. J. Martin Jr.; Instructors: G. 0. Bat- 
ton, Christa M. Weisbrook; Visiting Instructor: J. H. Hebrank; Adjunct Instructors: H. G. Hoomani, J. E. McLain; 
Extension Specialist: A. S. Boyers 

Mechanical engineers specialize in the generation of power and the design of machines and 
processes that apply mechanical and thermal energy to useful purposes. Example areas of 
specialization include conventional (fossil fuel) power generation; novel power sources (solar, 
wind, tides, etc.); internal combustion, diesel and turbine engines; heating, air conditioning 
and refrigeration; air, sea and land vehicles; all types of mechanical devices, systems, and 
machinery; domestic and commercial appliances; instrumentation and industrial controls; 
and air, noise, and thermal pollution abatement systems. 

Aerospace engineering shares responsibility for many of the areas listed above but is prin- 
cipally concerned with the design and analysis of the performance, stability, and control of 
modern aircraft, both commercial and private, and space vehicles; all types of mechanical 
devices, systems, and machinery; vehicle propulsion systems; and aerodynamics— the in- 
teraction between the vehicle and the atmosphere. 

CURRICULA 

Because of the close relationship between mechanical and aerospace engineering, both 
curricula are administered by one department. There is cooperation between the two dis- 
ciplines in which responsibility for subject areas such as thermodynamics, heat and mass 
transfer, vibrations, acoustics, fluid mechanics, propulsion and control theory is shared. 

Each program is designed to provide the student with an understanding of both the science 
on which the discipline is founded and the applied science and technology which charac- 
terizes its specific personality. In addition the programs provide the student with an oppor- 
tunity to begin developing the skills of applying his or her acquired knowledge and specializ- 
ing in a specific area of discipline interest. The Bachelor of Science degree is available in both 
aerospace engineering and mechanical engineering. Graduate degrees are also offered (see 
listing of graduate degrees offered and consult the Graduate Catalog). 

FACILITIES 

The academic programs in Mechanical or Aerospace Engineering are augmented by exten- 
sive laboratory facilities available for practical experience in engineering systems. 
Mechanical Engineering facilities include instrumentation, acoustic and vibration, 
photoelasticity, stress analysis, dynamomentry, heat transfer, materials processing and 
design laboratories. Aerospace engineering facilities include subsonic, transonic, and super- 
sonic wind tunnels, aerospace structures and propulsion laboratories. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Since all industry uses machinery and power, and mechanization is expanding the world 
over, mechanical engineering provides career and employment opportunities which are vir- 

149 



tually limitless. Mechanical engineers are needed in every technology-oriented industry as 
well as in such fields as law and medicine. 

The aerospace industry is one of the largest employers of engineers in the United States. 
Career and employment opportunities are available in the areas of aerodynamics, propul- 
sion, structures and stability and control in both commercial and private aviation and in 
related aerospace industries. 

Mechanical engineers and aerospace engineers find opportunities in design, production, 
testing, operation and maintenance, research and development, marketing and sales, 
management and teaching. Opportunities are limited only by the capabilities and 
professional training of the individual. 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

MAE 206 Engineering Statics 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education _1 

15 



MAE 216 Elements of Mechanical 

Engineering 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equa- 
tions I 3 

MAE 208 Engineering Dynamics 3 

CSC 111 Intro, to Fortran Programming 2 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 



Free Elective 

Phvsical Education 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



MAE 301 Engineering Thermo- 
dynamics I 3 

MAE 305 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory I 1 

MAE 316 Strength of Mechanical 

Components 3 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective _3 

16 



Credits Spring Semester 

MAE 302 Engineering Thermo- 
dynamics II 3 

MAE 306 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory II 1 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines 3 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

MAE 308 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 

or 
Free Elective 3 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 

MAE 401 Energy Conversion 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

MAE 402 Heat & Mass Transfer 



Credits 



MAE 402 Heat & Mass Transfer 3 

MAE 405 Mechanical Engineering 

Laboratory III 1 

MAE 415 Mechanical Engineering 

Analysis 3 

Departmental Elective 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 6 

16 



MAE 401 Energy Conversion 3 

MAE 416 Mechanical Engineering 

Design 4 

Departmental Elective 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective _6 

16 

Hours Required for Graduation 129 



Students may elect to take PY 201, 202 and 203 in place of PY 205, 208. Rearrangement of the schedule of courses to accom- 
plish this will be worked out in consultation with the student's adviser. 



* See information concerning the humanities, social science sequence for School of Engineering. 



150 



AEROSPACE ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geom. & Cal. Ill 4 MAE 261 Aero. Vehicle Performance 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 MA 301 Applied Differen. Equations 3 

MAE 206 Engineering Statics 3 MAE 208 Engineering Dynamics 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences CSC 111 Introduction to Fortran 

or Programming 2 

Free Elective 3* MAT 201 Struc. & Prop, of Engr. Mat. I 3 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

15 15 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 MAE 356 Aerodynamics II 4 

MAE 355 Aerodynamics I 4 MAE 365 Propulsion I 3 

MAE 371 Aero. Vehicle Struct. I 3 MAE 435 Principles of Auto Control 3 

EE 331 Prin. of Elec. Engr 3 MAE 472 Aero. Vehicle Struct. II 4 

EE 339 Prin. of Elec. Engr. Lab 1 Humanities, Social Sciences 

Humanities, Social Sciences or 

or Free Elective 3* 



Free Elective _3* 

17 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 478 Aero. Vehicle Design I 2 MAE 479 Aero Vehicle Design II 3 

MAE 462 Flight Veh. Stab. & Con 3 Departmental Elective 3 

MAE 465 Propulsion II 4 Humanities, Social Sciences 

MAE 455 Boundary Layer Theory 3 or 

Humanities, Social Sciences Free Electives 9* 

or 15 

Free Electives _6 

18 Hours Required for Graduation 132 



* 27 credit hours of Humanities, Social Sciences and free electives of which 9 credit hours are free electives and 18 credit 
hours are Humanities and Social Sciences which must be taken from an approved list. 

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

Burlington Engineering Laboratories 

Professor T. S. Elleman, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor E. Stam, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: R. P. Gardner, R. L. Murray, R. F. Saxe, K. Verghese, L. R. Zumwalt; Associate Professors: J. R. Bohannon Jr., 
C. E. Siewert; Extension Specialist: J. Kohl; Health Physicist: R. D. Cross; Reactor Engineer: W. L. Dunn 

Nuclear engineering is concerned with the engineering aspects of the control, release and 
utilization of nuclear energy. Nuclear reactors serve many functions — they serve as heat 
sources for economical electric power plants, are the basis of modern propulsion systems for 
ships and submarines, and produce fissionable and radioactive isotopes for a variety of 
peaceful applications. Nuclear methods are applied in medical diagnosis and treatment, 
scientific research, and the search for new resources. The nuclear engineering program 
educates individuals in scientific and engineering principles essential for effective and 
productive contributions in industrial, university and government service. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Although the nuclear industry is relatively young, it already represents a major national 
effort. Reactor development and construction will continue to grow as we become in- 

151 



creasingly reliant upon nuclear energy as a substitute for energy from fossil fuels. Industrial 
applications of radiation will accelerate as the economic potential of such methods becomes 
even more firmly established. There continues to be a substantial need for nuclear engineers, 
especially by electric utilities, reactor manufacturers, and regulatory agencies. 

CURRICULUM 

Nuclear engineers work in nuclear systems research, design, development, testing, opera- 
tion, environmental protection, and marketing. The Bachelor of Science program prepares 
graduates for positions in industry or government laboratories or for graduate study (see 
listing of graduate degrees offered). The curriculum incorporates basic sciences and 
engineering, with emphasis on mathematics and physics, followed by coursework in nuclear 
science and technology. Attention is given to the engineering design of nuclear reactors and 
nuclear radiation systems and to energy resources and environmental aspects of nuclear 
energy. 

Facilities for nuclear education include: a one-megawatt pulsing reactor (PULSTAR), 
which can be operated at a steady state of 1 MW or pulsed to 2200 MW; a cobalt-60 gamma 
source, 20,000 curies; solid state detectors and multi-channel analyzers for gamma-ray 
analysis; analog computers; digital computer, IBM System/360, Model 75; activation 
analysis laboratory; and high- and low-level radiochemistry laboratories. 

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

See the freshman year School of Engineering 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Cal. Ill 4 MA 301 Appl. Diff. Equations I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 PY 410 Introductory Nuclear Physics 4 

MAT 201 Struc. and Prop. Eng. Mtls 3 CE 213 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

CSC 111 Introd. to Fortan Programming 2 NE 201 Appl. of Nuclear Energy 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

17 17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 MA 401 Appl. Dif . Equations II 3 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical Engr 3 EE 332 Principles of Electrical Engr 3 

MAE 308 Fluid Mechanics I 3 MAE 303 Engr. Thermodynamics III 3 

NE 302 Fundamentals of Nucl. Engr 4 NE 401 Reactor Analysis and Design 4 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 Free Elective 3 

16 16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

NE 402 Reactor Engineering 4 NE 403 Nucl. Engr. Design Proj 3 

NE 404 Rad, Reactor, and Environmental NE 405 Reactor Systems 3 

Safety 3 NE Elective 3 

Technical Elective 3 Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 Free Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 77 

16 

Hours Required for Graduation 132 

PROFESSIONAL DEGREES 

The School of Engineering offers professional curricula leading to the degrees Chemical 
Engineer, Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Industrial Engineer, Materials Engineer, 
Mechanical Engineer, and Nuclear Engineer. These programs of study are designed to fit the 
needs of students desiring intensive specialization in a particular field or additional work not 
ordinarily covered in the normal four-year undergraduate curricula. 

152 



Course work rather than research is emphasized in the professional degree program. The 
curriculum consists of a minimum of 30 credits which make up a planned program designed 
to fit the student's objective and which contains a minimum of 30 credit hours of course work 
at the 400 level or above, including at least 15 credit hours at the 500 level or above. Typical 
programs are available in the various departmental offices. 

Admission— Applicants who hold the bachelor's degree in engineering will be admitted to 
the professional program of the School of Engineering upon presentation of official creden- 
tials. For unconditional admission, these credentials must show the completion, with a 
minimum grade-point average of 2.5 (C+), of an amount of undergraduate work in the 
proposed field of professional study corresponding to that normally required for a bachelor's 
degree in that field. 

Admission on a provisional basis may be granted applicants who do not meet the formal 
requirements. In case of insufficient preparation, prerequisite courses will be prescribed in 
addition to the normal program requirements. 

Application should be filed in the office of the dean of the School of Engineering at least 30 
days in advance of the semester in which admission is sought. 

General Regulations — The following regulations of the School of Engineering will be ob- 
served: 

1) An undergraduate enrolled at North Carolina State University who plans to undertake 
a professional program and who has fulfilled all requirements for the bachelor's degree, ex- 
cept for a few courses, may be permitted to enroll in courses for credit toward the 
professional degree provided the student has given notice of his purpose to the dean of the 
School of Engineering. 

2) A limited amount of credit to be applied toward the requirements for the professional 
degree may be transferred to N. C. State from other institutions offering advanced work in 
engineering. Transfer of credit must be recommended by the head of the department in 
which the student does his major work and approved by the Dean of Engineering. 

3) Professional students are classified as PR students and are subject to rules and regula- 
tions established by the Dean of Engineering. 

4) Grades for completed courses are reported to the Dean of Engineering and to Registra- 
tion and Records. A minimum grade of "C" must be made in each course to obtain credit. A 
quality point average of 2.5 (C+) in all course work must be attained to satisfy requirements 
for a professional degree. 

5) Work completed more than six years prior to the date on which the professional degree 
is to be granted may not be used as credit toward the professional degree, unless approved by 
the head of the department concerned and the Dean of Engineering. 

6) Each professional student will be assigned an adviser in his or her major area. The ad- 
viser assists the student in preparing a program of study and counsels him or her in 
academic work. The student is required to prepare, with adviser's assistance, a complete plan 
of study before the end of the first semester in residence. This program of study is subject to 
approval by the Dean of Engineering. 



153 



SCHOOL OF FOREST 
RESOURCES 

Biltmore Hall 

E. L. Ellwood, Dean 

L. C. Saylor, Associate Dean and Coordinator of Advising 

The management and utilization of the South's forest resources and products provide op- 
portunities for challenging professional careers. Forests provide a variety of goods — timber, 
water, wildlife and recreation environments — vital to the economy and well being of North 
Carolina. Graduates of the School are qualified for professional positions managing forest 
lands, or producing the products or managing the services developed from these lands. 
Emphasis is placed on natural renewable resource management because the wise use of the 
products and amenities that can be derived from forest lands is central to preserving en- 
vironmental quality and the quality of life. 

North Carolina is an important forest state. Its 20 million acres of commercial forest land, 
comprising two-thirds of the state's land area, form the base for goods and services valued at 
approximately five billion dollars annually. Nearly 20 percent of the state's industrial labor 
force is associated with forest based organizations; forests support the southern region's 
largest industry. New wood-using industries continue to move into the South, creating multi- 
billion dollar outputs. Similarly, recreational activities continue to expand as a result of 
growing population, affluence, mobility and leisure time. 

As a result of this growth, forest based industries and governmental agencies need well- 
educated, technically competent personnel. 

Some of the programs in the School of Forest Resources are not duplicated in other 
Southern Universities, so the Trustees of the University and the Southern Regional Educa- 
tion Board have designated them as regional in nature. As a result no limit is set for enroll- 
ments of qualified out-of-state students. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon the satisfactory completion of any of the 
four-year undergraduate curricula listed below. 

Graduate degrees offered include: Master of Science, Master of Forestry, Master of 
Recreation Resources, Master of Wood and Paper Science and the Doctor of Philosophy. Ap- 
plicants should consult the Graduate Catalog for additional information. 

FIELD INSTRUCTION AND EXPERIENCE 

All students (except those in conservation) are required to present an equivalent of one 
summer of acceptable work experience. Students consult with their advisers as to what con- 
stitutes acceptable employment. 

A summer camp is required of all forestry students. This camp follows the sophomore year 
for resident students. Transfer students attend the camp after completing the junior year at 
North Carolina State University. 

Undergraduates enrolled in recreation resources administration complete a nine-weeks in- 
ternship immediately following the completion of the junior year. 

All pulp and paper majors spend at least one summer working in a pulp and paper mill 
designated by the University. 

Wood science and technology students attend a summer practicum following the 
sophomore year; transfer students attend following the junior year. 

Additional field instruction and scheduled trips to representative industries and agencies 
are required frequently as a part of regular class assignments. 



154 



HONORS PROGRAM 

Students making exceptional academic records during their freshman year may, with 
faculty approval, follow an honors program. Honors students develop more rigorous 
programs of study, frequently taking advanced courses in mathematics, chemistry, statistics 
and economics. With the adviser's consent honors students may substitute preferred courses 
for normally required courses in order to develop strength in special interest areas. Honors 
students are required to undertake a program of independent study which can involve a 
research problem or special project during their junior or senior year. 

FOREST RESOURCES EXTENSION 

The Forest Resources Extension program, a part of the Agricultural Extension Service, is 
the largest program of its type in the United States. It serves landowners, industries and 
public agencies in the areas of forestry, recreation, wildlife and wood and paper. Its primary 
responsibility is promoting the application of new ideas developed through research and ex- 
perience. 

In cooperation with the Continuing Education Division, short courses are offered in a num- 
ber of fields to provide industry and government employees an opportunity to keep abreast 
of modern developments in techniques and equipment. 

FACILITIES AND LABORATORIES 

A school library and most classrooms are housed in Biltmore Hall. Among special educa- 
tion facilities in Forest Resources are: 80,000 acres in forests including the Hofmann forest 
on the coastal plain; the Hill, Schenck, Hope Valley and Goodwin Forests in the Piedmont; 
and the Slocum summer camp for sophomores at the Hill Forest in Durham county. 
Specialized laboratories unique to the South are the Hodges Wood Products Laboratory 
housing machining, gluing, finishing, preserving, testing and research laboratories, a saw- 
mill, a dry kiln and a veneer lathe; and the Robertson Laboratory with wood preparation, 
chemistry, pulping, testing and coloring laboratories, digesters and a small paper machine. 

CURRICULA 

Five curricula are administered in the School through its Departments of Forestry, 
Recreation Resources Administration and Wood and Paper Science. These programs provide 
a broad education in the biological and physical sciences as well as a sound cultural and 
professional background. Students are prepared for careers in the fields of conservation, 
forestry, recreation resources administration, pulp and paper science and technology, and 
wood science and technology. 

Freshmen have a nearly common core of courses during the first semester allowing defer- 
ment of the final selection of a curriculum for two or three semesters. To assist students with 
a better understanding of their major area of study, introductory courses are given in each 
curriculum. 

CONSERVATION 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences.) 

M. G. Cook, Major Adviser, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

L. C. Saylor, Major Adviser, School of Forest Resources 

Conservation is wise use, perpetuation, or improvement of natural resources for the long- 
term benefit of society. Rapid urbanization and industrialization, and increasing population, 
are increasing pressures on the use of land areas for food and fiber, for wood and water and 
for recreation. These trends require trained people to make sound judgments in natural 
resources management and use. 

The Schools of Forest Resources and Agriculture and Life Sciences — with strong programs 
in forestry, recreation, wood and paper science, ecology, soils, wildlife and the basic 

155 



biological sciences— jointly offer a baccalaureate program in conservation. Conservation 
graduates are trained in the basic concepts of several disciplines to apply a conservation 
philosophy to problem-solving in a modern society. 

CURRICULUM 

Depending upon interests, students enroll in either Forest Resources or Agriculture and 
Life Sciences. All programs in conservation have common core courses; specialty areas or 
minors are developed through elective courses. 

Conservation provides a broad general education in natural resource management leading 
to a Bachelor of Science degree, rather than emphasizing technological aspects. Students 
desiring a more professional emphasis frequently combine the conservation program with a 
second degree. By the proper choice of electives, one may obtain a dual degree in fields such 
as botany, forestry, liberal arts, recreation, soil science, wildlife management and zoology. 

CONSERVATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spritig Semester Credits 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in ALS CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

or ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

FOR 101 Introduction to Forestry 1 Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

BO 200 Plant Life MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

or Calculus A 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 Physical Education J_ 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 15 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 

Physical Education _1 

16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 BO 200 Plant Life 

or or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

GY 120 Elements of Physical Geology 2 English Elective 3 

GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratory 1 Free Elective 4 

Humanity-Social Science Electives 6 SSC 200 Soil Science* 4 

ZO 221 Conservation of Natural Physical Education _1 

Resources 3 16 

Physical Education _1 

17 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 Biological Science Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 Conservation Elective 3 

RRA 241 Recreation Resource Rela- Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

tionships 3 PY 221 College Physics 5 

Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 FOR 472 Renewable Resource 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics _3 Management _3 

16 17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall St •■ Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Biological Science Elective 3 Biological Science Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 Conservation Elective 3 

English Elective 3 Humanity-Social Science Elective 3 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 Free Electives J> 

Free Electives 4 15 

16 

Hours Required for Graduation 128 



* Students with non-technical interests may substitute SSC 205 for SSC 200. 

156 



Elective courses may be used for emphasizing subject areas in communication, soils, 
wildlife biology, education and other areas. 

FORESTRY 

Biltmore Hall 

Professor John W. Johnson, Head of Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: F. S. Barkalow Jr., R. C. Bryant, A. W. Cooper, E. B. Cowling, M. H. Farrier, L. F. Grand, W. L. Hafley, J. W. 
Johnson, D. E. Moreland (USDA). G. Namkoong (USFS), T. 0. Perry, L. C. Saylor, R. R. Wilkinson, A. G. Wollum II, B. J. 
Zobel; Adjunct Professors: G. H. Hepting, E. G. Kuhlman, L. J. Metz, C. G. Wells, R. C. Winkworth; Professors Emeriti: T 
E. Maki, W. D. Miller, R. J. Preston; Associate Professors: L. G. Jervis, F. P. Hain, J. D. Hair, A. E. Hassan, D. L. Holley, 
R. C. Kellison, D. H. J. Steensen, A. L. Sullivan; Adjunct Associate Professors: H. T. Schreuder, R. Stonecypher, H. A. 
Thomas; Assistant Professors: D. J. Frederick, T. V. Gemmer, J. D. Gregory, R. A. Lancia, R. J. Weir; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: J. A. Barker; Director, Forest Fertilization Cooperative: R. Ballard; Liaison Forest Soils Specialist: M. Kane; 
Liaison Geneticists: J. B. Jett Jr., J. R. Sprague, J. T. Talbert; Liaison Silviculturalist: W. E. Gardner; Instructor: J. G. 
Laarman; Teaching Technician: R. R. Braham; Research Assistants: D. W. Hazel, R. L. Zink 

EXTENSION 

Professors: W. T. Huxter— Leader Forestry Section; Professors Emeriti: W. M. Keller, F. E. Whitfield; Associate Professors: 
E. M. Jones; Assistant Professors: J. R. McGraw.W. M. Stanton, A. J. Weber; Specialists: D. W. Bachert, R. A. Hamilton, 
L. H. Harkins 

CURRICULUM 

The forestry curriculum provides students a basic educational background of biological, 
physical, and social sciences, humanities, mathematics and communication skills. Inter- 
spersed throughout the curriculum are forestry courses that deal with a wide variety of 
professional activities. 

The goal of the program is a good education in the management and protection of rural and 
urban forest lands and resources, and the environment which they influence. Academic 
studies on campus are supplemented by practical laboratory exercises in forest areas, and 
the sophomore year is followed by an intensive 10-week summer camp experience in the 
Coastal Plain, Piedmont and Mountain regions of North Carolina. 

Three months of acceptable work experience are required for graduation with a Bachelor 
of Science degree in forestry. 

FORESTRY FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION 

The concentrations in forestry include a) general forestry, b) business operations, c) 
forestry biometry, d) watershed management, e) forest biology, f) wildlife management, g) 
forest mechanization, h) recreation, i) conservation, j) wood technology, and k) soil science. A 
student selects a concentration and schedules appropriate approved courses. 

DUAL DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Programs have been arranged with economics and business, entomology, recreation 
resources administration, soil science, and zoology, whereby students can obtain, in addition 
to the Bachelor of Science degree in forestry, a second Bachelor of Science degree in 
agricultural economics, conservation, entomology, recreation resources administration, soil 
science or wildlife biology. These joint programs usually require additional credits above the 
forestry concentration and free elective credits. Depending upon ability, students may carry 
additional credits in their four-year program or by enrolling for an extra semester or 
equivalent summer session. 



157 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates are in demand by state and federal land-managing agencies, by industrial con- 
cerns growing wood as a raw material, and by other organizations and agencies such as the 
agricultural extension service. Some graduates, after acquiring professional forestry ex- 
perience, are self-employed as consultants and as operators or owners of forest-related 
businesses. 

FORESTRY CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 CH 103 (107) General Chemistry II or 

MA 112 Analytic Geom. Calc. A 4 Prin. of Chemistry 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry 4 MA 212 Analytic Geom. Calc. B 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

FOR 101 Introduction to Forestry 1 FOR 210 Dendrology (Gymnosperms) 2 

Physical Education 1 Humanity-Social Science Elec 3 



17 



Physical Education 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 221 College Physics 5 EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

WPS 202 Wood Struc. Prop. I 3 FOR 272 Forest Mensuration 3 

FOR 211 Dendrology (Angiosperms) 2 SSC 200 Soil Science 4 

FOR 201 Intro, to For. Mensuration 2 Humanity-Social Science Elec 3 

English-Speech Elec 3 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education _1 

16 17 

SUMMER CAMP 

FOR 204 Silviculture 2 

FOR 263 Dendrology 1 

FOR 264 Forest Protection 2 

FOR 274 Map. & Mensuration 4 

FOR 284 Utilization 1 

To 

All students select a concentration by the beginning of the junior year at the latest. 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 301 Intro, to Forest Insects 3 FOR 452 Silvics 4 

ST 311F Intro, to Statistics 3 PP (FOR) 318 Forest Pathology 4 

FOR 219 Forest Econ. & Oper 3 Humanity-Social Science Elec 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elec 3 Concentration Requirement 3 

Concentration Requirement 3 Free Elective _3 

15 17 

WORK EXPERIENCE* 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 405 Forest Land Management 5 FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory and 

Concentration Requirements 8 Planning 6 

Free Elective 3 Concentration Requirements _9 

16 15 

Hours Required for Graduation 139 



' The Freshman year course offerings as shown here assume that entrance test scores suggest readiness for MA 112 and 
CH 101. Appropriate substitutions will be made where test scores indicate the need to start at a different level. 

* Three months of acceptable work experience are required for graduation. 

158 



RECREATION RESOURCES 
ADMINISTRATION 

Biltmore Hall 

Professor M. R. Warren Jr., Head of the Department 

Professor: R. E. Sternloff; Professors Emeriti: T. I. Hines, W. E. Smith; Associate Professor: P. K. McKnelly; Adjunct 
Associate Professor: J. S. Stevens Jr.; Associate Professors Emeriti: G. A. Hammon, L. L. Miller, C. C. Scott; Assistant 
Professors: L. E. Abbas, H. A. Devine, S. L. Kirsch, P. S. Rea, C. D. Siderelis, D. D. Tarbet; Adjunct Assistant 
Professors: H. K. Cordell, J. H. Moses; Teaching Technician: B. E. Wilson; Visiting Instructor: C. S. Love; 
Adjunct Instructors: R. L. Buckner, W. C. Singletary Jr. 

Standards adopted by the recreation profession make college graduation a requirement for 
professional recreation employment. North Carolina State University has facilities, staff, 
curriculum, program and an established reputation for comprehensive professional educa- 
tion in recreation and parks. The program is nationally accredited. 

The curriculum of Recreation Resources Administration offers a broad general 
educational background, basic professional and technical courses, and the opportunity to 
specialize in a particular field of recreation. 

RECREATION RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM 

The recreation resources administration curriculum fulfills the needs of the graduate who 
will be employed by federal, state and local government agencies, private enterprises, in- 
dustry and business, voluntary and quasi-public agencies and other private groups. General 
education courses are in biology, psychology, history and political science, English, 
mathematics, chemistry and economics. Specialized courses are in statistics, research 
methods, computer science, and landscape horticulture. Professional courses, applying direc- 
tly to the needs of the recreator and his profession, cover recreation philosophy, management 
techniques and skills, fiscal operation, supervision, comprehensive and site planning, 
programming, administration, etc. 

CONCENTRATIONS 

A student may study the application of recreation management to a particular environ- 
ment by following one of these concentrations: 

Commercial Recreation — A background in economics, personnel management, ac- 
counting, marketing and business is necessary. 

Institutional Recreation — Youth service agencies, corrective institutions and private 
agencies require that a graduate have emphasis in sociology and psychology. 

Urban Park Management — Additional courses in applied biology, horticulture, soils, 
municipal government and community organization are required. 

Natural Resource Recreation Management — Requires professional competence in 
natural resource management where there is a major concern with the preservation, wise use 
and improvement of recreation resources and opportunities as they occur in the forest en- 
vironment. 

Recreation Planning — A background is required in air photo interpretation, economics, 
governmental planning and community organization in addition to the core curriculum 
courses. 

Recreation Program Management — A broad knowledge in face-to-face leadership 
techniques and skills involving the promotion and management of athletics, arts and crafts, 
music, dramatics and other recreation activities. 

Recreation and Park Management — Requires the acquisition of a more intensive orien- 
tation to both park management and program management. A background in program- 
ming, and maintenance and operation is refined. 

Interpretive — The management and promotion of interpretive programs requires a 
background in communications skills, emphasis in the biological sciences, anthropology and 
history. 



159 



RECREATION RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



BS 100 General Biology 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

RRA 101 Recreation Resources Orientation 

Lab 1 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 
Calculus A or 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance 3-4 

RRA 152 Introduction to Recreation 3 

Physical Education 1 



15-16 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



EB 201 Economics I or 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

BO 200 Plant Life or 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

RRA 241 Recreation Resource Relat 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



CH 101 General Chemistry I or 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry 4 

RRA 215 Maintenance & Operations I 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology or 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 

SP Elective 3 

Writing Elective 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



RRA 216 Maintenance & Operations II 3 

FOR (WPS) 273 Quantitative Methods 

in Forest Resources or 
CSC 200 Introduction to Computers & 

Their Uses 3 

PS 201 American Govt. Systems or 

PS 206 Local Governmental Systems 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

'Concentration 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology 4 

RRA 341 Prin. of Recreation Planning 3 

RRA 358 The Recreation Program 4 

'Concentration _6 

17 



Credits 



RRA 359 Recreation & Park Supervision 3 

RRA 451 Facility & Site Planning 3 

'Concentration 6 

Free Elective _3 

15 



SUMMER SESSION 
(9 weeks) 

RRA 475 Recreation and Park Internship 9 

SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



Fall Semester 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture or 

-HS 342 Landscape Horticulture 3 

RRA 453 Admin. Policies & Procedures 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

'Concentration 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



RRA 454 Recreation & Park Finance 3 

RRA 491 Spec. Prob. in Recreation or 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 

'Concentration 6 

Free Elective _3 

15 

136 



Hours Required for Graduation 



1 Of the 24 hours in the various concentration areas, 9 to 16 hours are required specifically for the selected concentration and 
8 to 15 hours are elected from controlled areas. 
1 Required for Urban Park Management Concentration. 



160 



WOOD AND PAPER SCIENCE 

Biltmore Hall 

Professor R. J. Thomas, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: A. C. Barefoot, H. Chang, E. B. Cowling, E. L. Ellwood, I. S. Goldstein, J. S. Gratzl, C. A. Hart, R. G. Hitchings, 
M. P. Levi, R. G. Pearson; Adjunct Professors: L. L. Edwards, P. Koch, W. T. McKean, R. P. Singh; Professors Emeritus: 
R. M. Carter, A. J. Stamm; Associate Professors: R. C. Gilmore, A. E. Hassan, M. W. Kelly, H. G. Olf, D. H. J. Steensen; 
Visiting Associate Professor: F. W. Lonsky; Adjunct Associate Professors: T. K. Kirk, R. B. Phillips; Associate Professors 
Emeritus: C. G. Landes, C. N. Rogers; Assistant Professors: T. V. Gemmer, E. A. Wheeler; Assistant Professor Emeritus: 
H. D. Cook; Associate Members of the Faculty: H. B. Moore (Entomology), A. Prak (Industrial Engineering), V. T. Stan- 
nett (Chemical Engineering), 

EXTENSION 

Professor: M. P. Levi, Leader, Wood Products Section; Associate Professor Emeritus: L. H. Hobbs; Assis tan t Professor: S.J. 
Hanover; Specialists: R. C. Allison, E. L. Deal, L. G. Jahn 

The wood industries have been a vital part of North Carolina's economy for over 300 years. 
North Carolina ranks high in the manufacture of hardwood, plywood, and wooden furniture, 
rough lumber and railroad tie production and the manufacture of pulp and paper. The value 
of forest products produced annually in the state exceeds three billion dollars. Seventeen per- 
cent of the state's labor force is employed in the wood industries. 

The Department of Wood and Paper Science offers two curricula leading to Bachelor of 
Science degrees— wood science and technology and pulp and paper science and technology — 
to educate persons for careers in the wood based and allied industries or in government agen- 
cies concerned with wood resources. Wood science and technology is concerned with the 
technical aspects of wood and its processing into reconstituted and manufactured products. 
Pulp and paper science and technology deals specifically with wood fibers and their process- 
ing for paper and wood based chemicals. 

PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Robertson Laboratory 

Professor R. G. Hitchings, In Charge 

This curriculum prepares people for technical work in the rapidly growing pulp and paper 
industry which ranks fifth among all American industries. This is primarily a Southern in- 
dustry with over 60 percent of the nation's pulpwood produced in the South. Careers include 
process engineers, product development engineers, technical service engineers, quality con- 
trol supervisors, process control chemists and production supervisors. After basic science 
courses, the students study in the specialized Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory wood 
pulp processes, chemical and by-products recovery, pulp bleaching, and in the various paper- 
making operations, such as refining, sizing, filling, dyeing, formation, coating and the con- 
verting of paper. 

Pulp and paper is a regional program approved by the Southern Regional Education Board 
as the undergraduate program to serve the Southeast in this field. Approximately 70 un- 
dergraduate scholarships are granted annually to students by more than 100 company mem- 
bers composing the Pulp and Paper Foundation. 

All pulp and paper majors spend at least one summer working in a pulp or paper mill 
designated by the University. One hour of academic credit is granted after completion of 12 
weeks of mill work and presentation of a satisfactory report. In addition to this minimum 
summer work requirement, students are urged to work in mills the two other summers be- 
tween academic years to gain valuable practical experience. 

This curriculum leads to a Bachelor of Science in pulp and paper science and technology. 
Three programs are available emphasizing the technological, engineering or scientific 
aspects of pulping and papermaking. The technology program provides a broad background 
for those students anticipating careers in mill operations or with paper industry supplier 

161 



organizations. Greater depth in the underlying scientific principles or their applications can 
be obtained from the science and engineering programs, which also provide a good founda- 
tion for graduate study. A fifth year program leading to a second degree, a Bachelor of 
Science in chemical engineering, is available. 



PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULA 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus A* 4 

WPS 101 Intro, to Wood and Paper 

Science 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective** 3 

Physical Education _1 

16 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

WPS 242 Wood Fiber Analysis 3 

MA 212 Analytical Geometry & 

Calculus B* 3 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

Physical Education _1 

16 



Honors students take MA 102. 201 and 202 
Basic economics course recommended 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

PY 211 General Physics* 4 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 

Engineers 3 

Physical Education 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Free Elective _3 

18 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

PY 212 General Physics* 4 

WPS (FOR) 273 Quantitative Methods in 

Forest Resources 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education _1 

15 



Honors students take PY 205, 208 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Senies ter 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry 4 

CHE 301 Elements of Chemical 

Engineering 3 

WPS 211 Pulp & Paper Internship 1 

WPS 321 Pulp & Paper Technology I 3 

WPS 331 Introduction to Wood and 

Pulping Chemistry 1 

MAE 307 Energy & Energy Transfor- 
mations 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective _3 

18 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



Engineering Elective* 3 

CHE 302 Elements of Chemical 

Engineering 3 

WPS 322 Pulp & Paper Technology II 3 

WPS 332 Wood & Pulping Chemistry 4 

Free Elective _3 

16 



EE 331, 350, IE 301 or CHE 225 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 



Credits 

WPS 471 Pulping Process Analysis 3 

WPS 411 Pulp/Paper Unit Processes I 3 

WPS 491 Senior Problems in Wood & 

Paper Science 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

WPS 413 Paper Properties & Additives 3 

Technical Elective 3 

16 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

WPS 412 Pulp & Paper Unit Processes II 3 

WPS 463 Plant Inspections 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Technical Elective _3 

16 

Hours Required for Graduation 131 



162 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



ENG 1 1 1 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry & Calculus I 4 

WPS 101 Intro, to Wood and Paper 

Science 1 

Social Science-Humanity Elective* 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & Calculus II 4 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

WPS 242 Wood Fiber Analysis 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



Basic economics course recommended 



Fall Semester 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & Calculus III 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Credits 



CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 301 Applied Differential 

Equations I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education _1 

15 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1 

WPS 211 Pulp and Paper Internship 1 

WPS 321 Pulp and Paper Technology I 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics for 

Engineers 3 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Free Elective _3 

18 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

WPS 322 Pulp and Paper Technology II 3 

WPS 332 Wood & Pulping Chemistry 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Technical Electives _4 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



WPS 471 Pulping Process Analysis 3 

WPS 491 Senior Problems in Wood & 

Paper Science 1 

WPS 413 Paper Properties and 

Additives 3 

Social Science-Humanity Electives 6 

Technical Elective 3 

16 



Spriyig Semester 



Credits 



WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

WPS 463 Plant Inspections 1 

Free Elective 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Technical Electives _6 

16 

Hours Required for Graduation 131 



CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM (Pulp and Paper Science and 
Technology Curriculum) 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



ENG 112H Composition and Reading' 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

WPS 101 Intro, to Wood and Paper 

Science 1 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry & Calculus I 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Sjiriiig Semester 



Credits 



E 101 Engineerint Graphics I 2 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

WPS 242 Wood Fiber Analysis 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



* If not qualified, take ENG 111 and 112. 



163 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall S( mester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 MA 301 Applied Differential 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & Equations I 3 

Calculus III 4 CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems 4 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles 4 PY 208 General Physics 4 

Physical Education _1 Social Science-Humanity Elective (ENG) _3 

17 18 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

WPS 211 Pulp & Paper Internship 1 WPS 322 Pulp & Paper Technology II 3 

WPS 321 Pulp & Paper Technology I 3 CHE 327 Separation Processes I 3 

CHE 315 Chemical Process Thermo- CHE 316 Thermodynamics of Chemical and 

dynamics 3 Phase Equivalent 3 

MAT 201 Structure & Properties of CH 495 Special Topics in Physical 

Engineering Materials 3 Chemistry 3 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 WPS 332 Wood and Pulping Chemistry _4 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 16 

Physical Education _1 

17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

WPS 471 Pulping Process Analysis 3 WPS 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 

WPS 411 Pulp & Paper Unit Processes I 3 WPS 412 Pulp & Paper Unit 

WPS 491 Senior Problems in Wood & Processes II 3 

Paper Science 1 WPS 463 Plant Inspections 1 

WPS 413 Paper Properties and Additives 3 Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 

Social Science-Humanity Elective 3 EE 331 Principles of Electrical 

CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Labora- Engineering _3 

toryl 2 13 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics _3 

lg Hours Required for Graduation 132 

WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Associate Professor W. M. Kelly, In Charge 

Wood science and technology is an applied science of an interdisciplinary nature utilizing 
the natural sciences, mathematics, engineering and economics to understand wood and its 
processing. It is a materials science, but also involves industrial manufacturing and manage- 
ment. A wood technologist performs many engineering oriented functions; but, unlike the 
engineer, he has a thorough knowledge of wood as a raw material. This knowledge is essen- 
tial to the proper application of engineering concepts to the processing of wood. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The wood technologist's scientific engineering, industrial knowledge and specialty in the 
properties and behavior of wood qualify him or her for positions in today's modern wood 
manufacturing industries. 

Careers include industrial positions with both large and small companies manufacturing 
lumber, veneer, plywood, particle and fiber boards and consumer wood products such as fur- 
niture. Wood technologists are also in demand by suppliers to wood manufacturing in- 
dustries, such as chemical and machinery companies. Policy making opportunities are 
available with state and federal government in research, marketing or extension activities. 

The importance of wood as a raw material is greater today than ever before. Because of 
diminishing supplies of non-renewable resources, increased costs of their procurement, and 
the high energy consumption required to convert them into finished products, wood, as a 
renewable resource, is an attractive alternative. Accordingly the increase in the variety of 
wood products which will be in demand promises a bright future for the wood-using in- 
dustries and will substantially increase career opportunities for wood scientists, wood 
technologists and wood industry managers. 

164 



FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION 

The program provides the opportunity to follow concentrations in a discipline outside the 
department to the extent of a minimum of 18 credit hours. The student may develop a second 
area of concentration which can be applied to the field of wood science and technology and 
which can also provide a base for subsequent graduate work in wood science and technology 
or in the concentration. Concentrations are available in: a) business, b) quantitative analysis, 
c) biology and bio-chemistry, d) chemistry, e) harvesting operations, f) industrial engineering 
and g) furniture manufacturing. Concentrations other than those listed may be arranged. 

DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM 

A dual degree program is available with the Department of Economics and Business 
whereby students can obtain, in addition to a Bachelor of Science in wood science and 
technology, a second Bachelor of Science in economics. 

Additional credits heyond those required for the single degree program are necessary. 
Capable students can usually obtain additional credits within the four years of the regular 
undergraduate program. 

CURRICULUM 

The Wood Science and Technology curriculum at North Carolina State University is 
designed to prepare the graduate for production supervision, staff positions and manage- 
ment responsibilities in all types and sizes of wood industries. It also provides numerous 
credits in elective courses. These electives give the student an opportunity to specialize in 
science courses as a wood scientist, in engineering courses as a wood engineer, in business, 
economics and administration as a manager, or in other concentration areas. 

If desired, course selection also provides concentration for specific industries such as 
veneer and plywood, furniture and home furnishings, architectural woodwork and fixtures, 
lumber and dimension parts, composite boards and treated products, and such allied in- 
dustries as adhesives, coatings and machinery. 

At the end of the sophomore year, students attend a six-weeks wood products practicum in 
the Brandon P. Hodges Wood Products Laboratory. From drawings and bills of materials, 
they process a cutting order from lumber to the finished nightstand. They set up and operate 
all machines, make particleboard and plywood, test glued joints for strength, and apply the 
finish to the nightstand. 

Following the practicum, students undertake an internship in wood or allied industries 
and gain valuable practical industrial experience. Both the practicum and the work experi- 
ence enhance the student's understanding of the business aspects and the production phase 
of a wood industry. 

WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chem. I 4 BS 100 General Biol, or 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 BO 200 Plant Life 4 

WPS 101 Intro, to WPS 1 CH 103 General Chem II 4 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Calc. A* 4 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Physical Education 1 MA 212 Anal. Geo. & Calc. B* 3 

SS & H Elective** _3 Physical Education _1 

16 15 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EB 201 or EB 212 Economics 3 WPS 203 Wood Struct. & Prop. II 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 WPS 220 Wood Protection 3 

WPS 202 Wood Struct. & Prop. I 3 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

S & H Elective** _3 SS & H Electives** J> 

15 17 

165 



SUMMER PRACTICUM 

WPS 205 Wood Products Practicum 5 

WPS 210 Forest Products Internship _1 

6 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Fall Semester 

ST 361 Statistics for Eng 3 

WPS 301 Wood Processing I 3 

WPS 315 Intro, to Wood-Polymer 

Principles 2 

ENG 321 Commun. Tech. Inform 3 

Concentration Elective _3 

14 



Credits 

WPS 302 Wood Processing II 3 

WPS 316 Wood-Polymer Princ 3 

WPS 344 Intro, to Qual. Control 3 

WPS 350 Wood Technology Literature 1 

Concentration Electives _6 

16 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



WPS 434 Wood Operations 3 

WPS 441 Intro, to Wood Mechanics 3 

WPS 491 Senior Problems 2 

Concentration Electives 6 

SS & H Elective" _3 

17 



Credits 



WPS 442 Wood Mechanics & Design 3 

WPS 450 Wood Industry Case Studies 2 

Concentration Elective 3 

Free Electives _6 

14 

Hours Required for Graduation 130 



Students with appropriate mathematical aptitude and interest are encouraged to substitute MA 102, MA 201 and MA 202 
for the mathematical sequence listed. 
1 Should be distributed approximately equally between traditional humanities courses and social science courses. 




As a major national research university, NCSU has large scale research responsibilities. 
The annual operating level is about $25 million. 



166 



SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES AND 
SOCIAL SCIENCES 

R. 0. Tilman, Dean 

W. B. Toole III, Associate Dean 

The School of Humanities and Social Sciences offers programs of study which lead to bac- 
calaureate and advanced degrees in the disciplines comprising the humanities and social 
sciences, and also offers courses in these areas which are part of the programs of all un- 
dergraduate students in the University. In this way the University provides an opportunity 
for its students to prepare for a full life in professions and occupations that require intellec- 
tual flexibility, broad knowledge, and a basic comprehension of human beings and their 
problems. 

Nine departments are included in the School of Humanities and Social Sciences: economics 
and business (also a department in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences), English, 
history, foreign languages and literatures, philosophy and religion, physical education, 
political science, sociology and anthropology (also a department in the School of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences) and speech-communication. Undergraduate majors are offered in 
economics, accounting, business management, English, history, French, Spanish, 
philosophy, political science, sociology, social work, speech-communication, and multi- 
disciplinary studies. In some departments special concentrations are available within the 
major programs: e.g., writing and editing (English), and criminal justice (political science or 
sociology). A teacher education option is available in English, French, Spanish, and social 
studies (history, economics, political science, sociology). Degrees granted include the 
Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Science, the Master of Arts, and the Doctor of Philosophy, 
as well as professional degrees in economics, political science, and sociology. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS PROGRAM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

History* 3 History 3 

Mathematics** 3-4 Mathematics 3-4 

Foreign Language 201 (Intermediate)*** 3 Philosophy***** 3 

Social Science**** 3 Social Science 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16-17 16-17 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Literature****** 3 Literature 3 

Natural Science******* 3-4 Natural Science 3-4 

Elective 3 Social Science 3 

Social Science 3 Elective 3 

Elective 3 Area Elective******** 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16-17 16-17 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Major********* 6 Major 9 

Electives 9 Electives 6 

15 15 



167 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Major 9 Major 6 

Electives _6 Electives _9 

15 15 

Hours Required for Graduation 124 

* A two-semester program including a course concerned with pre-industrial Western or non-Western societies (HI 
207, 208, 209, 215, 216, 263, 264, 275, or 276), and another dealing with the United States or post-industrial 
Western societies (HI 205, 210, 221, 222, 233, 241, 242, 243, 244). 
** Two semesters required for economics and business or sociology majors (MA 112, 113, or 102 and 114 required for 
economics and business; MA 111-112 recommended for sociology but any two mathematics courses other than MA 
115 allowed). For all other humanities and social science majors the requirement may be satisfied with any two 
mathematics courses other than MA 115 or one course other than MA 115 plus a course in computer science, 
statistics, or logic. 
*** Proficiency required at the first-semester intermediate level in French, Spanish, German, Russian, Italian, Latin, 
Greek, Biblical Hebrew, or Portuguese. Proficiency at the second-semester intermediate level in one of these 
languages is required for English, speech-communication, and foreign language majors. 
**** The requirements call for twelve hours of social science representing at least three of the following disciplines: 
anthropology, economics, political science, psychology, sociology. At least nine of these hours must be outside the 
student's major field. 
***** Three hours of philosophy, exclusive of logic (PHI 201 and 335), are required. 
****** This requirement calls for any two of the following survey courses in British literature, American literature, and 
foreign language literature: ENG 261, ENG 262, ENG 265, ENG 266, FLG 301, FLG 302, FLS 301. FLS 302, FLF 
301, FLF 302, FLS 303, FLS 304. 
******* This requirement calls for a minimum of eight credit hours including one basic introductory course from physics, 
chemistry, or the biological sciences [CH 101, CH 103, CH 105, (with CH 104 lab), CH 107, CH 111; PY 205, PY 208, 
PY 211, PY 212. PY 221. PY 231, PY 232; BS 100 or BS 105; BO 200]. The following guidelines should be applied in 
the selection of the course or courses needed to complete the requirement: Any of the above-listed courses with 
the exception of BS 100 or BS 105 if the student has received credit for either of these courses; any biology course; 
any botany course; any chemistry course; any entomology course; any geology course; any genetics course; any 
marine science course; any meteorology course; NTR (ANS, FS) 301; PE 285 (Personal Health); any physics 
course; any zoology course. 
******** One of the following courses outside the student's major is required: DN 141, DN 142, DN 441; ENG (REL) 325, 
ENG 346, ENG 347, ENG 390; FCL 300, FCL 310; FLF 251, FLF 257, FLF 350, FLF 352, FLF 492; FLG 254, FLG 
255; FLR 303, FLR 304; FLS 252, FLS 256, FLS 495; GRK 310, GRK 320; HA 201, HA 202, HA 203, HA 298; HSS 
298; MUS 200, MUS 210, MUS 215, MUS 220, MUS 301, MUS 320; any religion course except Hebrew language 
courses; SP 103, SP 213, SP 221, SP 331, SP 401. 
********* Major requirements for the Bachelor of Arts range from 30-42 hours. Most of the major programs call for 30 
hours of work above the basic courses in a discipline. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 or 

Mathematics* 4 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

Physical Education 1 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Humanities/Social Science Elective** 3 Mathematics 3-4 



15 



Physical Education 1 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

14-15 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PHI 205 Problems & Types of Philosophy 3 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Mathematics 3-4 Course I— Major**** 3 

PY 205 or 211 General Physics 4 Mathematics 3 

Physical Education 1 PY 208 or 212 General Physics 4 

Foreign Language/English Literature*** 3 Physical Education 1 

14_j5 Foreign Languages/English Literature _3 

17 



168 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

History or Philosophy of Science***** 3 Course IV— Major 3 

Course II— Major 3 Course V— Major 3 

Course III— Major 3 Advanced Technology or Science 

Advanced Technology or Science Course II 3-4 

Course I****** ...3-4 Zoology 201 General Zoology or 

Botany 200 Plant Life 4 

16-17 



16-li 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Course VI— Major 3 Course VIII— Major 3 

Course MI— Major 3 Course IX (Seminar in Major) 3 

Advanced Technology or Science Course II 3-4 Advanced Technology or Science 

Electives 6 Course IV 3-4 



15-16 



Electives 6 

15-16 

Total Hours Required for Graduation 127 



* One of the following four-course sequences: 1) MA 1Q2, 201, 202 and 301, 312, 405; 2) MA 112, 212, 114, 214. 
** Twelve hours in humanities and/or social sciences in areas outside major discipline. 
*** Six hours of foreign language and/or English literature at 200 level or above. 
**** Twentv-seven hours are required in economics, English, history, philosophy, or political science. 
***** One of the following: HI 322, HI 321, HI 341, or MA 433. 
****** A 15-hour concentration is required in some area of science or technology. 

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION IN THE B.A. AND B.S. PROGRAMS 

Cooperative Education in Humanities and Social Sciences seeks to broaden the student's 
intellectual horizons and at the same time to provide an introduction to the world of 
business, industry, government, or finance in preparation for a career after graduation. In 
this program the freshman and senior years are usually spent on campus while the 
sophomore and junior years are devoted either to alternate periods of on-campus study and 
off -campus work or to a parallel arrangement of part-time work and part-time study on a con- 
tinuous basis. The student is paid for work experiences by the employer. Ordinarily the 
program takes five years to complete, but those who are willing to attend summer school or 
take on a summer co-op assignment can finish in four years. Transfer students are eligible 
and all interested students are urged to apply early in the academic year. The program is also 
open to graduate students although less time is required on work assignment. 

Further information may be obtained from W. D. Weston (116 Tompkins Hall). 

JOINT HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES- 
ENGINEERING PROGRAM 

Some students may want to combine a Bachelor of Science in engineering with either a 
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts in Humanities and Social Sciences. When the two are 
carried along together, the double degree program can be completed in five years. Those in- 
terested should contact the Director of the Freshman Engineering Division and the Associate 
Dean of Humanities and Social Sciences. 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 

Patterson Hall 

Professor W. D. Toussaint, Head of the Department 

Professor D. M. Hoover, Assistant Head for Graduate Programs 

Professor B. M. Olsen, Assistant Head and Coordinator for Advising 

Professor R. C. Wells, Assistant Head, In Charge of Extension 

169 



TEACHING, RESEARCH AND EXTENSION 

Professors: R. C. Brooks, G. A. Carlson, A. J. Coutu, R. D. Dahle, E. W. Erickson, R. M. Fearn, D. G. Harwood, L. A. Ihnen, 
P. R. Johnson, Thomas Johnson, C. P. Jones, E. W. Jones, R. A. King, H. L. Liner, T. E. Nichols Jr., E. C. Pasour Jr., R. J. 
Peeler Jr., R. K. Perrin, E. A. Proctor, C. R. Pugh, R. A. Schrimper, J. A. Seagraves, R. L. Simmons, R. E. Sylla, C. B. 
Turner, W. L. Turner, C. R. Weathers, J. C. Williamson Jr.; Visiting Professor: Douglas Fisher; Professors Emeriti: A. J. 
Bartley, D. R. Dixon, J. G. Sutherland (USDA), E. W. Swanson; Associate Professors: J. G. Allgood, D. S. Ball, J. S. Chap- 
pell, L. E. Danielson, J. E. Easley Jr., M. M. El-Kammash, A. R. Gallant, H. C. Gilliam Jr. (USDA), T. J. Grennes, C. W. 
Harrell Jr., D. M. Holthausen, D. N. Hyman, M. A. Johnson, J. S. Lapp, M. B. McElroy, C. J. Messere, D. F. Neuman, 

C. J. Poindexter Jr., D. D. Robinson, P. S. Stone, J. W. Wilson; Associate Professors Emeriti: R. S. Boal, H. A. Homme; 
Assistant Professors: S. G. Allen, G. A. Benson, R. L. Clark, D. B. Diamond, D. J. Flath, J. D. Hanson, C. R. Knoeber, 
E. W. Leonard, M. P. Loeb, D. E. Morris (USDA), L. B. Perkinson (USDA), W. P. Pinna, J. S. Royer, G. M. Scobie, 

D. A. Sumner, G. F. Vocke, M. L. Walden, W. J. Wessels, M. K. Wohlgenant; Assistant Professors Emeriti: J. C. 
Matthews Jr., E. M. Stallings, 0. G. Thompson; Instructors: W. P. Brown, Mary R. Hilliard, T. M. Reynolds; Lec- 
turers: A. M. Beals Jr., C. Lynn Bergold, C. E. Bowen, J. P. Huggard, Judith M. Jeffreys, Susan W. Johnson, 
W. P. Windham; Extension Specialists: C. E. Hammond, S. C. Riddick, S. R. Sutter; Associate Members of the 
Faculty: R. H. Bernhard (Industrial Engineering), D. L. Holley (Forestry) 

The economics and business program develops in the student critical and analytical skills 
which underlie the ability to understand contemporary problems and institutions, both in 
their historical setting and under conditions of change. The curriculum furnishes the 
academic background necessary for positions in industry, government service and graduate 
work (see listing of graduate degrees offered and consult the Graduate Catalog) in 
economics, business and the social sciences. 

The Department of Economics and Business offers degrees in several undergraduate fields 
of study. These include the Bachelor of Arts degrees in accounting, business management, 
economics and the Bachelor of Science degree in economics. In addition, the department of- 
fers the social studies teacher education option to prepare the student for "A" certification in 
North Carolina secondary schools. 

The department is administered jointly by the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
and Humanities and Social Sciences. See agricultural economics under School of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences for information on that program. 

The department also provides service courses for the various technical schools and the 
Division of Continuing Education. An increasing number of curricula now offer a minor 
program in economics or business. 

The department maintains a library including technical reference books, major 
professional journals and government publications. Research publications from other in- 
stitutions throughout the United States are on file. Computational facilities are available for 
students whose research problems involve extensive analysis of data, as well as for those stu- 
dents who want to learn to use computer facilities. The department has a specially-trained 
clerical and programming staff and has access to an IBM System/370 Model 165 operated by 
the Triangle University Computational Center. Access is also available to other medium 
speed terminals and an IBM System/360 Model 40 located on the University campus. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in economics consists of 15 hours in prescribed courses and 15 
hours elected from a restricted list of societally-oriented courses. Another 15 hours must be 
selected with an adviser's approval. 

Credits Credits 

EB 202 Economics II 3 EB 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 Restricted electives in Economics 15 

EB 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis Electives approved by an adviser 15 

Theory and Policy 3 45 

EB 350 Economics and Business Statistics* 3 

Total hours for graduation 124 



170 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ACCOUNTING 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in accounting consists of 36 hours in prescribed courses of 
which 21 hours are accounting courses. Six hours may be chosen from a restricted list of 
societally-oriented economics courses, and 9 hours must be selected with an adviser's ap- 
proval unless ACC 468 is chosen in place of EB 490. In the latter case the number of approved 
elective hours will be 12. 

Credits Credits 

EB 202 Economics II 3 ACC 468 Professional Accountancy Resume 3 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 Restricted electives in economics 6 

EB 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: Accounting concentration 21 

Theory and Policy 3 Electives approved by an adviser 12 



EB 350 Economics and Business Statistics* 3 



54 

Total hours for graduation 124 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in business management consists of 51 hours of prescribed 
and elected courses. Of these, 21 hours are required as the core. The remainder of the hours 
are elected from 6 hours of courses from a restricted list, 9 hours from three of the five areas 
of business concentration, and 15 hours elected with an adviser's approval. 

Credits Credits 

ACC 260 Accounting I 3 EB 350 Economics and Business 

EB 202 Economics II 3 Statistics* 3 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 EB 307 Business Law I 3 

EB 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: EB 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

Theory and Policy 3 Restricted electives in Economics 6 

Electives from Areas of Business 

Concentration 9 

Electives approved by an adviser 15 

51 

Total hours for graduation 124 



* ST 311, 361 or 371-372 may be substituted for EB 350, but only one of these courses may be used to earn credit for 
graduation. 

SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER EDUCATION OPTION 

The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in economics, social studies teacher education 
option, consists of a modified economics major plus 24 hours of complementary courses in 
history, sociology, anthropology and political science. Additional courses in psychology and 
education (including student teaching) in the 129 hour program complete the requirements 
for "A" certification. The social studies teacher education program is open to majors in 
economics, history, political science, and sociology and anthropology. Admission to the 
program, however, is limited to approximately 15 students per semester. Applicants are 
selected on the basis of academic competition and dedication to teaching. 

Credits Credits 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 Restricted Electives in Economics 15 

EB 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: Tota l Economics Courses 24 

Theory and Policy 3 Complementary Courses in History 



EB 350 Economics and Business 

Statistics* 3 



and Social Sciences 24 



* ST 311, 361, or 371-372 may be substituted for EB 350, but only one of these courses may be used to earn credit for 
graduation. 



171 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in economics consists of 27 hours in 
prescribed and elected courses. Of these, 15 or 18 hours are required as the core. Nine of the 
remaining hours must consist of economics electives. 

Credits 

EB 201 Economics I 3 

EB 202 Economics II* 3 

EB 301 Production and Prices 3 

EB 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: 

Theory and Policy 3 

Credits 

EB 350 Economics and Business 

Statistics** 3 

EB 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

Restricted Electives in Economics 6 

EB Elective _3 

27 



* EB 202 may be waived subject to the approval of the student's faculty adviser. 

** ST 311, 361, or 371-372 may be substituted for EB 350, but only one of these courses may be used to earn credit for 
graduation. 

ELECTIVE COURSES 

Students must complete at least two courses selected from the specified list of economics 
electives, the two intermediate theory courses (EB 301 and EB 302) and one of the basic 
statistics courses before enrolling in Senior Seminar (EB 490 or ACC 468). 

These electives, primarily society oriented are: EB 304, EB 370 (HI 370), EB 371 (HI 371), 
EB 404, 410, 413, 422, 430, 431, 435, 436, 442, 448, 451, 475, 501, 502, 515, 521, 533, 540, 550, 551, 
555, 561 (ST 561), 570, and 574 (SOC 574). 

Additional firm-oriented economics electives are available. These courses are often con- 
sidered business courses and are intended to provide skills for dealing with problems at firm 
level. These areas of business concentration are: 

Finance: EB 404, 415, 420 
Business Management: EB 310, 525, 535 
Marketing: EB 311, 313, 430, 521 
Personnel: EB 326, 332, 431 
Production: EB 303, 325, 523, 551 

Courses from other departments may be used to fulfill business concentration require- 
ments upon approval of the Department of Economics and Business. 

ENGLISH 

Winston Hall 

Professor L. S. Champion, Head of the Department 
Professor R. B. White Jr., Assistant Head of the Department 
Professor P. E. Blank, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: L. S. Champion, J. D. Durant, M. Halperen, A. S. Knowles, B. G. Koonce Jr., W. E. Meyers, F. H. Moore Jr., G. 
Owen Jr., M. S. Reynolds, W. B. Toole III, R. B. White Jr., M. C. Williams, P. Williams Jr.; Professors Emeriti: L. C. Hart- 
ley, H. G. Kincheloe, R. G. Walser; Associate Professors: B. J. Baines, L. J. Betts Jr., P. E. Blank Jr., E. D. Clark, J. W. 
Clark Jr., E. P. Dandridge Jr., J. B. Easley, H. A. Hargrave, M. T. Hester, L. F. Jeffers, D. L. Laryea, C. E. Moore, D. D. 
Short, N. G. Smith, J. J. Smoot, A. F. Stein, T. N. Walters, H. C. West; Assistant Professors: J. S. Anhorn, M. M. Brandt, 
V. C. Downs, E. D. Engel, J. M. Grimwood, A. H. Harrison, W. E. Haskin, L. T. Holley, R. W. Kelton, J. A. Kilby Jr., 
M. F. King, V. B. Lentz, L. H. Mackethan, C. A. Prioli, N. B. Rich, L. S. Rudner, K. L. Seidel, J. N. Wall Jr., R. V. Young 
Jr.; Instructors: G. W. Barrax, D. H. Covington, C. R. Horner, C. R. Miller; Lecturers: G. B. Blank, A. E. Brown, 
R. M. Butler, P. R. Cockshutt Jr., J. S. Griffin, J. H. Hobbs, S. B. Jordan, A. H. McDonald, A. F. Mann, G. L. Stephenson, 
L. H. Stribling, F. M. Viverette, J. P. Williams; Visiting Lecturers: L. B. Davies, F. A. Smith; Part-Time Lecturer: 
D. E. Walls; Visiting Part-Time Lecturers: H. G. Scolnicov, D. Ketchiff; Preceptor in Transition Program: 
L. J. Wootton 

172 



The Department of English offers basic and advanced courses in composition, language, 
and literature. The freshman courses, common to all curricula and prerequisite to all ad- 
vanced courses in English, are designed to give intensive training and practice in written 
communication, in addition to an introduction to literary types. Courses in communication of 
technical information and in creative and advanced expository writing are offered to meet re- 
quirements in special curricula and to provide elective credits. Advanced courses are 
available for a major in literature (Bachelor of Arts program), majors in English— writing 
and editing option (Bachelor of Arts program) or teacher certification option (Bachelor of 
Arts program), and a concentration in literature (Bachelor of Science program), as well as for 
general electives. 

See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

B.A. PROGRAM, MAJORS IN ENGLISH 

Bachelor of Arts Degree Program — The student must schedule 36 semester hours be- 
yond the usual six hours in freshman composition. Basic requirements include the 
sophomore survey of English literature, a course in Shakespeare, and at least one course in 
American writers. Beyond these courses, the student may pursue special interests within the 
limits of two recommended categories. 

Bachelor of Arts in English— Writing and Editing Option— The student must schedule 
36 semester hours beyond the usual six hours in freshman composition. Courses are included 
in journalism, copyediting, technical writing, public speaking, and literature. In the final 
semester, a special seminar (ENG 498) will serve as a capstone to one's study. Additionally 
the student must schedule 15-18 semester hours in a track or discipline in which one wishes 
to apply communication skills. 
Bachelor of Arts in English — Teacher Education Option 

English majors may enroll in the teacher education option offered by the School of 
Humanities and Social Sciences in cooperation with the School of Education. Students who 
complete this program are eligible to apply for certification to teach English in secondary 
schools in North Carolina. The requirements of the program include 28 semester hours in 
professional courses and 36 semester hours in English beyond the usual six hours in 
freshman composition. (Total 124 credit hours required for graduation.) Students desiring to 
enter this program should declare their intention before the spring of the sophomore year 
and are required to file a formal application for admission which must be approved in order 
for them to participate. 

B.S. PROGRAM, CONCENTRATION IN ENGLISH 

Bachelor of Science Program — The student, in consultation with his or her department 
adviser, must schedule 27 semester hours beyond the usual six hours in freshman composi- 
tion. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE AND 
LITERATURES 

1911 Building 

Professor A. A. Gonzalez, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor S. E. Simonsen, Assistant Head of the Department and Coordi- 
nator of Advising 

Professor: E. M. Stack; Professor Emeritus: G. W. Poland; Associate Professors: T. P. Feeny, G. Gonzalez, 
J. R. Kelley, M. Paschal, E. W. Rollins, G. G. Smith, J. H. Stewart, H. Tucker Jr.; Associate Professor Emeritus: 
F. J. Allred; Assistant Professors: R. A. Alder, S. T. Alonso, L. L. Cofresi, L. A. Dahlin, T. N. Hammond, W. M. Holler. 
E. D. Myers, V. M. Prichard, C. E. Sorum, M. A. Witt; Assistant Professor Emerita: R. B. Hall; Instructors: 
C. Elkabas, S. Gulack, A. C. Malinowski; Lecturer: E. Jezierski 



173 



MAJORS IN FRENCH OR SPANISH 

All the general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree must be met, including six 
hours of literature survey outside the major field. Degree designations are: B.A. in French 
Language and Literature, B.A. in Spanish Language and Literature, French Language and 
Literature Teacher Education option and Spanish Language and Literature Teacher Educa- 
tion option. 

Bachelor of Arts degree — Students must complete 36 hours beyond the elementary 
courses (101-102), including a senior seminar. Majors must take 12 additional hours of 
related studies. 

B.A. Program with Teacher Education Option — In collaboration with the School of 
Education, the department offers a program upon completion of which graduates may be 
certified as secondary school foreign language teachers in the North Carolina public school 
system. (Total 127 credit hours required for graduation.) Candidates should advise their 
academic counsellor as early as possible for the proper planning of their curriculum. They 
should formally declare their intention by the spring semester of the sophomore year. 

No graduate degrees are given in foreign languages, but special courses and certification 
examinations are offered for advanced degree students. 

HISTORY 

Harrelson Hall 

Associate Professor M. E. Wheeler, Head of the Department 
Associate Professor R. N. Elliott, Assistant Head of the Department 
Professor J. P. Hobbs, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: B. F. Beers. M. L. Brown Jr., M. S. Downs, R. W. Greenlaw, W. C. Harris, J. P. Hobbs, D. E. King, J. M. Riddle, 
S. Suval, B. W. Wishy; Professor Emeritus: L. W. Seegers; Associate Professors: J. R. Banker, W. H. Beezley, C. H. 
Carlton, R. N. Elliott, G. D. Newby, R. H. Sack, D. M. Scott, E. D. Sylla, M. E. Wheeler; Associate Professor Emeritus: L. 
W. Barnhardt; Adjunct Associate Professor: T. W. Mitchell; Assistant Professors: R. M. Collins, C. J. Constantin, J. E. 
Crisp, N. B. Ketchiff, A. J. LaVopa, J. A. Mulholland, G. W. O'Brien, J. K. Ocko, K. P. Vickery; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor: W. S. Price Jr. 

An understanding of the historical background of our times is expected of the educated 
person. The Department of History makes it possible for students to gain this understanding 
through a wide range and variety of courses at all levels from introductory through 
graduate. 

A wide range of introductory courses is available to satisfy the history requirement or part 
of the humanities and social sciences requirements in most University curricula. Students in 
the School of Humanities and Social Sciences are required to take two courses in history — 
one dealing with a culture significantly different from our own in preindustrial Western or 
non-Western societies and the other dealing with our own culture in the United States or 
post-industrial Western societies. 

Some introductory and advanced courses and most graduate courses are offered in the 
evening. See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAM 

A history major must take 30 hours of course work in history in addition to the six hours 
required of all students in the School of Humanities and Social Sciences. These 30 hours 
must include a senior seminar. At least 24 hours of the 30 must be at the 400 level or above. 

Bachelor of Arts Program with Teacher Education Option 

History majors may enroll in the teacher education program offered by the School of 
Humanities and Social Sciences in cooperation with the School of Education. Students who 
complete this program are eligible for certification to teach social studies in secondary 



174 



schools in North Carolina. In addition to Bachelor of Arts degree requirements, students are 
required to take professional courses in education and psychology and additional social 
sciences courses (130 credit hours required for graduation). Students desiring to enter this 
program should declare their intention during their sophomore year. They are required to 
file an application for formal admission during their junior year. Admission is competitive 
and the criteria include an overall grade point average of 2.5 or better. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM 

A concentration in history involves 18 hours of course work beyond the six hours required 
of all students in the School of Humanities and Social Sciences plus a senior seminar. Of the 
18 hours, at least 12 must be at the 300 level or above. 

MULTI-DISCIPLINARY STUDIES 

Multi-Disciplinary Studies Committee 

Professor R. S. Bryan (Philosophy and Religion), Chairman 

Professor W. B. Toole (English) 

Associate Professor W. C. Harris (History) 

Associate Professor M. M. Sawhney (Sociology and Anthropology) 

Associate Professor J. W. Wilson (Economics and Business) 

Professor Paul A. Bredenburg and Associate Professor W. Curtis Fitzgerald, Coordinators of 
Advising. 

The multi-disciplinary studies program allows a student to design his or her own academic 
major. Instead of following the requirements for a major in one of the traditional disciplines, 
the candiate for the Bachelor of Arts degree in multidisciplinary studies has the respon- 
sibility of organizing a concentration or field of specialization from two or more disciplines. 
A concentration in Latin American studies might, for example, combine related courses in 
language, literature, history, economics, sociology and political science. 

The freshman and sophomore basic requirements for the multi-disciplinary studies 
program are the same as for the other Bachelor of Arts programs in Humanities and Social 
Sciences. In satisfying basic requirements in language, humanities, social science, 
mathematics and natural science, the student should, whenever possible, choose those 
courses that are most appropriate as background for the courses in his or her major 
concentration. 

ADMISSION TO THE PROGRAM 

To become a candidate for a major in multi-disciplinary studies, a student first secures ap- 
plication forms and information from the office of the dean of the School of Humanities and 
Social Sciences (Tompkins Hall, Room 118) or from the office of the chairman of the Multi- 
Disciplinary Studies Committee (Harrelson Hall, Room 361), then prepares a tentative 
proposal which includes a list of courses comprising 30 credit hours and an essay of 300-500 
words explaining one's reasons for desiring to make this set of courses the field of specializa- 
tion. The student's proposal is reviewed by a faculty sponsor and submitted to the Multi- 
Disciplinary Committee for consideration. After a thorough examination to determine 
whether the set of courses proposed as a multi-disciplinary major is academically sound and 
coherent, the committee will recommend that the Dean of Humanities and Social Sciences 
accept or reject the proposal; or it will be sent back to the student and his or her sponsor with 
suggestions for modification and resubmission. 



175 



PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor R. S. Bryan, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor W. C. Fitzgerald, Coordinator of Advising and Assistant Head of the 
Department 

Professors: P. A. Bredenberg, T. H. Regan; Associate Professors: W. R. Carter, W. L. Highfill, R. S. Metzger, A. D. Van- 
DeVeer; Associate Professor Emeritus: J. L. Middleton; Assistant Professors: D. D. Auerback, H. D. Levin, J. H. 
Moorhead, R. I. Nagel. A. \V. Sparer, M. A. Tolbert, J. C. VanderKam; Lecturer: C. L. Stalnaker 

The Department of Philosophy and Religion at North Carolina State University 1) serves 
the needs of the University at large by providing courses devoted to the discussion of the 
great philosophic ideas of western civilization and of the religious notions that have had an 
impact on all of civilization, and 2) provides an opportunity for extensive technical study in 
philosophy for those students who wish to concentrate in this field either for its own sake or 
as an ideal intellectual foundation for subsequent graduate or professional study. 

Programs lead to two degrees in philosophy, the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of 
Science. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAM 

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree in philosophy must complete 30 hours in 
philosophy, including either Logic (PHI 201) or Symbolic Logic (PHI 335); the courses in the 
development of western philosophic thought (PHI 300, 301, 319), and a course in value theory 
(PHI 307, 308, 309, 311, or 312). 

Bachelor of Arts Degree Program with a Concentration in Religious Studies 

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree in philosophy with a concentration in religious 
studies must complete 33 hours, including 12 hours in philosophy and 21 hours in religion. 
The courses in philosophy must include a course in the development of western philosophic 
thought (PHI 300, 301, 319); a course in value theory (PHI 307, 308, 309, 311, 312); and the 
course in the philosophy of religion (PHI 305). The courses in religion must include a course 
in biblical studies (REL 201, 311, 312); a course in non-western religions (REL 331, 332); 
a course in the history of western religions (REL 315, 316, 321, 323); and a course in theology 
and culture (REL 309, 325, 327). 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAM 

Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree in philosophy must complete 27 hours in 
philosophy. These must include the courses in the history of western philosophic thought 
(PHI 300, 301), Symbolic Logic (PHI 335), Philosophv of Science (PHI 340); and a course in 
value theorv (PHI 307, 308, 309, 311, 312). 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Carmichael Gymnasium 

Professor F. R. Drews, Head of the Department 

Associate Professors: J. B. Edwards Jr.. H., Keating, W. R. Leonhardt, W. H. Sonner; Assistant Professors: A. L. 
Berle, J. V. Brothers, R. C. Combs, N. E. Cooper, J. M. Daniels, R. G. Gwyn, J. W. Isenhour Jr.. M. S. Rhodes. J. L. Shan- 
non. W. M. Shea, E. A. Smaltz; Lecturers: M B. Booth, M. J. Briggson, H. L. Brown, T. W. Cates, W. A. Cheek. T W 
Evans. V. M. Leath, S. L. Moore, R. H. Nicholson, C. E. Patch, L. E. Scott, J. G. Stewart. G. E. Wall, T. C. Winslow; 
Emeritus Associat* Professor: A. M. Hoch 

North Carolina State University requires from two to four semesters in physical education 
to be taken consecutively during the freshman and sophomore years. The specific number of 

176 



semesters of required physical education is determined for each student by the Department 
of Physical Education. Insofar as faculty, facilities and allotment of time permits, each stu- 
dent is guided into courses which will best meet individual needs. 

Prescribed Courses — Prescribed courses are designed to meet the specific student needs as 
determined by tests. Prescribed courses are: Health and Physical Fitness, Beginning Swim- 
ming I, Beginning Swimming II, Restricted Activity I and Restricted Activity II. The Health 
and Physical Fitness course is required of all new freshmen. The Department of Physical 
Education also requires a demonstrated survival swimming ability or placement in the ap- 
propriate beginning swimming course. 

Controlled Elective Courses — Elective courses are grouped under one of these areas: 
aquatics, combatives, developmental activities, individual sports and team sports. Students 
are encouraged to develop proficiency in at least two vigorous lifetime sports. 

The courses PE 280, Emergency Medical Care and First Aid, and PE 285, Personal Health, 
are offered as electives but do not constitute credit towards meeting physical education re- 
quirements. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Tompkins Hall 

Professor G. David Garson, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor K. S. Petersen, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: W. J. Block. F. V. Cahill, J. T. Caldwell, A. Holtzman, R. 0. Tilman; Associate Professors: J. H. Gilbert, H. G. 
Kebschull, J. P. Mastro, J. M. McClain, K. S. Petersen, M. S. Soroos, J. 0. Williams; Assistant Professors: T. D. Edgmon, 
E. S. Fairchild, S. H. Kessler, E. R. Rubin, D. W. Stewart, J. E. Swiss, M. L. Vasu; Instructor: J. B. Rosch; Visiting 
Associate Professor: D. 0. Vaughn 

The Department of Political Science offers basic and advanced courses in all major fields 
of the discipline: American government and politics (local, state and national), comparative 
government and politics, international relations and organizations, political theory, public 
administration and methodology of political science. The department provides an area in 
which students may concentrate their major efforts, and it affords opportunities for the 
study of government and administration to students in other curricula and schools. 

Graduate courses in political science are available at N. C. State and at Fort Bragg. See 
listing of graduate degree programs and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

The department conducts a State Legislative Internship Program in alternate years. It 
also participates in the State Government Internship program, which functions under the 
sponsorship of the Institute of Government at Chapel Hill. 

PROGRAMS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 
BACHELOR OF ARTS PROGRAM 

Major requirements are: 30 hours (in addition to any political science course which may be 
taken to satisfy the 12-hour social science requirement), 21 of which must be at the 300-level 
or above; PS 201 or equivalent; at least six hours in each of three pairs of deciles (Pair A: 
American Politics/Policy and Administration; Pair B: International or Comparative Politics; 
Pair C: Political Theory/Scope and Methods) and a Political Science Seminar (indicated by 
the letter "S" following its number, or by the word "seminar" in its title). 

The department recommends that its majors, whenever practicable, take MA 111 and MA 
112 in fulfillment of the School of Liberal Arts mathematics requirement. 

Criminal Justice Option — The Departments of Political Science and Sociology and 
Anthropology offer undergraduate majors an option in criminal justice. This option includes 
24 semester hours of specialized study. The program develops students who may move into 
middle management and policy making positions in agencies such as police, court, correc- 
tional, probation and parole agencies. 

Students interested in criminal justice should contact Dr. Erika Fairchild, 221 Tompkins 
Hall, Political Science, or Dr. Elizabeth Suval, 230 1911 Building, Sociology and 
Anthropology. 

177 



Public Policy Concentration— The concentration in public policy studies is offered by the 
Department of Political Science as a curriculum for students interested in the setting and im- 
plementation of governmental priorities. The Public Policy Concentration is fulfilled by suc- 
cessful completion of twelve hours of core course requirements, nine hours of recommended 
political science electives, and completion of the normal political science major requirements 
(30 hours). Courses in the concentration emphasize public policy issues, analytic skills rele- 
vant to policy determination, and problems of implementing policy objectives. The concen- 
tration is suitable for those interested in continuing on to further study and careers in public 
administration, public service, and management. 

Teacher Education Option — A major in political science may also choose a teacher educa- 
tion option. This is a 129-credit hour degree program which includes the normal 30-hour ma- 
jor plus the required professional education courses. Successful completion of the program 
leads to certification to teach social studies in the secondary schools. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAM 

A concentration in political science requires 27 hours of course work in the discipline, in- 
cluding PS 202, PS 391 and a subsequent seminar in political science. 



SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences) 

1911 Building 

Professor S. C. Mayo, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor E. M. Suval, Assistant Head of the Department 

Professor J. N. Young, Coordinator of Advising 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: W. B. Clifford II, L. W. Drabick, C. P. Marsh, G. C. McCann, R. D. Mustian, M. M. Sawhney, J. N. Young; 
Professor Emeritus: H. D. Rawls; Adjunct Professor: E. Winston; Associate Professors: R. C. Brisson, A. C. Davis, C. V. 
Mercer, R. L. Moxiey, G. S. Nickerson. J. G. Peck, I. E. Russell. 0. Uzzell, M. L. Walek, R. C. Wimberley; Assistant 
Professors W T. Austin, C. G. Dawson, L. R. Delia Fave, V. A. Hiday, T. M. Hyman, J. C. Leiter, P. T. McFarlane, W. C. 
Peebles, I. Rovner, M. D. Schulman, R. J. Thomson, K. M. Troost, J. M. Wallace. E. M. Woodrum, M. T. Zingraff; 
Instructor: R. S. Ellovich; Lecturers <SW): J. S. Brown, E. B. Mackie, D. H. Solomon, L. R. Williams 

EXTENSION 

Professor J. N. Collins, In Charge of Com munity Development 

Professors: J. D. George, T. N. Hobgood Jr., C. E. Lewis, M. E. Voland; Professor Emeritus: J. W. Crawford; Assoaah 
Professors: V. E. Hamilton, P. P. Thompson; Assistant Professors: J. E. Burton, T. T. McKinnev; Extension Specialist 
fSWk H. H. Goldstein. 

This department teaches students the principles and techniques for understanding human 
group behavior. The department seeks: 1) to train students to become leaders in organizing 
groups and communities and in administering programs; 2) to qualify exceptional students 
on the undergraduate and graduate levels for sociological research, teaching and extension 
work; 3) to solve problems in human group relations through scientific research; and 4) to ex- 
tend research results to the people of the State. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The following departmental requirements must be met by all students majoring in 
sociology: A minimum of 30 hours in the major field including SOC 202, Principles of 
Sociology; SOC 301, Human Behavior; SOC 415, Social Thought; SOC 416, Research Methods; 
and a minimum of six elective courses in sociology, at least three at the 400 or higher level. 



178 



The department also requires 15 additional hours of social science including one course in 
psychology; ANT 252, Cultural Anthropology, and an additional ANT course are strongly 
recommended. One course in statistics is also required. 

Criminal Justice Option — The criminal justice option seeks to develop a professional 
orientation that will be relevant both to occupational goals and participation as a citizen in 
community affairs. Courses in both political science and sociology are included in a 28-hour 
block that provides a general background in crime causation and agencies of criminal justice 
plus the opportunity to select from more specific courses dealing with deviance, juvenile 
delinquency, the court system, correctional facilities, and the like, including field placement 
in an agency of the criminal justice system. 

Social Studies Teacher Education Option — This curriculum prepares the student for 
state certification in social studies in the secondary school system. (132 credit hours required 
for graduation.) The inclusion of a professional semester with practice teaching and the need 
for a broad base in the social sciences makes this a comparatively demanding program with 
somewhat less opportunity for free electives. Courses in education and psychology are taken 
beginning in the sophomore year in preparation for the teaching experience. In addition, the 
student learns the basic concepts of economics, political science, anthropology and history, as 
well as sociology. 

BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK DEGREE 

The curriculum is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and prepares stu- 
dents for the professional practice of social work in a variety of social welfare agencies, 
organizations and programs designed to enrich the quality of life and to improve social 
functioning of people served. Study will include the social, economic and political processes 
involved in the development and change of social welfare institutions, the dynamics of 
human behavior and the interventive methods and their application to a variety of situations 
and clients. Thirty-three hours of class and field instruction in social work, plus specified 
courses in the social sciences, the humanities, and natural sciences are required. Graduates 
have full professional status and may be granted advanced standing in a two-year Master's 
degree program in social work. 

SPEECH-COMMUNICATION 

Tompkins Hall 

Professor W. G. Franklin, Head of the Department 

Instructor Gail Schumacher, Coordinator of Advising 

Professor: C. A. Parker; Associate Professor Emeritus: L. H. Swain; Associate Professors: L. R. Camp, H. E. Munn Jr., 
Assistant Professors: R. A. Francesconi, R. Leonard, J. D. Stone, N. H. Snow, B. L. Russell; Instructors: E. Funk- 
houser, R. Rodgers, G. A. Schumacher 

Speech-Communication is conceived as: (1) a humanistic study; (2) a social and behavioral 
science, and (3) a natural science. Characteristically, humanistic study of speech and its con- 
sequences employs historical, critical, philosophical, esthetic, and literal analyses of the in- 
tentions, actions, and effects of oral communication. Scientifically viewed as a symbolic in- 
teraction, speech is an object of empirical inquiry in laboratory and field. Conceived as 
physiological, acoustic, and learned behavior, speech-communication receives the rigorous 
experimental analyses of the biological and physical sciences. Such multiple approaches are 
requisite to comprehending the complexity of the speech act. 

MAJOR IN SPEECH-COMMUNICATION 

Bachelor of Arts Degree Program — The major in speech-communication includes 30 
semester hours. The curriculum in speech-communication requires three prescribed courses 
in speech. The student may elect courses within the field from among offerings in broadcast 
communication, organizational and interpersonal communication, public communication, 
speech science communication and theatre communication to complete the 30-hour 
requirement. 

179 



SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL AND 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Cox Hall 

A. C. Menius Jr., Dean 

J. D. Memory, Associate Dean 

The School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences trains potential scientists and 
mathematicians; gives technical support to curricula in North Carolina State's other seven 
schools; and does research in physical sciences and mathematics. These activities are carried 
out by eight academic departments: biochemistry, chemistry, computer science, statistics, 
geosciences, marine science and engineering, mathematics and physics. The Institute of 
Statistics (Raleigh section) and Physical Sciences Research are also associated with 
the School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences. 

Graduates of the school are recruited for technical and administrative positions in in- 
dustrial research and development laboratories, universities and colleges, non-profit 
research organizations and government agencies. A large percentage of the graduates under- 
take advanced study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

The high school student with an above-average performance in mathematics, chemistry or 
physics, and a basic interest in natural phenomena and their mathematical descriptions, 
should consider a career in physical sciences or mathematics. The school consistently at- 
tracts outstanding students; approximately one-third of its students graduate with honors or 
high honors. 

FACILITIES 

Classrooms and school offices in the campus' center are listed under each department. In 
addition, physics research laboratories are located in Daniels Hall and the Nuclear Science 
Building and at the Triangle Universities Nuclear Laboratory in Durham. Biochemistry 
research is underway in Polk Hall. 

Special equipment and laboratories include a plasma physics laboratory supported by a 
research tube-making facility; a radio-chemistry laboratory; a one-million volt Van de 
Graaff accelerator; analog and ambilog computers; an IBM 1130 digital; a laser research 
laboratory; a Varian Associates HA-100 high resolution nuclear magnetic resonance spec- 
trometer; an upper atmosphere laboratory; a biomathematics and biophysics laboratory; un- 
dergraduate and graduate desk computing laboratories; biochemical research and teaching 
laboratories; and an ultraviolet-infrared-visible spectroscopic laboratory. Other campus 
facilities for teaching and research are electron microscopes, a heterogeneous nuclear reactor 
designed for operation at 100 kilowatts, complete x-ray laboratories with diffraction and 
radiographic equipment, a Beckman Model E analytical ultracentrifuge, precision instru- 
ment shops, and an Itel AS/4 digital computer connected by telecommunication lines to a 
twin IBM 370/165 system at the Triangle Universities Nuclear Laboratory which has a 0-35 
Mev. cyclo-graaff accelerator. 

CURRICULA 

The school offers undergraduate programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Science 
degree with a major in chemistry, computer science, geology, mathematics, meteorology, 
physics or statistics. These curricula have similar freshman years, enabling a freshman to 
change, without loss of time, from one department to another in the school. In addition, the 
school offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in 
geology and chemistry. 

SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES 

Several short courses and specialized institutes are offered throughout the academic year 
and during the summer months in chemistry, computer science, geology, mathematics, 

180 



physics, and statistics for high school teachers and college professors. For information, write 
the school dean. 

In addition, certain regular courses may be taken for credit through correspondence or 
evening classes through the Division of Continuing Education in Raleigh, Charlotte or in the 
Greensboro-Burlington-Winston-Salem area. For information write North Carolina State 
University Division of Continuing Education, Raleigh. 

SUPERIOR STUDENT AND HONOR PROGRAMS 

Exceptional students may be selected to participate in the Superior Student Program dur- 
ing their freshman and sophomore years. Enriched courses in chemistry, English, 
mathematics, and physics have been developed specifically for program participants. At the 
beginning of the junior year, promising students may select special courses, participate in 
undergraduate research, and receive some graduate credit toward the Master of Science 
degree during the senior year. 

Well-prepared students entering the school may seek advanced placement in biology, chem- 
istry, foreign language, history, mathematics, or physics by passing qualifying examina- 
tions. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

In addition to University-wide extracurricular activities and honor organizations, the 
School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences has student chapters of the following 
professional and honor organizations: Society of Physics Students, Pi Mu Epsilon, the 
American Chemical Society, and the Association for Computing Machinery. 

The Science Council, composed of elected students from the school, sponsors and par- 
ticipates in a wide variety of technical and social activities. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science degree is available with a major in biochemistry, biomathematics, 
chemistry, computer studies, geology, marine sciences, statistics, mathematics, applied 
mathematics and physics. The Master of Biomathematics is offered. The Doctor of 
Philosophy degree is available in biochemistry, biomathematics, chemistry, marine sciences, 
statistics, mathematics, applied mathematics and physics. 



BIOCHEMISTRY 

(See Agriculture and Life Sciences) 

CHEMISTRY 

Dabney Hall and Withers Hall 

Professor C. L. Bumgardner, Head of the Department 

Professor R. H. Loeppert, Assistant Head of the Department and Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: H. A. Bent, J. Bordner, L. H. Bowen, H. H. Carmichael (Graduate Administrator). M. K. DeArmond, L. D. 
Freedman, F. W. Getzen, K. W. Hanck, F. C. Hentz Jr. (Director of General Chemistryl, Z Z. Hugus Jr., S. G. Levine, G. G. 
Long, C. G. Moreland, A. F. Schreiner, W. P. Tucker, G. H. Wahl Jr.; Adjunct Professor: M. E. Wall; Professors Emeriti: 
G. 0. Doak, W. J. Peterson, W. A. Reid, P. P. Sutton, R. C. White; Associate Professors: T. C. Caves. A. F. Coots, C. E. 
Gleit, L. A. Jones, M. L. Miles (Director of Organic Laboratories), W. L. Switzer, D. W. Wertz; Associate Professor 
Emeritus: W. E. Jordan; Assistant Professors: C. R. Boss, Y. Ebisuzaki, W. R. Johnson, S. T. Purrington, T. M. Ward; 
Visiting Assistant Professor: M. Whangbo; Assistayit Professors Emeriti: T. J. Blalock, W. P. Ingram Jr.; Instructors' 
Ementi: E. H. Manning, J. W. Morgan, G. M. Oliver; Laboratory Supennsors: C. E. Bryan, G. J. Shaw; Teaching 
<»,d Research Technicians: M. E. Bundy, D. E. Knight; Teaching Technician and General Chemistry Laboratory Co- 
ordinator: M. M. Girolami 



181 



Chemistry is the science dealing with the composition of all substances and changes in 
their composition. Chemists have contributed to the synthetic fiber industry, petroleum 
products and fuels, plastics, the food processing industry, nuclear energy, modern drugs and 
medicine. Today's chemists are concerned with the fundamental building blocks of all 
materials — atoms and molecules — leading to improvement of old materials, development of 
new ones and control of our environment. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The chemical industry is the nation's largest manufacturing industry. Chemists comprise 
the largest proportion of scientists in the United States, and future demand for chemists 
should continue to grow. A variety of jobs is open to the chemist; biochemistry, metallurgy, 
space science, oceanography, sales or management, pure research. Chemists are employed in 
almost every field based on modern technology and opportunities in the field of education are 
many and varied. The Bachelor of Science program in chemistry provides an excellent 
premedical curriculum. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Science curriculum (shown below), accredited by the American Chemical 
Society, includes a strong, broad background in mathematics, physics and the liberal arts. 
The basic areas of organic, physical, inorganic and analytical chemistry are stressed. 
Laboratory and classroom work develop the skills, knowledge and inquiring spirit necessary 
for a successful career in chemistry. The minor field and elective credits allow individual 
diversity at the junior and senior levels. Many undergraduates participate in current 
departmental research through part-time employment or a senior research project. The 
curriculum prepares the student for jobs open to the Bachelor of Science chemist or for ad- 
vanced graduate work. See listing of graduate degrees and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The B.A. program offers a much more flexible course of studies for students who do not 
wish to become professional chemists but who desire an interdisciplinary program with an 
emphasis on Chemistry. Recent graduates have gone on to Medical School and to graduate 
study in fields related to Chemistry. Among the 127 credit hours required for graduation are 
thirty credits of Chemistry and thirty-three hours of electives. Since the first year is iden- 
tical to that of the B.S. program, students may enter the B.A. program either directly from 
high school or at the end of their first year. Complete details are available in the Chemistry 
Department (Dabney Hall). 

B.S. CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credit* 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 1 CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II 1 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 Calculus II 4 

Social Science 3 PY 201 General Physics* 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education _1 

16 17 



182 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

English Elective 3 English Elective 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

Calculus III 4 PY 203 General Physics* 4 

PY 202 General Physics' 4 Free Electives 3 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

16 18 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

Humanities— Social Sciences 3 CH 434 Physical Chemistry II 

FLG 101 Elementary German I 3 Laboratory 2 

Minor** 3 Humanities— Social Sciences 3 



15 



FLG 102 Elementary German II 3 

Minor _3 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4 CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4 

Chemistry Elective 2 Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Humanities— Social Sciences 3 Minor 3 

Minor 3 Free Electives _6 

Free Electives _4 jg 

16 

Hours Required for Graduation 131 



* The sequence PY 205, 208, 407 may be substituted for PY 201, 202, 203, with approval of the adviser. 
** The minor may be in any field closely related to chemistry, such as mathematics, physics, computer science, geoscience, 
statistics, biological sciences, engineering or science education. A total of four courses in two such areas may constitute a 
"split" minor. The minor field should be chosen in consultation with the faculty adviser prior to or during the junior year. 

B.A. CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 Calculus II 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences* 3 PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

15 16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 Science Elective 4 

Humanities— Social Sciences* 6 Humanities — Social Sciences* 3 

Physical Education 1 Free Elective 3 



15 



Physical Education _1 

15 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 CH 315 or CH 317 Quantitative Analysis 4 

Science Elective 4 Humanities — Social Sciences* 6 

Humanities— Social Sciences* 6 Advised Elective** 4 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 17 



183 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits S/irinu Semester Credits 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry 4 CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 

Humanities— Social Sciences* 3 Hunan ies— Social Sciences* 3 

Advised Electives** 7 Ad\ .sed Slectives** 7 

Free Elective _3 Free Elective _3 

17 16 

Hours Required for Graduation 127 

Because of the inherent flexibility of the B.A. Curriculum in Chemistry a student entering into the program must submit 
an Application for Admission and a Plan of Work, giving reasons for the selection of course work. 



* These credits should be distributed approximately equally between the humanities (fine arts, history, literature, 
languages, philosophy, and religion) and the social sciences (anthropology, economics, political science, psychology and 
sociology). No more than 10 credit hours in a single discipline may be used to satisfy the requirement. At least 12 credits 
must come from courses beyond the introductory level. 
** Advised electives are designed to allow the student to concentrate efforts in the complementary field of his choice. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Daniels Hall 

Professor D. C. Martin, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor T. L. Honeycutt, Associate Department Head and Coordinator of 
Advising 

Professor: W. Chou; Adjunct Professor: L. H. Williams; Associate Professors: E. W. Davis Jr., R. J. Fornaro, L. Mansfield, 
ri. F. McAllister, J. D. Powell, W. E. Robbins, A. L. Tharp; Assistant Professors: L. E. Deimel Jr., J. W. Hanson, C. D. 
Savage, K. C. Tai, N. F. Williamson; Adjunct Assistant Professor: R. L. Glendenning; histructors: C. E. Grad, M. J. Lee; 
Adjunct Lecturer: F. L. Benson; Special Lecturer: F. W. Houghtaling 

The discipline of computer science has developed during the past 25 years as a direct conse- 
quence of rapid growth of the electronic computer. This technological development has great 
impact on man and the way he lives. Almost all areas of industry, the military establish- 
ment, government agencies, education and business use computers and new applications con- 
tinue to arise. Computers are used to help make and operate our automobiles, airplanes and 
space ships; to help design our highways, bridges and buildings; to handle banking transac- 
tions and to assist in management decisions; to analyze farm production; as a research tool 
for the scientist; to monitor manufacturing processes, utilities and communication; and to 
provide a multitude of other services. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

A wide range of jobs exist for computer scientists since computers have diverse applica- 
tions. Salaries are good for both men and women. There is a need for basic research into the 
principles of computer system design and the analysis of computational algorithms and stu- 
dents may choose to continue their training with graduate study. 

CURRICULUM 

This undergraduate curriculum leads to a degree of Bachelor of Science in computer 
science. Core courses provide foundations in programming and computer languages, the 
structure of data, computer architecture, solution methods including numerical analysis and 
simulation, and the theory of computation. The restricted electives chosen in consultation 
with one's adviser during the junior year allow exploration of specific computer science areas 
or fields such as information science, operating systems, computer architecture, and analysis 
of algorithms. One may study fields in which there are significant computer applications like 
management, physical, biological and social sciences, numerical analysis and statistics. 

Students in other departments may select courses in computer science as electives to 
broaden their programs of study and to learn how to use the computer for solving problems. 



184 



COMPUTER SCIENCE CURRICULUM 



Full Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

Basic Science 3 

PE 100 Health and Physical Fitness _1 

14 



Credits 



CSC 102 Programming Concepts 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Basic Science 3 

Physical Education 1 

14 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Sprino Semester 



Credits 



CSC 201 Basic Computer Organization 

and Assembly Language 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

ENG Literature 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



CSC 202 Concepts and Facilities of 

Operating Systems 3 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical 

Methods or 

CSC 311 Data Structures 3 

MA 405 Introd. to Linear Algebra 

and Matrices 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Humanities— Social Science 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Sj>ri)i(/ Semester 



Credits 



CSC 311 Data Structures or 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3 

CSC 322 Applied Algebraic Structures 3 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability and 

Distribution Theory 2 

ENG 321 Communication of Technical 

Information 3 

Humanities— Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 

17 



CSC 312 Computer Organization and 

Logic 3 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability, 

Language and Automata 3 

ST 372 Introduction to Statistical 

Inference and Regression 2 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Fee Electives 3 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



CSC 411 Introduction to Simulation 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective 3 

18 



Restricted Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Humanities— Social Science 3 

Free Elective _3 

15 

Total Hours Required for 

Graduation 130 



COMPUTER STUDIES PROGRAM 

Professor W. Chou, Director 

Associate Professor W. E. Robbins, Associate Director 

Professors: W. S. Galler, H. J. Gold, D. C. Martin, J. B. O'Neal, J. Staudhammer; Associate Professors: E. W. Davis, 
R. J. Fornaro, J. W., Gault, T. L. Honeycutt, L. Mansfield, J. D. Powell, J. C. Smith, R. S. Sowell, A. L. Tharp; Adjunct 
Associate Professor: J. R. Suttle; Assistant Professors: L. E. Deimel, W. A. Gruver. J. W. Hanson, D. M. Latch, C. D. 
Savage, W. E. Snyder, R. E. Stinner, R. W. Stroh, K. C. Tai, N. F. Williamson; Instructors: C. E. Grad, M. J. Lee 

The Computer Studies Program is an interdisciplinary graduate program which is ad- 
ministratively supported by the Departments of Computer Science and Electrical Engineer- 
ing with participation by faculty members primarily from Computer Science, Electrical 
Engineering, and Operations Research. 

The program integrates the computer software oriented curriculum of the Department of 



185 



Computer Science and the computer hardware oriented curriculum of the Department of 
Electrical Engineering into a single curriculum. 

The program offers Master of Science and Master of Computer Studies degrees. A joint 
computer studies/operations research Ph.D. is offered through the Operations Research 
Program. 

GEOSCIENCES 

Withers Hall 

Professor C. J. Leith, Head of the Department and Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: H. S. Brown, E. G. Droessler, W. J. Saucier, C. W. Welby; Professors Emeriti: J. M. Parker III, J. L. Stuckey; 
Associate Professors: M. J. Aldrich, S. P. S. Arya, V. V. Cavaroc Jr., C. D. Harrington, G. F. Watson; Adjunct Associate 
Professor: F. S. Binkowski; Associate Professor Eyneritus: E. L. Miller Jr.; Assistant Professors: R. V. Fodor, A. J. Rior- 
dan, E. F. Stoddard, I. J.Won; Adjunct Assistant Professors: W. D. Bach Jr., J. K. Ching, R. E. Eskeridge 

The geosciences include the overlapping divisions of the physical, chemical and biological 
earth sciences, such as geology, geophysics, geochemistry, hydrology, meteorology, and 
paleontology. The Department of Geosciences offers courses in these disciplines and awards 
the B.A. and B.S. degrees in geology and the B.S. degree in meteorology. (See listing of 
graduate degrees offered and consult the Graduate Catalog.) 

Geology is the professional field in which geological knowledge and techniques are focused 
on the solution of problems concerned with the environment, with the occurrence, origin, dis- 
tribution and behavior of rocks, with mineral deposits, with raw material supplies and with a 
variety of engineering projects. Many engineering undertakings — siting and construction of 
dams and reservoirs, tunnels, buildings and highways — depend on geological setting 
knowledge. Discovery, evaluation, development and conservation of mineral resources (in- 
cluding fossil fuels and ground water) and the disposal of liquid and solid wastes require 
quantitative and analytical application of geologic principles. 

Meteorology is the science of the atmosphere, including the processes and the phenomena 
within the atmosphere, the interactions with earth's land and sea surface below and with the 
solar atmosphere above. Its objectives are to apply understanding of the atmosphere and the 
processes within to benefit mankind in his welfare and endeavors. The meteorology 
curriculum provides basic training for roles in both theory and application. The student is 
prepared for research or professional applications. 

No activity on earth is unaffected by the natural conditions and processes of our at- 
mospheric environment. A familiar purpose of meteorology is to provide weather forecasts 
so man may protect himself intelligently from damages by weather and plan beneficially his 
individual activities for the immediate future. In addition to weather information reports to 
the public, meteorology reaches into broader aspects of environmental technology. Increas- 
ing concern about "environmental quality," in relation to operations and welfare, and to the 
impacts on air quality by commerce and industry have led to expanded concepts of at- 
mospheric monitoring and the need for research and services applied to industrial opera- 
tions, environmental planning and government regulation. Among meteorology fields are at- 
mospheric pollution, weather modification and control, and interrelations with agriculture, 
industry and marine science. 

Remote sensing imagery provides a new dimension to geosciences. These data are utilized 
for teaching and research. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Geologists are employed by oil companies, quarrying concerns, exploration companies, 
construction firms, railroads, public utilities, banks and insurance companies; iron, steel and 
other metal producers, manufacturers using nonmetallic raw materials such as ceramics, ce- 
ment and abrasives; municipal, state and federal government agencies, schools, colleges, 
museums and research institutes. There is a growing need for the application of geological 
science to engineering construction in connection with highways, foundations, excavations, 
beach erosion control and water supply problems. The mineral industry of the Southeast has 
expanded substantially in the last decade. 

186 



Basic meteorological services are provided by federal government agencies, primarily the 
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and components of the Department of 
Defense; these agencies are the principal employers of meteorologists. This work may in- 
volve atmospheric sensing and measurement, including the use of meteorological satellites 
and space probes; data analysis and computation; weather forecasting, and guidance services 
to aeronautics, agriculture, forestry, hydrology, and recreation and public health. 
Meteorologists are used in environmental planning and regulation at the state and local 
levels. Power generating and fuel transmission industries, engineering firms, weather con- 
sulting firms, insurance companies, major retailing businesses, and schools and colleges and 
research institutions are employing meteorologists because of recognition of the involvement 
of the atmosphere on their activities. 

CURRICULA 

The B.A. and B.S. degree programs in geology are the same with respect to courses in the 
major field, but differ in their content of social science-humanities, mathematics, and 
collateral physical sciences. The B.A. program is designed to be a typical liberal arts 
curriculum, while the B.S. program reflects the technical emphasis typical of curricula in the 
physical sciences. The B.S. degree program in meteorology also follows the pattern of 
physical sciences curricula. 

GEOSCIENCES CURRICULA 

B.A. DEGREE PROGRAM IN GEOLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Calc. A 4 MA 212 Anal. Geom. & Calc. B 3 

Soc. Sci.-Hum.* 3 Soc. Sci.-Hum.* 3 

GY 101 Gen. Physical Geology 3 GY 201 Historical Geology 3 

GY 110 Physical Geology Lab 1 GY 210 Historical Geology Lab 1 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education 1 

15 14 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 Gen. Chemistry II 4 

Soc. Sci.-Hum.* 3 Soc. Sci.-Hum.* 3 

GY 330 Crystallography & Mineralogy 3 GY 331 Optical Micr. & X-Ray Diffr 4 

Elective 3 Physical Education _1 

Physical Education 1 j5 

17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 211 General Physics 4 PY 212 General Physics 4 

ENG 321G Communic. of Tech. Inf 3 GY 351 Structural Geology 4 

CSC 111 Intr. to Fortran Prog 2 GY 452 Sed. Petr. & Stratig 4 

GY 440 Igneous & Metamorphic Petr 4 Soc. Sci.-Hum.* 3 



Soc. Sci.-Hum.* _3 

16 



15 



SUMMER SESSION 
GY 465 Geologic Field Camp 6 



187 



SENIOR YEAR 

Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

GY 423 Invertebrate Paleo. & Geology Elective'* 3 

Biostratig 4 Soc. Sci.-Hum.* 3 

Geology Elective" 3 Soc. Sci.-Hum.* 3 

Geologv Elective** 3 Elective 3 

Soc. Sci.-Hum.* 3 Elective _3 

Elective _3 15 



16 



Hours Required for Graduation 129 



* A course in each of at least three Humanities (Fine Arts, History, Literature, Language, Philosophy, Religion) and in 
each of at least three Social Sciences (Anthropology, Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology). At least nine 
hours must come from courses beyond the introductory level. 
** Geology elective shall include at least one of the following: GY 415, Geology of Metalliferous Deposits, GY 461, Engineer- 
ing Geology, GY 470, Principles of Geophysics. 

B.S. DEGREE PROGRAM IN GEOLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I 4 MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 General Chemistry II or 

GY 101 General Physical Geology 3 CH 107 Prin. of Chemistry 4 

GY 110 Physical Geology Lab 1 GY 201 Historical Geology 3 

Phvsical Education 1 GY 210 Historical Geology Lab 1 



16 



Physical Education _1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Full Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

SP 110 Public Speaking 3 MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 PY 208 General Physics 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 GY 331 Optical Micr. & X-ray Diffr 4 

GY 330 Crystallography & Mineral 3 Soc. Sci.-Hum 3 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

15 15 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ST 361 Intro, to Stat. For Engr 3 GY 351 Structural Geology 4 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry 4 GY 452 Sed. Petr. & Stratig 4 

GY 440 Igneous & Metamorphic Petr 4 CSC 111 Intr. to Fortran Prog 2 

ENG 321G Coram, of Tech. Inf 3 Elective 3 

Soc. Sci.-Hum _3 Soc. Sci.-Hum _3 

17 16 

SUMMER SESSION 

GY 465 Geologic Field Camp 6 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

GY 423 Invertebrate Paleo. & Geology Elective" 3 

Biostratig 4 Geology Elective** 3 

Geology Elective** 3 Technical Elective* 3 

Technical Elective* 3 Soc. Sci.-Hum 3 

Soc. Sci.-Hum 3 Elective _3 

Elective 3 15 



16 



Hours Required for Graduation 132 



* The Technical Elective shall be at least two courses, not both at the introductory level, related to the Geology curricu- 
lum such as: Biological Science, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Economics, Materials Engi- 
neering, Mathematics, Meteorology, Physics, Soil Science, Statistics, etc. 
** Geology elective shall include at least one of the following: GY 415, Geology of Metalliferous Deposits, GY 461, Engineer- 
ing Geology. GY 470, Principles of Geophysics. 



B.S. DEGREE PROGRAM IN METEOROLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 105t Chemistry-Princp. & Appl 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. and Calc. I 4 MA 201 Anal. Geom. and Calc. II 4 

Humanities— Social Sciences 3 PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

15 15 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. and Calc. Ill 4 MA 301 Applied Diff. Equa. I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 ST 371 Intro. Prob. & Dist. Theory 2 

MY 311 Physical Climatology 3 CSC 111 Introduction to Fortran 

MY 335 Weather Systems and Info 2 Programming 2 

MY 336 Meteorological Lab. I 1 Geophysical Sciences Electivett 3 

Physical Education _1 Communicative Artstt+ 3 



15 



Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MY 421 Air Properties and Processes 3 MY 441 Meteorological Analysis I 3 

MY 422 Atmospheric Motions 3 MY 443 Meteorological Lab. II 3 

ST 372 Intro. Stat. Inf. & Regres 2 MY 455 Micrometeorology 3 

Technical Elective B** 3 Humanities— Social Sciences 3 

Communicative Artsttt 3 Free Elective 3 



Free Elective _3 

17 



IS 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Meteorology Technical Elective*** 3 MY 412 Atmospheric Physics 3 

Technical ElectiveA* 3 Technical Elective A* 3 

Technical Elective B** 3 Technical Elective B" 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective _3 Free Elective _3 

15 15 

Hours Required for Graduation 124 

t Students who intend to take additional chemistry courses, or who plan technical electives which require additional 
chemistry, should add CH 104 or replace CH 105 with CH 103 or CH 107. Advanced transfer students are permitted to 
substitute mathematics, science, or engineering credits for CH 105. 
tt Geophysical sciences elective is selected from among GY 101, GY 120-110, MSE 200, PY 223, SSC 200, CE 201 or 370, 

FOR 272. 
ttt Two courses in a foreign language, or one course each in speech and technical w r riting. 
* Technical elective A includes courses in the sciences, agriculture, and engineering, chosen from lists approved by the ma- 
jor department and school, but excluding more than one advanced course in meteorology. 
** Technical elective B constitutes a minor field of emphasis, consisting of at least nine credits in that subject. Among 
those available, but not limited to them, are: chemistry, computer science, geology (physical geology, geophysics), 
mathematics, physics (senior courses), statistics (should include a 500-level course), chemical engineering (heat transfer, 
fluid mechanics, air pollution), civil engineering (geodetics, hydrology, sanitation), electrical engineering (field theory, 
wave propagation, instrumentation), engineering science and mechanics (fluid mechanics), mechanical-aerospace 
engineering (heat transfer, fluid mechanics), forestry (protection, mensuration, management), health science 
(significantly involving atmospheric environment), marine science (upper division and graduate), plant science 
(significantly involving atmospheric environment), soil science (should include SSC 511). 
*** Meteorology Technical Elective to be chosen from MY 444 or MY 556. 



189 



MARINE SCIENCE AND 
ENGINEERING 

Burlington Lab 

Professor Jay Langfelder, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor G. S. Janowitz, Coordinator of Advising 

Associate Professors: C. E. Knowles, J. L. Machemehl, L. J. Pietrafesa, M. A. Tayfun, T. G. W'okotV, Assistant Professors: D. 
J. DeMaster, C. A. Nittrouer, R. H. Weisberg; Instructor: T. B. Curtin; Extension Specialist: S. M. Rogers Jr.; Associate 
Faculty: Professors: M. Amein, B. J. Copeland, W. W. Hassler, I. Longmuir, F. Y. Sorrell, C. C. Tung; Associate Professor: 
J M Miller 

Instruction in marine science and engineering is primarily at the graduate level. It is the 
belief of the faculty that a strong foundation in one of the sciences or engineering is needed 
before a student concentrates in marine related fields. Therefore, our graduate students are 
drawn from undergraduate programs in biology, chemistry, engineering, geology, mathe- 
matics or physics. 

The Department offers an introductory course at the undergraduate level which provides a 
survey of several aspects of the marine science field. Several advanced undergraduate and 
beginning graduate level courses are available for senior level students. Students interested 
in pursuing a graduate program in marine science and engineering may wish to enroll in 
these courses as electives. 

The graduate program provides areas of study in biological, chemical, geological and 
physical oceanography and in coastal engineering. Opportunities for financial support and 
involvement in an active research program are available to our graduate students. 

MATHEMATICS 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor J. M. Ortega, Head of the Department 

Professor W. J. Harrington, Assistant Head of the Department and Coordinator of Advising 

Associate Professor J. B. Wilson, Assistant Head of the Department 

Professors. J. W. Bishir, E. E. Burniston, R. E. Chandler, J. M. A. Danby, W. G. Dotson, R. 0. Fulp, K. Koh, J. R. Kolb, J. 
Luh, J. A. Marlin. R. H. Martin Jr., C. D. Meyer Jr., P. A. Nickel, N. J. Rose, H. Sagan. H. E. Speece, E. L. Stitzinger, R. A. 
Struble; Professors Emeriti: J. Levine, H. M. Nahikian, H. V. Park, L. S. Winton; Associate Professors: S. L. Campbell, H. 
C. Cooke, J.C. Dunn, R. Hartwig, C. H. Little, A. Maltbie, L. Mansfield, L. B. Page, C. V. Pao, H. A. Petrea, M. Putcha, J. 
A. Roulier, R. G. Savage, R. Silber, W. M. Waters; Associate Professors Emeriti: A. R. Nolstad, D. M. Peterson; Assistant 
Professors: C. N. Anderson, H. J. Charlton, L. 0. Chung, J. Cohen, G. D. Faulkner, J. E. Franke, M. L. Gardner, D. E. Gar- 
outte, D. J. Hansen, C. Kelley, T. Lada, D. M. Latch, M. Mostow, J. Nelson, S. 0. Paur, R. T. Ramsay, S. Schecter, J. F. 
Selgrade, J. W. Silverstein, M. F. Singer, G. A. Sod, P. Sommers, J. L. Sox, D. F. Ullrich, R. E. White; Assistant Professors 
Emeriti: C. F. Lewis, G. S. Speidel; Instructors: H. L. Crouch, H. L. Davison, T. F. Gordon; Instructor Emerita: D. Brant; 
Associate Members of the Department: H. van der Vaart, 0. Wesler 

The undergraduate major in mathematics provides a core of basic mathematics courses 
with a program of electives sufficiently flexible to prepare a student for graduate study in 
pure or applied mathematics. See listing of graduate degrees for careers in industry, 
business or government, or for teaching. A carefully selected set of required courses and elec- 
tives in science, humanities and modern language provides a program well adapted to the de- 
mands of modern day life. 

Students with a special interest may take the applied mathematics option. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS 

Required Mathematics Courses (30 credits) 
MA 102-201-202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I, II, III 
MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathematics with Applications 
MA 312 Introduction to Differential Equations 
MA 403M Introduction to Modern Algebra 



190 



MA 405M Introduction to Linear Algebra and Matrices 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II or MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 
Mathematics Electives (12 credits) 

Twelve (12) credits of Mathematics courses at 400-500 levels. 
Science and Mathematics-related Requirements (17-19 credits) 

CH 101 

CSC 101 or CSC 111 

MA 421 or ST 371-372 

PY 205-208 (or PY 201-202) 
Science and Math-related Electives (12 credits)* 

(1) At least 6 additional credits of physical science, engineering science, or life science (6-12 credits) 

(2) Additional courses in Computer Science and/or Statistics (0-6 credits) 
Required Humanities (15 credits) 

English 111, 112 

English or American Literature — one semester 

Introductory History— one semester 

Foreign Language— completion of the intermediate course (FL 201) 
Humanities/Social Sciences Electives (18 credits) 

At least six (6) of the eighteen credits must be at the 300 or 400 level. 
Physical Education (4 credits) 
Free Electives (16-18 credits) 

Hours Required for Graduation 126 



* These elective courses require the approval of the student's advisor. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS OPTION 

Required Mathematics Courses (33 credits) 

MA 102-201-202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I, II, III 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathematics with Applications 

MA 312 Introduction to Differential Equations 

MA 403M Introduction to Modern Algebra 

MA 405M Introduction to Linear Algebra and Matrices 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II or MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 

MA 430 or MA 432 Mathematical Models (in the Physical Sciences or in Life Sciences, Social Sciences and Economics) 
Mathematics Electives (6 credits) 

Six (6) credits of Mathematics courses at 400-500 levels. 
Science and Mathematics-related requirements (17-19 credits) 

CH 101 

CSC 101 or CSC 111 

MA 421 or ST 371-372 

PY 205-208 (or PY 201-202) 
Applied/Career-oriented electives (15 credits) 

(1) Twelve (12) credits* (in depth) in one Math-related or career-oriented area; 

(2) Three (3) additional credits in science. (This may be replaced by a 400-500 Math elective if the 12 credits in ( 1) are all in 
science.) 

Required Humanities (15 credits) 

English 111, 112 

English or American Literature — one semester 

Introductory History— one semester 

Foreign Language— completion of the intermediate course (FL 201) 
Humanities/Social Sciences Electives (18 credits) 

At least six (6) of the eighteen credits must be at the 300 or 400 level. 
Physical Education (4 credits) 
Free Electives (16-18 credits) 

Hours Required for Graduation 126 



* These elective courses require the approval of student's advisor. 



191 



SAMPLE PROGRAM IN MATHEMATICS 

(Includes the Applied Mathematics Option) 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Full S< mi ster 

MA 102M 



Credits 



Spritiji Sei)ienter 



Credits 



Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

Introductory History 3 

Physical Education _1 

15 



MA 201 M Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

MA 114 Introd. to Finite Mathematics 

with Applications 3 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Science Elective 3-4 

CSC 101 Intro, to Programming 3 

Physical Education 1 

17-18 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Full Semester 



Credits 



Credits 



MA 202M Analytic Geometey and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

English or American Literature 3 

Foreign Language 3 

Science/Math-related Elective 3 

Physical Education _1 

18 



Sjiriiiy Semester 

MA 312 Introd. to Differential 

Equations 3 

MA 403M Intro, to Modern Algebra 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spriitfi Semestei 



Credits 



MA 405M Introd. to Linear Algebra 

and Matrices 3 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 3 

Science/Math-related Elective 3 

Humanities/Social Sciences Elective 3 

Free Elective _3 

15 



MA 421 Introd. to Probability 3 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II 3 

Science/Math-related Elective 3 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Free Elective _3 

15 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



Mathematics Elective 3 

Mathematics Elective 3 

Humanities/Social Sciences Electives 6 

Free Elective _3 

15 



Mathematics Elective* 3 

Mathematics Elective 3 

Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 

Free Electives _6 

15 

Hours Required for Graduation 126 



Replace by MA 430 for the Applied Mathematics Option. 



PHYSICS 



Cox Hall 

Professor R. R. Patty, Head of Department 

Professor G. E. Mitchell, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: W R. Davis, W. O. Doggett, G. L. Hall, A. W. Jenkins Jr., G. H. Katzin, E. R. Manring, J. D. Memory, A. C. 
Menius Jr., G. E. Mitchell, J. Y. Park, L. W. Seagondollar, D. R. Tilley, A. W. Waltner; Professors Emeriti: W. H. Bennett, 
F. W. Lancaster, J. T. Lynn, L. H. Thomas; Associate Professors: K. T. Chung, G. C. Cobb, C. R. Gould, C. E. Johnson, 
Fred Lado, D. H. Martin, G. W. Parker, J. F. Schetzina; Assistant Professors: S. R. Cotanch, D. G. Haase, Jin Kim, M. A. 
Klenin, J. R. Mowat, H. L. Owen, J. S. Risley, D. E. Sayers; Associate Members of the Department: J. M. A. Danby 
(Mathematics), R. E. Fornes (Textiles), R. L. Murray (Nuclear Engineering), D. L. Ridgeway (Statistics) 

Physics is the fundamental science of observation, measurement and the mathematical 
description of the particles and processes of nature. In addition to extending our basic 



192 



knowledge of the universe, physics provides the means for attacking problems of importance 
in modern technology. The variety of the contributions made by physicists is indicated by ac- 
tivities such as the discovery of new basic particles of nature, the invention and use of new 
instruments to probe interplanetary space, the study of processes fundamental to the release 
of thermonuclear energy, the development of lasers and solid state devices, the research on 
the structure and interaction of nuclei, atoms, molecules and ions. 

PROGRAMS 

The Physics Department offers a program of study at the undergraduate level which 
provides the student with a strong fundamental background and with course options allow- 
ing deeper study of selected areas of particular individual interest. At the graduate level, a 
comprehensive fundamental preparation is followed by specialization and research in one of 
the following areas: atmospheric, atomic, nuclear, nuclear magnetic resonance, plasma, 
relativity and solid state physics. (See listing of graduate degrees and consult the Graduate 
Catalog.) 

UNDERGRADUATE STUDY 

The undergraduate curriculum in physics provides the basic training for a career in 
physics or for graduate study. The curriculum leads to a Bachelor of Science in Physics. 

PHYSICS CURRICULUM 



Fall Semester 

PY 101 Perspectives on Physics 1 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

MA 102 Antlytic Geometry & 

Calculus I 4 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education _1 

16 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



PY 201 General Physics 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus II 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



PY 202 General Physics 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 4 

Free Elective 2 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

English Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



PY 203 General Physics 4 

PY 413 Thermal Physics 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 3 

Free Elective 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Setn ester 



Credits 



PY 411 Mechanics I 3 

PY 414 Electricity & Magnetism I 3 

PY 451 Intermediate Experiments in 

Physics I 2 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II 3 

Free Elective _3 

14 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



PY 412 Mechanics II 3 

PY 415 Electricity & Magnetism II 3 

PY 452 Intermediate Experiments in 

Physics II 2 

Mathematics Elective 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Free Elective _3 

17 



193 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 401 Modern & Quantum Physics I 3 PY 402 Modern & Quantum Physics II 3 

Technical Elective* 3 Technical Eelectives* 6 

Mathematics Elective 3 Humanities-Social Sciences 3 

Humanities-Social Sciences 3 Free Electives ..'. _3 

Free Elective _3 15 

15 

Hours Required for Graduation 127 



* Technical or Sciences Electives (above 200 level) 

STATISTICS 

Cox Hall 

Professor D. D. Mason, Head of the Department 

Professor F. E. McVay, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: B. B. Bhattacharyya, C. C. Cockerham, F. G. Giesbrecht, H. J. Gold, M. M. Goodman, A. H. E. Grandage, R. J. 
Hader, W. L. Hafley, D. W. Hayne, T. Johnson, A. R. Manson, R. J. Monroe, L. A. Nelson, C. H. Proctor, C. P. Quesen- 
berry, J. 0. Rawlings, D. L. Ridgeway, J. A. Rigney, R. D. G. Steel, H. R. van der Vaart, J. L. Wasik, O. Wesler; Adjunct 
Professors: A. L. Finkner, J. T. Wakeley; Associate Professors: A. R. Gallant, T. M. Gerig, A. C. Linnerud; 
Visiting Associate Professor: B. S. Weir; Adjunct Associate Professors: E. L. Battiste, D. L. Bayless, J. R. 
Chromy, H. T. Schreuder; Assistant Professors: D. D. Boos, D. A. Dickey, E. J. Dietz, H. J. Kirk, J. L. Monahan, T. W. 
Reiland, B. J. Stines; Adjunct Assistant Professors: A. J. Barr, J. H. Goodnight; Instructor: A. F. Benford; Asso- 
ciate Statisticians: S. B. Donaghy, H. K. Hamann, D. W. Turner, M. Wann; Assistant Statisticians: J. S. 
Mills, F. T. Wang 

Statistics is the body of scientific methodology which deals with the logic of experiment 
and survey design, the efficient collection and presentation of quantitative information, and 
the formulation of valid and reliable inferences from sample data. 

The Department of Statistics is part of the Institute of Statistics, which includes Depart- 
ments of Biostatistics and Statistics at Chapel Hill. The Department of Statistics provides 
instruction, consultation and computational services on research projects for other depart- 
ments of all schools at North Carolina State University including the Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station. Department staff are engaged in research in statistical theory and 
methodology. This range of activities furnishes a professional environment for training stu- 
dents in the use of statistical procedures in such fields as the physical, biological and social 
sciences, and in industrial research and development. 

The undergraduate program leads to a bachelor of science in statistics. See listing of 
graduate degrees offered and consult the Graduate Catalog for information on the gradu- 
ate programs. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The importance of sound statistical thinking in the design and analysis of quantitative 
studies is generally recognized. Industry relies on statistical methods to control the quality 
of goods in the process of manufacture and to determine the acceptability of goods produced. 
Statistical procedures based on scientific sampling have become basic tools in such diverse 
fields as weather forecasting, opinion polling, crop and livestock estimation, and business 
trend prediction. Because one can improve the efficiency of use of increasingly complex and 
expensive experimental and survey data, the statistician is in demand wherever quantitative 
studies are conducted. 



194 



STATISTICS CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 Calculus II 4 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 3 BS 100 General Biology 4 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

15 16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ST 371 Intro, to Probability and ST 372 Intro, to Statistical Inference 

Distribution Theory,. 2 and Regression 2 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and MA 405 Introduction to Linear 

Calculus III 4 Algebra and Matrices 3 

PY 205 General Physics 4 PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

EB 201 Economics I 3 PY 208 General Physics 4 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 EB 202 Economics II 3 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

17 16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Seniester Credits 

ST 421 Introduction to Mathematical ST 422 Introduction to Mathematical 

Statistics 3 Statistics 3 

Major Elective 3 Major Elective 6 

Foreign Language 3 Foreign Language 3 

Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 Free Elective _3 

Biological Science Elective 3 15 

Free Elective _3 

18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ST 501 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 ST 502 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 

Major Elective 3 Major Elective 3 

ENG 321 Communication of Technical SP 110 Public Speaking 3 

Information 3 Humanities or Social Science Elective 3 

Humanities of Social Science Elective 3 Free Elective _3 

Free Elective _3 15 

15 

Hours Required for Graduation 127 



195 



SCHOOL OF TEXTILES 

Nelson Textile Building and David Clark Laboratories 

D. W. Chaney, Dean 

D. S. Hamby, Associate Dean, Textiles Extension and Continuing Education; M. R. Shaw, 
Assistant Dean, Textiles Research; P. D. Emerson, Head, Textile Machine Design and De- 
velopment; W. E. Smith, Assistant to the Dean, Student Services; E. E. Hutchison, 
Academic Coordinator; G. Rodeffer, Librarian, Burlington Textiles Library 

The field of textiles is broad. It covers almost every aspect of our daily lives— with applica- 
tions in medicine, space, recreation and sports, personal safety, environmental improvement 
and control, transportation and in household and apparel uses. These versatile materials- 
textiles — are made to exacting design specifications by a variety of modern high-speed 
processes, utilizing tools such as lasers, electronics and computers. Textiles begins with the 
synthesis of fibers by man or by nature; it carries through a myriad selection of processes for 
fabric formation, including the steps necessary to make fabrics useful, such as the manufac- 
ture of dyestuffs and coloring, chemical auxiliaries and finishes, cutting and fashioning into 
end-use products. 

The approximately 5,000 graduates of the School of Textiles hold diverse positions, mostly 
in North Carolina. In the textile and related industries, occupations range from manufactur- 
ing management, sales, corporate management, designing and styling, research development 
and technical service to quality control and personnel management. These textile graduates 
are in the creative and management decision-making aspects of the industry. They plan the 
flow of materials and machines. They create new products and processes. They solve product 
and process problems. They create styles, designs, patterns, colors, textures, and structures 
for apparel, home and industrial uses. They engineer the systems and products required of 
industrial, space, medical, apparel and other uses of textile products. They deal with com- 
puters, automation, product quality, plant performance and environmental problems. They 
manage large and small companies, personnel, and systems. 

The School of Textiles prepares young people for careers in the above occupations. A broad 
background is stressed; two-thirds of the educational program can come from the resources 
of the University outside the School. Opportunities remain excellent, with the School main- 
taining one of the University's best placement records. Demand for textile graduates from 
North Carolina State University is particularly strong, due in part to the strength of the 
academic programs. These programs are organized in two departments: textile materials and 
management and textile chemistry. 

CURRICULA 

The School of Textiles offers a broad choice of curricula depending upon individual in- 
terests. Terminal Bachelor of Science programs in textiles, textile management, textile 
science or in textile chemistry permit a broad choice of courses in addition to required core 
courses. For example, a student may specialize in yarn or fabric structures, in textile 
economics and marketing or in fabric styling and design. The student's curriculum includes 
humanities, social sciences and basic sciences and may include a concentration in business 
economics, industrial engineering, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, 
statistics or textile chemistry (or technology). The structure of the course sequence 
may allow graduate study in either the field of concentration or in the textile major. It is 
possible, with one semester or less of extra work, to obtain a double degree, for example in 
textiles and textile chemistry. 

Curricula leading to graduate study, particularly to Doctor of Philosophy programs, such 
as in fiber and polymer science, differ from terminal Bachelor of Science programs primarily 
in the junior and senior year. While considerable latitude is still possible, there are a number 
of prescribed courses, the nature of which depends upon the type of graduate study 
anticipated. 

Textile chemistry gives the student fundamental education in chemistry emphasizing the 
application of this science to textiles. Emphasis on chemical fundamentals adequately 

196 



prepares exceptional textile chemistry students for graduate study either in pure or applied 
chemistry. Similarly, students who complete degree programs in textiles, textile manage- 
ment or textile science with a high degree of excellence may do graduate study in numerous 
areas. 

Inasmuch as professional textiles work is concentrated in the last two years of the stu- 
dent's program, it is possible for students from junior or community colleges, or other in- 
stitutions of higher learning, to transfer to the School of Textiles with a minimum loss of 
time. 

INSPECTION TRIPS 

For certain textile courses, it is desirable for the student to see the manufacturing process 
under actual operating conditions. When possible, student groups visit outstanding 
manufacturing plants. Trip participation is required; transportation costs and other travel 
expenses, while held to a minimum, are paid by the student. 

SUMMER EMPLOYMENT 

Job opportunities for summer employment are available for textile students. Placement 
assistance is available through the school placement office and frequently can be arranged in 
the student's home community. Qualified students may arrange to receive academic credit 
for faculty-approved summer jobs. 

DEGREES 

Upon completion of programs in either textiles, textile management, textile science or tex- 
tile chemistry, the degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred. 

The School of Textiles offers the following graduate degrees: Master of Textiles; Master of 
Science in textiles or in textile chemistry; and Doctor of Philosophy in fiber and polymer 
science. For general requirements consult the Graduate Catalog. 

By faculty agreement candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in other schools of 
this institution may specialize in essentially textile-related subjects. In such cases, research 
is usually done in textiles. 

FOUR-ONE PROGRAM 

The School of Textiles has a program which permits a student with a baccalaureate degree 
from an accredited college or university to complete the requirements for a Bachelor of 
Science degree in textiles, textile management, textile science or textile chemistry after the 
satisfactory completion of one year of study. 

Applicants should have completed basic business economics, mathematics, physics and 
chemistry comparable to that required in all of the basic textile curricula. Under these condi- 
tions, the student can complete the degree requirements in two regular semesters and sum- 
mer school. Students not meeting minimum requirements in sciences or applied 
mathematics could remove deficiencies in the summer session prior to the fall semester, 
allowing completion of studies at the end of the normal period or in the following summer 
sessions. 

Each applicant's undergraduate program is considered individually and, in general, a com- 
plete transfer of credits is possible. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

This program offers the exceptional student an opportunity to penetrate deeply into an 
area of special interest with exposure to various forms of research or independent study. 
Academically-promising entrants to the School, and students who develop academic promise 
during the freshman year, are assigned to honors advisers and are regarded as honors can- 
didates. Special lectures, discussion groups and seminars in the freshman and sophomore 
years introduce and reveal the possibilities for future development in the honors program. 



197 



Towards the end of the freshman year, selected honors candidates are invited to become full 
members of the honors program. In the sophomore year, with honors adviser consent, honors 
students may begin to develop programs of strength in a special interest area. This may 
necessitate the substitution of preferred courses for thoie normally required, with the excep- 
tion of certain basic textile courses or minimums of te> tile content. In the junior and senior 
years the student develops special interests, culminating in an honors thesis. The honors 
thesis ranges from a scholarly review of a special topic to a discussion of an experimental 
research problem. 

FACILITIES 

The Nelson Textile Building and David Clark Laboratories house one of the most modern, 
best-equipped textile institutions. Included is the Burlington Textiles Library, a division of 
the D. H. Hill Library and one of the country's most complete textile libraries. 

SPECIAL SERVICES 

The School of Textiles offers a number of services and programs which enriches its 
academic programs. 

Textile Research is conducted on a wide variety of problems including some concerns of 
society with the environment and with health and safety. Frequently the problems are inter- 
disciplinary and involve team effort. Students have an opportunity to participate in the solu- 
tion to current problems. 

Textiles Extension and Continuing Education is vigorously engaged in by all faculty. It 
serves the needs of the textile industry by disseminating research findings and offering short 
courses for executive, scientific and supervisory personnel. The two-way exchange in these 
activities keeps students and faculty informed on all of the latest developments. 

Machine Design and Development, including well equipped shops, provides engineering 
assistance to the faculty and students. This department endeavors to remain current with re- 
cent engineering advances applicable to textiles and maintains active liaison with industry 
and the scientific community. 

The Office of Student Services is responsible for the placement and financial aid 
programs of the School of Textiles. The placement function makes available to a potential 
employer the credentials of our students for permanent and summer employment and in a 
great number of cases performs equally for alumni. 

The financial aid function operates by committee and makes it possible for any North 
Carolina student to pursue an education in textiles through scholarships, loans or grants as 
long as one maintains the University's academic and moral standards. 

TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

David Clark Laboratories 

Professor W. M. Whaley, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor C. D. Livengood, Coordinator of Advising 

Professors: D. M. Cates, J. A. Cuculo, R. D. Gilbert, R. McGregor, W. K. Walsh; Adjunct Professors: Kurt Dellian, H. F. 
Mark, A. Schindler, A. A. Volpe; Associate Professors: T. H. Guion, M. H. Theil, C. Tomasino; Adjunct Associate 
Professor: T. Murayama; Assistant Professors: G. N. Mock; Adjunct Assistant Professors: L. A. Graham, W. R. Martin 
Jr.; Instructor: J. W. Rucker 

The field of textile chemistry embraces a number of disciplines and is concerned, in part, 
with those industrial processes that constitute the final steps in the preparation of textile 
materials for the consumer. Common terms applied to these processes are scouring, 
bleaching, printing, dyeing and finishing. Textile chemistry is also concerned with fiber- 
forming polymers, both natural and man-made, and how the chemical and physical proper- 
ties of such materials vary with fiber structure. Students receive a fundamental knowledge 
of the underlying principles that relate to this derivative field and a perspective that includes 
the many interacting factors involved in the preparation and conversion of polymeric 
materials to useful products. 

198 



FACILITIES 

David Clark Laboratories houses offices, classrooms, laboratories and pilot facilities for 
instruction and research. The departmental radiation laboratory is in Nelson Building. 
Radiation facilities include a Cobalt 60 source and a 500 KV Electron Accelerator. 

Equipment is available for ultra-violet, visible, infrared, nmr and esr spectroscopy, reflec- 
tometry, colorimetry, viscometry, chromotography, differential thermal analysis, thermal 
gravimetric analysis, differential scanning calorimetry, instrumental measurement of color 
and computer color matching. Common testing equipment used for the evaluation of the 
physical properties of textile materials and for determining the color fastness, wash 
fastness, etc., of fibers and fabrics is also available. Complete pilot plant facilities allow 
demonstration of wet-processing operations used in textiles. 

CURRICULA 

The department has three undergraduate curricula: (a) Dyeing and Finishing Operations, 
(b) Dyeing and Finishing Science, and (c) Polymer Chemistry. The first concentration is 
primarily for students who wish a terminal Bachelor of Science degree, whereas the other 
concentrations are oriented toward advanced studies. However, the student taking Dyeing 
and Finishing Operations can use elective courses to achieve a background suitable for 
graduate studies if he wishes to do so. 

See listing of graduate degrees offered and consult the Graduate Catalog. 

CURRICULA IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 
(B.S. in Textile Chemistry) 

A. Dyeing and Finishing Operations Concentration 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spritig Semester Credits 

T 101H Textile Concepts 1 T 203 Intro, to Pol. Chem 3 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles Chem 4 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. Calc. A 4 MA 212 Anal. Geom. Calc. B 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education _1 

14 



Humanity-Social Sci. Elect 3 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

T 301 Tech. Dyeing Finish 4 TC 303 Textile Chem. I 2 

CH 221 Organic Chem. I 4 T 305 Intro. Color Sci 1 

T 250 Fabric Forming Syst 3 CH 223 Organic Chem. II 4 

or PY 211 General Physics 4 

T 220 Yarn Forming Syst 4 Humanity-Soc. Science Elect 3 

T 211 Intro, to Fiber Sci 3 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

15-16 18 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

TC 461 Intro, to Fib-Form. PoL. 3 Phys. Chem/Thermo. Elect.*'** 4 

T 220 Yarn Forming Syst 4 TC 404 Text. Chem. Tech 3 

or TC 406 Text. Chem. Tech. Lab 2 

T 250 Fabric Forming Syst 3 TC 412 Text. Chem. Analysis II 3 

TC 403 Text. Chem. Tech 3 Humanitv-Social Sci. Elective 3 

TC 405 Text. Chem. Text. Lab 1 Free Elective 3 



PY 212 General Physics 4 

Humanity-Soc. Science Elect 3 

17-18 



is 



199 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



PAMS Elective** 2-4 

Text. Chem. Elect.* 6 

Textiles Elective*** 3 

Humanity-Social Science Elect 3 

14-16 



PAMS Elective** 3-4 

Textile Chem. Elective* 3 

Textiles Electives 1-3 

Humanity-Social Science, Elec 3 

Free Elective 3 

13-16 

Hours required for graduation 129 



* Textile Chemistry Electives: 9 hrs. From following: 

T 401; TC 490; TC 491; TC 561; TC 562; TC 569; TC 591; T 402 

** PAMS Electives: 5-8 hrs. from following or related courses: 

MA 114; MA 301; CH 315; ST 361; CSC 111; CSC 200 or CSC 101 + CSC 251 

*** Textile Electives: 4-6 hrs. from any TC, TX or T courses in 300-500 level. 

**** Physical Chemistry /Thermodynamics elective: either CHE 205 or CH 331. 

Note: (1) any course listed in Dyeing and Finishing Science or Polymer Chemistry may be substituted for required courses 
in Dyeing and Finishing Operations in the same subject and at the same level. Example MA 102 for MA 112 or PY 
205 for PY 211. 

(2) any student wishing Textile Management training is encouraged to select from the following list of courses for the 
4-6 hours designated for textile elective courses: 

TX 380 TX 482 TX 381 

TX 480 TX 484 TX 487 



B. Dyeing and Finishing Science Concentration 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 



T 101H Textile Concepts 1 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. Calc. I 4 

Physical Education 1 

Humanity-Social Sci. Elect _3 

16 



T 203 Intro, to Pol. Chem 3 

ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

CH 107 Principles Chem 4 

MA 201 Anal. Geom. Calc. II 4 

Physical Education _1 

15 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



Sjtniifj Semester 



Credits 



T 301 Tech. Dyeing Finish 4 

CH 221 Organic Chem. I 4 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. Calc. Ill 4 

T 250 Fabric Form. System 3 

Physical Education 1 

Free elective _3 

19 



TC 303 Textile Chemistry I 2 

T 305 Intro. Color Science 1 

CH 223 Organic Chem. II 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

MA 301 Appl. Diff. Equat. I 3 

T 211 Intro, to Fiber Science 3 

Physical Education _1 

18 



Fall Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



TC 461 Intro, to Fib-Form Pol 3 

Dyeing Finishing Elective** 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

T 220 Yarn Form. System 4 

Phys. Chem./Thermo. Elect.**** ....3-4 

18-19 



Credits 



Phys. Chem./Thermo. Elect.**** 3 

Dyeing Finishing Elect.** 5 

Humanity-Social Sci. Elect 3 

Free Elective _3 

14 



200 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Dyeing Finishing Elect." 3 Polymer Chem. Elect."*' 3 

Polym. Chemistry Elective'** 3 Textiles Elective « 1-4 

Humanity-Social Sci. Elect 6 Humanity-Soc. Sci. Elect 6 

PAMS Elective* 2-4 Free Elective 3 

14-16 13-16 

Hours required for Graduation 130 



Restricted electives in 

* PAMS — 2-4 credits from the following: 

CSC 111 2 

CH 315 4 

ST 361 3 

CSC 101 + CSC 251 4 

** Dyeing and Finishing — 9 credits from the following: 

T 401 3 TC 406 2 

TC 403 3 TC 412 3 

TC 404 3 TC 505 3 

TC 405 1 T 506 3 

Three additional credits from the list above or the following: 

TC 490 1-6 

TC 491 1 

TC 591 3 

*** Polymer Chemistry— 6 credits from the following: 

T "402 3 TC 569 3 

TC 504 3 TC 591 (Polymer Lab Course) 3 

TC 561 3 TX 460 3 

TC 562 3 

**** Physical Chemistry /Thermodynamics— 6 credits from the following: 

CH 431 3 CH 431 3 CHE 205 4 

CH 433 _3 CH 495 (Physical CHE 316 _3 

g Chemistry) . . . _3 7 

6 

^Textiles— 1-4 credits in TC, TXT or T courses at 300-500 level (including any elective course in dyeing and finishing or 
polymer chemistry listed above). 

C. Polymer Chemistry Concentration 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

T 101H Textile Concepts 1 T 203 Intro, to Pol. Chem 3 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles Chem 4 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. Calc. I 4 MA 201 Anal.Geom.Calc.il 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education _1 

Humanity-Soc. Sci. Elect _3 15 

16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

T 301 Tech. Dyeing Finish 4 TC 303 Textile Chem. I 2 

CH 221 Organic Chem. I 4 T 305 Intro. Color Science 1 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. Calc. Ill 4 CH 223 Organic Chem. II 4 

T 250 Fabric Form. System 3 PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 MA 301 Appl. Diff. Equat. I 3 

Free Elective 3 T 211 Intro, to Fiber Sci 3 



19 



Physical Education _1 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

TC 461 Intro, to Fib-Form Pol 3 Phys. Chem/Thermo. Elect.**** 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 PAMS Elective* 2-4 

T 220 Yarn Form. System 4 Polymer Chem. Elect.*** 3 

Phvs. Chem/Thermo Elect**** 3-4 Humanitv-Soc. Sci. Elect 3 



14-15 



Free Elective 3 

14-16 

201 



SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Dyeing Finishing Elective*' 3 Polymer Chem. Elect.**' 3 

Polymer Chemistry' Elective*** 6 Textiles Elective # 1-4 

Humanity-Soc. Sci. Elect 6 Humanity-Soc. Sci. Elect 6 

Free Elective _3 Dyeing Finishing Elect.** 3 

18 13-16 

Hours required for Graduation 130 



Restricted electives in 



* PAMS— 2-4 credits from the following: 

CSC 111 2 

CH 315 4 

ST 361 3 

CSC 101 + CSC251 4 

* Dyeing and Finishing — 6 credits from the following: 

T 401 3 TC 406 2 

TC 403 3 TC 505 3 

TC 404 3 TC 591 3 

TC 405 1 T 506 3 

TC 412 3 

*** Polymer Chemistry electives — nine credits from the following: 

TC 504 3 TX 460 3 

TC 561 3 T 402 3 

TC 562 3 TC 591 (Polymer Lab Course) 3 

TC 569 3 

Three additional credits from either the list above or the following: 

TC 490 1-6 

TC 491 1 

TC 591 3 

**** Physical Chemistry /Thermodynamics — 6 credits from the following: 

CH 431 3 OR CH 431 3 OR CHE 205 4 

CH 433 _3 CH 495 (Physical CHE 316 J 

g Chemistry) . . . _3 7 

6 

^Textiles— 1-4 credits in TC, TXT or T courses at 300-500 level (including any elective course in dyeing and finishing or 
polymer chemistry listed above). 

TEXTILE MATERIALS AND 
MANAGEMENT 

Nelson Textile Building 

Professor D. R. Buchanan, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor E. E. Hutchison, Academic Coordinator 

Associate Professor M. L. Robinson Jr., Coordinator of Freshmayi Advising 

Professors: A. H. El-Shiekh, T. W. George, D. S. Hamby, S. P. Hersh, P. R. Lord, M. H. Mohamed; Associate Professors: S. 
K. Batra, G. A. Berkstresser, C. L. Dyer, R. E. Fornes, P. L. Grady, B. S. Gupta, J. J. F. Knapton, W. C. Stuckey Jr., P. A. 
Tucker; Adjunct Associate Professors: V. F. Holland, J. C. Lumsden, N. C. Morosoff, D. M. Powell, P. E. Sasser, M. W. 
Suh; Assistant Professors: R. A. Donaldson, L. T. Lassiter, F. W. Massey, H. M. Middleton Jr.; Instructors: A. C. Clapp, 
Peter Schwartz, G. W. Smith; Lecturer: T. R. Rhodes 

The Department of Textile Materials and Management instructs students in the theory 
and fundamental concepts of fiber properties and fiber processing into yarns, fabrics and 
end-products. This is accomplished through the systematic study both of the basic properties 
of the materials being processed and of the processes involved. The department is engaged in 
research supported by University funds and industrial and governmental sponsors. Faculty, 
graduate and undergraduate students (through the Honors program) may participate in the 
research program. 



202 



CURRICULA 

The department has three baccalaureate degree programs each with its individual 
curriculum: (a) Textiles, (b) Textile Management, and (c) Textile Science. In the first two 
years all curricula are concerned primarily with physical sciences, humanities, social 
sciences and basic studies in textile fundamentals. Students elect the particular degree 
program they wish to follow during the sophomore year although a tentative selection may 
be made during the freshman year. All three curricula provide a broad educational 
background while preparing the graduate for a rewarding career in textiles. 

The Textiles curriculum is designed to provide a broad foundation in general textiles in- 
cluding fiber, yarn and fabric technology. Areas of concentration include apparel manufac- 
turing and management, textile operations, textile design (under development), or a planned 
program in other science-oriented disciplines. 

The Textile Management curriculum combines a foundation both in textiles and in 
management principles and applications. Management electives include a sequence of 
courses in production analysis, labor management, business law, accounting, data 
processing/production control, management science or finance/investment. 

The Textile Science curriculum is based on a foundation both in textiles and science. 
Science electives are designed to give a greater science base in one or more areas such as 
mathematics, chemistry, physics, computer science, engineering science and materials, tex- 
tile chemistry or advanced textiles. 

All three curricula provide opportunity for the student to prepare for graduate studies in 
textiles or other disciplines. For example, graduates of the Textile Management curriculum 
have the opportunity of entering masters programs in management or textile management 
while graduates of the Textile Science curriculum have opportunity to enter graduate 
programs for the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. 

See listing of graduate degrees offered. 

FACILITIES 

The Department of Textile Materials and Management is located in the Nelson Textile 
Building. The building houses offices, classrooms and laboratories for instruction and 
research. The laboratory areas include facilities for processing short and long staple natural 
and synthetic fibers, throwing and texturing continuous filament yarns, study of the forma- 
tion of various woven, knitted and nonwoven fabrics and yarn preparation systems. The 
department has extensive facilities for physical testing of fiber, yarns and fabrics; a textile 
physics laboratory includes equipment designed for specialized textile problems, such as 
dynamic, sonic and electrostatic studies. 

CURRICULA IN TEXTILE MATERIALS 
AND MANAGEMENT 

B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILES 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

T 101 Textile Concepts 1 T 220 Yarn Forming Syst 4 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 T 203 Introd. to Polymer Chem. or 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 3 Technical Elective** 3 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Calc. A or MA 212 Anal. Geom. & Calc. B or 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I 4 MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 3-4 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education 1 

16 14-15 



203 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

T 250 Fabric Form. Syst 3 Technical Elective" or 

T 211 Introd. to Fiber Sci. or T 211 Introd. to Fiber Sci 3 

T 203 Introd. to Polvmer Chem 3 TX 320 Mech. Sp. Yn. Mfg. Syst 4 

PY 211 (or 205) Gen. Physics 4 PY 212 (or 208) Gen. Physics 4 

CSC 200 Intro, to Computers 3 TX 341 Knitting Syst 3 

Humanity/Social Sci.* 3 ST 361 Introd. to Statistics for Engineers 3 

Physical Education _1 Physical Education _1 

17 18 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

T 301 Tech. of Dye & Finish 4 TX 330 Text. Meas. & Qual. Cont 4 

TX 305 Dir. Fiber to Fab. Prod 2 TX 370 Tech. Fabric Design 4 

TX 351 Weaving Syst 3 TX 380 Mgmt. & Cont. of Text. Syst 3 

TX 425 Text. Yarn Prod. & Prop 3 TX Concentration*'* 3 

Humanity/Social Sci.* 3 Technical Elective** _3 

Free Elective _3 17 

18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

TX 460 Phy. Prop, of Text. Fib 3 TXConcenlration*** 6 

TX Concentration*** 6 Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 6 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 3 Free Elective _3 

Free Elective _3 15 



IS 



Minimum Hours for Graduation 130 



Electives and Concentrations 

* Humanity/Social Science Electives— 18 hours in addition to ENG 111 & 112 

Six hours of these courses are specified: EB 201, Economics I. and a course in communications, such as ENG 321, The 
Communication of Technical Information, or speech courses such as SP 110, Public Speaking, and SP 112. Interpersonal 
Communication. Students are encouraged to distribute the remaining Humanities/Social Science courses in different 
areas, such as Anthropology, History, Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Political Science, Sociology Psychology, Uni- 
versity Studies, etc. 
** Technical Electives— 6 or more hours to enlarge science base. 
Suggested Courses (check prerequisites) 

Chemistry-CH 103(4), 105(3), 107(4), 220(4) 

Mathematics— MA 202(4), 301(3) 

Industrial Engr.-IE 301(3), 332(4), 352(3) 

Computer Science— a 200 level programming course (CSC) 

Materials Engr.— MAT 201(3) 

Engr. Science & Mech.— ESM 200(3) 

*** Textile Concentration (Restricted Electives)— 15 hours 

The concentration hours are designed to allow students to develop specific areas of interest in textiles or related areas. 
Two concentrations have been planned; however, a third, Textile Design, is still under development. 

(1) Textile Operations 

Selection of courses in this concentration will come from the following group. Nine credit hours will be selected 
from one group— either yarn mfg., fabric mfg., or qual. cont., and 6 additional hours from any of the remaining 
groups. 
Furn. Mfg. Fabric Mfg. Qual. Cont. Test. Chem. 

TX 420 3 TX 405 3 TX 431 3 CH 220 4 

TX 426 3 TX 441 3 TX 530 3 TC 303 2 

TX 480 3 TX 442 3 TX 490 3 TC 403 3 

TX 490 3 TX 443 3 TC 412 3 TC 405 1 

TX 520 3 TX 449 3 T 500 3 TC 404 3 

TX 450 3 IE 332 3 TC 406 2 

TX 451 3 

TX 480 3 

TX 490 3 



204 



(2) Apparel Manufacturing and Management 

Concentration hours will include those courses required by the cooperative agreement between the School of 
Textiles and Fashion Institute of New York or Southern Technical Institute of Marietta, Ga. These courses will 
be taken during the junior year at either FIT or Southern Tech. requiring that the student be away from NCSU 
equivalent to one semester and one summer session or possibly two semesters. 

(31 Students interested in textile design or science oriented disciplines other than the above may elect to take these 
15 hours of concentration in those areas in a planned program if it meets with the approval of the Department 
Head. 

B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE MANAGEMENT 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



T 101 Textile Concepts 1 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Calc. A or 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I 4 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



T 220 Yarn Form. Syst 4 

ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

T 203 Introd. to Polymer Chem 3 

MA 212 Anal. Geom. & Calc. B or 

MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 3-4 

Physical Education 1 

14-15 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 



T 250 Fabric Form. Syst 3 

T 211 Introd. to Fiber Sci 3 

EB 201 Economics I 3 

PY 211 (or 205) Gen. Physics 4 

Humanitv/Social Sci. (SP 110 or 

211)* 3 

Physical Education _1 

17 



Spririg Semester 



Credits 



TX 380 Mgmt. Cont. Text. Syst 3 

TX 341 Knitting Svst.** or 

TX 320 Mech. Sp. Yn. Manf. Syst.** 3-4 

ACC 262N Man Uses Cost Data 3 

PY 212 (or 2081 Gen. Physics 4 

Humanity/Social Sci. (ENG 321)* 3 

Physical Education 1 

17-18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 



T 301 Tech. Dye. & Finish 4 

TX 351 Weaving Syst.** 3 

EB 301 Production & Prices 3 

ST 361 Intro, to Statistics 3 

CSC 111 Intro, to Fortran Programming or 

CSC 200 Introd. to Computers 2-3 

Free Elective _3 

18-19 



Credits Spring Semester Credits 

TX 405 Non-Conv. Fab. Struct.** or 

TX 330 Text. Meas. & Qual. Cont.** 3-4 

EB 302 Agg. Econ. Anal.: 

Theory and Policy 3 

EB 313 Marketing Methods 3 

EB 420 Corporation Finance 3 

Management Elective*** _3 

15-16 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



TX 460 Phy. Prop, of Tex. Fib.** 3 

TX 480 Textile Cost. Control 3 

TX 482 Sales Mgmt. for Text 3 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 3 

Management Elective*** 3 

Free Elective _3 

18 



Credits 



TX 484 Mgmt. Dec. Mak. Text. Firm 3 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 6 

Management Elective*** 3 

Free Elective _3 

15 

130 



Minimum Hours for Graduation 



Electives 

* Humanity-Social Science Electives— 18 hours in addition to ENG 111 & 112 

This curriculum specifies that six of these hours be courses in communications; specifically ENG 321, The Com- 
munication of Technical Information, and SP 110, Public Speaking, or SP 211, Argumentation and Debate. Students are 
encouraged to distribute the remaining Humanities/Social Science courses in different areas such as Anthropology, 
History, Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Political Science, Sociology, Psychology, University Studies, etc. 
** Textiles Electives— 12 (14) hours: 

Students have the option of selecting any four courses from the following courses noted on the sample curriculum: 

TX 320 4 TX 351 3 

TX 330 4 TX 405 3 

TX 341 3 TX 460 3 

*** Management Electives— 9 hours 



205 



The management component of this curriculum is expanded beyond the core of 18 hours of economics/accounting 
courses and 12 hours of textile management courses (TX 380, 480, 482, 484) by the 9 hours of management electives. The 
management electives consist of a sequence of courses in production analysis, labor management, business law, ac- 
counting, data processing/production control, management science mathematics, or finance/investment. Elective 
sequence of courses are as follows: 



Production Analysis 

IE 332 4 

IE 352 3 

IE 432 3 



Data Processing/Production Control 

IE 307 3 

IE 352 3 

IE 421 3 



IE 443 3 

Labor Managenu nt 
EB 326 3 

or 

EB 332 3 

IE 555 3 

TX 487 3 



Management Science Math 

MA 202 4 

MA 301 a 

MA 405 3 

MA 421 3 

MA 522 3 

ST 421 3 



Business Laic 

EB 307 3 

EB 308 3 

TX 487 3 



Finance/Investment 

EB 404 3 

EB 422 3 

IE 311 3 



Accounting 
9 hours of ACCN 
courses to be 
determined 



B.S. DEGREE IN TEXTILE SCIENCE 



Fall Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester 



T 101 Textile Concepts 1 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 

MA 102 Anal.Geom, & Calc. I 4 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Credits 



T 220 Yarn Form. Syst 4 

ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

CH 103 Gen. Chemistry II or 

CH 107 Prin. of Chemistry 4 

MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Full Semester 



Credits 



T 250 Fabric Form. Syst 3 

T 203 Introd. to Polymer Chem 3 

PY 205 Gen. Physics 4 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



Spring Semi ster 



Credits 



T 301 Tech. of Dye. & Finish 4 

T 211 Introd. to Fiber Sci 3 

PY 208 Gen. Physics 4 

MA 301 App. Diff. Equations I or 

MA 405 Intro, to Lin. Alg. & Mat 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education _1 

18 



Full Semester 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Credits 



TX 420 Mod. Dev. Yn. Mfg. Svst.** or 

TX 320 Mech. Sp. Yn. Mfg. Svst.** 3-4 

TX 341 Knitting Syst.** or 

TX 351 Weaving Syst.** 3 

ST 361 Intro, to Statistics 3 

1 Intro, to Fortran Programming 2 



Restricted Electives* 



,..._5 
16-17 



Spring Semester 



Credits 



TX 330 Text. Meas. & Qual. Cont 4 

TX 405 Non-Conv. Fabric Struct.** or 

TX 351 Weaving Syst." 3 

Restricted Electives*** 6 

Humanity/Social Sci. (ENG 321)* _3 

16 



206 



Fall Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits Spring Semester 



TX 460 Phy. Prop, of Text. Fib 3 

Restricted Elective*** 3 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 6 

Free Elective _3 

15 



Credits 



TX 425 Text. Yn. Prod. & Prop.** or 

TX 420 Mod. Dev. Yn. Mfg. Syst.** 3 

Restricted Electives*** 6 

Humanity/Social Sci. Elect.* 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 

Minimum Hours for Graduation 130 



Electives 

* Humanity/Social Science Electives— 18hours in addition to ENG 111 & 112. 

This curriculum specifies that three of these hours be ENG 321, The Communication of Technical Information. Stu- 
dents are encouraged to distribute the remaining Humanities/Social Science Courses in different areas such as 
Anthropology, History, Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Political Science, Sociology, Psychology, University Studies, 
etc. 

** Textile Electires— 12(13) hours 

Students have the option of selecting four courses, two from each grouping shown, 
a. b. 



TX 320 4 

TX 420 3 

TX 425 3 



TX 341 3 

TX 351 3 

TX 405 3 



1 Restricted Electires — 20 hours 

The restrictive electives are designed to give the student a greater science base in one or more areas. The 20 hours will be 
chosen from two or more of the groups of courses listed below. Maximum of 12 hrs. allowed from group F. 



Math & Statistics 

MA 401 3 

MA 421 3 

MA 427 3 

ST 371 2 

ST 421 3 

ST 422 3 

B 

Mech. & Mat. Engr. 

MAE 206 3 

MAE 208 3 

MAE 308 3 

MAE 309 3 

MAE 314 3 

ESM 308 3 

MAT 200 2 

or 201 3 

MAT 310 2 

MAT 320 3 

MAT 321 3 

MAT 450 3 

C 
Physics 

PY 245 3 

PY 401 3 

or 407 3 

PY 402 3 

PY 411 3 

PY 412 3 

PY 413 3 

PY 414 3 

PY 415 3 



D 
Computer Science 

CSC 101 3 

CSC 102 3 

CSC 201 3 

CSC 202 3 

CSC 251 1 

CSC 311 3 

CSC 411 3 

CSC 421 3 

CSC 495 VAR 

E 
Chemistry 

CH 220 4 

or 221 4 

CH 223 4 

CH 315 4 

CH 431 .-. 3 

or 331 4 

CH 433 3 

TC 461 3 



Advanced Textiles and Operations 

T 402 3 

T 500 3 

TC 461 3 

TC 504 3 

TX 560 3 

TX 561 3 

TX 420 3 

TX 425 3 

TX 443 3 

TX 450 3 

TX 520 3 

TX 541 3 

TX 549 3 

TX 555 3 

TX 431 3 

TX 530 3 

or IE 443 3 

IE 546 3 

TC 412 3 

ST 371 2 

ST 421 3 

ST 422 3 

EB 301 3 

EB 302 3 

EB 451 3 

IE 328 3 

or 351 3 

IE 332 4 

IE 401 3 

TX 380 3 

TX 484 3 

TX 585 3 

OR 501 3 



207 




In addition to a broad range of academic programs encompassing more than 80 fields of 
study, the University also offers a rich program of cultural performances during the year. 



208 



COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 



The course descriptions are arranged first in alphabetical order according to course prefix 
reflecting the department or discipline of the course. Some courses are cross-listed, in- 
dicating that they are offered in two or more departments or disciplines. (On cross-listed 500- 
level courses, refer to respective cross-listing for prerequisites/corequisites.) Within each of 
the prefix groups, the course descriptions are arranged by course number: numbers 100-299 
are courses intended primarily for freshmen or sophomores; numbers 300-499 are courses in- 
tended primarily for juniors or seniors; numbers 490-498 are seminar, project, or special 
topics courses; number 499 is for undergraduate research. 

This list contains all undergraduate courses, 100-level through 400-level, approved at the 
beginning of the 1978 Fall Semester. It also contains selected 500-level graduate courses 
which are available to advanced undergraduates who have the required prerequisites. It does 
not contain any 600-level courses which are available to graduate students only. For a com- 
plete listing of 500- and 600-level courses, see the Graduate Catalog. 

A typical course description shows the prefix, number, and title followed by prerequisite, 
credit, and offering information. Prerequisites are courses (or levels of achievement) which 
students are expected to have completed successfully (or attained) prior to enrolling in a 
course. Waiver of prerequisites is at the discretion of the instructor. Corequisites are courses 
which should be taken concurrently by students who have not previously completed the co- 
requisite. Some courses also have restrictive statements, such as "Credit in both MA 102 and 
MA 112 is not allowed." Consent of the department is required for all practicum and in- 
dividual special topics or special problems courses as well as internships and thesis or disser- 
tation research. 

An example of credit information is: 4(3-2) F, S, Sum. The 4 indicates the number of 
semester hours credit awarded for satisfactory completion of the course. The (3-2) normally 
indicates that the course meets for three hours of lecture or seminar each week and for two 
hours of laboratory, problem, or studio work each week. Some courses are offered for 
variable credit, and a listing of 1-6 indicates that up to six semester hours of credit may be 
earned as arranged by the department offering the course. 

Offering information is shown as F, S, Sum, Alt. yrs. F indicates that the course is nor- 
mally offered in the Fall Semester, S indicates the Spring Semester, Sum. indicates the Sum- 
mer Terms, and Alt. yrs. indicates the course is normally offered in alternate years. The ab- 
sence of offering information indicates that there is no fixed pattern, and students should 
check with the department concerning when a particular course will be offered. 

Other abbreviations used in the course descriptions are: CI, consent of instructor required; 
grad., graduate; undergrad., undergraduate; sr., senior; jr., junior; soph., sophomore; fr., 
freshman; lab., laboratory; lect., lecture; and sem., seminar. 

CONTENTS 



AC Agricultural Information ....210 CSC 

ACC Accounting 210 CSE 

ALS Agriculture and Life DF 

Sciences 211 DN 

ANS Animal Science 212 E 

ANT Anthropology 213 EB 

ARC Architecture 215 ED 

AS Aerospace Studies 216 EE 

BAE Biological and EH 

Agricultural Engineering . . 217 ENG 

BCH Biochemistry 219 ENT 

BMA Biomathematics 220 EO 

BO Botany 220 ESM 

BS Biological Sciences 222 

CE Civil Engineering 223 FCL 

CH Chemistry 228 FL 

CHE Chemical Engineering 231 

CS Crop Science 234 



Computer Science 235 

Computer Studies 238 

Design Fundamentals 241 

Design 242 

Engineering 245 

Economics and Business 246 

Education 251 

Electrical Engineering 260 

Engineering Honors 263 

English 263 

Entomology 267 

Engineering Operations 269 

Engineering Science and 

Mechanics 269 

Comparative Literature 269 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures 270 



209 



FLE English for Foreign MS 

Students 270 MSE 

FLF French Language and 

Literature 271 MUS 

FLG German Language and MY 

Literature 272 NE 

FLH Hebrew Language and NTR 

Literature 274 OR 

FLI Italian Language and PD 

Literature 274 PE 

FLP Portuguese Language and PHI 

Literature 274 PHY 

FLR Russian Language and PM 

Literature 274 PO 

FLS Spanish Language and PP 

Literature 275 PS 

FOR Forestry 277 PSY 

FS Food Science 279 PVD 

GN Genetics 280 PY 

GRK Greek Language and REL 

Literature 281 RRA 

GY Geology 282 

HA History of Art 286 SOC 

HI History 286 SP 

HS Horticultural Science 292 SSC 

HSS Humanities and Social ST 

Sciences 294 SW 

IA Industrial Arts 294 T 

IE Industrial Engineering 296 TC 

ISO International Student TOX 

Orientation 301 TX 

LAR Landscape Architecture 301 

LAT Latin Language and UD 

Literature 302 UNI 

MA Mathematics 302 VET 

MAE Mechanical and Aerospace WPS 

Engineering 308 

MAT Materials Engineering 314 ZO 

MB Microbiology 317 



Military Science 318 

Marine Science and 

Engineering 319 

Music 320 

Meteorology 321 

Nuclear Engineering 323 

Nutrition 325 

Operations Research 326 

Product Design 327 

Physical Education 328 

Philosophy 331 

Physiology 333 

Pest Management 333 

Poultry Science 333 

Plant Pathology 334 

Political Science 336 

Psychology 341 

Visual Design 345 

Physics 345 

Religion 348 

Recreation Resources 

Administration 349 

Sociology 351 

Speech-Communication 355 

Soil Science 358 

Statistics 360 

Social Work 362 

Textiles 363 

Textile Chemistry 365 

Toxicology 366 

Textile Materials and 

Management 366 

Urban Design 370 

University Studies 370 

Veterinary Science 371 

Wood and Paper 

Science 371 

Zoology 374 



AGRICULTURAL INFORMATION 

AC 311 Communication Methods and Media. Preq: ENG 112. 3(3-0) S. Written, oral and 
visual techniques of communications; a survey of the channels of communications available; 
principles and techniques for using these channels individually or combined into a publicity, 
promotion, public relations, information or advertising program. Carpenter 

ACCOUNTING 

(Also see Economics and Business.) 

ACC 260 Accounting I— Concepts of Financial Reporting. 3(3-0) F,S. Financial 
reporting concepts, the information generating process, income measurement, resource 
valuation, corporate equity measurement, reporting practices, and the interpretation and 
analysis of financial statements. Introduction to internal controls and merchandising and 
manufacturing inventories. Staff 



210 



ACC 261 Accounting II— Financial Information Systems. Preq: ACC 260. 3(3-0) F,S. In- 
formation systems and their generation of financial data for reporting purposes. Includes 
consideration of the reporting practices related to noncorporate entities, financial statement 
structures and classifications, and internal controls. Staff 

ACC 262 Managerial Uses of Cost Data. Preq: ACC 260. 3(3-0) F,S. Managerial uses of 
cost data in planning, controlling, and evaluating organizational activities and in making 
business decisions. Includes consideration of budgeting, cost behavior, product costing and 
pricing, and an introduction to production cost. Staff 

ACC 360 Financial Reporting Theory and Practice I. Preq: ACC 261. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
preparation of working papers and financial statements, the valuation and reporting 
problems relating to cash, receivables, inventories, investments, and tangible and intangible 
assets. Consideration of related professional pronouncements. Bergold, Brown 

ACC 361 Financial Reporting Theory and Practice II. Preq: ACC 360. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
valuation and reporting problems relating to current and non-current liabilities, and cor- 
porate and non-corporate owners' equities. Includes cash and fund-flow reporting, the 
analysis of financial statements, the impact of price-level changes on financial reporting, and 
professional literature. Bergold, Brown 

ACC 362 Production Cost Analysis and Control. Preq: ACC 262. 3(3-0) F,S. Managerial 
reporting practices for producing activities, the development and use of cost standards and 
budgets, and the cost measurement of productive inputs for units of productive outputs. 
Managerial use of cost data in analyzing, planning, and controlling business activity. Con- 
sideration of information systems and internal controls. Brown 

ACC 364 An Introduction To Income Taxation. Preqs: ACC 260 and EB 201. A student 
cannot receive credit for both ACC 364 and 464. 3(3-0) F,S. A conceptually oriented introduc- 
tion to federal income taxation in its political, social and economic contexts. The primary 
focus is the individual taxpayer. Additionally, capital gains and losses, and investment in- 
centives are examined. Tax planning and tax research are introduced. Messere, Pinna 

ACC 460 Specialized Financial Reporting Theory and Practice. Preq: ACC 361. 3(3-0) 
F. The specialized valuation and reporting problems relating to consolidated financial state- 
ments, business combinations and reorganizations, governmental and nonprofit organiza- 
tions, home office and branch relationships, foreign affiliates, estates and trusts, and 
business firms experiencing financial difficulties. Study of related professional publications. 

Windham 

ACC 465 Advanced Income Taxation. Preqs: ACC 360, 364. 3(3-0) S. A second course in 
federal taxation focusing on the tax treatment of taxpayers other than individuals, and on 
those property transfers subject to federal and state gift and death taxes. Tax planning — the 
legal minimization of the tax burden — is emphasized throughout. Tax research methodology 
is explained and utilized to provide substantive answers to relevant tax problems. 

Messere, Pinna 

ACC 466 Examination of Financial Statements. Preq: ACC 361. 3(3-0) S. The objectives, 
standards, procedures, problems, practices and theory of financial statement examination as 
performed by independent public accountants. The professional standards and ethical codes, 
the features of information systems and internal control, and other professional topics. Ex- 
tensive use of professional literature and authoritative pronouncements. Bowen 

ACC 468 Professional Accountancy Resume. Preqs: ACC 362 and 460. 3(3-0) S. A review 
and summation of the theory and practice of financial reporting and professional account- 
ancy, as they relate to preparation for the certified public accountant's examination, cover- 
ing both their general and specialized topics. Windham 

AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 

ALS 103 Introductory Topics in the Agricultural and Life Sciences. 1(1-0) F. The scope 
and objectives of a university education with emphasis on the sciences, particularly as 
related to biology and agriculture. Guest lectures and departmental programs presented. 

Craig, Glazener 

211 



ALS 299H Honors Seminar. For freshmen and sophomore honor students in SALS (3.0 or 
better). Enrollment by invitation. 1(1-0) S. A Seminar program for freshman and sophomore 
honor students in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Topics for discussion are 
selected by course participants in each section. Topics vary but are generally contemporary 
issues. Resource persons from the faculty and/or the broader community are included in 
most discussions. 

ALS 400 External Learning Experience. Preqs: Junior standing in SALS and prior 
arrangement. 1-6 F,S. A learning experience within an academic framework that utilizes 
facilities and resources that are not available on the campus. 

ALS (HSS) 490 International Seminar. Preq: Jrs. and srs., upperclassmen interested in 
international affairs. 1(1-0) S. A weekly series of seminars on the economic and social aspects 
of developing countries. Staff 

ALS 499H Honors Research. For junior and senior students in SALS who have a GPA of 
3.0 or better. Participation is by invitation. 1-3 S. A research program for junior and senior 
students in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Students work with a faculty mem- 
ber on a research project of mutual interest. 

ANIMAL SCIENCE 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science. 4(3-2) F,S. The fundamental principles of 
animal production. The importance of livestock and livestock products in the human diet and 
in the economy. Goode, Rakes 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding. 3(2-2) S. An introduction to applied animal nutri- 
tion, including the structure and function of the digestive tract, the nutrient value and 
classification of feedstuffs and the nutrient requirements and formulation of livestock ra- 
tions. Leatherwood 

ANS (FS, NTR) 301 Nutrition and Man. Preq: Two years of college work. 3(3-0) F,S. 
(See nutrition.) 

ANS 302 Livestock and Dairy Evaluation. 3(2-3) F. Market classes and grades of beef 
cattle, swine, and sheep are used to study live animal — carcass value interrelationships. 
Breed histories, pedigrees and desirable characteristics of meat and dairy animals are 
discussed. Umberger, Wilk 

ANS 308 Advanced Selection of Dairy and Meat Animals. Preq: ANS 302. 1(0-3) F. In- 
cludes intensive practice in selecting market and purebred livestock. Umberger, Wilk 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology. Preq: ZO 421. 3(2-3) S. Current concepts of 
physiology related to mammalian reproduction. Emphasis on physiological processes, how 
they are influenced by external forces and their importance in reproductive performance. 

Britt 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. Modern management prac- 
tices emphasizing the application of principles of genetics, ruminant nutrition and animal 
health to cow-calf programs and to stocker and feeder cattle operations. Harvey 

ANS 403 Swine Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) F. The economic, nutritional, 
genetic, physiological and managerial factors affecting the operation of modern swine enter- 
prises. Practices for the commercial producer are emphasized. Laboratory trips are required. 

Armstrong 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) S. A study of practical dairy 
husbandry and management. Areas include: raising herd replacements, feed production and 
utilization, breeding and selection, milking procedures, records and housing. Porterfield 

ANS 405 Lactation. Preq: ZO 421. 3(2-3) F. Gross and microscopic anatomy of the 
developing and the mature mammary gland. Physiological processes involved in milk secre- 
tion and the removal of milk from the gland. Research problem required. Mochrie 

ANS 406 Sheep Management. Preq: ANS 204. 3(2-3) F. The economic, genetic, 
nutritional, physiological and managerial factors affecting the operation of the modern 
sheep enterprise. (Offered F 1979 and alt. years.) Goode 

212 



ANS (FS) 409 Meat and Meat Products. Preq: CH 220. 3(2-3) S. (See food science.) 

ANS 410 Horse Management. 3(2-2) F. Application of fundamentals of selection, nutri- 
tion, breeding and animal health to light horses. Managerial details are covered. Cornwell 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of Domestic Animals. Preq: GN 411. 3(2-2) F. 
Genetic principles are stressed in relation to the improvement of economically important 
domestic animals. Emphasis on the specific requirements of breeding plans for individual 
species. McDaniel 

ANS (NTR, PO) 415 Comparative Nutrition. Preq. CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. Fundamen- 
tals of animal nutrition, including the classification of nutrients; the requirement and 
general metabolism by different species for health, maintenance, growth and other produc- 
tive functions. Donaldson, Ramsey 

ANS (VET) 420 Diseases of Farm Animals. Preqs: CH 101, 103. 3(3-0) S. (See veterinary 
science.) 

ANS 490 Seminar in Animal Science. Preq: Senior standing. 1(1-0) S. Discussion of 
current status of various phases of the livestock industry. Lassiter 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

ANS (PHY) 502 Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates. Preq.: ZO 421 or CI. 3(3-0) S. 
Emphasis will be placed on discussions of mechanisms which control the reproductive 
processes. Mechanisms which are species limited will be compared with those which are 
shared by all species. Current knowledge of some subsystems will be investigated in detail 
while others will be referred to in reviews of well-documented research findings. Ulberg 

ANS (GN) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement. Preqs.: GN 411, ST 511. 3(3-0) S. 
Emphasis is placed on the utilization of basic principles of population and quantitative 
genetics in animal improvement. Factors affecting genie and genotypic frequencies and 
methods of estimating genetic and nongenetic variance, heritabilities and breeding values 
are presented. The roles of mating systems and selection procedures in producing superior 
genetic populations are examined. Robison 

ANS 510 Advanced Livestock Management. Preq.: ANS 402 or ANS 403 or ANS 404. 3(3- 
0) S. An advanced study of beef cattle, dairy cattle and swine management practices with 
particular emphasis on input-output relationships and the consequences of alternative 
management decisions. Problem. (Offered in even-numbered years.) Davenport 

ANS (NTR) 516 Quantitative Nutrition. 3(1-6) S. (See nutrition.) 

ANS 520 Tropical Livestock Production. Preq.: Six hours of ANS at 400-level or CI. 3(3- 
0) S. Modern principles of feeding, genetics, forage production and management are applied 
to improvement of meat and dairy animals in tropical, subtropical and high-altitude environ- 
ments. Considers biological and socio-economic constraints to development of livestock in- 
dustry. Discussion of climatic effects on production applies to U. S. conditions and to 
developing tropical countries. W. L. Johnson 

ANS (PHY) 580 Mammalian Endocrine Physiology. Preqs.: BCH 351, ZO 421. 3(3-0) F. 
Detailed discussion of the mammalian endocrine system with emphasis on the functional 
aspect, chemistry, and mode of action of specific hormones secreted from major endocrine 
glands. Modern biochemical and physiological principles of hormonal integrations and 
neuroendocrine integration are examined. B. H. Johnson 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science. Maximum 6 F,S. Special problems may 
be selected or assigned in various phases of animal science. Graduate Staff 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

(Also see Sociology.) 

ANT 251 Physical Anthropology. 3(3-0) F,S. The evolution of man and his antecedents is 
illustrated by a study of fossil materials from Africa, Europe and the Far East. The course 
emphasizes the process of evolution, morphology, classification systems, dating techniques, 
the beginnings of culture and communication, and human variation, including contemporary 
races; and increases awareness of man as a culture-bearing primate. 

213 



ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. Through the study of nonliterate peas- 
ant and complex societies, an overview is given of the history of ethnological theory, methods 
in cultural anthropology, ethnographic field-work, personality and culture, the socialization 
process, cultural ecology, structural-functional analysis, language, art and society, kinship 
systems, political and economic anthropology, religions, magic and witchcraft, and social and 
cultural change. 

ANT 254 Language and Culture. 3(3-0) F,S. Focuses on the relationship among aspects of 
human language and between aspects of language and culture. Surveys such topics as: 
descriptive and comparative linguistics, structuralism, language and thought, sociolin- 
guistics, bilingualism, culture change and linguistic change. 

ANT 305 Peoples of the World. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Introductory course in ethnology which 
develops a general understanding of the culture of primitive peoples, peasants, and of 
modern man. Specific problems are investigated such as cultural ecology, evolution, sub- 
sistence practices, nutrition, and economic development. 

ANT 310 Indians of North America. Preq: ANT 252 or ANT 305. 3(3-0) F,S. Analysis of 
North American Indian and Eskimo life, including: 1) theories of provenience and an over- 
view of selected prehistoric cultural manifestations; 2) peoples and cultures at the time of 
European contact; 3) the nature and concomitants of contacts between native Americans and 
whites; 4) an examination of contemporary Indian and Eskimo problems relating to identity, 
accommodation, assimilation and self-determination. (This course will be offered as ANT 405 
until Fall, 1979). 

ANT 325 Peoples and Cultures of South America. Preqs: Three hours ANT and/or SOC, 
or HI 215 or HI 216. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduces student to the types of social groups found in 
South America, and explores the cultural development from prehistoric times to the present. 
Analyzes problems facing their developing nations from an anthropological point of view, 
stressing the interrelationships between the national decision-making processes and the 
small community. 

ANT 416 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology. Preq: Six hours ANT. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Provides a systematic experience with anthropological field techniques, i.e., community 
mapping; household census; kinship analysis; life-history recording; participant observation; 
inventory of material culture; child rearing observation. Familiarizes student with conven- 
tional anthropological field tools, i.e., tape recorder, motion picture camera, still camera, 
fieldwork journal, unstructured interview. Through textbooks and supplementary reading, 
provides a view of anthropologists' reports of their own field methods and problems 
encountered. 

ANT 420 Biological Bases for Human Social Behavior. Preq: ANT 251, or BS 100 or 105, 
or GN 301, or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. This course entails an examination of the relevancy and 
applicability of animal behavior to the study of human social behavior. The nature and 
uniqueness of human behavior is evaluated in light of what is known about the social 
behavior of animals, particularly the nonhuman primates. 

ANT 498 Special Topics in Anthropology. Preq: Six hours of SOC/ ANT 1-6 F,S. A 
detailed investigation of a special topics in anthropology. The topic and mode of study will be 
determined by the faculty member(s) and the student. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

ANT 505 Comparative Social Organization. Preq.: ANT 501 or 6 hours in Cultural 
Anthropology. 3(3-0) F. This course will focus on an analysis of forms of social organization 
in both technologically simple and complex societies from several analytical perspectives. 
Discussion of kinship theory: the relationship of social organization to systems such as the 
economic, political, and religious; and an examination of modern development in social 
organization research will be stressed. Wallace 

ANT 508 Culture and Personality. Preq.: ANT 501 or 6 hours in Cultural Anthropology. 
3(3-0) S. The course focuses on the interplay between cultural norms and the enculturation 
process. From a cross-cultural perspective, it examines the process by which cultural norms 
are transmitted and learned, as well as the effect of culture change on the individual. The 



214 



historical development of the field as well as contemporary trends are also discussed in both 
theoretical and applied contexts. Nickerson 

ANT 511 Anthropological Theory. Preqs.: ANT 501 or 6 hours in Cultural Anthropology. 
3(3-0) F. Approaches theory from both an historical and contemporary point of view. Empha- 
sizes the key anthropological concept of culture and its significance for understanding man 
and his works. Graduate Staff 

ANT 512 Applied Anthropology. Preq.: ANT 252 or CI. 3(3-0) S. Includes a review of the 
historical development of applied anthropology and a study of anthropology as applied in 
government, industry, community development, education and medicine. The processes of 
cultural change are analyzed in terms of the application of anthropological techniques to 
programs of developmental change. Peck 

ANT 591 Special Topics in Anthropology. Preq.: ANT 501 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. This 
course is designed to provide the opportunity for students to investigate in depth some par- 
ticular topic in anthropology. Course content and mode of study will vary, reflecting current 
student needs and interests. Topics will be determined by the faculty member(s) and student. 

Graduate Staff 

ARCHITECTURE 

(Also see Design.) 

ARC 400 Intermediate Architectural Design (Series). Preq: DF 102. May not be taken 
more than six times. 6(0-9) F,S. Design investigation aimed at the development of an un- 
derstanding of the major issues confronting the architect and at the expanding of problem- 
solving abilities in architectural design. Students select from a number of vertically 
organized workshop studios which offer on an optional basis a wide range of program 
emphases. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

ARC 511 Professional Practice I. Preq.: Fourth year standing. 2(2-0) F. The evolution of 
architecture as a modern practical profession; obligations of the profession to society and to 
itself; the legal and ethical position of the architect in practice; comparative study of docu- 
ments; the architect's working organization; emerging techniques of office practice. 

ARC 512 Professional Practice II. Preq.: Fourth year standing. 2(2-0) S. Continuing 
study of standard documents and emerging techniques of practice, with emphasis on the 
principles and improved techniques of writing construction specifications; interrelationship 
of The Contract Documents; comparative study of techniques for controlling competitive 
bidding. 

ARC 521, 522 Advanced Architectural Structures I, II. Preq.: (521) DN 352; (522) ARC 
521. 3(3-0) F,S. Gravity and non-gravity loads on structures; comparative behavior of struc- 
tural materials; comparative behavior of simple structural systems; approximate and exact 
analysis procedures as applied to systems; principles of approximate and exact design in tim- 
ber, steel and reinforced concrete; architectural/structural/mechanical compatibility in 
systems; basic principles of foundation analyses and design. 

ARC 531, 532 Advanced Building Technology I, II. Preqs.: DN 253, 254. 2(1-3) F,S. A 
synthesis of studies in building science undertaken in previous courses. Material assemblies 
in practical applications, dimensional characteristics of mechanical and construction 
systems for buildings, and special projects in selected areas of building science. 

ARC 542 Investigations in Recent World Architecture. Preq.: CI. 3(2-1) F. A lecture- 
seminar course intended to provide a description and analysis of recent developments in 
architectural design through an examination of projects by many of the world's most impor- 
tant architects. Primary emphasis will be placed on emerging design concepts and theories as 
expressed in the built architecture and the visionary proposals of the past two decades. 

ARC 581, 582 Conceptual Issues in Architecture and Design. Preq.: Grad. standing or 
advanced undergrad. 3(3-0) F,S. Fall semester— An examination and dialogue concerning 
current issues in American and Western society and their relation to the activities and goals 

215 



of architects and designers. Spring semester — An investigation into issues and values 
currently held by participating students and their relation to an anticipated career in 
architecture and design. 

AEROSPACE STUDIES (AIR FORCE ROTC) 

(Also see Military Science) 

AS 121 The Air Force Role in the Department of Defense I. 1(1-1) F. Initial course in the 
four-year Air Force ROTC curriculum. Familiarizes student with the mission, organization 
and doctrine of U.S. Air Force and U.S. Strategic Offensive Forces. Introduction to U.S. 
Strategic Defensive Forces. The laboratory, Corps Training, provides experience in drill 
movement, knowledge of customs and courtesies expected of an Air Force member, 
knowledge of Air Force career opportunities, and the life and work of the junior officer. Staff 

AS 122 The Air Force Role in the Department of Defense II. Preq: AS 121 or equivalent. 
1(1-1) S. Continues study of U.S. Strategic Defensive Forces. Familiarizes student with 
Aerospace Support Forces and U.S. General Purpose Forces, including those of the Army, 
Navy and Marines. Corps Training stresses fundamentals needed to capably assume and dis- 
charge future responsibilities in AFROTC and the U.S. Air Force. Staff 

AS 221 The Development of Airpower I. Preq.: AS 122 or equivalent. 1(1-1) F. Airpower 
from the early years of powered flight through World War II. Emphasis on the development 
of employment concepts. Factors which have prompted research and technological change. 
Events which show the impact of airpower on strategic thought. Corps Training develops 
skills and further studies the junior officer environment. Staff 

AS 222 The Development of Airpower II. Preq: AS 221 or equivalent. 1(1-1) S. Airpower 
from the end of World War II to the present. Emphasis on employment concepts, 
technological change, and the impact of airpower on strategic thought. Leadership ex- 
periences and study of junior officer environment in Corps Training. Staff 

PROFESSIONAL OFFICER EDUCATION 

AS 321 Air Force Management and Leadership. Preqs: Four year AFROTC Cadet: AS 
222. Two year non-veteran student: Satisfactory completion of six weeks summer camp. 3(3- 
1) F. A study of management from the point of view of the Air Force junior officer, including 
the subjects of military leadership and military law. Attention given to progressive develop- 
ment of communicative skills needed by junior officers. Practical experience in advanced 
military leadership activities. Staff. 

AS 322 Air Force Management and Leadership II. Preq: AS 321 (or permission). 3(3-1) 
S. Class and laboratory study of and practical experience with management functions in the 
military environment. The planning, organizing, directing, controlling and coordinating 
functions of management; the command and staff functions in advising, problem solving and 
decision-making situations. Emphasis on developing communicative skills, leadership 
abilities and basic knowledge required of an Air Force junior officer. Staff 

AS 421 American Defense Policy I. Preq: AS 322. 3(3-1) F. The role of national security 
forces in contemporary American society. The professional military as it relates to the 
American political and social system. Formulation of military policy is examined in terms of 
international and domestic constraints. A treatment of the development of modern defense 
strategy. The student studies and practices communicative skills. Corps Training provides 
for advanced leadership experience. Staff 

AS 422 American Defense Policy II. Preq: AS 421 (or permission) 3(3-1) S. Continues the 
study of national security forces in contemporary American society. Focuses on strategy and 
management of modern conflict and formulation and implementation of U.S. defense policy. 
Brief study of the Air Force Officer classification and assignment system. Students develop 
their communicative skills and participate in advanced leadership situations in Corps Train- 
ing. Staff 

AS 495 Special Topics in Aerospace Studies. Preq: CI. 2(2-0) F,S. Offered as needed to 
treat new or special subject matter relating to the Department of the Air Force. Staff 



216 



AS 499 Flight Instruction Program Ground School. 0(3-0) S. Develops aeronautical 
knowledge required by the Federal Aviation Administration for private pilots. It familiarizes 
students with the appropriate general and visual flight rules of Part 91 of the Federal Avia- 
tion Regulations, obtaining and evaluating of flight weather reports and flight planning ele- 
ments such as plotting courses, estimating time enroute and fuel requirements. Required in 
the Flight Instruction Program (FIP) for Air Force ROTC cadets. 

FIELD TRAINING COURSES 

AFROTC field training is offered during the summer months at selected Air Force bases 
throughout the United States. Students in the four-year program participate in four weeks 
of field training during the summer after their sophomore or junior year. Students applying 
for entry into the two-year program must successfully complete six weeks of field training 
prior to enrollment in AFROTC. 

Major study areas in the four-week field training program include junior officer training, 
aircraft and aircrew indoctrination, career-orientation, survival training, base functions and 
Air Force environment, and physical training. 

The six-week field training program covers all four-week field training program areas plus 
all of the subject matter received by four-year program cadets during their freshman and 
sophomore years in the General Military Course, including corps training. 

BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

BAE 201 Shop Practices. 2(1-3) F,S. Designed to give the student an understanding of 
materials, tool processes and safety practices related to the operation and maintenance of a 
mechanized farming operation as well as general shop practice related to other agricultural 
industries. Laboratory exercises will be used to relate theory to practice as basic shop skills 
are developed. Blum, Howell 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery. 3(2-3) F,S. A study of the operations, servicing, and adjust- 
ment of farm machines. Functional and energy requirements, and efficient operations as 
well as economic considerations in ownership are stressed. Howell 

BAE 251 Elements of Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Preq: Enrollment in 
SBE curriculum. 3(2-3) F. Pertinent topics basic to agricultural engineering and current 
progress relating to the different subject areas. Introduction to various engineering 
procedures, tool processes and materials utilized by the agricultural industries. Blum 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion in Biological Systems. Preqs: BS 100, MA 112 or 201, PY 
205 or 211. 2(2-0) S. Energy transformations and exchanges of plants and animals are studied 
on the basis of physical theories and principles. Discussion of examples in convection, con- 
duction, radiation, phase change, muscle work, photosynthesis, respiration and concentra- 
tion of solutions. Suggs 

BAE (SSC) 321 Water Management. Preq: Junior standing. 4(3-3) F. The application of 
water management principles is examined. Topics discussed include the hydrologic cycle, 
runoff, surface and subsurface drainage to include open ditch drainage and land forming, 
irrigation, erosion, soil conservation practices such as terracing, contouring and strip crop- 
ping, sedimentation, farm pond construction, open channel flow, environmental laws that 
pertain to water management, and the basic principles of surveying. Sneed 

BAE 332 Farm Structures. Preq: PY 211 or 221. 3(2-3) S. Environmental relationships, 
design methods, materials, construction procedures and layout practices as they relate to 
current changes in agricultural production techniques. Problem situations relating to farm 
structures are investigated individually by each student in the laboratory. Emphasis on 
relating the theory to current applications. Blum 

BAE 341 Farm Electrification and Utilities. Coreq: PY 212 or 221. 4(3-3) S. Practical and 
efficient use of electricity as an energy source for agricultural and home applications. Topics 
include energy conservation, electric rates, farm and house wiring, circuit design, single 
phase and three-phase distribution systems, electric motors, lighting, heating, electric con- 
trols, safety and protective devices, and home water systems. Glover 

217 



BAE 342 Agricultural Processing. Preqs: MA 301, MAE 301. 4(3-2) S. Theory and appli- 
cation of heat and mass transfer to processing of agricultural crops. Topics include psy- 
chrometrics, thin layer and deep bed drying, continuous-flow drying, and principles of 
biochemical processing. Problem sessions will demonstrate principles of fluid flow, materials 
handling, process control, and various drying systems. Young 

BAE 361 Analytical Methods. Preq: MA 301; Coreq. MAE 314. 3(2-3) F. Develops skills in 
mechanical design and problem solving. Mechanical design includes graphical and analytical 
determinations of velocity and acceleration, analysis and synthesis of linkages, design 
and/or selecting of beams, shafts, columns, bearings, clutches, brakes, gears, belts and 
chains. Approximately one-fourth of the course develops skills related to converting ill- 
defined problem situations into tractable engineering problems. Abrams 

BAE 381 Agricultural Structures and Environment. Preqs: MAE 314, MAE 301. 3(2-3) 
S. Principles of environmental control and structural analysis are combined with biological 
principles for the design of agricultural structures. Topics include physiological reactions of 
animals, plants and agricultural produce to their environment, applications of heat transfer 
and psychometrics in calculating ventilation requirements and heating or cooling loads, 
structural analysis, material selection, agricultural waste management, and economic con- 
siderations of various structural alternatives. Baughman 

BAE 391 Electrotechnology in Biological and Agricultural Engineering. Preq: EE 331. 
3(2-3) F. Basic concepts for selecting and utilizing electromagnetic devices. Switching cir- 
cuits and central circuits are discussed and transducers and measurement techniques are 
related to agricultural problems. McClure 

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery. Preqs: BAE 211, PY 211 or 221. 3(2-3) S. The ap- 
plication of heat engineering principles in the development and utilization of power of inter- 
nal combustion engines, both spark ignition and diesel. Thermodynamic principles and their 
application to the actual design and construction of engines. Principles of carburetion and 
ignition. Power transmission units, hydraulics and hydraulic controls. Power measurement 
and testing, and the economic utilization of power units. Fore 

BAE (FS) 432 Food Engineering II. Preq: FS 331. 3(2-3) S. Alt. yrs. (See food science.) 

BAE 433 Processing Agricultural Products. Preq: PY 212. 4(3-3) S. This course will in- 
vestigate the equipment used for agricultural processing on the farm or farm-related enter- 
prises. The principles of operation and design features of processing equipment will be 
covered. Major topics include: (1) feed grinding, (2) milk processing, (3) cleaning, grading, 
and handling agricultural commodities, (4) crop drying and storing, and (5) refrigerated 
storage. Willits, Young 

BAE 451, 452 Agricultural Engineering Design I and II. Preq: Sr. standing in SBE 
curriculum. 3(1-6) F,S. Design concepts are applied to current agricultural engineering 
problems. One major design project is combined with a variety of case studies and short term 
design problems. Rohrback 

BAE 461 Analysis of Agricultural Systems. Preqs: MA 114 or 112, EB 212. 3(2-2) F. 
Basic concepts of systems analysis with application to agricultural problems. Tools and 
methodology of systems analysis. Topics include economics of decision making, linear 
programming, networks and inventory. A unit on machinery management includes cost 
analysis, scheduling, selection and replacement. Sowell 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines. Preqs: BAE 361 or equivalent, SSC 200. 
2(2-3) S. The design and operation of the modern farm tractor and field machines that make 
effective use of energy and labor in farm commodities production. Topics include (a) engine 
cycles and efficiencies, Nebraska test procedures, power trains, traction efficiencies, rolling 
resistances, and hitching of tractors and (b) principles and devices used to accomplish func- 
tional objectives in tillage, planting, pesticide application and harvesting equipment. Bowen 

BAE (CHE) 465 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Preqs: MA 202 or 212, PY 212 
or 221. 3(3-0) F. (See chemical engineering.) 

BAE (SSC) 471 Agricultural Water Management. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 4(3-2) F. 
Aspects of hydrology and soil-water-plant relationships as related to agricultural water 



21b 



management. Drainage and irrigation emphasized. Water quality, agricultural related pollu- 
tion, and water laws discussed. Westerman 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research and Processing. Preqs: EE 331, 
MA 301. 2(1-3) F. Theory and application of primary sensing elements and transducers. 
Generalized performance characteristics and the use of standards. Use of specialized 
measurement systems for agricultural research and processing including an introduction to 
correlation and power spectral density measurements. McClure 

BAE (CE, MB) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. 3(2-3) S. (See civil engineering.) 

BAE (CE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management. Preq: Grad. or advanced undergrad. 
standing. 3(2-3) F. A study of agricultural and associated processing wastes. Special 
laboratory techniques required for the characterization of these wastes will be emphasized. 
Principles and examples considered will be utilized to develop waste management and non- 
destructive waste utilization systems that are integral to the total operation. Humenik 

BAE (FS) 585 Biorheology. Preqs: PY 205, MAE 314. 3(2-2) S. The concepts of strain, 
stress and the mechanical viscoelastic properties of biological solids, fluids and slurries. The 
time-dependent deformation and flow of bio-materials elements of strength of materials, 
rheological equations and model concepts, creep-relaxation and dynamic behavior, contact 
problems and the Boltzmann superposition principle as a function of time, temperature and 
moisture content. Hamann 

BAE 590 Special Problems. Preq: Sr. or grad. standing in biological and agricultural 
engineering. Credits Arranged. F.S.Sum. Each student will select a subject on which to do 
research and write a technical report on the results. The individual may choose a subject per- 
taining to his or her particular interest in any area of study in biological and agricultural 
engineering. Graduate Staff 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry. Preq: CH 223. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. An introduction to 
the basics of biochemistry, dealing with the chemistry of living organisms and the various 
areas of research the discipline encompasses. Armstrong, Horton, Main 

BCH 352 Elementary Biochemistry Laboratory- Preq: BCH 351 (may be taken con- 
currently). 1-2 F,S. A laboratory experience to complement BCH 351 which will emphasize 
basic biochemical laboratory techniques and analysis of data. Knopp, Miller 

BCH 490 Special Studies in Biochemistry. Preq: Senior standing. 1-3 F,S,Sum. 
Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry. Preq: Three years of CH including CH 223 or equivalent; 
CH 331 or 431 strongly recommended. 3(3-0) F. Principles of modern biochemistry including 
structural and metabolic relationships of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, en- 
zymes and metabolic regulation. Jones 

BCH 552 Experimental Biochemistry. Preq: CH 223; CH 315 recommended; Preq. or 
Coreq: BCH 551, 3(1-6) F. An introduction to fundamental techniques of biochemistry and 
molecular biology involving experimental study of carbohydrates, proteins, enzymes, nucleic 
acids, lipids, and metabolism. Theil 

BCH (PHY) 553 Physiological Biochemistry. Preq: BCH 551. 3(3-0) S. Application of 
biochemical methods to the elucidation of the function of whole organisms. A. Biochemistry 
of 1) blood, 2) water, electrolyte, acid-base balance, 3) renal function, 4) muscle metabolism, 
5) central nervous system, 6) autonomic nervous system, and 7) endocrine system. B. Bio- 
chemistrv of adaptation to environment 1) high and low P „ 2) hot and cold, 3) wet and dry, 
4) pollution. Longmuir 

BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques in Biology. Preq: BCH 351 or CI. 2(1-3) S,Sum. 
Theory and application of radioisotope techniques used in biology. The different modes of 



219 



radioactivity are correlated with methods of measurement. Emphasis on use and limitations 
of various instruments and techniques and on their application to research problems. Sisler 

BCH 557 Introductory Enzyme Kinetics. Preqs: BCH 551 and MA 201 or MA 212. 3(3-0) 
F. Basic principles of chemical kinetics are applied to develop enzyme kinetics. Limitations of 
the Michaelis equation are considered in light of the general rate equation. Transient state 
kinetics are then considered. Inhibition and activation, pH functions, effects of temperature, 
and elucidation of mechanisms follow. The kinetics of allosteric site interactions and of con- 
formational forms complete the course. Main 

BCH (GN, MB) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. Preqs: BCH 351 or 551, GN 
411 or 505, MB 401 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. A study of development of the fields of biochemical 
genetics and microbial genetics, emphasizing both techniques and concepts currently used in 
research in these areas. Includes lectures and discussions of current research publications. 

Armstrong 

BCH 590 Special Topics in Biochemistry. Preq: BCH 351 or equivalent. Credits 
Arranged, Maximum 3. F,S,Sum. The study of topics of special interest by small groups of 
students instructed by members of the faculty. Graduate Staff 

BIOMATHEMATICS 

BMA 493 Special Topics in Biomathematics. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. Directed readings, 
problem sets, written and oral reports at an introductory level to meet student need and in- 
terest; 400-level courses during the developmental phase. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BMA (MA, ST) 571 Biomathematics I. Preq: Advanced calculus, reasonable 
background in biology or CI. 3(3-0) F. The role of theory construction and model building in 
the development of experimental science. Induction vs. deduction. The historical develop- 
ment of mathematical theories and models for the growth of one-species populations (logistic 
and off-shoots), including consideration of age distributions (matrix theory, Leslie and 
Lopez; continuous theory, Lotka). Some of the more elementary theories on the growth of 
organisms (von Bertalanffy, with applications to ecology; allometric theories, cultures grown 
in a chemostat). Mathematical theories of two and more species systems (predator-prey, 
competition, symbiosis; according to the Volterra-Lotka schemes, including present-day 
research), and discussion of some related models for chemical reaction kinetics. Much 
emphasis is placed on scrutiny of the biological concepts as well as of the mathematical 
structure of the models in order to uncover both weak and strong points of the models dis- 
cussed. Mathematical treatment of the differential equations in these models stresses 
qualitative and geometric aspects. van der Vaart 

BMA (MA, ST) 572 Biomathematics II. Preq: BMA 571, elementary probability theory. 
3(3-0) S. Continuation of topics of BMA 571. Some more advanced mathematical techniques 
concerning nonlinear differential equations of the types encountered in BMA 571: several 
concepts of stability, asymptotic directions, periodic models. Comparison of deterministic 
and stochastic models for several biological problems including birth and death processes. 
Certain aspects of linear system theory (time-invariant and variable models) used for the 
analysis of biological systems. Discussion of various applications of mathematics to biology, 
e.g., theories of aging, some recent research. van der Vaart 

BMA 591 Special Topics. Preq: CI. Maximum 3. F,S. Directed readings, problem sets, 
written and oral reports as dictated by need and interest of student; new 500-level courses 
during the developmental phase. Graduate Staff 

BOTANY 

BO 200 Plant Life. 4(3-3) F,S,Sum. A survey of the types of plants and their diversities in 
structure, life cycle, habitat, and economic importance. Troyer, Van Dyke, Witherspooh 

BO 320 Local Flora. Course may be taken three times for credit. 2(0-4) F,S,Sum. A field 
study for non-majors of the vascular plants of the area with emphasis on identification, 

220 



ecology, and natural history. May be taken during the spring and fall, spring and summer or 
summer and fall, or all three semesters, for a maximum of 6 hours credit. Hardin, Stucky 

BO (ZO) 360 Introduction to Ecology. Preq: A 200 level biology course. 4(3-3) F,S,Sum. 
The relationships between organisms and their environment, and of the interactions among 
organisms. An overview of basic ecology principles and their importance to man and his en- 
vironment. Staff 

BO 400 Plant Diversity. Preq: BO 200. 4(3-3) F. A comprehensive survey of the 
evolutionary diversity and phylogeny of the plant kingdom. Emphasis on the evolutionary 
trends and the basis for assumed relationships, considering fossils as well as living forms. 

Hardin 

BO 403 Systematic Botany. Preq: BS 100 or 105 or BO 200. 4(2-4) S. A systematic survey 
of vascular plants, emphasizing terminology, family characteristics, field identification, 
general evolutionary relationships, and mechanisms of plant speciation. Hardin, Stucky 

BO 413 Introductory Plant Anatomy. Preq: BO 200 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. A study of the 
cells, tissues and organs of crop, horticultural and weed plants. The patterns of growth and 
differentiation of representative species will be examined. Laboratory work will emphasize 
microscopic examination of living material. Anderson 

BO (ZO) 414 Cell Biology. Preqs: CH 223, PY 212, ZO 201, or 203. 3(3-0) F. (See zoology.) 

BO 421 Plant Physiology. Preqs: BS 100 or BS 105 or BO 200, one year of college 
chemistry. 4(3-3) F,S. Physiology of the green plant emphasizing plant organization, water 
and solute relationships, organic and inorganic nutrition, growth and development. 

Noggle, Troyer 

BO 480 Air Pollution Biology. Preq: An introductory biological course and chemistry, jr. 
standing. 3(2-3) S. The effects of air pollutants on biological systems at the subcellular, 
cellular, tissue, organ, individual and community level. Anderson, Rogers 

BO 499 Independent Study in Botany. Preqs: At least eight hours of botany, advanced 
standing, and presentation of plan of work approved by a faculty member. 1-3 F,S. Discus- 
sions, library research, field or laboratory investigations of topics under faculty direction on 
a tutorial basis. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BO 510 Plant Anatomy. Preq: BO 200. 4(2-6) F. A study of the cells, tissues and organs of 
common flowering plants and gymnosperms. Anderson 

BO 522 Advanced Morphology and Phylogeny of Seed Plants. Preq: BO 403. 4(3-3) S. A 
comprehensive survey of the morphology and evolution of angiosperms and gymnosperms. 
Special emphasis is given to vegetative and reproductive morphology of fossil and living 
forms, and to their presumed evolutionary relationships. (Offered 1978-79 and alt. years.) 

Hardin 

BO 524 Grasses, Sedges, and Rushes. Preq: BO 403. 4(2-6) F. A course dealing with three 
large, economically and ecologically important plant families. A working familiarity will be 
achieved through an introduction to the special terminology used in dealing with these 
plants, extensive field work emphasizing keying out plants collected and a study of the re- 
cently developed modern classification of the grasses. (Offered 1979-80 and alt. years.) 

Stucky 

BO 544 Plant Geography. Preqs: BO 403, BO (ZO) 360, GN 411 or equivalents. 3(3-0) S. A 
course in descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing data from the fields of 
ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany and taxonomy. Includes a survey of the present 
distribution of major vegetation types throughout the world, a discussion of the history and 
development of this present pattern of vegetation and a discussion of the principles and 
theories of plant geography. (Offered in 1979-80 and alt. years.) Graduate Staff 

BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I. Preqs: General botany or biology, and 
biochemistry. 3(3-0) F. The first half of a two-semester sequence covering the field of plant 
physiology. Topics will include plant organization, metabolism, water relations, solute rela- 
tions, and respiration. Noggle, Troyer 

221 



BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II. Preqs: General botany or biology, and 
biochemistry. 3(3-0 ) S. The second half of a two-semester sequence covering the field of plant 
physiology. Topics will include photobiology, photosynthesis, inorganic nutrition, plant 
growth substances, physiology of seeds, and the physiology of vegetative and reproductive 
growth and development. Wynn 

BO 553 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology I. Preq. or coreq: BO 551. 1(0-3) F. 
Laboratory to accompany BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I. Graduate Staff 

BO 554 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology II. Preq. or coreq: BO 552. 1(0-3) S. 
Laboratory to accompany BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II. Graduate Staff 

BO (ZO) 560 Principles of Ecology. Preq: Three semesters of college level biology 
courses. 4(3-3) F. A consideration of the principles of ecology at the graduate level. Each of 
the major subject areas of ecology is developed in sufficient depth to provide a factual and 
philosophical framework for the understanding of ecology. Blum 

BO 561 Physiological Ecology. Preqs: BO 421 and BO (ZO) 560 or equivalent. 4(3-3) S. The 
plant community is approached from a physiological standpoint. Emphasis will be placed on 
the individual in the community and how it responds to its immediate environment on a 
short- and long-term basis. (Offered 1978-79 and alt. years.) Blum 

BO 565 Plant Community Ecology. Preq: BO (ZO) 560 or BO (ZO) 360 or equivalent. 4(3-3) 
F. Consideration of the structure and function of terrestrial vascular plant communities, 
with emphasis on classical and recent research. Topics include measurement and description 
of community properties, classification, ordination, vegetation pattern in relation to environ- 
ment, ecological succession, and a survey of the vegetation of North America. 

Wentworth 

BO 570 Quantitative Ecology. Preqs: BO (ZO) 560 and ST 512 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. A 
course emphasizing the quantitative techniques and theories of vegetation analysis. Topics 
include sampling methodologies, the evaluation of sample adequacy, spatial patterns and 
species associations, the measurement and interpretation of ecological diversity, gradient 
analysis and classification of communities, and plant population dynamics. Each of these 
topics will be considered from a theoretical and a practical basis. This involves local field 
trips, sampling, data analysis, computer programming, and interpretation in light of 
contemporary ecological theories. Reynolds 

BO (MB) 574 Phycology. Preq: BS 100 or BO 200. 3(1-4) S. An introduction to the struc- 
ture, reproduction and importance of organisms which may be included in the algae. 
Emphasis is on the local freshwater flora and the ecology of important species. 

Witherspoon 

BO (MB, PP) 575 The Fungi. Preq: BO 200 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. An overview of the 
fungi within the framework of a survey of the major classes. Van Dyke 

BO (MP, PP) 576 The Fungi— Lab. Coreq: BO 575. 1(0-3) F. Illustrative material of the 
fungal assemblages discussed in BO 575. Van Dyke 

BO 590 Topical Problems. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. Discussions and readings on problems of 
current interest in the fields of ecology, anatomy and morphology, taxonomy, plant 
physiology, and cell biology. May be repeated with a change in topic for a maximum of six 
credits. Graduate Staff 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

BS 100 General Biology. Students may not receive credit for both BS 100 and BS 105, 4(3- 
3) F,S,Sum. Basic principles and concepts including the structure and function of cells and 
organisms, the organization and requirements of living systems, development, heredity and 
evolution. Barthalmus, Beckmann, Lytle, Meyer 

BS 105 Biology in the Modern World. Students may not receive credit for both BS 100 
and BS 105. 4(3-3) F,S. For students who are not science majors. Treats the broad themes or 
principles of biology, such as metabolism, homeostasis, and interrelationships of organisms, 
at all levels of biological organization (i.e., molecular to biome). Emphasis on the organismic 

222 



level with man as the representative organism; his physiology, behavior, genetics and 
ecology are treated in depth. Meyer, Wynn 

BS (ENT) 401 Bibliographic Research in Biology. Preq: Advanced undergraduate or 
graduate standing. 2(2-0) F. 1978 & alt yrs. (See Entomology.) 

BS 495 Special Topics in Biology. 1-6 F,S,Sum. Independent research projects supervised 
by faculty member. Projects selected with faculty assistance and with approval of the coor- 
dinator of the Biological Sciences interdepartmental program. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

BS 590 Special Problems in Biological Instrumentation. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. Basic compo- 
nents of spectrophotometers including light sources, dispersing devices, detectors and read- 
out methods; theoretical and practical aspects of electron microscopy; basics of analog and 
digital computing methods and applications of computers to biological research; methods of 
separation and identification of bio-polymers; principles of measurement; the application of 
electronics in biological measuring and sensing devices; and human cytological techniques. 
Course consists of five-week modules (sections) devoted to specific types of instrumenta- 
tion. Graduate Staff 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

CE 201 Elements of Plane Surveying. Preq: Soph, standing. 3(2-3) F. Not for CE depart- 
ment majors. Theory and practice of plane surveying precision specifications, horizontal and 
vertical control, stadia surveys, area determinations, circular and compound curves, 
topographic mapping, solar and celestial observations, rural and urban land surveys. Staff 

CE 202 Introduction to Civil Engineering. Preq: MA 201. 2(1-3) F,S,Sum. Compu- 
ter solution of typical problems in each subject area of civil engineering. Ely, Smith 

CE 211 Introduction to Applied Mechanics. Coreqs: MA 212, PY 212. 3(3-0) F. The con- 
cepts of particle and rigid body mechanics. The fundamentals of equilibrium, kinematics and 
kinetics are applied to engineering problems involving structures and machines. CE Staff 

CE 212 Mechanics of Engineering Materials. Preq: CE 211. 3(3-0) S. An introduction to 
the mechanics of solids. Analysis of the stresses, strains, and deformations occurring in 
loaded structural and machine members (including buckling loads). CE Staff 

CE 213 Introduction to Mechanics. Coreq: MA 202. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Principles and con- 
cepts which form the basis for students in dynamics, solid and fluid mechanics. The nature 
and properties of force systems and stress fields. The motion of particles and description of 
deformation of continuous media. The role of Newton's laws, the concepts of continuity and 
equilibrium, and the conservational principles in problems in mechanics. CE Staff 

CE 301 Engineering Surveying. Preq: Junior standing. 3(2-3) F,S. Principles of surveying 
and applications in planning, design and construction; including horizontal and vertical con- 
trol; topographic maps, photogrammetry and elements of geodesy. Babcock, Barnes 

CE 305 Transportation Engineering I. Preq: CE 301. 4(3-2) F,S. Integrated approach to 
planning, designing operation of transportation systems. Engineering and economic aspects 
of basic transport modes, (including highway, rail, water and air facilities) are studied. 

Cribbins, Heimbach, Horn 

CE (ESM) 308 Solid Mechanics II. Preq: MAE 314 or CE 313. 3(3-0) Equations for thin 
plates. Introduction to the theory of plasticity and experimental methods in solid mechanics. 
Plastic stress-strain relationships and two-dimensional problems in plastic behavior, and 
fracture. CE Staff 

CE (ESM) 311 Experimental Engineering Science I. Coreqs: MAE 308, 208, 314. 3(1-6) 
F. The experimental analysis concept starting with the question of how observations and 
measurements are made. Illustrations of experimental methods which enable the inference 
of one physical variable by the observation of another but related one. Bingham 

CE (ESM) 312 Experimental Engineering Science II. Preq: CE (ESM) 311. 3(1-6). The 
CE (ESM) 311 background is utilized in broader problems which require the synthesis from 

223 



several experimental methods as well as mathematical and/or numerical methods of an 
analytical system. Bingham 

CE 313 Mechanics of Solids. Preq: CE 213. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. For CE students. Develop- 
ment of the equations which describe the linear elastic solid. Approximate solutions and 
comparison with the theory of elasticity to problems involving axial, torsional and flexural 
loading. CE Staff 

CE 325 Structural Analysis. Preq: CE 313. 3(2-2) F.S.Sum. Stress analysis of statically 
determinate beams and framed structures under fixed and moving loads; analysis of dis- 
placements by methods of conjugate beam and virtual work; indeterminate structural 
analysis of both rigid frames and trusses by virtual work and by stiffness method. 

Havner, Tung 

CE 326 Structural Engineering I. Preq: CE 325 4(3-2) F,S,Sum. Fundamental principles 
of elastic, inelastic and ultimate strength analysis and proportioning of structural members 
in metal, concrete and timber. Hulsey, Mirza 

CE 332 Materials of Construction. Preq: MAT 200. 3(2-3) F.S.Sum. Manufacture and 
properties of mineral and bituminous cements and mineral aggregates. Mechanical proper- 
ties of portland cement concrete, bituminous concrete, masonry units materials and timber 
products. Materials testing for research. Barnes, Mullen 

CE 342 Soil Engfineering I. Preq: CE 332; Coreq: CE 313. 4(3-2) F,S. Soil identification, 
index properties, effective stress concepts, settlement analysis, evaluation of shear strength 
and bearing capacity, fundamentals of foundation selection and design. 

Kashef, Richardson, Wahls 

CE 365 Construction Engineering I. Preq: Jr. standing. 4(3-2) F,S. Construction opera- 
tions course emphasizing organization of construction industry; construction methods, 
equipment, productivity and safety; project planning; scheduling and control. 

Blessis, Johnston, Nunnally 

CE 370 Elements of Environmental Hygiene. Preq: Soph, standing. 3(2-3) S. Environmen- 
tal factors affecting human health and their evaluation and control. Topics include: water 
supplies; sewage disposal; swimming pool and refuse sanitation; insect and rodent control; 
milk and food sanitation; the physical factors of noise, heat, illumination and ionizing radia- 
tion; housing; industrial hygiene; and environmental hygiene programs. Staff 

CE 382 Hydraulics. Preq: CE 213. 4(3-3) F,S. Properties of fluid, laws of conservation of 
mass, momentum and energy; applications to the mechanics of flow through pipes and chan- 
nels; fluid measurements; theory of design and characteristics of hydraulic machines. 

Amein, McDonald 

CE 383 Water Resources Engineering I. Preq: CE 382. 4(3-2) F.S. The study of engineer- 
ing hydrology and the elements of urban water systems. Commonly encountered applica- 
tions in the management of urban water quantity and quality are illustrated with case 
studies in flood control, stormwater collection, water supply and water and waste treatment. 

Amein, Malcom 

CE 406 Transportation Engineering II. Preq: CE 305. 3(2-2) F.S. Urban transportation 
problems and design of modal interfaces such as airports, shopping centers, parking garages, 
port facilities and other multimodal terminals. Babcock, Horn 

CE (ESM) 411,412 Engineering Cybernetics I, II. Preq: Senior standing in ESM or 
equivalent background. 3(1-4) F,S. A year course of formal lectures on topics which include 
dynamics of linear and nonlinear systems; hereditary and feedback couplings; continuous, 
discrete, random and stochastic inputs; system stability; reliability; optimization; and the 
ultra-stable autonomous system. Student participation, in either individual or collective 
form, in extra-class work of personal character in the design of particular engineering 
systems. McDonald 

CE (ESM) 415 Engineering Science in Contemporary Design. Preq: Senior standing in 
ESM. 2(1-3) S. Draws upon student's background in engineering science to analyze current 
problems. Case histories and evaluation of selected designs. Bingham, Douglas 



224 



CE 425 Intermediate Structural Analysis. Preq: CE 325. 3(3-0) F,S. Rigorous treatment, 
at intermediate level, of indeterminate structural analysis. Energy principles, force and dis- 
placement methods, special topics. Havner, Mirza 

CE 427 Structural Engineering II. Preq: CE 326. 3(2-2) F,S. Basic concepts of structural 
design. Analysis and design of complete structural systems. Hulsey, Uyanik 

CE 428 Structural Design in Wood. Preq: CE 326. 3(2-2) F. Structural behavior of wood 
under loads; design of structural elements in wood; strength properties of wood fasteners; 
design projects with clear wood, plywood and glued-laminated wood. Uyanik 

CE 443 Soil Engineering II. Preq: CE 342. 3(3-0) F,S. Lateral earth pressure theories and 
their application to analysis and design of slopes and retaining structures; ground water 
hvdraulics; placement of fills; soil behavior in pavement systems, stabilization techniques. 

Kashef, Wahls 

CE 450 Civil Engineering Design. Preq: One from: CE 406, 427, 443, or 484. 3(1-6) F,S. In- 
tegrated team approach to a major civil engineering project involving planning, design and 
analysis under realistic conditions including environmental factors. Babcock 

CE 460 Construction Engineering Project. Preqs: CE 463, 466. 3(1-6) F,S. Planning, 
design, construction and management of a construction project. Blessis 

CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control. Preq: CE 365. 3(2-3) F,S. Cost engineering, project es- 
timating, bid procedures, construction cost analysis and control. 

Blessis, Johnston, Nunnally 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting. Preq: Sr. standing. 3(3-0) S. Legal aspects of con- 
struction contract documents and specifications; owner-engineer-contractor relationships 
and responsibilities; bids and contract performance; labor laws. Blessis 

CE 466 Construction Engineering II. Preqs: CE 326, 365. 3(2-3) F,S. Introduction to 
building systems construction emphasizing planning, analysis, design and construction of 
structural subsystems. DeBruhl 

CE 472 Elements of Air Quality Management. Preq: College level physics and sr. 
standing. 3(2-3) S. Pollution and community air quality management, including pollutant 
sources; effects on biological systems, materials, and the atmosphere; meteorological factors; 
air sampling; abatement and control techniques; air quality and emission standards; and 
legal, economic and administrative aspects. Hauser 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II. Preq: CE 383. 3(3-0) F,S. The elements of the 
design of water supply and wastewater disposal systems. Chao, Smallwood 

CE 486 Sanitary Engineering Measurements of Water Quality. Preqs: Freshman 
chemistry and sr. standing in Engineering or Agriculture and Life Sciences. 3(2-3) S. In- 
troduction to elementary measurement and interpretations of pollutants in water and 
wastewater. Examination of the nature and character of municipal refuse. Chao 

CE (ESM) 495 Special Studies in Mechanics. 1-3. Offered as needed to treat new or 
special subject matter. CE Staff 

CE 498 Special Problems in Civil Engineering. Preq: Sr. standing in CE or CEC. 1-3 F,S. 
Directed reading in the literature of civil engineering, introduction to research methodology, 
seminar discussions, dealing with special civil engineering topics of current interest. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CE 501 Transportation Systems Analysis. Preq: CE 406. 3(3-0) F. Application of systems 
analysis to multi-modal transportation studies. Covers the analysis, planning, and design of 
transport facilities for both the public and private sectors. Planning is discussed from the 
short-run as well as the long-run perspective. Heimbach 

CE 502 Transportation Operations. Preq: CE 406. 3(3-0) F. The analysis of traffic and 
transportation engineering operations. Horn 

CE 503 Transportation Design. Preq: CE 406. 3(2-3) S. The geometric elements of traffic 
and transportation engineering design. Babcock, Horn 



225 



CE 504 Water Transportation. Preq: CE 305. 3(3-0) F. The planning, design, construction 
and operation of waterways, ports, harbors and related facilities. Development of analytical 
techniques for evaluating the feasibility of piers, ports and multipurpose river basin pro- 
jects. The design of marine structures and civil works that are significant in civil engineer- 
ing, including locks, dams, harbors, ports, and contractive and protective works. 

Cribbins 

CE 505 Mass Transportation. Preq: CE 406. 3(3-0) S. Definition of the characteristics, 
trends, issues, and technologies related to mass transportation, and the identification of 
methodologies applicable to the planning, design and management of mass transportation 
systems. This includes applications to the urban, inter-urban and rural settings for both 
short- and long-range planning horizons. Graduate Staff 

CE 506 Municipal Engineering Projects. Preq: Sr. standing in CE or CEC. 3(2-3). Spe- 
cial problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning and city engineering. 

Babcock, Smallwood 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I. Preq: Sr. Standing. 3(2-3) Sum. Principles and concepts for 
engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including analysis of soils and surface drain- 
age characteristics. Wahls 

CE 511, 512 Continuum Mechanics I, II. Preqs: CE 313 or MAE 314, CE 382 or MAE 308, 
MAE 301, MA 405. 3(3-0) F,S. The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized 
tensor form. Emphasis is placed on the discussion and relative comparisons of the analytical 
models for elastic, plastic, fluid, viscoelastic, granular and porous media. The underlying 
thermodynamic principles are presented, the associated boundary value problems are for- 
mulated and selected examples are used to illustrate the theory. McDonald 

CE 513 Theory of Elasticity I. Preq: CE 313 or MAE 314. 3(3-0) F. The fundamental equa- 
tions governing the behavior of an elastic solid are developed in various curvilinear coor- 
dinate systems. Plane problems, as well as the St. Venant problem of bending, torsion and 
extension of bars are covered. Displacement fields, stress fields, Airy and complex stress 
functions are among the methods used to obtain solutions. Douglas, Gurley 

CE 521 Advanced Strength of Materials. Preq: CE 313 or MAE 314. 3(3-0) F. Stresses and 
strains at a point: rosette analysis; strength theories, stress concentration and fatigue; tor- 
sion and unsymmetrical bending of open and closed sections; inelastic, composite and curved 
beams; energy methods; shear deflections; and membrane stresses in shells. Graduate Staff 

CE 522 Elastic Stability. Preqs: CE 521, MA 301, 405. 3(3-0) S. A study of elastic and 
plastic stability. The stability criterion as a determinant. The energy method and the 
theorem of stationary potential energy. The solution of buckling problems by finite differ- 
ences and the calculus of variations. The application of successive approximations to 
stability problems. Graduate Staff 

CE 523 Theory of Plates and Shells. Preqs: CE 313 or MAE 314, MA 511. 3(3-0) F. 
Bending theory of thin plates; geometry of surfaces and stresses in shells. Various methods 
of analysis are discussed and illustrated by problems of practical interest. Graduate Staff 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures. Coreq: CE 427. 3(3-0). Theory and 
design of masonry arches, culverts, dams, foundations and masonry walls subjected to 
lateral loads. Graduate Staff 

CE 525, 526 Matrix Structural Analysis I, II. Preq: (525): CE 425; (526): CE 326. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Matrix methods of structural analysis for digital computer solutions for general plane 
frames, trusses, and grids as well as general three-dimensional trusses and frames. Inclusion 
of effects due to prestrain, temperature, elastic stability functions, joint deformations, and 
support settlements. Introduction to finite-element analysis of plane elasticity problems. 

Hulsey, Smith 

CE 531 Structural Models. Preq: CE 427. 3(2-3) F. Dimensional analysis and structural 
similitude, indirect and direct models, model materials and experimental techniques, in- 
dividual project in structural model analysis. Hulsey, Matzen, Zia 

CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design. Preq: CE 427. 3(3-0) S. Theory of plastic behavior of 



226 



steel structures; concept of design for ultimate load and the use of lead factors. Analysis and 
design of components of steel frames including bracings and connections. Smith 

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete. Coreq: CE 427. 3(3-0) F. The princi- 
ples and concepts of design in prestressed concrete including elastic and ultimate strength 
anlyses for flexure, shear, torsion, bond and deflection. Principles of concordancy and linear 
transformation for indeterminate prestressed structures. Application of prestressing to 
tanks and shells. Mirza, Zia 

CE (MSE) 541 Gravity Wave Theory I. 3(3-0) S. (See marine science and engineering.) 

CE 543 Hydraulics of Ground Water. Preq: CE 382 or 342 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Princi- 
ples of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through idealized porous media; the flow net 
solution; seepage and well problems. Kashef 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering. Preq: CE 342. 3(3-0) S. Subsoil investigations; excava- 
tions; design of sheeting and bracing systems; control of water; footing, grillage and pile 
foundations; caisson and cofferdam methods of construction. Graduate Staff 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I. Preq: CE 342. 3(2-3) F. The study of soil proper- 
ties that are significant in earthwork engineering, including properties of soil solids, basic 
physiochemical concepts, classification, identification, plasticity; permeability, capillarity 
and stabilization. Laboratory work includes classification, permeability and compaction 
tests. Kashef, Richardson 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II. Preq: CE 548. 3(2-3) S. Continuation of CE 
548, including the study of compressibility, stress-strain relations and shear strength 
theories for soil. Laboratory work includes consolidation and shear strength tests. 

Langfelder, Richardson 

CE 551 Theory of Concrete Mixtures. Preq: CE 332. 3(3-0) F. A study in depth of the 
theory of portland cement concrete mixtures including types and properties of portland 
special cements; chemical reactions; brief examination of history of mixture design; detailed 
study of current design methods; properties of fresh and hardened concretes; strength-age- 
curing relationships; durability; admixtures; special concretes; production and quality con- 
trol. Mullen 

CE 553 Asphalt and Bituminious Materials. Preq: CE 332. 3(2-3) F. A study in depth of 
properties of asphalts and tars for use in waterproofing and bituminous materials, and 
theories of design of bituminous mixtures for construction and paving uses including types 
and properties of asphalt cements, cutbacks, emulsions, blown asphalts and tars; brief ex- 
amination of historical developments; detailed study of properties and design of bituminous 
mixtures; and current research. Laboratory work includes standard tests on asphalts, tars, 
and road oils; design, manufacture and testing of trial batches; and current research tech- 
niques. Barnes, Mullen 

CE 555 Highway and Airport Pavement Design. Preq: CE 406 or 443. 3(2-3) S. 
Theoretical analysis and design of highway and airport pavements with critical evaluation of 
current design practices. Barnes 

CE (BAE, MB) 570 Sanitary Microbiology. Preq: MB 401 or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. Fun- 
damental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and related to problems of 
stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological treatment. Laboratory exercises present 
basic microbiological techniques and illustrate from a chemical viewpoint some of the basic 
microbial aspects of waste disposal. Chao 

CE 572 Design of Water and Wastewater Facilities. Preq: CE 571. 3(3-0) S. Theory and 
design of water and wastewater treatment plants. Smallwood 

CE 573 Unit Operations and Processes in Waste Treatment. Preq: CE 486; Coreq: CE 
571. 3(1-6) F. Unit operations and processes in water and wastes engineering, including 
sedimentation, thickening, chemical coagulation, vacuum filtration, carbon adsorption, 
biological treatment, and special projects. Chao, Galler 

CE (NE) 574 Environmental Consequences of Nuclear Power. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) S. An ex- 
amination of the environmental consequences resulting from the siting, construction and 



227 



operation of nuclear power plants as well as the environmental consequences of alternatives 
to nuclear power. Fuel sources; fuel reprocessing; sources and treatment of solid, liquid, gas- 
eous wastes; the costs of minimizing wastes and the effects of rejected heat; beneficial uses 
of rejected heat; pertinent federal and state regulations are examined. Smallwood 

CE 575 Civil Engineering Systems. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) S. An examination of civil 
engineering systems and their design optimization. The systems to be studied include water 
resources engineering, structural engineering, transportation engineering and construction. 

Galler 

CE 576 Atmospheric Pollution Preq: Grad. or advanced undergrad. standing. 3(3-0) F. A 
survey of the problem of atmospheric pollution. Topics to be discussed include: pollutant 
sources; effects on man and other animals, vegetation, materials and visibility; meterologi- 
cal factors, air sampling; control devices; air quality and emission standards; and legal, 
economic and administrative aspects. Hauser 

CE (BAE) 578 Agricultural Waste Management. 3(2-3) F. (See biological and agricul- 
tural engineering.) 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels. Preq: CE 382. 3(3-0) F,S. The theory and applications of 
flow in open channels, including dimensional analysis, momemtum-energy principle, 
gradually varied flow, high-velocity flow, energy dissipators, spillways, waves, channel tran- 
sitions and model studies. Amein 

CE (MSE) 581 Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering. Preq: CE 382. 3(3-0) F. A 
rigorous treatment of the engineering aspects of physical oceanography. The theory for the 
propagation of waves, methods of wave forecasting and the analysis of wave spectra are 
presented. The applications of physical oceanography to the design of marine and coastal in- 
stallations are shown. Amein 

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar. 1(1-0) F,S. Discussions and reports of subjects 
in civil engineering and allied fields. Graduate Staff 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects. 1-6 F,S. Special projects in some phase of civil 
engineering. Graduate Staff 

CHEMISTRY 

CH 101 General Chemistry I. Preq: None; MA 111 or equivalent strongly recommended. 
4(3-3) F,S,Sum. Fundamental chemical concepts of composition and stoichiometry; atomic 
structure; bonding and molecular structure, including stereochemistry; chemical reactions; 
states of matter, including solutions. Should be followed by CH 103, 105, or 107. 

CH 103 General Chemistry II. Preq: CH 101. 4(3-3) F,S,Sum. Designed as a terminal 
course and for students in curricula which do not require full-year chemistry courses beyond 
the freshman level. Topics include acid-base reactions, homogeneous and heterogeneous 
equilibria, electrochemistry, and descriptive aspects of inorganic, organic, nuclear and 
biochemistry. 

CH 104 Experimental Chemistry. Coreq: CH 105. 1(0-3) F,S,Sum. Laboratory supplement 
to CH 105. Required for CH 105 students who plan to take additional chemistry courses. 

CH 105 Chemistry— Principles and Applications. Preq: CH 101. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. A con- 
tinuation of CH 101, intended primarily for engineering students. Emphasis on introductory 
chemical thermodynamics, equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, and the ap- 
plication of basic chemical principles to the treatment of organic and inorganic systems. CH 
105 serves as prerequisite for additional chemistry courses only if supplemented by CH 104. 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I. Coreq: CH 101M. 1(0-3) F. For students majoring in 
chemistry to supplement CH 101 laboratory. 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry. Preq: CH 101 with a grade of C or better. 4(3-3) F,S,Sum. 
Continuation of CH 101 for students who plan to take a full-year course in advanced 
chemistry and for those desiring a more quantitative course than CH 103. Emphasizes 
detailed quantitative aspects of stoichiometry, kinetics, equibrium and electrochemistry, 
and the treatment of chemical reactions in terms of acid-base concepts. 



228 



CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II. Coreq: CH 107M. 1(0-3) S. For students majoring in 
chemistry to supplement CH 107 laboratory. 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry. 4(3-2) F,S,Sum. Designed to acquaint the non-science 
majors with the basic subject matter of chemistry and to indicate how this knowledge relates 
to their professions. Selected chemical concepts are developed in depth with both fundamen- 
tal principles and practical consequences given nearly equal weight. 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry. Preqs: CH 103 or 107, or CH 104 and 105. 4(3-3) 
F,S,Sum. Topics include alkanes and cycloalkanes, reactions of carbon-carbon multiple 
bonds, elimination and substitution reactions of alcohols and alkyl halides, aromatic com- 
pounds, carbonyl compounds, organic acids and derivatives, and organic bases. 

CH 221, 223 Organic Chemistry I, II. Preq: (221) CH 107; (223) CH 221. 4(3-3) F,S,Sum. 
CH 221 and CH 223 cover the fundamentals of organic chemistry, including both aliphatic 
and aromatic compounds. CH 221 deals mostly with structure, stereochemistry, reactions, 
and mechanisms associated with a study of the hydrocarbons. 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis. Preqs: CH 103 or 107, or CH 104 and 105. [Credit not 
allowed for both CH 315 and 317.] 4(3-3) F,S,Sum. Fundamental principles and modern 
techniques of chemical analyses. Topics include spectrochemical, electrochemical, and 
volumetric methods of analysis, modern chemical instrumentation, and interpretation of 
data. 

CH 317 Quantitative Analysis for Life Science Students. Preqs: CH 103 or CH 107 or CH 

104 and 105. (Credit not allowed for both CH 315 and CH 317.) 4(3-3) S. An introduction to 
modern methods of qualitative and quantitative chemical analysis. Emphasis will be placed 
on clinical and biochemical techniques. 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry. Preqs: CH 103 or 107, or CH 104 and 105; MA 
102 or 112. 4(3-3) F,S. For students whose mathematics background is not sufficient to meet 
CH 431, 433 requirements, but who desire instruction on chemical principles above freshman 
level. 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry. Coreq: CH 431 or CH 331. 3(3-0) S. Studies of 
theoretical principles and discussions of experimental synthetic, purification, and identifica- 
tion procedures pertaining to inorganic substances. The physical and chemical behavior of in- 
organic compounds is also discussed. 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I. Preq: CH 434. 4(2-6) F. Includes the design, execution, 
and interpretation of quantitative chemical measurements. Chromatographic, precipitation 
and spectroscopic methods. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II. Preq: CH 411. 4(2-6) S. Methods of quantitative analy- 
sis based on solution chemistry, electrochemistry and reaction kinetics. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis. Preq: CH 223. 3(1-6) F,S. Introduction to the 
systematic identification and separation of organic compounds by the application of both 
physical and chemical techniques. Infrared and nuclear magnetic spectroscopy, chemical 
classification tests, and the preparation of derivatives are used to acquaint the student with 
organic research methods. 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I. Preqs: CH 107, MA 202, PY 203 or 208; Coreq: MA 301. 3(2- 
1) F,S,Sum. CH 431 and CH 433 provide an intensive study of physical chemical principles in- 
cluding states of matter, classical and statistical thermodynamics, physical and chemical 
equilibrium, properties of solids and solutions, electrochemistry, reaction kinetics, kinetic 
theory, and transport properties. Arrangement of topics between courses may vary from 
year to year. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II. Preqs: CH 431, MA 301. 3(2-1). F.S.Sum. (See description 
under CH 431.) 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory. Coreq: CH 433. 2(0-6) S. A project-oriented 
course to acquaint chemistry students with modern physical chemistry techniques. 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III. Preqs: CH 431, MA 301. 3(3-0) F. A continuation of CH 
431, emphasizing quantum mechanics, molecular structure and chemical bonding. 

229 



CH (TC) 461 Introduction to Fiber-Forming Polymers. Preq: CH 223. 3(3-0) F. (See tex- 
tile chemistry.) 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations. Preq: Three years of CH. 3(0-9) F.S.Sum. Library and 
laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic procedures will be selected to illustrate 
advanced methods and techniques in both inorganic and organic chemistry. 

CH 491 Honors Chemistry. Preq: Admission to honors program or consent of department. 
1-3 F,S. A special studies course for superior students pursuing chemistry studies in greater 
depth. 

CH 493 Chemical Literature. Preq: Three years of CH. 1(1-0) F. A systematic intro- 
duction to the location and retrieval of information required for the solution of chemical 
problems. 

CH 495 Special Topics in Chemistry. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S. To serve needs not covered by ex- 
isting courses. 

CH 499 Senior Research in Chemistry. Preq: Three years CH. Credits Arranged. 1-3 
F.S.Sum. Independent investigation of a research problem under the supervision of a 
chemistry faculty member. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I. Preq: CH 433. 3(3-0) F. The study of modern inorganic 
chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond, molecular structure, and spec- 
troscopy. The course is built upon several topics chosen from group theory, molecular sym- 
metry, molecular orbital and crystal field theories, electronegativity, solid state, magnetic 
properties, electronic adsorption, ORD, CD, and MCD, Mossbauer, nmr, nqr, ESCA, 
photoelectron, and vibrational spectroscopies. 

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II. Preq: CH 501. 3(3-0) S. This course is a continuation of 
CH 501 and rests heavily upon the latter. Knowledge of physical methods of investigation is 
employed in order to understand the basis and systematize the chemistry of representative 
elements, transition metals (3d, 4d, 5d), lanthanides and actinides. Methods of synthesis are 
discussed and reasons for their success given, and for these reasons areas of discussion are 
chosen from nonaqueous solvents, acids and bases, inorganic reaction mechanisms of impor- 
tance or contemporary interest, solid state reactions, coordination chemistry including 
chelates and organometallic compounds, crystal field stabilization energy, Jahn-Teller and 
trans effects, stabilization of valence states, and some bio-inorganic chemistry. 

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy. Preq: CH 433. 3(3-0) F. Theory, analytical applications 
and interpretation of spectra as applied to chemical problems. Major emphasis will be placed 
upon ultraviolet, visible and infrared spectra. Offered F 1980 and alt. years. 

CH 515 Chemical Instrumentation. Preq: CH 431; Coreq: CH 411. 3(3-0) S. Basic elec- 
tronic components and circuits, the response of laboratory instruments, design and modifica- 
tion of typical electronic control and measurement systems. Emphasis will be placed on the 
transducers and control elements utilized in chemical research. 

CH 517 Physical Methods of Elemental Trace Analysis. Preq: CH 315 or 331 or CI. 3(3-0) 
F. The principles and applications of currently used methods of trace analysis are presented. 
Designed for students with little or no experience in trace analysis but with a strong interest 
in or need for analytical data at the trace level. Topics include pulse polarography, poten- 
tiometry, UV-Vis spectrophotometry, atomic absorption, emission spectrometry, 
fluorescence, neutron activation analysis, and spark source mass spectrometry. 

CH 518 Trace Analysis Laboratory. Coreq: CH 517 or CI. 2(0-6) F. The trace element con- 
tent of samples is determined by a variety of instrumental techniques including UV-Vis spec- 
trophotometry, fluorescence, emission spectrometry, atomic absorption, pulse polaro- 
graphy, and neutron activation analysis. 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I. Preqs: CH 223, 433 or 435. 3(3-0) F. Structure, 
stereochemistry and reactions of the various classes of hydrocarbons. The molecular orbital 
treatment of bonding and reactivity of alkenes, the conformational interpretation of 
cycloalkane and cycloalkene reactivity, and the application of optical isomerism to the study 
of reaction mechanisms will be emphasized. 

230 



CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II. Preq: CH 521. 3(3-0) S. An introduction to acid- 
base theory and mechanistic organic chemistry as applied to synthetically useful organic 
reactions. 

CH 525 Physical Methods in Organic Chemistry. Preqs: CH 223 and 433 or 435. 3(3-0) S. 
Application of physical methods to the solution of structural problems in organic chemistry. 
Emphasis will be on spectral methods including infrared, ultraviolet, nuclear magnetic 
resonance, mass spectrometry, electron paramagnetic resonance, X-ray and electron diffrac- 
tion, and optical rotatory dispersion. 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics. Preqs: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) F. An extension of 
elementary principles to the treatment of ideal and real gases, ideal solutions, electrolytic 
solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems and irreversible processes. An introduction to 
statistical thermodynamics and the estimation of thermodynamic functions from spec- 
troscopic data. 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics. Preqs: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) S. An intensive survey of the 
basic principles of chemical kinetics with emphasis on experimental and mathematical 
techniques, elements of the kinetic theory, and theory of the transition state. Applications to 
gas reactions, reactions in solution and mechanism studies. (Offered S 1979 and alt. years.) 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena. Preqs: CH 433, MA 301. 3(3-0) S. An intensive survey of the 
topics of current interest in surface phenomena. Formulations of basic theories are pre- 
sented together with illustrations of their current applications. (Offered S 1980 and alt. 
years.) 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry. Preqs: MA 301, CH 435, or PY 407. 3(3-0) S. The elements of 
wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and time dependent phenomena. Ap- 
plications of quantum theory to chemistry, particularly chemical bonds. 

CH 539 Colloid Chemistry. Preq: CH 220, 315 or 331, or CI. 3(2-3) S. Theories, basic princi- 
ples and fundamental concepts including preparation and behavior of sols, gels, emulsions, 
foams, and aerosols; and topics in areas of adsorption, Donnan equilibrium, dialysis and 
small-particle dynamics. Laboratory includes independent project studies in specialized 
areas. (Offered S 1979 and alt. years.) 

CH 545 Radiochemistry. Preq: PY 410 or CH 431. 3(2-3) S. The applications of radioac- 
tivity to chemistry and the applications of chemistry to the radioactive elements, par- 
ticularly the transuranium elements and fission products. (Offered S 1980 and alt. years.) 

CH (TC) 562 Physical Chemistry of High Polymers— Bulk Properties. 3(3-0) F. (See 
textile chemistry.) 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles. Preqs: CH 107, MA 201. 4(3-2) F,S. Engineering 
methods of treating material balances, stoichiometry, phase equilibrium calculations, ther- 
mophysics, thermochemistry and the first law of thermodynamics. Introduction to com- 
puters and a computer language for solving problems related to the course material. Felder 

CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems. Preq: PY 208; Coreq: MA 301. 4(3-2). F,S. Process 
measurements of importance in chemical engineering: temperature, pressure, flow rate, 
level, concentration. Static calibration of measuring instruments. An introduction to process 
dynamics and control via theory and experiment. Marsland 

CHE 301, 302 Elements of Chemical Engineering. Preq: (301) MA 212; (302) CHE 301. 
3(3-0) F,S. Principles including calculations involved in industrial processes and equipment. 
For students not majoring in CHE. Seely 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I. Preqs: MA 301, PY 208, CHE 205. 3(3-0) F,S. Momentum 
and heat transfer with emphasis on applications in chemical processing. Problems in the 
design of fluid flow systems and heat exchangers. Rousseau 

CHE 315 Chemical Process Thermodynamics. Preqs: CHE 205, MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
laws of thermodynamics and their application to chemical engineering problems, both in 



231 



theory and in practice. Criteria of equilibrium in physical and chemical changes. Behavior of 
real fluids, including mixtures. Hopfenberg 

CHE 316 Thermodynamics of Chemical and Phase Equilibria. Preq: CHE 315. 3(3-0) S. 
Thermodynamics is the principal tool for systematic study of chemical reaction equilibria 
and phase equilibrium. Fugacity, activity and chemical potential as methods for predicting 
the effect of temperature, pressure, etc. on equilibrium compositions. Methods for measur- 
ing and estimating thermodynamics properties important to equilibrium calculation in real 
systems. Hopfenberg 

CHE 325 Introduction to Plastics. Preq: CH 103. 3(3-0) F,S. Survey of plastics and 
polymers: types, applications, fabrication, processing and testing. Seely 

CHE 327 Separation Processes I. Preq: CHE 311. 3(3-0) S. Applying principles of 
transport phenomena to the unit operations of absorption, extraction, distillation, drying, 
filtration, etc. with emphasis on design procedures and economic consideration. Rousseau 

CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Lab I. Preq: CHE 205; Coreq: CHE 311. 2(0-4). F. 
Laboratory experiments in unit operations that augment the theory and data of CHE 311, 
Transport Processes I, in the areas of momentum and heat transfer. An added emphasis is on 
technical report writing. Seely 

CHE 331 Chemical Engineering Lab II. Preq: CHE 330; Coreq: CHE 327. 2(0-4) S. A con- 
tinuation of Chemical Engineering Lab I with emphasis on report writing and on the unit 
operation of absorption, extraction, distillation, drying, etc. Seely 

CHE 412 Transport Processes II. Preq: CHE 327. 3(3-0) S. Momentum, heat and mass 
transport processes, with emphasis on CHE. Problems in fluid, heat and mass transfer. 

Ferrell 

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control I. Preqs: CHE 225, 327. 3(2-2) F. The con- 
tinuous control of typical chemical engineering processes including the techniques of feed- 
back, cascade, feedforward and interacting systems. Dynamics, stability, and control of heat 
exchangers, flow systems, distillation columns and chemical reactors. Helt 

CHE 426 Process Measurement and Control II. Preq: CHE 425 or EE 435 or MAE 435. 

3(2-2) S. An extension of the theory and application of process control techniques to the 
analysis of physical systems. Sampled data and nonlinear systems and an introduction to op- 
timum control techniques and adaptive control. Martin 

CHE 432 Chemical Engineering Lab III. Preq: CHE 431. 2(0-4) F,S. Projects in research, 
design or development in various areas of chemical engineering. Seely 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics. Preq: CHE 315. 3(3-0) F. The characterization and 
measurement of the rates of homogeneous and heterogeneous reactions. The design and 
analysis of chemical reactors. 

CHE 451 Chemical Engineering Design. Preqs: CHE 315, 327, 432. 3(2-2) F,S. Chemical 
process design and optimization. The interplay of economic and technical factors in process 
development, site selection, project design, construction and production management. Ap- 
plications of cost accounting, cost estimation for new equipment, measures of profitability. 

Marsland 

CHE (BAE) 465 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. Preqs: MA 202 or 212, PY 212 
or 221. 3(3-0) F. Engineering applications to biomedical problems such as flow in the 
cardiovascular and respiratory systems; transfer of thermal energy in and from warm- 
blooded animals; transport of materials through physiological tissues and membranes, and 
performance of organ replacement and assist devices such as the artificial kidney and the in- 
traaortic ballon. Beatty 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chemical Engineering. Preq: Senior standing. 1(1-0) F,S. 
Professional aspects and topics of current interest. Staff 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects. Preq: Senior standing. 1-3 F,S. Introduction to 
research through experimental, theoretical and literature studies of CHE problems. Oral and 
written presentation of reports. Staff 



232 



Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CHE 511 Chemical Engineering Process Modeling. Preqs: CHE 311, CHE 327, MA 301. 
3(3-0) S. The application of the methods of mathematical analysis to the formulation and 
solution of problems in transport phenomena, process dynamics and chemical reaction 
engineering. Felder 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I. Preq: CHE 315, 316. 3(3-0) F. An intermediate course in the 
application of thermodynamic principles to problems arising in the chemical process in- 
dustries. Chemical reactions and phase separation operations are viewed from a ther- 
modynamic standpoint including consideration of their energy efficiencies. Beatty 

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena. Preq: CHE 311, 327. 3(3-0) S. A theoretical study of 
transport of momentum, energy and matter with emphasis on the latter two. The diffusional 
operations are introduced in the light of the theory. Marsland 

CHE 517 Kinetics and Catalysis. Preq: CHE 446. 3(3-0) F. Rates of homogeneous and 
heterogeneous chemical reactions; experimental methods and mathematical techniques used 
in the acquisition and analysis of rate data and the design of chemical reactors. Stahel 

CHE 521 Mass Transfer Operations. Preq: CHE 327 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The theory 
and practice of staged multicomponent mass transfer operations and continuous rate 
processes. Problems unique to specific operations such as extractive and azeotropic distilla- 
tion are discussed. Rousseau 

CHE 523 Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer. Preq: CHE 311. 3(3-0) F. Convective heat 
transfer in chemical process equipment, such as heat exchangers, chemical reactors, distilla- 
tion and extraction reboilers, etc., and fluid dynamics and heat transfer in multiphase, mul- 
ticomponent and chemically reactive systems. Ferrell 

CHE 525 Chemical Process Control. Preq: CHE 425. 3(3-0) S. The application of control 
techniques to sampled data chemical process systems. Z-transform and state variable 
methods for the determination of open loop and closed loop system responses and for the syn- 
thesis of controller algorithms. Hybrid computer simulation and control of on-line real time 
processes. Ferrell 

CHE (OR) 527 Optimization of Engineering Processes. Preqs: CHE 451 or OR 501, 
FORTRAN programming. 3(3-0) F. The formulation and solution of process optimization 
problems, with emphasis on nonlinear programming techniques. Computer implementation 
of optimization algorithms, and structuring of process models to increase computational ef- 
ficiency. Felder 

CHE 535 Engineering Economy in Air Pollution Control Systems. Preqs: MAE 409, CE 
576 or equivalent first course. 3(3-2) F. Design of equipment for the abatement of air pollu- 
tion; estimation of capital cost and operating expense; economic optimization under various 
kinds of tax laws. Marsland 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries. Preq: Organic chemistry. 3(3-0) F. Methods of manufac- 
ture and application of cellulose chemical conversion products. Recent developments in the 
field of synthetic fibers, film, lacquers and other cellulose compounds. Seely 

CHE 543 Technology of Polymers. Preq: CH 223. 3(3-0) S. Concepts and techniques of 
macromolecule characterization. Structure, properties, fabrication technology and applica- 
tions of commercially important polymers. Koros 

CHE 561 Biomedical Engineering I: Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer. Preq: CHE (BAE) 
465 or equivalent background. 3(3-0) S. The physiology requisite to modeling and analysis of 
mammalian systems, coupled with the engineering approach to the biomedical problems of 
flow of fluids (blood, lymph, air, etc.) in the body and thermal transport from the body sur- 
faces. Beatty 

CHE (TC) 569 Polymers, Surfactants and Collodial Materials. Preqs: CHE 316, CH 
223. 3(3-0) F. Relationships between molecular structure and bulk properties of nonmetallic 
materials as applied in chemical engineering processes. Applications of surface and colloid 
chemistry and polymer science to product development and processes improvement. 

Hopfenberg 



233 



CHE (TC) 570 Radiation Chemistry and Technology of Polymeric Systems. Preqs: CH 
221, 431. 3(3-0) S. Principles and practice of isotope and electron beam radiation treatment. 
Applications of high energy radiation in polymer chemistry and technology, including the 
use of radiation to cross-link and degrade polymers. Similarities and differences between 
radiation polymerization and photopolymerization. Stannett, Williams 

CROP SCIENCE 

CS 211 Crop Science. Preq: BS 100. 4(4-0) F,S. Fundamental morphological, physiological 
and reproductive features of crop plants and the management practices for economical 
production. Emery, Fike 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory. Preq: or Coreq: Any CS course. 1(0-2) F,S. (Can be 
taken only once for credit.) Evaluates methods of identifying and dealing with the problems 
of growing and managing crop plants. Emery, Fike 

CS 295 Special Topics in Crop Science. Preq: CS 211 or BO 200. 1-6 F,S,Sum. To be used 
for intensive or extensive study of specific crop science principles or production practices. It 
may also serve as a means for presenting crop science topics of current interest to non- 
majors. Emery 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crop. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200 recommended. 3(3-0) S. 
Production and preservation of the principal forage crops, with attention to the development 
and maintenance of pastures. Chamblee 

CS 315 Turf Management. Preq: BS 100. 3(2-2) S. Production, utilization, and manage- 
ment of turf grasses. The growth responses of different plant species to natural and imposed 
environmental factors. Interrelationships of climate, soil, biotic factors, and plants are ex- 
amined in the field, laboratory, and classroom. Gilbert 

CS 411 Environmental Aspects of Crop Production. Preq: BO 421. 2(2-0) F. The produc- 
tivity and quality of crops in relation to all environmental factors, including man. Disorders 
caused by physical and biotic environmental stresses and the role of these environmental fac- 
tors in normal crop development are emphasized. Utilization and manipulation of the en- 
vironment for the continued improvement of crops are discussed. Patterson 

CS 413 Plant Breeding. Preq: GN 411. 2(2-0) S. Discussion of reproductive systems of 
higher plants; the genetic basis for plant improvement and the selection, evaluation, and 
utilization of crop varieties. Emery 

CS 414 Weed Science. Preq: CH 220. 4(3-2) F. Introduction to weed science covering prin- 
ciples and practices of cultural, biological, and chemical control. Chemistry, properties and 
effects of herbicides on plants are studied. Weed identification and principles and practices 
of application of herbicides and their safe use are covered. There are three parts of lecture 
content: introduction, history, fundamentals of weed growth, spread and control; a section 
on chemical herbicides; and a section on weed control practices in crops and noncropland 
areas. Worsham 

CS (SSC) 462 Soil-Crop Management Systems. Preqs: CS 211, 414, SSC 341, 352. 3(2-3) 
S. (See soil science.) 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science. Preq: Senior in Crop Science or related field. 
1(1-0) S. The collection, organization, written preparation, and oral delivery of scientific in- 
formation in Crop Science and related fields. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology. Preq: BO 421 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. A study of special 
problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest research problems and findings dealing 
with this important cash crop will be discussed. Collins 

CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop Production. Preq: BO 421. 3(3-0) S. Discussion will 
emphasize pertinent physiological processes associated with crops and crop management 
such as plant growth, maturation, respiration and photoperiodism. Relationship of the en- 
vironment to maximum crop yields will be discussed. (Offered in S 1980 and alt. years.) 

Fike 

234 



CS (HS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science. Preq: CS 414 or equivalent. 3(2- 
2) S. Studies of the losses caused by the ecology of weeds, biological control basic concepts of 
weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and herbicide development. Introduction to 
greenhouse and bioassay techniques and field research techniques. Monaco 

CS (GN, HS) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. Preqs: GN 506, ST 511. 3(3-0) F. An ad- 
vanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles and concepts of in- 
heritance. Henderson, Wynne 

CS (GN, HS) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. Preq: CS (GN, HS) 541. 2(0-4) Sum. 
Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breeding techniques and 
methods used in the improvement of economic plants. (Offered in Sum. by arrangement.) 

Graduate Staff 

CS (GN) 545 Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants. Preq: CS (GN, HS) 541 or GN 
(ZO) 540. 2(2-0) S. Discussion topics include: mankind as a potential cultivator; man's 
anatomy, physiology and alimentary needs; origins of cultivation; spread of agriculture in 
terms of various theories; interactions of crops and environments with reference to crop 
evolution; special attributes of cultigens; modern aspects of evolution (breeding). (Offered S 
1980 and alt. years.) Lee 

CS 591 Special Problems. Preq: CI. Credits Arranged. Special problems in various phases 
of crop science. Problems may be selected or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on 
review of recent and current research. Graduate Staff 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming. 3(2-2) F,S. Understanding algorithms, programs 
and computers. Organization and characteristics of computers. Fundamental algorithms 
associated with computing. Data representation. Basic programming and program struc- 
ture. Debugging and verification of programs. Computer solution of numerical and non- 
numerical problems using one or more programming languages. 

CSC 102 Programming Concepts. Preq: CSC 101. 3(3-0) F,S. The features available in 
high-level programming languages. The student develops good programming habits by 
writing a variety of non-numerical application programs. Emphasis is on the global proper- 
ties of programs in a block-structured language with list and string manipulation facilities. 

CSC 111 Introduction to FORTRAN Programming. 2(2-0) F,S,Sum. An introductory 
FORTRAN programming course for non-majors. Emphasis is on fundamental elements of 
problem-solving using the computer. Particular elements include: careful systematic 
development of algorithms; translation of algorithms into programs written in standard 
FORTRAN; documentation of programs, debugging, and testing; facilities of modern com- 
puter systems. 

CSC 200 Introduction to Computers and Their Uses. (A student who has taken CSC 101 
or 111 may not receive credit.) 3(3-0) F,S. An introduction to electronic digital computers, in- 
cluding the parts of a computer, a step-by-step description of the processes which the com- 
puter goes through in performing its tasks, and description of several uses to which the com- 
puter is currently being put. Intended for non-technical students desiring knowledge of com- 
puter capabilities and limitations. 

CSC 201 Basic Computer Organization and Assembly Language. Preq: CSC 101 or CSC 

111. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. This course covers basic computer capabilities, basic computer organiza- 
tion, central processing units, main memory, address structure, data representation, error 
conditions, input, output and auxiliary storage devices, symbolic coding and assembly 
systems, subroutines, and systems software. 

CSC 202 Concepts and Facilities of Operating Systems. Preq: CSC 201 or equivalent. 
3(3-0) F,S. This course covers the history of operating systems, basic macro concepts, pro- 
gram management services, interrupt handling, memory addressing and allocation, in- 
put/output devices, data set characteristics and identification, data set access techniques, 
error handling, processing of data sets, space allocation for data sets, data set control and 
disposition, and the basic characteristics and use of time sharing facilities. 

235 



CSC 251 Principles of Programming— Fortran. Preq: CSC 111 or 102. 1(1-0) S. The 
programming language Fortran and its applications to numerical computation and file 
manipulation. Emphasis on features and restrictions which are unique to Fortran. Program- 
ming assignments which explore the language in depth (Grading S-NC). 

CSC 252 Principles of Programming— Cobol. Preq: CSC 101. 1(1-0) F,S. Introduction to 
the business-oriented programming language Cobol. Programming assignments cover 
general data processing, file maintenance and report generation. (Grading S-NC). 

CSC 253 Principles of Programming— Algol. Preq: CSC 102. 1(1-0) F. Algol 60 presented 
as a theoretical construct and a practical programming language. Extensions to Algol 60. 
Programming problems in a variety of applications areas. (Grading S-NC). 

CSC 254 Principles of Programming— APL. Preq: MA 405. 1(1-0) S. Advanced program- 
ming concepts in APL and their application to a wide variety of computing problems. The 
APL reference language and locallv available APL hardware representations. (Grading S- 
NC). 

CSC 255 Principles of Programming— Snobol. 1(1-0) F. The syntax and semantics of the 
symbol manipulation language Snobol 4. Applications of the language to programming 
problems in non-numeric areas. (Grading S-NC). 

CSC 256 Assembly Language Programming. Preq: CSC 201. 2(2-0) S. This course is 
designed to give the student an understanding of the IBM 360/3/0 assembly language. Topics 
will include: Basic programming concepts such as base register usage, looping, address 
modification; input-output using system macros; use of other system macros; subroutines; 
re-entrant coding; interrupt handling; and linking assembly language programs to higher 
level languages. 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical Methods. Preqs: CSC 101 or 111, MA 201 or MA 212; 
Coreq: MA 202. 3(3-0) F,S. Numerical computations with digital computers; floating point 
arithmetic and implications of round-off error. Algorithms and computer techniques for the 
numerical solution of problems in: function evaluation; zeros of functions; interpolation; 
numerical differentiation and integration; linear systems of equations; curve fitting; solu- 
tions of non-linear equations; numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations. 

CSC 311 Data Structures. Preq: CSC 102 and 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Fundamental algorithms 
associated with data structures. Topics are: linear lists including stacks, queues and deques; 
sequential and linked allocation of linear lists; circular lists, doubly-linked lists, arrays and 
orthogonal lists; trees including traversal of binary trees and binary representation of trees; 
lists and garbage collection; multilinked structures; dynamic storage allocation. 

CSC 312 Computer Organization and Logic. Preqs: CSC 201, 322. 3(3-0) F,S. Application 
of Boolean algebra to combinational circuit design problems. Sequential circuits. Organiza- 
tion and functional design of simplified computer components such as the memory unit, the 
arithmetic and logic unit and input-output devices. Architecture of computing systems. 
Functional characteristics of I/O devices, data channels, interrupt and priority systems. 
Microprogram control. Hardware-software tradeoffs and firmware. 

CSC (E) 321 Computer Graphics. Preqs: MA 202 or 212 and CSC 101 or 111. 3(2-2) S. (See 
engineering, general courses.) 

CSC 322 Applied Algebraic Structures. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) F,S. Naive set theory, order 
and equivalence relations, functions, partitions, operations and congruences. Boolean 
algebra, semi-group, group and graph theory. Logic of propositions, first order predicate 
calculus, models for an axiomatic theory. Some applications and examples of these algebraic 
structures selected from formal language description, data structures, file organization, in- 
formation retrieval, games, switching circuits, neural nets, sequential machines, artificial 
intelligence, syntactic structure of arithmetic expressions and theory of algorithms. 

CSC 351 Principles of Programming— LISP. Preq: CSC 311. 1(1-0) F. The programming 
language LISP and its application to the processing of general lists structures, with empha- 
sis on recursive programming. Assignments demonstrate the power and versality of LISP. 
(Grading S-NC). 



236 



CSC 401 Sorting and Searching. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F. Sorting and searching 
procedures and their implications for file structure design. On-line and batch processing 
systems. 

CSC 405 Introduction to Systems Programs. Preqs: CSC 202, 256, 311. 3(3-0). F. This 
course is concerned with the functions, structure, problem areas, and history of development 
of assemblers, macro processors, loaders, linkage editors, interrupt handlers, and current 
production-type operating systems, plus the effects of varied computer architecture on 
systems programs, and specialized programming techniques used in constructing systems 
programs. 

CSC 411 Introduction to Simulation. Preqs: MA 202, ST 371 or equivalent and program- 
ming language proficiency. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduces simulation concepts and methodology to 
CSC and other students. Modeling and computational techniques, Monte Carlo methods and 
interactive simulation. Projects are developed in areas of student interest. 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability, Language and Automata. Preq: CSC 322. 3(3- 
0) F,S. Sequential machines as abstractions of digital computers described by state- 
transition graphs. Sequential machine as language acceptors and as the finite control of a 
Turing machine. Chomsky classification of languages and machines. Universal Turing 
machines and the halting problem. Church's thesis. Recursive functions. Heuristic argument 
that a function is recursive if and only if it is Turing computable. The semi-group word 
problem and tree searching algorithm. Applications to artificial intelligence, perceptron 
simulation, game playing, syntactic analysis algorithms. 

CSC 421 Computer Systems for Management. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F. Management in- 
formation systems (MIS). The data base approach. Characteristics of successful systems and 
dimensions of system evolution and evaluation. Models versus modeling in MIS design. A 
model of information flow and its economics. Profitability and risk analysis in corporate 
financial systems. Production/inventory control through MIS. Operations research tech- 
niques for MIS development. Management's MIS consultant. The general purpose MIS. 
Human factors in design and implementation of the new company MlS. 

CSC (MA) 427 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I. Preqs: MA 301 or 312 and 

programming language proficiency. 3(3-0) F. For undergraduate students in any department 
who wish to learn the theory and practice of computational procedures using a digital com- 
puter. Topics include: approximation of functions by interpolating polynomials; numerical 
differentiation and integration; solution of systems of ordinary differential equations in- 
cluding both initial value and boundary value problems. Computer applications and 
techniques. 

CSC (MA) 428 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II. Preqs: MA 405 and programming 
language proficiency. 3(3-0) S. For students who wish to learn computational procedures us- 
ing digital computers. Topics include: solution of linear and nonlinear equations; matrices 
and eigenvalue calculations; orthogonal polynomials and Gaussian quadrature; curve fitting 
and function approximation by least squares; smoothing formulas; minimax approxima- 
tions. [CSC (MA) 427 is not a prerequisite.] 

CSC 431 Information Retrieval. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) S. Organization and retrieval of in- 
formation in natural language form. Analysis of information content by statistical, syntactic 
and logical methods. Automatic clustering and statistical association methods. Dictionary 
construction and utilization. File organization and retrieval techniques for text processing 
systems. Evaluation of retrieval effectiveness. Applications to both document retrieval and 
question answering systems. 

CSC 432 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing. Preqs: CSC 302, ST 371, and MA 
405. 3(2-2). Use of digital computers in the processing of analog signals. The uses of 
operational amplifiers in SAH, DAC, and ADC's and other data acquisition devices. The dis- 
crete Fourier transform, digital filters and other algorithms used in processing time series. 

CSC 462 Computing for the Social Sciences. Preq: ST 311 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. To ac- 
quaint the social scientist with the information processing capabilities of a computer. Exam- 
ples and problems from the social sciences. Topics include: a higher level programming 



237 



language, procedures for accessing statistical packages and other library routines, and data 
management using disks and tapes. (CSC majors may not receive credit.) 

CSC 495 Special Topics in Computer Science. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Used for the following 
types of study: readings in the literature of computer science, introductory research projects, 
major computer programming projects, seminars, or new course development. Work may be 
done in any CSC area such as software, hardware utilization, programming languages, 
numerical methods or telecommunications. 

CSC 499 Undergraduate Research in Computer Science. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Independent 
investigation of a research problem under faculty supervision. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CSC 504 Application of Linguistic Techniques to Computer Problems. Preq: CSE 502. 
3(3-0) S. Semiotics and programming languages. Comparison of semantic theories. Represen- 
tation, classification and interpretation of scenes and other multi-dimensional illustrations. 
Design of a formal language for describing two-dimensional geometric figures, such as 
flowcharts, chemical structures and logic diagrams. Characterization of programming 
languages according to the theory of transformational grammar. 

CSC 532 Artificial Intelligence II. Preqs: CSE 511, course in mathematical logic. 3(3-0) S. 
A rigorous approach to artificial intelligence emphasizing pattern recognition, theorem prov- 
ing, game playing, learning and heuristic programming. Students will be assigned computer 
projects illustrating theoretical concepts introduced in lecture. 

CSC (MA) 582 Special Topics in Numerical Solution of Linear Algebraic Equations. 

Preqs: MA 405 or equivalent and a knowledge of computer programming. 3(3-0) S. A 
mathematical and numerical investigation of direct iterative and semi-iterative methods for 
the solution of linear systems. Methods for the calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors of 
matrices. 

CSC (MA) 583 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential 
Equations. Preq: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427. 3(3-0) S. Numerical methods for initial 
value problem including predictor-corrector, Runge-Kutta, hybrid and extrapolation 
methods; stiff systems; shooting methods for two-point boundary value problems; weak, ab- 
solute and relative stability results. 

CSC (MA) 584 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equa- 
tions. Preq: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427-428. 3(3-0) F. Numerical methods for the solu- 
tions of parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic partial differential equations including stability 
and convergence results. 

CSC (OR) 585 Graph Theory. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) F. Basic concepts of graph theory. 
Trees and forests. Vector spaces associated with a graph. Representation of graphs by binary 
matrices and list structures. Traversability. Connectivity. Matching and assignment 
problems. Planar graphs. Colorability. Directed graphs. Applications of graph theory with 
emphasis on organizing problems in a form suitable for computer solution. 

CSC 595 Special Topics. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Topics of current interest in computer science 
not covered in existing courses. 

COMPUTER STUDIES 

CSE Jf52 through CSE 459 are fast paced one-credit courses that are abbreviated from 
regular 3-credit undergraduate courses on this campus. They are structured primarily for 
students with a bachelors degree in one of the quantitative sciences, but with little computer 
background. Some proficiency in a high-level programming language is assumed. 

CSE 452 Assembly Language and Basic Computer Organization. Preqs: Higher level 
programming language and consent of the instructor. No degree credit for Computer Science 
or Computer Studies majors or anyone having received credit for CSC 201 or CSC 256. 1(1-0) 
F. Basic computer capabilities, basic computer organization, central processing units, main 
memory, addressing techniques, data representation, error conditions, input, output, sym- 
bolic coding, and subroutines. 

238 



CSE 453 Data Structures. Preqs: Higher level programming language and consent of the 
instructor. Coreq: CSE 452 or equivalent. No degree credit for Computer Science or Com- 
puter Studies majors or anyone having received credit for CSC 311. 1(1-0) F. An introduction 
to data structures and the fundamental algorithms associated with their use. Topics con- 
sidered include: linear lists including stacks, queues, and deques. Sequential and linked 
allocation of linear lists. Circular lists, arrays and orthogonal lists. Trees. Garbage collection. 
Dynamic storage allocation. 

CSE 454 Computer Organization and Logic. Preqs: CSE 452 or equivalent and CI. No 
degree credit for Computer Science or Computer Studies majors or anyone having received 
credit for CSC 312. 1(1-0) S. Application of Boolean Algebra to combinational circuit design 
problems. Sequential circuits. Organizational and functional design of simplified computer 
components such as the memory unit, the arithmetic and logic unit and input-output devices. 
Architecture of computing systems. Functional characteristics of I/O devices, data channels, 
interrupt and priority systems, microprogram control. Hardware-software tradeoffs and 
firmware. 

CSE 455 Applied Algebraic Structures. Preqs: MA 201, higher level programming 
language and consent of the instructor. No degree credit for Computer Science or Computer 
Studies majors or anyone having received credit for CSC 322. 1(1-0) F. Mathematical reason- 
ing, sets, binary relations on sets, equivalence relations and partitions, functions, counting 
techniques, analysis of algorithms, infinite sets, countable and uncountable sets, cardinal 
arithmetic. Some examples and applications of these algebraic structures are selected from 
formal language theory, file organization, information retrieval, switching circuits, sequen- 
tial machines, and artificial intelligence. 

CSE 456 Introduction to Computability. Preqs: CSE 455 or equivalent and consent of the 
instructor. No degree credit for Computer Science or Computer Studies majors or anyone 
having received credit for CSC 412. 1(1-0) S. Sequential machines as abstractions of digital 
computers described by state-transition graphs. Universal Turing machines and the halting 
problem. Church's thesis. Chomsky classification of languages and machines. 

CSE 457 Electric Circuits. Preqs: MA 202, PY 208, B average in mathematics and physics. 
No degree credit for electrical engineering or computer studies majors or anyone having 
received credit for EE 201, 202, 331, 332. 1(1-0) F. Circuit parameters, laws and theorems, 
transient analysis, and transformer principles. The course will meet three hours each week 
for the first five weeks of the semester. 

CSE 458 Electronic Circuits. Preq: CSE 457. No degree credit for electrical engineering or 
computer studies majors or anyone having received credit for EE 314. 1(1-0) F. Diodes, tran- 
sistors, circuit models, operational amplifiers, frequency response, latches, data conversion. 
This course will meet three hours each week for the middle third of the semester. 

CSE 459 Linear Systems. Preqs: CSE 458, B average in physics. No degree credit for elec- 
trical engineering or computer studies majors or anyone having received credit for EE 301. 
1(1-0) F. Signals, transfer functions and time response, stability. This course will meet three 
hours each week for the final five weeks of the semester. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

CSE 501 Design of Systems Programs. Preqs: CSC 311, 312 (CSC 301 recommended). 3(3- 
0) F. Review of batch process systems programs, their components, operating charac- 
teristics, user services and their limitations. Implementation techniques for parallel process- 
ing of input-output and interrupt handling. Overall structure of multiprogramming systems 
on multi-processor hardware configurations. Details on addressing techniques, core manage- 
ment, file system design and management, system accounting, and other user-related ser- 
vices. Traffic control, interprocess communication, design of system modules, and interfaces. 
System updating, documentation and operations. 

CSE 502 Computational Linguistics. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) F. Natural language processing by 
computer. Finite-state, context-free, context-sensitive and transformational grammars. Par- 
sing mechanisms including augmented transition networks. Analysis of complex English 
sentences. Question-answering systems. 



239 



CSE 505 Design and Analysis of Algorithms. Preq: CSC 311 or CSE 453. 3(3-0) F. Study 
of techniques for the design of algorithms. Complexity and analysis of algorithms. Study of 
algorithms for certain classical problems that include sorting, searching, graphs, numerical 
algorithms and pattern matching. 

CSE 506 Digital Systems Architecture. Preq: EE 340 or CSC 312 or CSE 454. 3(3-0) S. 
Digital systems architecture is the middle ground on which the interests of software, 
hardware and firmware come together. Among the topics considered are: architectural 
descriptions, storage systems, I/O systems, stack machines, and parallelism. The structure 
of digital systems implementation will also be considered as it relates to architecture. 

CSE 510 Software Engineering. Preqs: CSC 311 and CSC 322 or CSE 453 and CSE 455 or 

equivalent. 3(3-0) F. The course will introduce the principles and methods for the design, 
coding, and validation of software systems. Among the topics covered are: software design 
techniques, programming methodology, program testing, proofs of program correctness, 
software reliability, and software management. 

CSE 511 Artificial Intelligence. Preq: CSC 311. 3(3-0) F. Definition of heuristic versus 
algorithmic methods, rationale of heuristic approach, description of cognitive processes. Ob- 
jectives of work in artificial intelligence, simulation of cognitive behavior. Heuristic 
programming techniques. Survey of examples from representative application areas. The 
mind-brain problem and the nature of intelligence. Individual projects to illustrate basic 
concepts. 

CSE 512 Metaprograms. Preq: CSC 311 (CSC 412 recommended). 3(3-0) S. This course is 
intended to provide a detailed understanding of the techniques used in the design and im- 
plementation of compilers. Introduction to formal grammars and relations concerning a 
grammar. Detailed study of algorithms for lexical scanners, top-down recognizers, bottom- 
up recognizers for simple precedence grammars, operator precedence grammars, high order 
precedence grammars, and bounded-context grammars. Runtime storage organization for a 
compiler including symbol tables, internal forms for source programs, semantic routines, 
error recovery and diagnostics, code generation and optimization, and interpreters. 

CSE 522 Formal Languages and Syntactic Analysis. Preq: CSC 412 (CSC 512 recom- 
mended). 3(3-0) F. Detailed study of formal languages and their relation to automata: 
languages and their representation, grammars, finite automata and regular grammars, 
context-free grammars and pushdown automata, type O grammars and Turing machines, 
the Halting Problem, context-sensitive grammars and linear bounded automata, and opera- 
tions on languages. 

CSE (MA) 529 Numerical Analysis I. Preqs: MA 405, MA 511 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. 
Theory of interpolation, numerical integration, iterative solution of non-linear equations, 
numerical integration of ordinary differential equations, matrix inversion and solution of 
simultaneous linear equations. 

CSE (MA) 530 Numerical Analysis II. Preq: CSC (MA) 529. 3(3-0) S. Least squares data 
approximation, expansions in terms of orthogonal functions. Gaussian quadrature, 
economization of series, minimax approximations, Pade's approximation, eigenvalues of 
matrices. 

CSE (MA) 536 Theory of Sequential Machines. Preq: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) 
F. Sequential machine identification experiments. Finite-Memory machines. Special classes 
of machines. Decomposition of sequential machines. Linear sequential machines. Sequential 
relations of finite-state machines. 

CSE (MA) 537 Theory of Computability. Preq: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. The 
concept of effective computability. Turing machines. Primitive recursive functions. The it- 
operator. M-recursive functions. Godel numbering. Equivalence of Turing machines and u- 
recursion. Undecidable predicates. Universal Turing machines. Other formulations of the 
concept of effective computability. 

CSE 542 Database Management. Preq: CSC 431. 3(3-0) F. The course will cover the fun- 
damentals of the area of database management. Basic topics will include: General architec- 
ture for database management systems; current data models such as network, relational, 
hierarchical; security and integrity; discussion of current implemented systems. 

240 



CSE (OR, IE) 562 Advanced Topics in Computer Simulation. Preqs: ST 421 or 
equivalent; or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. Basic simulation methodology; general principles of 
the Monte Carlo method: random number generation, accuracy, variance reduction methods, 
classicial applications in mathematics and physics; simulation of queueing systems; develop- 
ment of a research problem in depth where computer simulation is required 1) to provide in- 
sight through experimentation with a model, 2) to provide approximate answers and prac- 
tical solutions, and 3) to test the model and the solutions. 

CSE 571 Data Transmission/Communications. Preqs: CSE 454 or CSC 312 or EE 340; 
CSE 459 or EE 301. 3(3-0) S. Deals with the principles and techniques of moving digital data 
through transmission facilities. To be covered: digital information representation; charac- 
teristics of channels; modulation and demodulation (MODEM) techniques; error detection 
and correction; line control procedure; circuit, message and packet switching; multiplexors 
and concentrators. 

CSE 572 Computer Communications. Preq: CSC 312 or EE 340 or CSE 454. Coreq: B 
average in technical subjects. 3(3-0) F. The purpose of this course is to enable the student to 
understand the principles, the control and operations, and the potential of computer com- 
munication systems; to present techniques for topological design and analytic modeling of 
such systems; and to provide the foundation for more detailed studies and research. The 
courses are self-contained and focus on practical applications of state-of-art techniques. 

CSE 574 Real Time Computer Systems. Preq: CSC 405 or CSE 501. 3(3-0) Alt. S. 
Hardware and software characteristics of computer systems designed to meet specific 
response time requirements are studied. Topics include allocation of system resources in- 
cluding processor memory, disk, support I/O devices; synchronous and asynchronous event 
scheduling; effect of interrupts; static and dynamic priorities; implementation of queues; 
measurement of performance, especially scheduling and response accuracy. 

CSE 591 Special Topics in Computer Studies. Preqs: B average in technical subjects and 
CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Topics of current interest in computer studies not covered in existing courses. 

Graduate Staff 

DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS 

(Also see Design.) 

DF 101, 102 Environmental Design I, II. Preq: (DF 102) 101. Available to School of 
Design students only; this restriction may be waived by Dean and Program Director. 6(0-9) 
F,S. Introduction to the design disciplines and programs of the School of Design. A studio 
course examining the techniques and attitudes for dealing with identification, solution and 
evaluation arising from the design of physical artifacts in the natural and man-made en- 
vironment. The acquisition of languages and skills appropriate to these studies. 

DF 285 Environmental Design Studio for General Undergraduates. Preq: Sophomore 
standing. This course is not open to School of Design students. 3(0-6) F,S. A studio structured 
investigation of participant-context relationships as they help to determine the design of 
physical objects. Work involves the construction of various perceptual and conceptual simu- 
lations and/or models. Course places major stress on self-discovery and development. 

DF 400 Advanced Design Studio. Preq: DF 102. Open only to School of Design 
Students — Restriction waived at discretion of Dean and Program Director. 6(0-9) F.S. Studio 
offering upper level undergraduates the opportunity to intensively study fundamental 
design issues (form, color, structure, proportion, scale, etc.) in a studio mode. Course may be 
used to partially satisfy studio requirement in all undergraduate programs in school. 

DF 485 Design Studio for Non-Design Undergraduates. Preq: Junior standing. Not 
open to School of Design Students. 3(2-3) F,S. The course is intended to enrich the un- 
dergraduate program of students desiring some contact with the "studio" course structure of 
the School of Design. Design problems will be addressed in the studio milieu; the content of 
the problems will be drawn as much as possible from each student's major field of un- 
dergraduate studies. 



241 



DESIGN 

(Also see Architecture, Design Fundamentals, Landscape Architecture, Product Design, Ur- 
ban Design, Visual Design.) 

DN 141 History of Design I. Open to University students on a space available basis. 3(3-0) 
F. A critical study of the related design fields from prehistoric to early Christian times with 
reference to the social, political and technological movements which affected their 
development. 

DN 142 History of Design II. Open to University students on a space-available basis. 3(3- 
0) S. A critical study of the related design fields from early Christian to modern times with 
reference to the social, political and technological movements which affected their 
development. 

DN 221 Introduction to Environment and Behavior for Designers. Credit in both DN 
221/231 and DN 232 is not allowed. Students must concurrently enroll in DN 221 and 231. 
3(3-0) F,S. An introductory integration of behavioral and environmental information, 
emphasizing a basic understanding of human behavior, natural systems, and their relation 
to environmental design. Examined is the impact of people and their artifacts on natural 
systems, and the impact of natural systems on people and their artifacts. Humane, 
ecologically sound utilization of these relations is explored. 

DN 222 Human Perception and Behavior for Designers. 3(3-0) S. Course examines the 
linkages among perception, cognition and behavior with a strong emphasis on the perceptual 
mechanisms of humans, especially the eyes and ears. Also deals with the cognitive organiza- 
tion of perceptual information, its relation to language, society and culture and isolated 
human behavior at the micro and macro levels. 

DN 231 Introduction to Environment and Behavior for Designers. (See DN 221.) 

DN 232 Introduction to Natural Systems and the Built Environment. Credit in both DN 
221/231 and DN 232 is not allowed. 3(3-0) F,S. This course is an introduction to natural 
systems and their integration into environmental design processes. Historical and present 
relationships between people and the physical environment are examined. Natural systems 
are analyzed as a foundation for environmental design decisions and ecologically sound 
habitation systems are explored. 

DN 251 Principles of Architectural Structures. 3(3-0) F,S. Development of the principles 
of structural behavior. A survey of structural systems, both natural and man-made, with an 
emphasis on a qualitative examination of the forces, influences or purposes to which they 
respond. 

DN 252 Environmental Responses in Design. 3(3-0) S. An introductory study in form 
seen as a response between man and the natural environment. The morphological 
relationship between material properties and environmental energies and their dual impact 
on the shape of the built artifact is investigated. 

DN 253 Basic Environmental Systems. 3(2-2) F,S. Natural and man-made laws as ap- 
plied to buildings and their various applications to lighting, heating, cooling, ventilation, 
plumbing, vertical transportation and sound. 

DN 254 Architectural Materials and Construction Systems. 3(2-2) F,S. Development of 
the concept of building as an environmental control and response mechanism. A description 
of environmental and use factors upon which the science of building construction is based. 
An investigation of basic building materials, their properties, processes of production and 
principal systems of enclosure, consideration also given to economic factors and legal 
controls. 

DN 255 Contemporary Manufacturing Processes I. 3(3-0) F. Introduction to mass 
production processes and their influences on design. Emphasis is placed on material search 
and process selection in relation to form, function, human factors, finishes and joining 
methods. An analysis of paper, wood and metal manufacturing processes utilized in the 
production of mass-produced products. 



242 



DN 256 Contemporary Manufacturing Processes II. 3(3-0) S. Introduction to mass 
production processes and their influences on design. Emphasis is placed on material search 
and process selection in relation to form, function, human factors, finishes and joining 
methods. An analysis of plastics and rubber and their specific manufacturing processes 
utilized in the production of mass-produced products. 

DN 257 Landscape Materials and Construction I. 3(2-4) F. An option for those students 
wishing to concentrate on the use of materials in small scale physical design. The course will 
concentrate on the properties of materials in design and construction techniques. Exercises 
in design will stress the implementation and use of materials for particular situations. 

DN 258 Landscape Materials and Construction II. 3(2-4) S. A continuation of DN 257 
with an emphasis on material use and construction techniques; the development of construc- 
tion documents; project organization and control and professional office organization will 
also be covered. 

DN 261 Design Methods. 3(3-0) F. Description, comparisons, and testing of methods 
available in design with emphasis on problem-solving techniques. 

DN 349 Historic Architecture Research. Preq: DN 141/142. 3 F,S. Research and the 
recording of sites, monuments, buildings or artifacts of historical interest. 

DN 351 Architectural Structures I. Preq: or Coreq: DN 251. 3(3-0) F. An introduction to 
force systems, quantitative treatment of equilibrium conditions; analysis of forces in 
trusses, frames and beams; behavior of materials: stress-strain diagrams, ductility, brit- 
tleness, creep; mechanics of areas; column behavior; stresses and deflection in beams. 

DN 352 Architectural Structures II. Preq: DN 351. 3(3-0) S. Selection of structural 
system and design of structural elements in wood, steel, concrete and aluminum. 

DN 411 Advanced Visual Laboratory. Preq: DF 102, Sophomore standing, may be taken 
for a maximum of 12 credit hours. 2-4 F,S. Continuation, on an advanced level, of the ac- 
tivities encountered in Design Fundamentals that relate to the major design areas in the 
School of Design. Activities involve study of visual communication skills in areas of 
sculpture, life drawing, graphics, painting, photography. The student elects instructor and 
area(s) of activity. 

DN 413 Geometry for Designers. Preq: DF 102. 3(2-3) F,S. An opportunity to explore and 
examine geometry and geometrization as applied to the various fields of physical design. 
Limited mathematical and drawing skills needed. 

DN 414 Color and Light Laboratory. Preq: DF 102. 3(2-2) F,S. A course dealing with the 
physical and perceptual nature of color. It will be one-third lecture, one-third studio and one- 
third discussion-seminar. Its purpose is to develop color awareness, sensitivity and skills in 
visual communication with color as a designer's tool. 

DN 415 Visual Design Materials and Processes I. Preq: DF 102. 3(2-2) F. Introduction to 
basic tools and materials of visual design, packaging, typography and layout. The course will 
acquaint the student with mass production of two- and three-dimensional visual designs, 
packages and display techniques. 

DN 416 Visual Design Materials and Processes II. Preq: DF 102. 3(2-2) S. Introduction 
to basic tools and materials of visual design, packaging, typography and layout. The course 
will acquaint the student with mass production of two- and three-dimensional visual designs, 
packages and display techniques. 

DN 417 Typography I. Preq: DF 102. 3(2-2) F. Preliminary investigation into the uses of 
typography as a communications medium. Problems based on single sheet solutions, using 
both single and composite imagery and including such projects as posters, announcements, 
advertisements, and covers; type specification; and copyfitting. 

DN 421 Environmental Cognition for Designers. Preq: DN 221/231 or DN 222. 3(3-0) F. 
A basic model of cognitive processes is examined, providing a framework for a lengthy ex- 
ploration of cognitive imagery. This commences with body imagery and images of self, mov- 
ing from there to developmental images of home, school, neighborhood and city. Mature im- 
agery of similar things is studied, concluding with a model of the micro-genetic development 
of environmental imagery useful in design decision-making. 

243 



DN 423 Spatial Cognition for Designers. Preq: DN 221/231 or DN 222. 3(3-0) F. The 
history of the concept of space in the Western world is examined as a foundation from which 
to look at how humans cognize space. A child developmental perspective is emphasized, but a 
model of spatial cognition in the adult is described. The relation of spatial to environmental 
cognition is treated. 

DN 424 Social Factors Analysis in Design. Preq: DN 221/231 or 222. 3(2-4) S. The course 
introduces the student to human analysis techniques which can be applied to landscape 
architectural design. Interaction theory, neighborhood theory, social design policy and user 
preference approaches will be presented. 

DN 430 Site Planning. Preq: DN 221/231 and GY 120/110 or GY 101/110 or SSC 205. 3(2- 
2) F,S. Introduction into the technical operations and environmental landscape controls on 
project scale developments. The course covers site analysis, road alignment, grading 
hydrologic control, sedementation control and related problems of land development. 

DN 431 Natural Environment Analysis. Preq: DN 221/231 or DN 232. 3(3-0) F. Course in 
the theory and methods of landscape description, assessment and analysis of natural en- 
vironments. Environmental science applications are described in relationship to land plan- 
ning and management. 

DN 432 Environmental Assessment and Design Field Workshop. Preq: DN 221/231 or 
DN 232. 3 Sum. This summer field workshop is a hands-on experience concerned with the 
assessment of natural systems and their utilization in the active manipulation of the en- 
vironmental setting. Experiments relating to alternative decentralized energy systems, 
energy conservation methods, and low-technology, ecologically sound site support systems 
will be designed and executed. 

DN 441 Origins and Development of Contemporary Architecture. Preq: DN 141, 142 for 
Design students only. Others: Junior standing. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey and critical examination 
of modern architecture from its origins in 19th century philosophy and technology to the 
most recent developments in world architecture. The work of significant architects are ex- 
plored through lectures and slide presentations. 

DN 443 Landscape History: From the Ice Age to the Present. Preq: DN 141, 142. 3(3-0) 
F. The landscape designer deals with a landscape that has been shaped by man for the past 
fifteen or so thousand years. What has been the nature of man's agency? How extensive have 
the changes he has wrought been? Course examines in depth the landscape impacts of agri- 
culture, commerce and industry attempting to establish the context within which the 
landscape designer operates. 

DN 444 History of Landscape Architecture. Preq: DN 141, 142. 3(3-0) F. The history of 
man's deliberate and conscious attempts to design the landscape is examined, beginning with 
a view of the efforts and results of primitive man. Ancient, medieval and Renaissance work 
is examined in garden and urban design to set the stage for the explosion of professional ac- 
tivity that followed. The work of Frederick Law Olmsted is examined in detail. 

DN 445 Aesthetics and Design. Preqs: DN 141 or DN 142. 3(3-0) F. An examination of the 
identity, nature, and function of aesthetic experience, cognition, and action as related to the 
design disciplines and reflected in designed artifacts. 

DN 447 Architecture History Seminar. Preq: DN 141, 142. 3(3-0) F,S. Presentations and 
discussions of specific areas in architectural history and allied design fields. 

DN 451 Illumination. Preq: DN 253. 3(1-4) S. Design of illumination systems for interior 
space. Model simulation of alternative lighting schemes. 

DN 452 Climate Control Systems and Design. Preq: DN 253. 3(1-4) F. Mechanical and 
non-mechanical systems for heating, cooling, ventilating interior of building with emphasis 
on energy conscious design. 

DN 453 The Systems Approach to Building. Preq: DN 254. 3(3-0) S. An examination of a 
totally integrated process of programming, designing, constructing and evaluating buildings 
or larger environmental units. The history of industrialized building and case studies of 
significant systems building efforts of recent years will be investigated. Included will be an 
assessment of the future potentials of the systems approach and the designer's role. 

244 



DN 462 Predictive Techniques, Predesign Methods, and Programming. Preq: DN 261. 
3(3-0) S. Problem solving, research methods, programming, games, graph theory and their 
applications to design. 

DN 491 Special Seminar in Design. 1-3 F,S. Seminars on subjects of current interest in 
design which are presented by persons not part of the regular faculty. 

DN 492 Special Topics in Design. 1-3 F,S. Topics of current interest to the programs in 
the School of Design offered by faculty in the School. Courses offered under this number are 
normally used to develop new courses. 

DN 493 Mini-Course in Design. 1-2 F,S. Seminars, workshops and lectures which by 
nature of their subject matter, focus or method of instruction do not fit the semester model. 

DN 494 Internship in Design. Preq: Junior Standing. Approval of program director. Max. 
6 cr. hrs. 3-6 F,S. Supervised field experience in professional offices and organizations whose 
activities are related to the programs of the School of Design. 

DN 495 Independent Study in Design. Preq: Junior Standing. Max. 6 cr. hrs. Approval of 
program director and core chairman. 1-3 F,S. Special problems in various aspects of design 
developed under the direction of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. 

ENGINEERING (General) 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I. 2(0-3) F,S. Graphical representation and solution of 
spatial problems. Emphasis is on development of logical and analytical approaches to 
problem solution. Conventional methods of graphically describing size and shape in the 
representation of basic mechanical elements. Practical engineering drawing applications are 
utilized. Course is taught using Self-Paced Instruction. 

E 120 Engineering Concepts. Not open to jrs. and srs. in Engineering. 3(2-1) F,S. Students 
are involved in realistic freshman design projects. History, fields and functions of engineer- 
ing, case studies, computational skills, and societal problems are covered. Staff 

E 201 Spatial Relations and Vector Applications. Preq: First courses in graphics and 
physics. 3(2-2) S. Spatial representation of points, lines, and planes and the determination of 
the lengths, sizes, and angles that exist between these elements, with the application of these 
studies to vector systems. Webb 

E 207 Engineering Graphics II. Preq: E 101. 2(1-3) F,S. Presentation of engineering data 
for use in the manufacturing process. Production dimensioning, detail and assembly produc- 
tion drawings, and free-hand sketching are covered. Special emphasis on sketching. Webb 

E 220 Engineering and Contemporary Society. 3(3-0) F. Investigation of the role of 
engineering technology in modern life, with emphasis on technological factors involved in 
solution of national and world problems. Major topics such as energy, communication, 
materials, and transportation examined in terms of cultural and economic goals for the 
future. Staff 

E 240 Furniture Graphics. Preq: E 101. 3(1-4) F. Furniture drawing and dimensioning. 
Special practices of furniture industry are covered. Free-hand sketching is emphasized. 

Freeman 

E 301 Graphical Solutions for Numerical Data. Preq: A first course in calculus. 3(2-2) F. 
Study of available graphic methods to represent and manipulate numerical data. Topics in- 
clude: proper selection of coordinate systems and axes, empirical equations, curve fitting, 
graphical calculus, nomography, and design of special purpose slide rules. Computer applica- 
tions demonstrated. Hammond 

E (CSC) 321 Computer Graphics. Preqs: MA 202 or 212 and CSC 101 or 111. 3(2-2) S. 
Presentation of computer-graphic methods of data manipulation; which computer-graphic 
methods are available; when and how they can be applied. Three-dimensional applications 
covered. Houck 



245 



E 432 Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(3-0) S. Review of these 
laws in relation to engineering, scientific and industrial pursuits; individual inventors, 
authors, and companies; and Patent Office procedures and practice. Mills 

E 492 Special Topics in Engineering. Preq: Jr. Standing. 1-3 F,S. Offered as needed for 
subject matter of a non-departmental nature. 

E (OR) 531 Dynamical Systems and Multivariable Control. 3(3-0) F. (See operations 
research.) 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 

(Also see Accounting.) 

EB 201 Economics I. Credit will not be awarded for both EB 201 and EB 212. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Development of the modern economy and the history of economic thought to help understand 
economic problems. The market system as a means of cooperation and as facilitator of in- 
dividual choice and efficiency in resource use. Inflation, employment, and growth in the 
national economy and their management by fiscal and monetary policies. Economic theories 
are presented to clarify policy issues and empirically resolvable controversies. Staff 

EB 202 Economics II. Preq: EB 201 or EB 212. 3(3-0) F,S. Analysis of problems of contem- 
porary national and international economics. Topics include the public economy, the finan- 
cial system, industrial organization, pricing of factors of production, international trade, 
economic growth and development, and comparative economic systems. Staff 

EB 212 Economics of Agriculture. Preq: MA 111. Credit will not be awarded for both EB 
201 and EB 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The functioning of the agricultural economy including the alloca- 
tion of resources in agricultural production, relationships between agriculture and other seg- 
ments of the economy, and current problems within the agricultural sector. Staff 

EB 230 Economics of Cooperatives. 2(2-0) F. Topics include the evolution of cooperative 
principles and growth of agricultural and consumer cooperative businesses; legislative 
foundations and legal status of cooperatives; organization, management and financial deci- 
sions that are unique to cooperative business enterprises; and a discussion of current public 
policy issues relating to cooperatives. King 

EB 301 Production and Prices. Preqs: MA 113 or 112; EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The 
functioning of the market economy. The role of prices in determining the allocation of 
resources, the functioning of the firm in the economy, and forces governing the production of 
economic goods. Staff 

EB 302 Aggregate Economic Analysis: Theory and Policy. Preqs: EB 201 or EB 212 and 

MA 113 or MA 112. 3(3-0) F,S. Factors determining the national income. Relates the 
economic behavior of households, business firms and government to the determination of 
total output, employment, the price level and other aggregate economic variables. Problems 
of public policy-making in achieving full employment and a stable price level. Staff 

EB 303 Farm Management. Preq: EB 212 or 201. 3(2-2) F,S. Basic economic principles in- 
cluding the use of budgeting, linear programming, systems analysis and other techniques in 
determining what, how and how much to produce under various economic conditions. 

Neuman 

EB 307 Business Law I. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The main principles of law af- 
fecting the conduct of trade as it is affected by contracts, agency and property ownership. 
Major areas include criminal law, tort law, contract, agency, real and personal property, 
wills and estates. Staff 

EB 308 Business Law II. Preq: EB 307. 3(3-0) F,S. The main principles of law affecting 
the conduct of trade and industry including real and personal property, mortgages, in- 
surance, wills and estates, sales, business organizations and bankruptcy. Pinna 

EB 310 Economics of the Firm. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The economic setting 
within which the business firm makes decisions and an application of economic analysis to 
these decisions. Economics in managerial decision making. Harrell, Holthausen, Loeb 



246 



EB 311 Agricultural Markets. Preq: EB 212 or 201. 3(3-0) S. The agricultural marketing 
system and the current economic forces affecting its structure and efficiency; decision mak- 
ing by agricultural business firms including integration and interfirm relationships; effects 
of monopoly in marketing relative to government policies of control. Visits to marketing 
firms and practical problems illustrating firm decisions. A laboratory period in alternate 
weeks beginning with the second full week of classes. Students examine individually the 
marketing problems associated with the commodity of their choice. Hanson 

EB 313 Marketing Methods. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The functions of marketing 
for goods and services in the consumer, industrial and government markets. Emphasis on 
the role of marketing in our free exchange economic system. Areas studied are the activities 
of market research, advertising, pricing, channels of distribution, agricultural marketing, in- 
ternational marketing, and the marketing of services. "Consumerism," its causes and its 
probable future. Leonard 

EB 325 Industrial Management. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. Principles of manage- 
ment and the management process within the industrial organization. The relation of the 
financial, marketing, organization, and communication systems to the operations function. 
Quantitative decision methods for operations planning, organizing, and control. The student 
manages the operations system of a firm in a simulated environment. Loeb 

EB 326 Personnel Management. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The main issues a firm 
faces in attracting and maintaining a productive work force are examined within an 
economic framework. Decisions by the profit-maximizing firm in determining wages, fringe 
benefits and working conditions are analyzed. Other topics include job safety, on-the-job 
training and the behavior of unions as well as government regulation in the labor market. 

Allen, Clark, Wessels. 

EB 332 Industrial Relations. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The nature and functions of 
collective bargaining. The objectives and tactics of both labor and management within public 
policy guidelines. An examination of labor contracts and their implications for labor and 
management. Emphasis on the impact of change, economic and technological. Fearn 

EB (ST) 350 Economics and Business Statistics. Preqs: MA 113 or MA 112; EB 201 and 
202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. An introduction of statistical application to economics and 
business problems. Included are such topics as probability, sampling, statistical estimation, 
inference, index numbers and linear regression. Wilson, T. Johnson 

EB (HI) 370 The Rise of Industrialism. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. The pattern of 
historical development of modern industrial economy. Capitalism's origins in 16th century 
England are related to succeeding developments in the overseas colonial empire and in other 
areas influenced by those developments. Sylla 

EB (HI) 371 Evolution of the American Economy. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. Ad- 
vances of modern industrialization are related to the development of America. Contem- 
porary problems and issues are analyzed with reference to their origins in the historical 
growth of the economy. Sylla 

EB 401 Economic Analysis for Nonmajors. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. Intermediate 
economic theory of firm, household and market behavior primarily for graduate students 
desiring an economics minor at the master's level. Students with adequate background in 
economics and mathematics elect EB 501 instead. Topics include demand, production and 
cost theory, market equilibrium under competitive and non-competitive conditions, an intro- 
duction to input-output and general equilibrium theory, the spatial arrangement of economic 
activity and problems of economic efficiency. Grennes 

EB 404 Money, Financial Markets, and the Economy. Preq: EB 302. 3(3-0) F,S. An in- 
depth probe of the roles of money, credit, and financial institutions in a market economy. 
The allocation of credit, the determination of interest rates and security prices, and the ac- 
tivities of the Federal Reserve System are treated. Dunleavy, Fisher, Lapp 

EB 410 Public Finance. Preq: EB 301. 3(3-0) F. A micro-economic analysis of the rationale 
for public expenditure and taxation. Topics include externalities, pollution and public policy, 
income redistribution and public welfare, public goods, collective choice and political institu- 



247 



tions, public budgeting techniques and cost-benefit analysis, taxation and tax policy, state- 
local finance and fiscal federalism. Hyman, Knoeber 

EB 413 Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy. Preq: EB 301. 3(3-0) S. The effect of 
modern industrial structure on competitive behavior and performance, considering theories 
of contemporary price and workable competition. Evaluation of the legislative content, 
judicial interpretation and economic effects of the anti-trust laws. Erickson, Flath 

EB 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance. Preq: EB 303 or 310. 3(2-2) F. The earnings, market 
and cost approaches to real estate valuation with practice in the application of current ap- 
praisal procedures to rural property. Criteria and techniques for the financial management 
of a farm. Topics include existing sources and terms of capital, forms of business organiza- 
tion and methods of credit analysis. Neuman 

EB 420 Corporation Finance. Preqs: EB 201 or 212, and ACC 260. 3(3-0) F,S. The principal 
areas of managerial finance including the techniques necessary to make decisions. Attempts 
to integrate finance and other functional areas that a corporation must deal with. Relevant 
macro economics topics. Cases and problems dealing with important topics are analyzed and 
discussed. Jones 

EB 422 Investments and Portfolio Management. Preqs: EB 201 or EB 212; and 350 or ST 
311. 3(3-0) F,S. Analysis of investment process problems including security analysis and 
emphasizing portfolio management. Brief explanation of traditional thinking and an ex- 
amination of the modern revolution in investments which emphasizes a quantitative 
framework to achieve the goal of performance. After describing what an individual investor 
faces in making decisions, the question of professional management as an alternative is 
viewed critically. Jones 

EB 430 Agricultural Price Analysis. Preq: EB 301. 3(3-0) F. Principles of price forma- 
tion; the role of price in the determination of economic activity; the interaction of cash and 
future prices for agricultural commodities; methods of price analysis, construction of index 
numbers, analysis of time series data including the estimation of trend and seasonal varia- 
tions in prices. Schrimper 

EB 431 Labor Economics. Preq: EB 301. 3(3-0) F,S. An economic approach to the labor 
market and its problems including unemployment and the determination of wages, hours 
and working conditions under various labor market structures. The economic effects of trade 
unions. Introduction to human capital theory. Clark, Fearn 

EB 435 Urban Economics. Preq: EB 301. 3(3-0) F,S. Application of land use and location 
theory to urban structure and centralized economic activity. Analysis of trends in urbaniza- 
tion and suburbanization. Urban poverty, housing, transportation, pollution and financial 
problems. Diamond 

EB 436 Environmental Economics. Preq: EB 301. 3(3-0) S. The usefulness of economics in 
understanding pollution, congestion, conservation and other environmental problems. Rele- 
vant economic tools such as pricing schemes, abatement cost curves, damage functions and 
benefit-cost analysis. Pollution taxes, regulations and subsidies considered in designing 
alterations in the incentive system. Public policy alternatives examined in the context of 
non-market decision making. Carlson, Knoeber 

EB 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas. Preq: EB 202 or 212. 3(3-0) F. The general develop- 
ment of economic ideas from ancient times through Keynes. Emphasis on the classical school 
and developments thereafter. Though chronological in presentation, the course will review 
the evolution of economic ideas in the context of the changes in technology and the increasing 
complexity of economic activity. McElroy, Turner 

EB 448 International Economics. Preq: EB 301. 3(3-0) F,S. Trade, investment, monetary 
relations and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis on analytical and policy 
approaches with some study of specific international organizations. Ball, Grennes 

EB 451 Introduction to Econometrics. Preqs: EB 301, 302 and 350 or ST 311. 3(3-0) F. The 
measurement, specification, estimation and interpretation of functional relationships 
through single equation least-square techniques. Simple and multiple regression, curvilinear 
regression and various transformations will be used to measure: demand, cost, production, 
consumption and investment relationships. Wilson 

248 



EB 475 Comparative Economic Systems. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F,S. Concentration 
on capitalist or market economies which will be contrasted with collectivist types of systems. 
Emphasis on the Soviet economy. Turner 

EB (TX) 482 Sales Management for Textiles. Preq: TX 380. 3(3-0) S. (See textile 
technology.) 

EB (WPS) 485 Management Development Seminar. Preqs: EB 201 or 212. This course 
may not be used for credit toward an economics minor for any graduate degree. 3(3-0) S. All 
the major phases of professional management are covered. Emphasis is placed on developing 
insight into individual management potential and providing guidance and planning for a 
management career in industry, government services, or as an entrepreneur. The visiting 
lecturers, each a management expert, bring insights from their experience. Leonard 

EB 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics. Preqs: EB 301, 302 and 350 or ST 311 (plus 
two courses from list of restricted EB electives). 3(3-0) F,S. The terminal EB courses in which 
undergraduates are assisted in summarizing training, and improving capacity to recognize 
problems and select logically consistent means of solving problems. This is done on a small- 
group and individual basis. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

EB 501 Price Theory. Preqs: MA 113 and EB 301. 3(3-0) F,S. An intensive analysis of the 
determination of prices and of market behavior, including demand, cost and production, 
pricing under competitive conditions and pricing under monopoly and other imperfectly com- 
petitive conditions. Graduate Staff 

EB 502 Income and Employment Theory. Preqs: MA 113, EB 301 and 302. 3(3-0) F,S. A 
study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with particular reference to 
the role of fiscal and monetary policy in pursuit of full employment without inflation. 

Graduate Staff 

EB (RRA) 503 Economics of Recreation. 3(3-0) F. (See recreation resources 
administration.) 

EB 515 Water Resources Economics. Preq: EB 401 recommended. 3(3-0) F. The applica- 
tion of economic principles to the allocation of water resources. Attention to how to effect 
maximum economic efficiency in the use of a resource that is no longer a free good, under the 
consideration of the goals of the public and private sectors of the enterprise economy. Both 
economic and political consequences of decision making are studied. Seagraves 

EB 520 The Theory of Finance. Preq: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F. An analysis of the current 
state of the related financial areas of portfolio theory, the theory of capital markets, and the 
theory of firm finance. Emphasis is placed upon the optimum financial choice by both the 
firm and the individual. Basic topics include decision making under uncertainty, firm invest- 
ment and financing decisions, portfolio theory and analysis, capital asset pricing models, and 
the theory of capital market equilibrium. Jones 

EB 521 Markets and Trade. Preq: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F. This course emphasizes the 
space, form and time dimensions of market price and the location and product combination 
decisions of firms. Consideration is given to the way in which non-price factors and public 
policy choices influence firm behavior and the efficiency of marketing systems. Application 
of these models to agricultural, industrial and public service questions is emphasized, in- 
cluding the relationships between resource availability and the spatial arrangement of 
economic activity. King 

EB 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments. Preqs: EB 301, 303 or 401. 3(2-2) S. The 
application of economic principles to production problems on typical farms in the state; 
methods and techniques of economic analysis of the farm business; application of research 
findings to production decisions; development of area agricultural programs. Staff 

EB 525 Management Policy and Decision Making. Preq: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F.S. 
Modern management processes used in making top-level policies and decisions. An evalua- 
tion of economic, social and institutional pressures, and of the economic and noneconomic 
motivations, which impinge upon the individual and the organization. The problem of coor- 
dinating the objectives and the mechanics of management is examined. Erickson, Flath 

249 



EB 532 Economics of Trade Unions. Preq: EB 301 or EB 401. 3(3-0) F. An examination of 
the growth of the trade union movement in the United States. Primary consideration is given 
to the impact of unions on the economy through their influence on wages, prices, employ- 
ment and resource allocation. Other topics include the relationship between the government 
and unions, the changing compensation mix, and the recent growth in public employee 
unionism. Clark 

EB 533 Agricultural Policy. Preq: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) S. A review of the agricultural 
policy and action programs of the federal government affecting both input supply and com- 
modities. An analysis of objectives, principal means and observable results on resource use 
and income distribution within agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest of the 
economy. An appraisal of the effects alternative policy proposals would have on domestic 
and foreign consumption. Mangum 

EB 535 Social Science Concepts in Managerial Processes. Preq: Six hours in economics. 
3(3-0) S. Interrelationships between concepts from economics and from other social sciences 
in managerial processes of clarifying goals, discovering alternatives and choosing courses of 
action. Cases are used to provide opportunities to compare contributions of theoretical con- 
cepts from economics, political science, social psychology, sociology and management science 
to managerial processes. Theoretical concepts are drawn from readings in the various dis- 
ciplines. Graduate Staff" 

EB 540 Economic Development. Preq: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0) F. An examination of the 
problems encountered in promoting regional and national economic development. Considera- 
tion is given to the structural changes required for raising standards of living. Some basic 
principles of economics are applied to suggest ways of achieving development goals. Topics 
include planning strategies, policies and external assistance. Olsen 

EB 550 Mathematical Models in Economics Preqs: EB 301, 302, MA 212 and 405 recom- 
mended but not required. 3(3-0). An introductory study of economic models emphasizing 
their formal properties. The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special case 
in the theory of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the theory of the consumer, 
the theory of the firm and welfare economics will show the relevance of such topics as con- 
strained maxima and minima, set theory, partially and simply ordered systems, probability 
theory and game theory to economics. Staff 

EB 551 Agricultural Production Economics. Preqs: MA 113 and EB 301 or EB 401. 3(3-0) 
F. An economic analysis of agricultural production including: production functions, cost 
functions, programming and decision-making principles. Applications of these principles to 
farm and regional resources allocation, and to the distribution of income to and within 
agriculture. Perrin 

EB 555 Linear Programming. Preqs: MA 231 or 405 and EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0). Recent 
developments in the theory of production, allocation and organization. Optimal combination 
of integrated productive processes within the firm. Applications in the economics of industry 
and of agriculture. Harrell 

EB (ST) 561 Intermediate Econometrics. Preqs: EB 501 and ST 513. 3(3-0) S. The for- 
malization of economic hypotheses into testable relationships and the application of ap- 
propriate statistical techniques will be emphasized. Major attention will be given to 
procedures applicable for single equation stochastic models expressing microeconomic and 
macroeconomic relationships. Statistical considerations that are relevant in working with 
time series and cross sectional data in economic investigations will be covered. Survey of 
simultaneous equation models and the available estimation techniques. P. Johnson 

EB 570 Analysis of American Economic History. Preq: EB (HI) 371 or grad. standing. 
3(3-0) S. Stresses the application of economic analysis to the formulation and testing of 
hypotheses concerning economic growth and development in the historical context. Problems 
selected for analysis will be drawn primarily from American economic history. Sylla 

EB (SOC) 574 The Economics of Population. Preq: EB 301 or 401. 3(3-0). A review of 
population theories from the pre-Malthusian to the contemporary. An introduction to 
demographic data sources and analysis. Microeconomic models of fertility are intensively 



250 



treated, and macroeconomic demographic models also are examined. The public policy im- 
plications of these models are developed. Discussions include underpopulation, overpopula- 
tion, optimum growth rate and incentive schemes. El-Kammash 

EB (TX) 585 Market Research in Textiles. 3(3-0) S. (See textile materials and 
management.) 

EB 590 Special Economics Topics. Preq: CI. Maximum 6. An examination of current 
problems on a lecture-discussion basis. Course content will vary as changing conditions re- 
quire new approaches to deal with emerging problems. Graduate Staff 

EB 598 Topical Problems in Economics. Preq: CI. 1-6. An investigation of topics of par- 
ticular interest to advanced students under faculty direction on a tutorial basis. Credits and 
content vary with student needs. Graduate Staff 

EDUCATION 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial Education. 2(2-0) F. The framework of vocational 
education as it relates to the historical and legislative development, programs and purposes 
in industrial and technical education. Emphasis upon the current status of industrial and 
technical education in the nation, state and community. Program visitations and observa- 
tions. Shore 

ED 101 Orientation. 0(1-0) F. New freshmen and transfer students (Math/Science Educa- 
tion) are required to attend one hour per week during the fall semester. Activities help es- 
tablish good study habits and adjust to university life. Staff 

ED 102 Objectives in Agricultural Education. 1(1-0) F,S. Helps understand the purpose 
of agricultural education at North Carolina State. Also, develops an understanding of pur- 
poses of vocational agriculture and other programs of education in agriculture. Jewell 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching Mathematics and Science. 3(2-3) F,S. For prospective 
teachers of mathematics/science at the secondary school level. Emphasis on different modes 
of instruction and instructional strategies. Each prospective teacher designs and teaches a 
lesson to students in the school at which he is a teacher assistant. 

Anderson, Simpson, Watson 

ED 205 Introduction to Teaching Humanities and Social Sciences. 3(2-3) F,S. For 
prospective teachers in the school curricular areas of social studies, English, and modern 
foreign languages. Emphasis on differing aspects and procedures of instruction and an 
analysis of the competencies required of teachers. Lab. observation and work with children 
and youth in a variety of educational settings, including an extended period in one curricula 
area. Staff 

ED 220 Introduction to Paraprofessional Counseling. Preq: Sophomore standing. 
Priority will be given to resident advisors and students active in student organizations or 
volunteer programs. 2(2-0) F,S. A study of peer counseling concepts with opportunity for the 
development of paraprofessional counseling skills. Major consideration is given to develop- 
mental issues of young adulthood and crisis intervention. Staff 

ED 242 Introduction to Teaching Industrial Arts. Preq: Nine semester hours in in- 
dustrial arts. 3(2-4) S. To provide in-school experience for sophomore students. This will con- 
sist of observation, instructing individual students and small groups or providing aid to the 
local teachers in laboratory management and maintenance. Lecture and discussion will 
correlate these activities with teaching theory and practice. Staff 

ED 296 Special Topics in Education. 1-3. F,S. Individual or group study of particular 
areas of education at the Freshman and Sophomore levels. Specific topics will vary from 
semester to semester. The suffix will indicate the department offering the course: (A) Coun- 
selor Education, (B) Occupational Education, (C) Curriculum and Instruction, (D) 
Mathematics and Science Education. 

ED (PHI) 304 Philosophy of Education. 3(3-0) F.S. (See philosophy.) 



251 



ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education Programs and Course Construction. Preq: ED 
100 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Selecting and analyzing suitable teaching activities and arranging 
such material into a functional instructional order. Instructional units prepared will be 
based on an analysis of a technical occupation or activity. A detailed course of study will be 
prepared. Shore 

ED 313 Contemporary Vocational Agriculture. 3(3-0) F,S. The contemporary program is 
examined in relation to changing and expanding career opportunities in agricultural educa- 
tion. The continuing adjustment of the program objectives, curriculum organization, content 
of courses, teaching practices, instructional resources and evaluation emphasis in modern 
programs in vocational agriculture. Prerequisite for student teaching in agricultural educa- 
tion. Miller 

ED (SOC) 318 Introduction to the Sociology of Education. Preq: Three hours of basic 
sociology. 3(3-0) F,S. (See sociology.) 

ED 327 History and Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education. Preq: ED 100. 
3(3-0) F. Place, function and changing concepts of industrial and technical education in 
America. Economic, sociological and psychological aspects. Parker, Shore 

ED 344 School and Society. Preq: Jr. or sr. standing. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. The in- 
terrelationship between the school and other institutions, values, and patterns of thought in 
American society. Beezer, Serow 

ED 362 Curriculum and Methods in Industrial Arts. Preqs: ED 344, PSY 304. 4(3-2) S. 
Study of philosophy and objectives for industrial arts education; design and development of 
curriculum models; comparative teaching methodologies and evaluation. Young 

ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education Shop and Laboratory Planning. Preqs: Sr. 
standing, six hours of drawing and design. 3(3-0) F. Principles and techniques of planning 
and organizing shop and laboratory facilities. Problems of locating and equipping vocational 
schools; the planning and layout of shops and related technology laboratories and 
classrooms. Individual and group assignments on planning and layout of post-secondary 
school buildings. Staff 

ED 411 Student Teaching in Agriculture. Preq: ED 313, 344, PSY 304; senior standing, 
admission to teacher education. 8(2-15) F,S. During student teaching, prospective teachers 
develop skills and techniques involved in teaching vocational agriculture. Each student 
spends about 9 weeks full-time in a public school. In addition to teaching classes, the student 
teacher is expected to become familiar with the total program of the school and to participate 
in as many school activities as possible. Bryant, Miller 

ED 412 Teaching Adults. Preq: Admission to student teaching semester (ED 102 and 
313). 2(2-0) F,S. Principles of effective teaching applied to adults. Experience in organizing 
and conducting groups for discussion of local problems. Bryant, Miller 

ED 413 Planning Educational Programs. Preq: Admission to student teaching semester 
(ED 102 and 313). 2(2-0) F,S. Principles of program planning applied to educational 
programs in agriculture. Resources needed for adequate planning. Field work in planning 
programs. Bryant, Miller 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance. Preq: ED 344. 3(3-0) F,S. An overview of philosophies and 
principles of guidance services and of the classroom teacher's role in helping the school to 
realize the goals of developmental guidance programs. Topics include: philosophy, history 
and models of guidance, principles of counseling, accumulation and use of appraisal and in- 
formation data, career planning, and placement. Staff 

ED 421 Principles and Practices in Industrial Cooperative Training. Preq: ED 327, 344, 
305. 3(3-0) F. Consideration of the concepts and principles, aims and objectives, develop- 
ments, operation and evaluation of the industrial cooperative training program in the area of 
vocational education. Shore, Smith 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Vocational Industrial/Technical Education. Preq: ED 
327, 305. 3(3-0) F,S. Study of effective methods and techniques of teaching industrial sub- 
jects. The course includes competencies needed by successful teachers and how to acquire 
and use them. Emphasis is given to the preparation of lesson plans, methods and techniques 

252 



in the presentation of lessons, use of teaching aids and materials, class organization, shop 
safety, and evaluation. Smith 

ED 423 Methods and Materials in Teaching Modern Foreign Languages. Preq: ED 205, 
344, PSY 304; Coreq: ED 424, senior standing, admission to teacher education. 5(4-2) F. A 
study of the methods of teaching modern languages including the use of instructional media. 

Staff 

ED 424 Student Teaching in Modern Foreign Languages. Preq: ED 205, 344, PSY 304; 
Coreq: ED 423, senior standing, admission to teacher education. 8(2-15) F. Provides the 
prospective teacher of French or Spanish an opportunity to develop and practice the com- 
petencies essential for language teaching during 10-week practicum of full-time teaching in a 
selected off-campus center. Staff 

ED 428 Organization of Related Study Materials in Vocational Education. Preq: ED 
327, 344. 3(3-0) S. The principles of selecting, preparing, and organizing related instructional 
materials for trade preparatory and industrial cooperative training classes. 

Shore, Smith 

ED 440 Vocational Education. Preqs: ED 444, PSY 304. 2(2-0) F. Comprehensive study of 
vocational education of less than college grade provided for through federal legislation and 
an evaluation of program effectiveness. Detailed study of the North Carolina Plan. Staff 

ED 444 Student Teaching in Vocational Industrial/Technical Education. Preqs: ED 
344, PSY 304; senior standing, admission to teacher education. 8(2-15) F,S. Provides prospec- 
tive teachers an opportunity to acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in 
teaching vocational industrial/technical education curricula. Students will devote the 
semester to full-time off-campus teaching in selected schools. In addition to acquiring com- 
petencies essential for teaching vocational industrial/technical subjects, the student teacher 
will have an opportunity to become familiar with the total operation of a school program and 
with cooperating industries in the community. Smith 

ED 450 Methods and Materials in Teaching English. Preqs: ED 205, 344, PSY 304; 
senior standing and admission to teacher education with a major in English. 3(3-0) F. A 
study of the purposes, curricula, materials, and methods of teaching literature and the skills 
of reading, writing, speaking, and listening in secondary schools, combined with opportunity 
for application and practice based on this study. Betts, Walters 

ED 451 Improving Reading in Secondary Schools. Preq: Six hours of ED and/or PSY. 
2(2-0) F,S. A study of methods and materials for teaching reading in the secondary school, 
with an emphasis on the effective use of written materials for content area instruction. 

Fox, Siedow 

ED 454 Student Teaching in English. Preqs: ED 205, 344, PSY 304. Senior standing, ad- 
mission to teacher education, 2.1 overall average, 2.2 in English. 8(2-15) F. Provides the 
prospective teacher with experience in the techniques and skills involved in teaching English. 
Each student during the senior year will spend 8 weeks in a selected off-campus center. In 
addition to acquiring teaching competencies, the student teacher may become familiar with 
the total school program and may participate in as many school and community activities as 
time permits. Betts, Walters 

ED 457 Organization and Management of Youth Club Activities. Preq: Jr. standing. 
3(3-0) F,S. A study of the history and purposes of organized young adult activities in educa- 
tion. Emphasis upon organization and management of activities to prepare future teachers 
as competent advisers to the young adult groups in the school setting. Parker 

ED 460 Methods and Materials in Teaching Social Studies. Preqs: ED 205, 344, PSY 
304, sr. standing and admission to teacher education with a major in either history, 
sociology, politics, or economics. 4(3-1) F. A study of the purposes, methods, materials, 
curricula and evaluation practices appropriate for teachers of social studies at the secondary 
level. Harper 

ED 464 Student Teaching in Social Studies. Preqs: ED 205, 344, PSY 304; senior 
standing, admission to teacher education; Coreq: ED 460. 8(2-15) F. This course provides the 
prospective teacher an opportunity to acquire practical experience in using skills and techni- 



253 



ques in teaching social studies in secondary schools. Each student during the senior year will 
spend eight weeks in a selected off-campus center. The student will demonstrate compe- 
tencies essential for teaching social studies, become familiar with the total school program 
and participate in as many school and community activities as time will permit. Harper 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching Mathematics. Preq: Admission to teacher education. 3(3-0) 
F,S. A study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evaluation practices ap- 
propriate for teachers of mathematics at the secondary level. 

Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Mathematics. Preqs: ED 203, 344, PSY 304, sr. standing, ad- 
mission to teacher education; Coreq: ED 470, 472. 8(2-15) F,S. Provides the prospective 
teacher with an opportunity to get experience in the skills and the techniques involved in 
teaching mathematics. Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks off-campus 
in a selected center. In addition to acquiring teaching competencies, the student teachers 
may become familiar with the total school program and may participate in as many com- 
munity activities as time permits. Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 

ED 472 Developing and Selecting Teaching Materials in Mathematics. Preq: Admis- 
sion to teacher education. Coreq: ED 470, 471. 2(0-6) F,S. Developing and selecting teaching 
material to effect new and changing concepts of the content and emphasis in high school 
mathematics. Course follows the class discussion and demonstration pattern. Study of latest 
instructional materials and devising materials and aids for increasing the effectiveness of 
the content and instruction. Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 

ED 473 Student Teaching in Industrial Arts. Preq: Admission to teacher education. 8(2- 
15) F. Students in industrial arts will devote eight weeks during the fall semester to full- 
time, off-campus student teaching in selected public schools throughout the state. They will 
be assigned to their teaching center in the preceding spring and will report to their supervis- 
ing teachers when the public schools (to which they are assigned) open in the fall. During the 
remainder of the term, additional courses will be taken in concentrated form. Wenig 

ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science. Preq: ED 203, 344, PSY 304. 3(3-0) F. A study of 
the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evaluation practices appropriate for 
teachers of physical and biological science at the secondary school level. This course will 
serve as preparation for student teaching in science. Anderson, Simpson 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science. Preqs: ED 203, 344, PSY 304; Coreq: Sr. standing 
and admission to teacher education, ED 475, 477. 8(2-15) F. Provides prospective teachers 
with an opportunity to get experience in the skills and techniques involved in teaching 
science. Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks off -campus in a selected 
center. In addition to acquiring competencies for teaching science, the student teacher may 
become familiar with the total program and may participate in as many community ac- 
tivities as time permits. Anderson, Simpson 

ED 477 Instructional Materials in Science. Preqs: ED 203, 344, PSY 304; Coreq: ED 475, 
476, sr. standing and admission to teacher education. 2(1-3) F. Developing and selecting 
teaching materials in keeping with the new and changing concepts of the content and 
emphasis in high school science, particularly the experimental and laboratory approach. Stu- 
dents study the latest instructional materials and discover or devise materials and aids for 
increasing the effectiveness of the content and instruction. Anderson, Simpson 

ED 479 Industrial Arts Laboratory Planning. Preq: Junior standing in industrial arts 
education. 3(1-4) F. Industrial arts laboratory planning for efficient and safe operations, 
management of materials and supplies, budgeting, inventory, maintenance of common tools 
and equipment, safety equipment, and regulations and practices pertaining to laboratory 
operations are considered. Young 

ED 483 An Introduction to Instructional Media. Preq: Advanced undergrad. standing. 
3(3-0) F.S.Sum. The characteristics and utilization of media for instruction; study and im- 
plementation of the relationship between media and instructional objectives; and elementary 
projects in designing, developing, and using instructional media materials. Staff 

ED 490 Senior Seminar in Agricultural Education. For Agricultural Education majors 
only; maximum of three credits can be obtained. 1(1-0) F,S. Analysis of opportunities and 

254 



problems facing educational leaders in agriculture with emphasis upon current problems. 

Jewell, Miller 

ED 495 Senior Seminar in Mathematics and Science Education. 1-3 F,S. An in-depth 
investigation of a teaching area in mathematics and/or science education by above-average 
department majors following their student teaching. Staff 

ED 496 Senior Seminar in Education. Preq: CI. 1-3 F,S,Sum. An in-depth investigation 
and discussion of a topic or set of problems in professional education. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 500 The Community College System. Preq: Grad. or advanced undergrad. standing. 
3(3-0) F,S. Comprehensive community colleges and technical institutes and the state systems 
of which they are a part: underlying concepts, educational needs they are designed to serve, 
role in meeting these needs, historical development, issues in the establishment and opera- 
tion of state systems and individual institutions, unresolved issues and emerging trends. 

Graduate Staff 

ED (SOC) 501 Leadership. Preq: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S. A study of leadership 
in various fields of American life; analysis of the various factors associated with leadership; 
techniques of leadership. Particular attention is given to recreational, scientific and ex- 
ecutive leadership procedures. Graduate Staff 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult and Community College Education. Preqs: 
ED 501, CI. 3(3-0) F,S. The principles and processes involved in programming, including 
basic theories and concepts supporting the programming process. Attention will be given to 
the general framework in which programming is done, the organization needed and the 
program roles of both professional and lay leaders. Graduate Staff 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to Vocations. Preq: Twelve hours in 
ED. 3(3-0) F,S. This course is designed for teachers in the public schools of North Carolina 
who teach "Introduction to Vocations." The course emphasizes the place of the introduction 
to vocations program in the overall school curriculum, special methods of instruction, use of 
teaching aids and use of student evaluation instruments. An overview is also presented in the 
areas of community organization, job markets, group procedures, occupational and educa- 
tional information, and the changing occupational structure in our society. Cox 

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children. Preq: Six hours ED or PSY. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
Principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child with major interest on the men- 
tally handicapped and slow learner. Practice in instruction for groups of children, and in- 
dividual techniques for teaching retarded children in average classroom. Opportunity for in- 
dividual work with an exceptional child. Graduate Staff 

ED 508 Severe and Profound Mental Retardation. Preq: ED 531 or CI; Coreq: ED 508 
may be taken concurrently with ED 531. 3(3-0) F. A study of the area of severe and/or 
profound mental retardation, including definitions, incidence, etiology, characteristics, 
assessment procedures, educational programs and social/vocational programs. Course will 
also focus on the legal and ethical issues involved in working with the severely retarded. 

Hasselbring 

ED 509 Methods and Materials— Teaching Retarded Children. Preq: ED 506. 3(3-0) S. 
Understanding and correlating developmental levels of mentally retarded children and 
appropriate educational methods and materials. Use of child's diagnostic data; consideration 
of long and short range educational goals; curriculum planning and scheduling; teacher 
guidance of children toward social and emotional maturity. Hasselbring 

ED 511 Implications of Mathematical Content, Structure, and Processes for the 
Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary School. Preq: Bachelor's degree in elemen- 
tary education or CI. 3(3-0) F. Designed for teachers and supervisors of mathematics in the 
elementary school. Special emphasis on implications of mathematical content, structure, and 
processes in teaching arithmetic and geometry in elementary school. Watson 

ED 512 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary and Junior High School. Preq: ED 471 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) S.Sum. Comprehensive study of teaching mathematics in elementary and 



255 



junior high schools. Major emphasis on building skills in teaching arithmetic, elementary 
algebra and intuitive geometry. Thorough search of the literature relative to the 
mathematics curricula will be conducted, designing and sequencing of learning activities, 
teaching mathematical concepts and relationships, building skill in computation, reading 
mathematics, problem solving, and measurement will be covered. Watson 

ED (SOC) 513 Community Organization. Preq: SOC 202 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Com- 
munity organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desirable changes in com- 
munity life. Community needs and resources available to meet these needs are studied. 
Democratic processes in community action and principles of community organization are 
stressed, along with techniques and procedures. The roles of leaders, both lay and 
professional, in community development are analyzed. Graduate Staff 

ED 514 Formative Ideas in American Education. Preq: Six hours ED or PSY, or CI. 3(3- 
0) F,Sum. A consideration of the theory and practice of American education as an extension 
of the philosophical climate of opinion of different intellectual ages, and how the present 
status of our educational system is grounded in the thought of the past. Beezer 

ED 515 Teaching Disadvantaged Youth. Preqs: Six hours ED or PSY, teaching ex- 
perience. 3(3-0) Alt. S,Sum. This course presents a theoretical structure for looking at and 
understanding the problems disadvantaged youth face in our educational system. It offers a 
set of alternative teaching strategies for helping children learn. Graduate Staff 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys. Preqs: Six hours in ED, CI. 2(2-0) S. Methods 
in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of findings in planning a program 
of occupational education. Shore, Hanson 

ED 519 Early Childhood Education. Preq: PSY 475 or PSY 576. 3(1-4) Alt. yrs. Planning, 
selecting, and using human resources, activities, materials, and facilities in the education of 
young children. Student observation, participation and evaluation of educational experiences 
for the developmental level of individual children for an optimum learning environment. A 
synthesis of the student's knowledge of human development, learning theory and research 
findings as related to classroom application. Graduate Staff 

ED 520 Introduction to Guidance and Counseling. Preq: Six hours in ED or PSY. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles and issues of guidance and 
counseling services, with major emphasis on guidance at the secondary school level. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 521 Internship in Guidance and Personnel Services. Preqs: Eighteen hours in 
department and CI. Credits Arranged. F,S. A continuous full-time internship of at least one- 
half semester. Framework of school and community. Work with students, teachers, ad- 
ministrators, guidance and pupil personnel workers, parents, and resource personnel in the 
community. Supervision of intern by guidance personnel in school as well as by course in- 
structors. Graduate Staff 

ED 522 Career Exploration. Preq: ED 344 and grad. status or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. This course is 
designed for teachers in the public schools of North Carolina who teach in "career explora- 
tion" programs. The course emphasizes the philosophy of career exploration, theories sup- 
porting career exploration, the place of exploration programs in the overall school 
curriculum, correlation of occupational information in academic subjects, sources of oc- 
cupational information and its use, and approaches to teaching in a career exploration 
program. Cox 

ED 523 Orientation and Mobility of the Visually Impaired. 3(3-0) Sum. The sensory 
processes and sensory cues on which independent mobility depends for the visually impaired 
person. Various techniques and modes of travel considered. Emphasis given to instruction 
and background which will enable person not teaching orientation mobility as a skill to rein- 
force the learning that takes place in other situations. Graduate Staff 

ED 524 Information Processes and Group Guidance Preq: Six hours of ED or PSY. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. The collection, classification, and use of occupational, educational, and personal- 
social information in schools, post-secondary institutions and agencies. The course is also 
designed to help teachers and counselors learn about group guidance activities and to learn 



256 



how to plan and organize the information service as well as specific guidance activities in 
groups. Gerler 

ED 526 Teaching in College. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Designed primarily for graduate students in 
the departments outside the School of Education, this course focuses on the development of 
competencies to perform the fundamental roles of a college teacher as well as consideration 
of more long-range tasks such as course development and the university responsibilities of a 
professor. In addition to attending lectures and other types of presentations, students will 
make video tapes of their teaching, develop tests, design an introductory course in their 
teaching field, and discuss current issues that relate to university and college teaching. 

Simpson 

ED 528 Cooperative Occupational Education. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Designed for in- 
dividuals preparing to be directors, administrators or supervisors of occupational education 
programs at the local, state and/or national levels. Emphasis on organization and operation 
of cooperative occupational education programs. Covers the entire field of cooperative oc- 
cupational education on secondary, postsecondary and adult levels with references to ac- 
cepted essentials of cooperative education so details of planning, organization, establish- 
ment, and operation of cooperative occupational programs will be practical and meaningful. 
Student visitations to existing quality programs in cooperative occupational education to 
study on-site conditions in specialized areas. Smith 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development. Preq: ED 525. 3(3-0) F,S. Selection and 
organization of curricula and instructional materials. Hanson 

ED 530 Theories and Techniques of Counseling. Preq: Six hours of ED or PSY; Coreq: 
ED 520 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. A combination of the study of theory and philosophy 
in counseling with techniques of counseling. Topics to be examined include behavioral ap- 
proaches, psychoanalytic approaches, client-centered counseling, existential counseling and 
relationship models, and their relation to counseling. For each theory, the techniques are 
related to the theoretical concepts and principles. Graduate Staff 

ED (PSY) 531 Mental Retardation. Preqs: Nine hours PSY and special education. 3(3-0) 
F,Sum. Description, causation, psychological factors and sociological aspects of mental 
retardation. Examination of educational methods for the mentally retarded. Hasselbring 

ED 533 Group Counseling. Preq: ED 530. 3(3-0) S,Sum. A study of the theory and princi- 
ples of effective group work and the skills necessary for using specific counseling techniques, 
for the planning and organization of group counseling activities in the elementary school, 
secondary school, or other institutions. Supervised experience provides, to a limited extent, 
practice in the use of various techniques of group leadership in the area of interest for each 
student. Locke 

ED 534 Guidance in the Elementary School. Preq: Nine hours PSY or CI. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
Designed for acquainting elementary school teachers, counselors and administrators with 
theory, practice and organization of elementary school guidance. Gerler 

ED 535 Student Personnel Work in Higher Education. Preqs: Nine hours PSY or CI. 3(3- 
0) F,S. Examines practices in various areas of student personnel work. Studies both struc- 
ture and function of student personnel programs in higher education. McVay 

ED 536 Structure and Function of the Eye and Use of Low Vision. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) Sum. 
Special institute for participants to spend minimum of 45 hours in class and class related ac- 
tivities. Medical and educational consultants discuss structure and function of the eye, eye 
anomalies affecting children with low vision, methods of teaching children to use minimal vi- 
sion effectively. Graduate Staff 

ED 539 Educational Gerontology. Preq: Six hours in ED, SOC, or PSY. 3(3-0) F. A broad 
overview of factors associated with the education of older adults. Various sociological, 
physiological, psychological, and economic aspects of aging are explored in terms of their 
educational implications. Attention is given to knowledge and skills required for the develop- 
ment of educational programs for the aging population. Graduate Staff 

ED 541 Community Education. Preq: ED 503 and SOC 513. 3(3-0) S. This course explores 
nonformal approaches to education in community settings. History and philosophy of com- 



257 



munity education, models of institutional response to community, functional dimensions of 
community education, and community education planning are analysed within the context of 
matching resources to needs. Students will develop knowledge and skill in the designing of 
community education as a process and a product. Graduate Staff 

ED 542 Contemporary Approaches in the Teaching of Social Studies. Preq: Advanced 
undergrad. or grad. standing; must have completed student teaching. 3(3-0) S,Sum. An 
analysis of the principles, strategies and application of new teaching approaches. Study of 
team-teaching, programmed instruction, inductive and reflective-oriented teaching; role- 
playing, simulation and gaming, independent study and block-time organization. 

Harper, Parramore 

ED 543 Adulthood and Learning: The Later Years. Preq: ED 539 or CI. 3(3-0) Alt. S. A 
study of basic sensory, attitudinal, intellectual, and emotional changes that occur in in- 
dividuals during the process of growing old and the implications of these changes for 
developing, implementing, and evaluating educational programs for and with older adults. 

Glass, Trent 

ED 545 Developmental Reading Instruction. Preq: Twelve hours of ED or PSY. 3(3-0) F. 
A study of current methods and materials for the teaching of developmental and remedial 
reading, with emphasis on planning and implementing instructional programs for children 
with reading competencies from prereading through grade six. Graduate Staff 

ED 546 Principles and Practices of Secondary School Reading Instruction. Preq: 
Twelve hours in ED or PSY. 3(3-0) F,Sum. A study of principles and practices of teaching 
reading at the secondary school level, including reading instruction in the content areas. 

Siedow 

ED 547 Analysis of Reading Abilities. Preq: ED 545 or ED 546. 3(3-0) S. A study of tests 
and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study of reading retardation and factors 
underlying reading difficulties. Fox 

ED 548 Theory and Process in Reading and Language Arts. Preq: Twelve hours in ED 
or PSY. 3(3-0) Alt. yrs. An investigation of theoretical models and processes in reading and 
language arts with emphasis on the translation of research findings to instructional practice. 

Fox 

ED 555 Comparative Crafts and Industries. Preqs: Advanced undergrad. or grad. 
standing, CI. 6 Sum. A travel seminar as a cultural appreciation course involving study of in- 
digenous crafts and industries, their materials, processes, products and design in foreign 
countries. Graduate Staff 

ED 556 Learning Disabilities. Preq: ED 506 or CI. 3(3-0) F. A study of the field of learn- 
ing disabilities, including definitions, prevalence, etiology, characteristics and current 
educational trends for educating learning disabled students. Crossland 

ED 557 Methods and Materials in Learning Disabilities. Preq: ED 556 or CI. 3(3-0) S. A 
study of the current methods and materials for the teaching of learning disabled students in 
the elementary and/or secondary schools, including curriculum and instructional tech- 
niques. Course will focus on examination of commercial materials and the development of 
teacher-made materials for use with the learning disabled student. Crossland 

ED 558 Resource Teaching in Special Education. Preq: ED 506 or CI. 3(3-0) S. A study of 
resource teaching in the area of special education, with emphasis on resource teaching with 
the learning disabled and mentally retarded. Course will focus on types of resource 
programs, how to establish and maintain a program, selection of students, curriculum and 
materials. Graduate Staff 

ED 559 Learning Concepts and Theories Applied to Adult and Community College 
Education. Preq: Six hours in ED. 3(3-0) S. Principles involved in adult education programs 
including theories and concepts undergirding and requisite to these programs. Emphasis will 
be given to the interrelationship of the nature of adult learning, the nature of the subject 
matter and the setting in which learning occurs. The applicability of relevant principles and 
pertinent research findings to adult learning will be thoroughly treated. Graduate Staff 



258 



ED (IA) 560 New Developments in Industrial Arts Education. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. (See in- 
dustrial arts education.) 

ED 561 Educational Diagnosis and Prescription for Exceptional Children. Preq: ED 
506 or CI. 3(3-0) F. A study of the concept of educational diagnosis of exceptional students, in- 
cluding an examination of educational diagnostic procedures in current use in special educa- 
tion. Course will focus on the development of informal diagnostic techniques and procedures 
for adapting curriculum and instruction for the exceptional learner. Graduate Staff 

ED 562 Communication Disorders in the Classroom. Preq: ED 506 or CI. 3(3-0) S. 
Alt. yrs. A study of communication disorders which occur in the school age population, in- 
cluding types of disorders, prevalence, etiology, characteristics, and corrective therapy. 
Course will focus on communication disorders among exceptional students and the class- 
room teacher's role in working with communication disorders. Crossland 

ED 563 Effective Teaching. Preq: Twelve hours ED including student teaching. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie course ap- 
proaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution for effective learning; 
evaluation of teaching and learning; making specific plans for effective teaching. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 564 Classroom Management in Special Education. Preq: ED 506 or CI. 3(3-0) F. A 
study of the concepts and procedures involved in the design and implementation of tech- 
niques for managing exceptional students in a classroom setting. Course will focus on 
methods for increasing and maintaining appropriate classroom behaviors in exceptional 
learners. Graduate Staff 

ED 570 Foundations of Mathematics Education. Preq: ED 471 or equivalent. 3(3-0) Sum. 
A course on the current status of mathematics education with special emphasis on the 
critical study of current practices in mathematics instruction from elementary school 
through college. Kolb, Waters, Watson 

ED 575 Foundations of Science Education. Preq: ED 475 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S.Sum. 
Philosophical, historical, sociological, political, and economic factors affecting science educa- 
tion in the schools of the United States will be analyzed. The implications of various learning 
theories for science education will be examined along with models for curriculum develop- 
ment and program planning. Current trends, issues, and problems in science education will 
be evaluated in terms of multiple positions. Anderson, Simpson 

ED 577 Improving Classroom Instruction in Science. Preq: ED 475 or equivalent. 3(3-0) 
S.Sum. Application of major principles of education and psychology to the improvement of 
science teaching in elementary and secondary schools. Identification and definition of 
classroom problems, clarification of goals and objectives, selection of instructional 
strategies, development or selection of science materials, evaluation of achievement in 
science, and establishing a desirable classroom climate. Anderson, Simpson 

ED 590 Special Problems in Guidance. Preqs: Six hours grad. work in department or 
equivalent and CI. Maximum 6 F,S. Intended for individual or group studies of one or more 
of the major problems in guidance and personnel work. Problems will be selected to meet the 
interests of individuals. The workshop procedure will be used whereby special projects, 
reports, and research will be developed by individuals and by groups. Graduate Staff 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education. Preqs: Six hours graduate credit, per- 
mission of program coordinator. Maximum 6 F,S. Directed study to provide individualized 
study and analysis in specialized areas of trade, industrial, or technical subjects. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching. Preq: ED 471 or equivalent. 1-3 
Sum. An in-depth investigation of topical problems in mathematics teaching chosen from the 
areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and research. Graduate Staff 

ED 593 Special Problems in Agricultural Education. Preq: ED 411 or equivalent. 
Credits Arranged. F,S. Opportunities for students to study current problems under the 
guidance of the staff. Graduate Staff 



259 



ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching. Preq: ED 476 or equivalent. 1-3 Sum. An 
investigation of current problems in science teaching with emphasis on areas in curriculum, 
methodology, facilities, supervision and research. Specific problems studied in depth. Oppor- 
tunities will be provided to initiate research studies. Graduate Staff 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I. Preqs: PY 205, MA 201; Coreq: PY 208, MA 202. 4(3-3) F,S. In- 
troduction to analysis of electric circuits. Circuit elements and parameters, resistance, 
capacitance, inductance, impedance, admittance, charge, current, voltage, energy, power. 
Kirchhoff's voltage and current laws. Superposition, periodic functions, RMS values, 
phasors, resonance, Q, bandwidth. 

EE 202 Electric Circuits II. Preq: A grade of C or better in EE 201. 4(3-3) F,S. Continua- 
tion of EE 201. Analysis of electric circuits by consideration of equivalent circuits which 
arise in the study of solid state electronics, digital circuits, and AC systems. Transistor 
equivalent circuits, amplifier frequency response, operational amplifiers, logic gates. 
Magnetic circuits, transformers, polyphase circuits. 

EE 21 1 Electric Circuits I, Theory. Preqs: MA 201 and PY 205. 3(3-0). Theory part of EE 
201. Offered only by correspondence. Enrollment subject to approval of EE undergraduate 
administrator. 

EE 213 Electric Circuits I, Laboratory. Preq: EE 211. 1(0-2) Sum. Laboratory part of EE 
201. Enrollment subject to approval of EE undergraduate administrator and limited to stu- 
dents who have passed EE 211. 

EE 301 Linear Systems. Preqs: A grade of C or better in EE 202. 3(2-2). F,S. Introduction 
to representation and analysis of linear systems. Topics covered include impulse response 
and convolution, Fourier analysis, and Laplace transforms. The techniques are illustrated by 
applications from communications and control systems analysis. 

EE 302 Numerical Applications in Electrical Engineering. Preq: A grade of C or better 
in EE 202. 3(2-2) F. This course introduces the student to modern problem solving techniques 
in electrical engineering using the computer. The course consists of a series of analysis and 
design problem examples in electrical engineering. 

EE 303 Electromagnetic Fields. Preqs: MA 301 and a grade of C or better in EE 202. 4(3- 
2.5) F,S. Limitations of lumped constant circuit models and the necessity for distributed 
parameter models. Electromagnetic wave propagation on transmission lines, in waveguides 
and in unbounded space. Introduction to antennas and propagation. 

EE 305 Electric Power Systems. Preq: A grade of C or better in either EE 202 or EE 331. 
4(3-2.5) S. Principles performance and characteristics of direct-current and alternating 
current machinery. Consideration of the components, protective devices and power flow of a 
typical power distribution system for an industrial plant. Application of digital computers to 
fault calculations. 

EE 314 Electronic Circuits. Preq: A grade of C or better in EE 202. 4(2-5) F,S. Electronic 
design fundamentals, including circuit properties of active devices, linear and digital in- 
tegrated circuits, power and industrial electronics. Emphasis is on the terminal charac- 
teristics and circuit applications of integrated circuits and solid-state devices. 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical Engineering. Preqs: MA 201, PY 208. 3(3-0) F,S. Not 
available to EE undergraduates. Basic concepts, units and methods of EE analysis. Current- 
voltage characteristics of linear and nonlinear electrical devices, analysis of d-c and a-c cir- 
cuits, simple amplifiers and energy conversion devices. Demonstrations of equipment and 
procedures. 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical Engineering. Preq: EE 331. 3(3-0) S. Not available to EE 
undergraduates. Power distribution systems, motors, feedback, amplifiers, oscilloscopes, 
voltage meters, digital information, measurement by digital means, presented from the 
user's viewpoint. Demonstrations of equipment and procedures. 



260 



EE 333 Principles of Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Coreq: EE 332. 1(0-3) S. Not 
open to EE students. Laboratory work in the material covered in EE 332. 

EE 339 Principles of Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Coreq: EE 331. 1(0-3) F,S. Not 
open to EE students. Laboratory work in the material covered in EE 331. 

EE 340 Fundamentals of Digital Systems. Preq: A grade of C or better in EE 202; Coreq: 
EE 302. 4(3-3) F,S. The basic concepts involved in the design of digital electronic networks. 
Topics include discussion of available packages and parameters, specification and design of 
combinational and sequential networks, digital subsystems, and system organization. 

EE 350 Introduction to Industrial Power Systems. Preqs: MA 201, PY 212. Not available 
to EE majors. 3(2-3) S.Sum. Introductory course in electrical engineering emphasizing the 
principles of electric power distribution and utilization in industrial installations. Basic elec- 
trical theory and measurements, d-c and a-c circuits, single-phase and polyphase systems, 
magnetic forces and fields, transformers, a-c motors and elementary principles of system 
layout and control. 

EE 431 Electronics Engineering. Preq: EE 314. 3(2-3) F. Design and analysis of discrete 
and integrated solid-state electronic circuits which include amplifiers, waveform generators, 
and feedback. Design is emphasized through projects and through analysis of contemporary 
electronic circuits. 

EE 432 Communication Engineering. Preq: EE 431 3(2-3) S. Application of electronic cir- 
cuits to communication systems employing sine wave and pulse modulation. Elements of 
complete systems (modulators, demodulators, transmitters and receivers) are designed, 
analyzed and implemented. 

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering. Preq: EE 305 or 332. 3(2-3) S. Electric power supply 
for industrial and commercial applications. Control of electric motor drives. Principles of cir- 
cuit protection and safety. Laboratory experience in testing electric machines. 

EE 434 Power System Analysis. Preq: EE 305. 3(3-0) F. Problems encountered in the 
long-distance transmission of electric power with emphasis on load flow, economic dispatch, 
and fault calculations. Applications of digital computers to power-system problems. 

EE 435 Elements of Control. Preqs: EE 314, 305. 3(2-3) F. Introductory theory of open- 
and closed-loop control. Dynamic analysis of error detectors, amplifiers, and motors. Compo- 
nent transfer characteristics and block diagram representation. Analog simulation of a con- 
trol system. 

EE 441 Introduction to Electron Devices. Preqs: MA 301, PY 208. 3(3-0) F. The basic 
physical principles necessary for understanding modern electronic devices. Quantum and 
statistical mechanic concepts are introduced forming the basis for a discussion of a wide 
variety of devices used in modern engineering and instrumentation. 

EE 443 Digital Systems Design. Preq: EE 340. 3(2-3) F. The practice of solving electronic 
engineering problems using digital techniques. Includes the application of the concepts of 
problem specification, organization, and design. Introduction to current technology and 
state-of-the-art components. Experience in utilizing this background in the design, im- 
plementation and testing of a class project. 

EE 448 Microwave Antennas, Radars and Communication Systems. Preq: EE 303. 3(3- 
0) S. The principles of microwave antennas and components as they are used in modern radar 
and communication systems. Fraunhofer diffraction, phased arrays, the radar and Friis 
propagation equations, antenna temperature, propagation effects and sources of system 
noise are discussed and applied to modern system design. 

EE 492 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq: CI. 1-4 F,S. Offered as needed for 
the development of new courses in Electrical Engineering. Work may be done in any area of 
Electrical Engineering such as computers, communications, power, microwaves, or elec- 
tronics. Methods of study could be reading in the literature, design projects, or lectures. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

EE 503 Computer-Aided Circuit Analysis. Preqs: EE 314, 301, B average in EE and MA. 
3(3-0) F. Analysis of electrical circuits with emphasis on computer methods. Steady-state 

261 



and transient analysis of linear and nonlinear networks; tolerance analysis; programming 
considerations. Graduate Staff 

EE 504 Introduction to Network Synthesis. Preqs: EE 301, B average in EE and MA. 3(3- 
0) S. A study of the properties of network functions and the development of the methods of 
network synthesis of one-port and two-port passive structures. Introduction to active RC 
filters. Graduate Staff 

EE 511 Electronic Circuits. Preqs: EE 314, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) S. A study of 
circuit and system applications of analog devices and integrated circuits. Performance 
characteristics and limitations of a wide variety of analog electronic devices and circuits will 
be considered. Selected laboratory projects are used to provide direct experience in advanced 
analog electronics. Graduate Staff 

EE 512 Communication Theory. Preqs: EE 301, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) F. Com- 
munication signals in the frequency and time domains. Probability and associated functions, 
random signal theory, modulation and frequency translation, noise, sampling theory, 
correlation functions, and information theory. Accent on methods and problems unique to 
the field of digital communication. (Offered F every year, Sum. 1980 and S 1980.) 

Graduate Staff 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems. Preqs: EE 435 or EE 301, B average in EM and MA. 
3(3-0) S. Introduction to analysis and design of continuous and discrete-time dynamical con- 
trol systems. Emphasis on linear, single-input-single-output systems using state variable 
and transfer function methods. Topics include open and closed-loop representation; analog 
and digital simulation; time and frequency response; stability by Routh-Hurwitz, Nyquist, 
and Liapunov methods; performance specifications; cascade and state variable compensa- 
tion. Assignments utilize computer-aided analysis and design programs. Graduate Staff 

EE 517 Control Laboratory. Coreq: EE 516. 1(0-3) F,S. Study of dynamical system models 
and multivariable control applications based on scheduled experiments and independent pro- 
jects selected to contribute to a better understanding of the topics treated in EE 516, E (OR) 
531, EE 613, 614, and E (OR) 650. Graduate Staff 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems. Preqs: EE 340, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) 
F. A study of algebraic structures as related to logic systems, models for switching circuit 
behavior and their relation to hardware implementation. Includes theoretical treatment of 
both combinational and sequential logic systems concepts. Graduate Staff 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design. Preq: EE 520. 3(3-0) S. A study of the 
internal structure and organization of digital systems with the computer as a primary focus. 
The emphasis is on problem description and modeling as required in the design process. The 
design of all major components in digital systems, including memory, input-output, and con- 
trol utilizing current technology, will be discussed. Graduate Staff 

EE 530 Physical Electronics. Preqs: EE 304, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) F. A study 
of the properties of charged particles under the influence of fields and in solid materials. 
Quantum mechanics, particle statistics, semi-conductor properties, fundamental particle 
transport properties and lasers. (Offered F every year, Sum. 1981 and S 1979.) 

Graduate Staff 

EE 533 Integrated Circuits. Preqs: EE 314, B average in EE and MA. 3(3-0) S. A study of 
the implementation of solid state circuits in integrated form. Includes bipolar and MOS 
technologies and their application with emphasis on digital systems. Snyder 

EE 540 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. Preqs: EE 304, B average in EE and MA. 3(3- 
0) F. Basic laws and concepts of static and dynamic electromagnetic fields. Fundamental 
equations and their applications. Fundamentals, forms and applications of Maxwell's equa- 
tions. Vector and scalar potentials, relativistic aspects of fields, energy and power. Waves in 
unbounded and bounded regions, radiation, waveguides and resonators. Geometrical and 
physical optics. (Offered F every year, S 1981 and Sum. 1979.) Graduate Staff 

EE 545 Introduction to Radio Wave Propagation. Preqs: EE 304, B average in EE and 
MA. 3(3-0) S. Characteristics of plane electromagnetic waves in homogeneous and non- 
homegeneous media with application to tropospheric and ionospheric propagation. 

262 



Relationships between electron density, collision frequency and complex refractive index, 
theory of the formation and dynamics of ionospheric layers and theorems for the prediction 
of ionospheric propagation. Flood 

EE (PY) 552 Introduction to the Structure of Solids. 3(3-0) S. (See physics.) 

EE (MAE) 565 Gas Lasers. 3(3-0) F,S. (See mechanical and aerospace engineering.) 

EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq: B average in technical sub- 
jects. 3(3-0) F,S. A two-semester sequence to develop new courses and to allow qualified stu- 
dents to explore areas of special interest. Graduate Staff 

EE 593 Individual Topics in Electrical Engineering. Preq: B average in technical sub- 
jects. 1-3 F,S. A course providing an opportunity for individual students to explore topics of 
special interest under the direction of a member of the faculty. Graduate Staff 

ENGINEERING HONORS 

EH 346 Fluid Mechanics. Preq: CE 243 or MAE 206, membership in the Engineering 
Honors Program. 3(3-0) S. Equilibrium of liquids and gases, kinematics and dynamics of fric- 
tionless fluids. Motion of viscous fluids. Dynamics of gases. Flow measurement techniques. 

EH 371 Thermodynamics I. Preq: Membership in the Engineering Honors Program. 3(3- 
0) F. Basic principles and concepts. Emphasis on first and second laws, their implications 
and applications. Properties of actual and real gases. Also inter-relationships between the 
properties as given by the general equations of thermodynamics. 

EH 372 Thermodynamics II. Preq: Membership in the Engineering Honors program. 3(3- 
0) S. Statistical approach to thermodynamics and application to determination of specific 
heats. Entropy and probability. Thermodynamics of fluid flow including supersonic flow. 
Basic laws of heat transfer. Ideal gas and vapor cycles. Introduction to chemical 
thermodynamics. 

EH 391 Contemporary Trends in Engineering. Preq: Membership in the Engineering 
Honors program. 1(1-0) F. Seminars on current topics in technology, led by professionals 
from the several branches of engineering. 

EH 491 Engineering Honors Seminar. Preq: Membership in the Engineering Honors 
program. 1(1-0) S. A forum for the presentation by students of their honors projects, with 
discussion. 

EH 496 Special Topics in Engineering. Preq: Membership in the Engineering Honors 
program. 1-4 F,S. Individual projects of a research or design nature. 

ENGLISH 

FRESHMAN ENGLISH 

ENG 110 Developmental English. Credit is not applicable toward graduation in any 
curriculum. 3(3-1) F,S. A study of the fundamentals of English for the purpose of developing 
the basic skills of writing, conducted by means of supervised writing exercises and self-paced 
drills. Includes parts of speech; principles of spelling, capitalization, and punctuation; 
vocabulary study; and composition of sentences and simple paragraphs. Staff 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric. Successful completion of ENG 111 requires a grade 
of C or better. 3(3-0) F.S. Basic forms and principles of expository communication; con- 
ferences. Staff 
ENG 112 Composition and Reading. Preq: A grade of C or better in Eng 111. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Expository writing; introduction to literary types; collateral reading; conferences. Staff 

NOTE: ENG 111 and 112 must be scheduled in successive semesters until they are com- 
pleted satisfactorily. 

NOTE: Qualified students mil be allowed to register for ENG 112H and will be given 
credit for ENG 111 upon successful completion of the course. Eligibility for ENG 112H is 

263 



based on the student's predicted grade in English, plus a composition to be written at the 
first or second class meeting of the ENG 112H section. 

WRITING AND LANGUAGE 

The prerequisite for all courses in writing and languc je it the 200-level and above is the com- 
pletion of ENG ill and ENG 112 

ENG 200 Composition Laboratory. 0(0-2) F,S. A noncredit course in composition 
designed for upperclassmen in any curriculum who are deficient in spelling, mechanics, sen- 
tence structure, and general organization. Not a substitute for courses in advanced composi- 
tion. Staff 

ENG 214 Copyediting. 3(3-0) F,S. Basic writing and editorial skills needed to work effec- 
tively with material produced by others. Emphasis on mechanical editing (e.g., consistency 
and correctness of punctuation, capitalization, spelling, hyphenation, parallellism, 
bibliographical references, illustrations, and headings) and substantive editing (rewriting, 
reorganizing, or suggesting other ways to present material). Staff 

ENG 215 Principles of News and Article Writing. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to the tech- 
niques of conducting interviews and writing news stories (including feature articles) for a 
variety of news media. Staff 

ENG 221 Communication for Business and Management. 3(3-0) F,S. Offers students in 
business, management, pre-law, and other non-technical curricula the necessary com- 
munications skills to produce the routine and specialized reports required of managers and 
administrators in business, government, and industry. Topics of study include the public 
relations aspects of business writing; organizational, progress, and persuasive reports; sales, 
personnel, and form reporting; the use of forms in business, and routine and specialized 
business correspondence. Staff 

ENG 298 Special Projects in English. 1-3 F,S. Staff 

ENG 315 Reporting and Editing. Preq: ENG 215. 3(3-0) F,S. A journalism course in 
techniques of analyzing sources and readership; planning, organizing, and writing various 
kinds of articles, and editorial processes such as copyediting, headline writing, and page 
layout. Cockshutt, Rudner 

ENG 321 The Communication of Technical Information. Preq: Junior standing. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Intensive training in the fundamentals of technical and scientific writing for students in 
scientific and technical curricula. Emphasis on day-to-day communications problems in their 
future careers and on the wide variety of formal and informal reports encountered in the 
scientific community. Staff 

ENG 322 Advanced Writing: Persuasion and Agreement. Juniors and seniors only. 3(3- 
0) F,S. Rhetoric as a theory of communication, involving both psychological and social 
processes; and as a method for composition, involving invention, arrangement, and style. 
Traditional and modern views of rhetoric, emphasizing the differences between persuasion 
as manipulation and persuasion as the creation of agreement. Extensive practice in compos- 
ing essays, letters, editorials; improvement through criticism and revision. Staff 

ENG 323 Creative Writing. 3(3-0), Maximum 6. F,S. For students who have demonstrated 
ability. Emphasis on short prose fiction or poetry. Students may register in this course for a 
maximum of six hours. Barrax, Jeffers, Owen, Walters 

ENG 324 Modern English. 3(3-0) F. A study of modern English primarily intended for 
candidates for teaching certificates. Attention given to problems of composition, dialect, and 
usage. Meyers, Short 

ENG 326 History of the English Language. 3(3-0) S. A survey of the growth and develop- 
ment of the English language from its Indo-European sources to the present. Emphasis on 
detailed changes in sound, syntax, and meaning through this period. Holley, Meyers, Short 

LITERATURE 

The prerequisite for all 200-level literature courses is the completion of ENG 111 and 
ENG 112. 



264 



ENG 205 Studies in Great Works of Literature.* 3(3-0) F,S. Literary masterpieces from 
the Classical Period to the present. Emphasis on reading for understanding and enjoyment 
both of the works themselves and the cultural contributions to Western civilization of the 
periods from which the works are drawn. Staff 

ENG 206 Studies In Drama.* 3(3-0) F,S. Selected drama from the Classical Period to the 
present. Emphasis on reading for enjoyment as well as understanding theory and develop- 
ment of tragedy, comedy, and other modes of dramatic expression. 

ENG 207 Studies in Poetry.* 3(3-0) F,S. Analysis of poetry and the critical approaches to 
it. Emphasis on appreciation of the nature of poetry, understanding features and tech- 
niques, and the importance of both historical context and new critical techniques. Staff 

ENG 208 Studies In Fiction.* 3(3-0) F,S. Representative examples from the Renaissance 
to the present, emphasizing understanding and appreciation of fiction as a genre, a 
knowledge of the features and techniques of fiction, and a sense of the historical development 
of this genre. Staff 

ENG 261 English Literature I. 3(3-0) F,S. Beginnings to 1660 Staff 

ENG 262 English Literature II. 3(3-0) F,S. 1660 to present. Staff 

ENG 265 American Literature I. 3(3-0) F,S. Beginnings to Civil War. Staff 

ENG 266 American Literature II. 3(3-0) F,S. Civil War to present. Staff 

The prerequisite for all advanced courses in literature is the completion of ENG 111, 112, 
and one 200-level course in literature offered by the department. 

ENG 305 Women in Literature: Female Characterization from Chaucer to the Present. 

3<3-0) S. Explores the nature of female characters as artistic entities to see these characters 
as part of literary and social convention. Emphasis on the feminist or antifeminist attitude 
of each work. Baines, Seidel 

ENG 346 Literature of the Western World I. 3(3-0) F,S. The Search for Self: Readings 
from the earliest Hebraic and Greek literature to Dante. Smoot, Smith 

ENG 347 Literature of the Western World II. 3(3-0) S. Crises and Confrontation: 
Readings from the European Renaissance to Tolstoi. Smoot 

ENG 362 The British Novel of the 18th Century. 3(3-0) S. The British novel of the 
eighteenth century with emphasis on major novelists such as Defoe, Fielding, Smollett, 
Richardson, and Austen. Durant, C. Moore 

ENG 363 The British Novel of the 19th Century. 3(3-0) F. The British novel of the 
nineteenth century with emphasis on major novelists such as Scott, Dickens, Thackeray, 
Eliot, and Trollope. Hargrave, King 

ENG 369 American Novel of the 19th Century. 3(3-0) F. Reading and analysis of about 
twelve major novels that illustrate the development of the romantic novel (Brown, Cooper, 
Hawthorne, Melville), the realistic novel (DeForest, Twain, Howells, James), and the 
naturalistic novel (Norris, Crane, Dreiser), with additional readings in background and 
criticism. J. Clark, Knowles 

ENG 371 The Modern Novel. 3(3-0) S. Background and pattern, and an analysis of major 
examples of the 20th-century novel. C. Moore, Reynolds 

ENG 372 Modern Poetry. 3(3-0) S. Defining the "modern temper" by comparison of con- 
temporary poetry with that of the past. Reading and analysis of individual poems. 

Owen, Reynolds 

ENG 375 The Film: A Literary Medium. Preq: Jr. standing. 3(3-0) S. A survey and 
analysis of the development of the film into an art form with literary influences from its 
early days in the 1900's, through the advent of sound, to its present attainment as one of the 
influential media of the 20th Century. Hargrave, Rudner 



*The courses ENG 205, 206, 207, and 208 are designed for students not enrolled in Humanities and Social Sciences. 

265 



ENG 376 Fantasy and Science Fiction. 3(3-0) S. A study of representative works, both 
novels and short stories, in the genre of Fantasy and Science Fiction. Emphasis on those 
works written in the twentieth century, with some attention given to the history and 
development of the genre. Meyers, Seidel 

ENG 390 Classical Backgrounds of English Literature. 3(3-0) F. Acquaints student with 
the central story-matter of the ancient world — Greek, Roman and Hebrew — which has ex- 
erted such a profound influence on the civilization, and especially on the literature, of the 
Western world. F. Moore, Wall 

ENG 391 Introduction to American Folklore. 3(3-0) S. Principal types of folklore, com- 
bined with field work in collecting and assimilating materials from various cultural tradi- 
tions. Emphasis on American folklore and its origins. Betts, Prioli 

ENG 395 Black American Literature. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey from significant beginnings to 
the present. Barrax, Jeffers, Laryea 

ENG 398 Contemporary Literature I (1900 to 1940). 3(3-0) F. Imaginative literature from 
the period 1900-1940 with emphasis upon themes and techniques rather than genre or na- 
tionality. E. Clark, Knowles, Reynolds 

ENG 399 Contemporary Literature II (1940 to present). 3(3-0) S. Representative French, 
American, and British writers of the period 1940 to the present. 

E. Clark, Knowles, Reynolds 

ENG 400 Studies in Applied Criticism. Preq: Senior standing. 3(3-0) F,S. An intro- 
duction to the types and methods of literary criticism designed specifically for students in- 
tending to teach English. Staff 

ENG 439 17th Century English Literature. 3(3-0) S. Major nondramatic literary figures 
in England during the period 1600-1700. Hester, F. Moore, White, Wall, Young 

ENG 449 The Renaissance. 3(3-0) F. Nondramatic prose and poetry of the 16th century, 
with consideration of literary types and movements. Emphasis on the works of major 
authors. P. Blank, Hester, Wall, Young 

ENG 451 Chaucer. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to the study of Chaucer through an intensive 
reading of The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Holley, Koonce 

ENG 453 The Romantic Period. 3(3-0) F. The poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, 
Shelley, and Keats, with reading in the prose of Lamb, DeQuincey, and others. 

P. Williams, Hargrave, Harrison, King 

ENG 462 18th-century English Literature. 3(3-0) F. The major figures in English 
literature between 1660 and 1790 in the light of social, cultural, and religious change. 

Durant, C Moore, White 

ENG 463 The Victorian Period. 3(3-0) S. Major poets and selected prose writers studied 
against the social, economic, scientific, and theological background of the century. 

Hargrave, Harrison, King 

ENG 468 American Romanticism. 3(3-0) F. Major American writers from 1825 to 1865. 

E. Clark, J. Clark, Stein, West, Grimwood 

ENG 469 American Realism and Naturalism. 3(3-0) S. Major American writers from 
1865 to 1935. E. Clark, J. Clark, Stein, West, Grimwood 

ENG 480 Modern Drama. 3(3-0) F. Major plays from Ibsen to Albee. 

Halperen, MacKethan 

ENG 485 Shakespeare. 3(3-0) F,S. Principal plays with emphasis on the development of 
the playwright. Baines, P. Blank, Hester, Wall, M. Williams, P. Williams 

ENG 486 Shakespeare, The Earlier Plays. 3(3-0) F. May be taken (in conjunction with 
ENG 487) as alternate for ENG 485 in LAN and LTN curricula. A study of Shakespeare's ma- 
jor works before 1600 with emphasis on the development of the playwright. Credit will not be 
given for both ENG 485 and 486. 

Baines, P. Blank, Hester, Wall, M. Williams, P. Williams 



266 



ENG 487 Shakespeare, The Later Plays. 3(3-0) S. May be taken (in conjunction with 
ENG 486) as alternate for ENG 485 in LAN and LTN curricula. A study of Shakespeare's ma- 
jor works after 1600 with emphasis on the development of Shakespeare's tragedy and the end 
of his career. Credit will not be given for both ENG 485 and 487. 

Baines, P. Blank, Hester, Wall, M. Williams, P. Williams 

ENG 496 Seminar in Literature. Preq: Junior standing and consent of department. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Designed to provide closely supervised small-group study of a topic in literature 
resulting in a substantial essay or series of essays by each student on an aspect of the topic. 
Topics vary each semester; consult department for details. Staff 

ENG 498 Special Topics in English. Preq: Six hours ENG above the fr. level. 1-6 F.S. 
Detailed investigation of a topic in language or literature. Topic and mode of study deter- 
mined by faculty member in consultation with English department head. Staff 

ENG 499 Honors in English. For Honors English majors only. 3(3-0) F,S. An intensive 
course designed as one portion of the Honors Program in English. Subject varies. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

The prerequisite for all 500-level English courses is advanced undergraduate or graduate 
standing unless additional prerequisites are noted. 

ENG 504 Problems in College Composition. Preq: Appointment as teaching assistant in 
English. F. Directed study of the development of rhetorical skills in composition in 
classroom situations. C. Moore 

ENG 561 Milton. 3(3-0) F. An intensive reading of Milton with attention to background 
materials in the history and culture of seventeenth-century England. 

F. Moore, Wall, White 

ENG 575 Southern Writers. 3(3-0) S. A survey of the particular contribution of the South 
to American literature, with intensive study of selected major figures. 

Grimwood, MacKethan, Laryea 

ENG 578 English Drama to 1642. 3(3-0) F. Intensive study of the English drama from its 
liturgical beginnings to the closing of the theatres, excluding Shakespeare. 

Baines, Meyers, M. Williams 

ENG 579 Restoration and 18th-Century Drama. 3(3-0) S. Intensive study of the English 
drama from 1660 to 1800. (Offered in 1980.) Durant, F. Moore 

ENG 590 Literary Criticism. 3(3-0) S. An examination of the critical process as it leads to 
the definition and analysis of literature, together with attention to the main literary tradi- 
tions and conventions. Holley, P. Williams 

ENTOMOLOGY 

ENT 201 Insects and Man. 2(2-0) F. The ways in which insects affect our lives today and 
how man deals with them, how they have altered the course of history, and how we may 
learn from them in studying their ability to adapt to their changing environments. The 
aesthetic and avocational aspects of insects. Intended for students not in biological sciences. 

Moore 

ENT 203 An Introduction to the Honey Bee and Beekeeping. 2(2-0) F. Provides a general 
introduction to honey bee biology and the fundamentals of bee management. The behavior 
and social system of the honey bee is stressed to expose the student to one of the animal 
world's most complex and highly organized nonhuman societies. Ambrose 

ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects. Preq: FOR 264. 3(2-2) F. Fundamentals of 
morphology, classification, development, habits and control of insects attacking trees with 
emphasis on those injuring forests in the southeastern United States. Farrier 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Insects. 3(2-2) F,S. The fundamentals of insect 
classification, development, food habits and controls. Moore 



267 



ENT (BS) 401 Bibliographic Research in Biology. Preq: Advanced undergraduate or 
graduate standing. 2(2-0) F 1978 and alt. yrs. Bibliographic principles, procedures, and tools 
useful in agriculture and biology and the many subdivisions of these sciences, including 
guides to and use of thesauri, bibliographies, library classifications, computer searches, 
books, serials, government publications, the unpublished, specialists, translations, atlases 
and maps, microforms, and projection software, and taxonomic indices to plants and 
animals. Farrier 

Farrier 

ENT (ZO) 425 General Entomology. Preq: ZO 201 or equivalent. 3(2-3) F.Sum. Explores 
the science of entomology by focusing on the basic principles of systematics, morphology, 
physiology, development, behavior, ecology, and control of insects. Field trips provide an op- 
portunity to collect insects and study their adaptations to a wide variety of natural environ- 
ments. Meyer 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

ENT 502 Insect Diversity. Preq: Twelve hours of biology. 4(2-4) F. The external 
morphology of insects and a survey of the biology and identification of immature and adult 
insects. Evolutionary relationships of insects and other arthropods, speciation, insect 
zoogeography, nomenclature, and classical and recent approaches to systematics considered. 

Baker, Neunzig, Young 

ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects. Preqs: Twelve hours of biology, nine hours of 
CH, three hours of BCH, ENT 301 or equivalent. 4(2-6) S. The morphology, histology and 
function of the organ systems of insects. Sensory and general physiology lead into basic ele- 
ments of insect orientation and behavior. Campbell, Yamamoto 

ENT 504 Insect Morphology. Preq: ENT 502. 3(1-4) F. External morphology, primary and 
comparative phases, with emphasis on knowledge and techniques which can be applied to 
specific problems. (Offered F 1979 and alt. years). Young 

ENT 511 Systematic Entomology. Preq: ENT 301 or 312. 3(1-4) F. A detailed survey of the 
orders and families of adult insects, to acquaint the student with those groups and develop 
ability in the use of the taxonomic literature. (Offered F 1978 and alt. years.) Young 

ENT 520 Insect Pathology. Preqs: Introductory entomology and introductory microbiolo- 
gy. 3(2-3) S. A treatment of the noninfectious and infectious diseases of insects, the 
etiological agents and infectious processes involved, immunological responses and applica- 
tions. (Offered S 1979 and alt. years.) Brooks 

ENT 531 Insect Ecology. Preq: ENT 502. 3(2-2) F. The environmental relations of insects, 
including insect development, habits, distribution and abundance. 

Hain, Kennedy, Stinner 

ENT 541 Immature Insects. Preq: ENT 502 or equivalent. 2(1-3) F. An advanced study of 
the immature stages of selected orders of insects with emphasis on generic and specific taxa. 
Primary consideration of the larval stage, but a brief treatment of eggs and pupae. (Offered 
F 1978 and alt. years.) Neunzig 

ENT 542 Acarology. Preq: ENT 301 or 312 or ZO 201. 3(2-3) S. A systematic survey of the 
mites and ticks with emphasis on identification, biology and control of the more common and 
economic forms attacking material, plants and animals including man. (Offered S 1979 and 
alt. years.) Farrier 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control. Preq: ENT 312 or 301. 3(2-2) F. The principles 
underlying modern methods for protecting food, clothing, shelter and health from insect at- 
tack. * Guthrie 

ENT 562 Agricultural Entomology. Preq: ENT 301 or 312. 3(2-3) S. A study of the biology 
and ecology of beneficial and injurious insects and arachnids of agricultural crops. Advan- 
tages and limitations of the advanced concepts for managing insect and mite populations on 
different crops will be emphasized. (Offered S 1979 and alt. years.) Bradley, Rock 

ENT 570 Behavior of Insects. Preq: ENT 503 or ZO 510. 3(2-3) (F 1978 and alt. yrs.) A 
review of the sensory capacities, the central nervous system, and the endocrines of insects is 

268 



followed by simple neural coordinative and integrative mechanisms and species-typical 
behavior. The development (including learning), programming, and evolution of behavior are 
followed by complex behavior associated with sociality, ecological situations and stresses, 
and communications modes. Yamanoto 

ENT 572 Advanced Forest Entomology. Preq: ENT 301 or ENT 502 or CI. 3(2-2) S. Covers 
the important insect pests of forest and shade trees including regeneration pests, defoliating 
insects, inner-bark borers, wood borers, sucking insects, and bud, twig and root feeding in- 
sects. Also includes concepts in forest pest management and population dynamics. (Offered S 
1980 and alt. years.) Hain 

ENT (PHY, ZO) 575 Physiology of Invertebrates. 3(3-0) S. (See physiology.) 

ENT (ZO) 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Preqs: ENT 301 or 312 and ZO 315 

or equivalent. 3(2-3) S. The morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of the arthropod 
parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and behavior of vectors in 
relation to disease transmission and control. (Offered S 1980 and alt. years.) Axtell 

ENT 590 Special Problems. Preq: CI. Credits Arranged. F,S. Original research on special 
problems in entomology not related to a thesis problem. Provides experience and training in 
research. Staff 

ENGINEERING OPERATIONS 

EO 491 Seminar in Engineering Operations. Preq: Sr. standing. 1(1-0) F. Assists seniors 
in EO in making the transition from a college environment to that of industry through lec- 
tures, guest speakers and class discussion. Schedule during the last fall semester in 
residence. Easter 

EO 495 Engineering Operations Projects. Preq: Junior or senior standing. 1-6. F,S. 
Special investigations and research projects related to engineering operations. Easter 

ENGINEERING SCIENCE AND MECHANICS 

ESM (CE) 308 Solid Mechanics II. Preq: MAE 314 or CE 313. 3(3-0). (See civil 
engineering.) 

ESM (CE) 311 Experimental Engineering Science I. Coreqs: MAE 308, 208, 314. 3(1-6) 
F. (See civil engineering.) 

ESM (CE) 312 Experimental Engineering Science II. Preq: CE (ESM) 311. 3(1-6). (See 
civil engineering.) 

ESM (CE) 411, 412 Engineering Cybernetics 1,11. Preq: Sr. standing in ESM or 
equivalent background. 3(1-4) F,S. (See civil engineering.) 

ESM (CE) 415 Engineering Science in Contemporary Design. Preq: Sr. standing in 
ESM. 2(1-3) S. (See civil engineering.) 

ESM (CE) 495 Special Studies in Mechanics. 1-3. (See civil engineering.) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

FCL 200 Perspectives in Comparative Literary Criticism. 3(3-0) S. An introduction to 
the theory of Comparative Literature and to problems of literary analysis, this course in- 
vestigates the main trends and traditions of comparatist theory and practice. 

FCL 300 Studies in Genres and Modes. Preq: FCL 200. Reading knowledge of a foreign 
language. 3(3-0) F. Each term the course investigates the evolution through different periods 
and literary traditions of a particular literary mode or genre, such as: the lyric poem, the 
pastoral, narrative, drama, comedy, satire. 

FCL 310 Major Themes and Characters. Preq: FCL 200. Reading knowledge of a foreign 
language. 3(3-0) S. This course will focus on the literary treatment of one or several impor- 



269 



tant mythical, historical or philosophical themes or historical or archetypical characters, 
such as: Joan of Arc, Don Juan, Tristan, Faust, The French Revolution, Stoicism. Represen- 
tative texts will be selected from a variety of literatures and periods. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

NOTE: Following courses conducted in the target language, except where otherwise stated. 

FL 101 Self-Instructional Elementary Language I. Preq: Consent of coordinator. 3(6-2) 
F,S. Study through self-instructional methods of a foreign language not otherwise taught in 
the department. Students work with native speakers and proceed at their own pace. Admis- 
sion to the program is limited to highly motivated students and is determined by a language 
aptitude test and an interview with the program coordinator. 

FL 102 Self-Instructional Elementary Language II. Preq: Consent of coordinator. 3(6-2) 
F,S. (See course description under FL 101). 

FL 201 Self-Instructional Intermediate Language I. Preq: Consent of coordinator. 3(6-2) 
F,S. (See course description under FL 101). 

FL 202 Self-Instructional Intermediate Language II. Preq: Consent of coordinator. 3(6- 
2) F,S. (See course description under FL 101). 

FL 298 Special Topics in Foreign Languages and Literatures. Preq: Consent of depart- 
ment. 1-3 F,S. A special projects course to be utilized for supervised work in language and 
literature when no scheduled course is appropriate. 

FL 498 Special Topics in Foreign Languages and Literatures. Preq: Consent of depart- 
ment. 1-6 F,S. A detailed investigation of a special topic in language and/or literature. Topic, 
mode of study and variable credit to be determined by the faculty member in consultation 
with the head of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures. 

ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

FLE 101 Foreign Language English: Grammar Review. Preqs: TOEFL Test-score of 450 
or above and departmental placement tests. 3(3-1) F,S. Review of basic word order patterns, 
inflectional forms, and function words of spoken English, drill on statement and question 
patterns, and practice in constructing original patterns. Emphasis is on comprehension and 
production of grammatically correct spoken English. 

FLE 102 Foreign Language English: Writing. Preqs: TOEFL Test-score of 450 or above 
and departmental placement tests. 3(3-1) F,S. Paragraph writing including drill on topic sen- 
tences, logical organization, and use of transitional expressions to show relationships. The 
writing of short compositions of various types (narration, description, exposition, analysis, 
comparison, and contrast). Drill on mechanics such as spelling, punctuation, and capitaliza- 
tion when needed. Introduction to techniques for writing and research paper (note taking, 
outlining, summarizing, footnoting, and the writing of a bibliography). 

FLE 103 Foreign Language English: Conversation. Preqs: TOEFL Test-score of 450 or 
above and departmental placement tests. 3(3-1) F,S. Designed for students who need ad- 
ditional conversational practice in order to comprehend native speakers and be understood 
by them. Emphasis is on correct pronunciation stress and intonation, and use of idiomatic 
expressions. Aural comprehension exercises, oral drills, class discussions, and language 
laboratory practice. 

FLE 104 Foreign Language English: Reading Improvement. Preqs: TOEFL Test-score 
of 450 of above and departmental placement tests. 1(1-0). This course is designed for foreign 
students who need to improve their reading speed and comprehension in order to perform 
effectively in other academic courses. Timed drills and practices teach the students to res- 
pond rapidly and accurately to increasingly longer units of writing. Use of the dictionary and 
vocabulary building exercises are also included. 



270 



FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

NOTE: All students with previous knowledge of French, German or Spanish must take the 

placement test upon entering the University. They will be given advanced standing ami 

receive credit according to their score. 

FLF 101 Elementary French I. 3(3-0) F,S. The beginning course for developing language 
skills. Oral and written practice in classroom and language laboratory. 

FLF 102 Elementary French II. Preq: FLF 101. 3(3-0) F,S. A continuation of FLF 101, 
with oral and written practice in classroom and language laboratory. 

FLF 103 Elementary French I Conversation. Coreq: FLF 101. Credit in this course may 
be used as free elective only. 1(1-0) F,S,Sum. Supplements conversational practice in FLF 

101. Students are encouraged to use their speaking skills in a variety of situations. Special at- 
tention is given to correcting and improving pronunciation and intonation. 

FLF 104 Elementary French II Conversation. Coreq: FLF 102. Credit in this course may 
be used as a free elective only. 1(1-0) F,S,Sum. Supplements conversational practice in FLF 

102. Students are encouraged to use their speaking skills in a variety of situations. Special at- 
tention is given to correcting and improving pronunciation and intonation. 

FLF 105 Intensive Elementary French. 6(6-0) F. An intensive course for developing 
language skills. Oral and written practice in classroom and language laboratorv. Same as 
FLF 101 and FLF 102. 

FLF 201 Intermediate French I. Preq: FLF 102 or 105. 3(3-0) F,S. The third of four con- 
secutive courses to build skills of speaking, understanding, reading and writing French. Oral 
and written practice in classroom and language laboratory. 

FLF 202 Intermediate French II. Preq: FLF 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Last of the foundation 
courses in French. Greater emphasis on reading and writing. 

FLF 203 French Conversation. Preq: FLF 102 or 105. 1(1-0) F,S. Practice in spoken 
French, emphasizing active use of the language in a variety of situations. The student is en- 
couraged to increase vocabulary, while developing greater fluency and ease in the structural 
patterns of the language. May be repeated to a maximum of three credit hours. 

FLF 205 Intensive Intermediate French. Preq: FLF 101 and 102 or 105. 6(6-0) S. An in- 
tensive study of French on the intermediate level with increased emphasis on reading and 
writing skills. Oral and written practice in classroom and language laboratory. Same as FLF 
101 plus 102. 

FLF 251 Exoticism and the Fantastic in French Literature. 3(3-0) F. Exoticism and the 
Fantastic in French Literature. Readings of important works of French literature, selected 
among novels, short stories, and other forms which make use of the exotic or the fantastic in 
the dissemination of new critical or philosophical ideas. In-depth analysis and explication of 
works from the 16th century to the present. All readings and discussion in English. 

FLF 257 Modern French Drama. 3(3-0) S. Trends in twentieth-century French theatre, 
including surrealism, existentialism and the absurd, as illustrated in selected works of 
Beckett, Ionesco, Genet, Sartre, Giraudoux and Cocteau. All readings and discussion in 
English. 

FLF 301 Survey of French Literature, Origins to 1800. Preq: FLF 202 or 205. 3(3-0) F. 
Readings or representative works with analytical and critical emphasis. Lectures, written 
and oral reports. 

FLF 302 Survey of French Literature, 1800 to Present. Preq: FLF 202 or 205. 3(3-0) S. 
Readings of representative works with analytical and critical emphasis. Lectures, written 
and oral reports. 

FLF 309 Advanced French Conversation and Phonetics. Preq: FLF 202 or 205. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Study of sound production and phonological terminology. Daily conversational practice 
in classroom. Prose and poetry readings. 

FLF 310 Advanced French Grammar. Preq: FLF 202 or 205. 3(3-0) F,S. Thorough and in- 
depth study of French syntax with extensive written practice. Required of French majors. 

271 



FLF 315 French Civilization and Culture. Preq: FLF 202 or 205. 3(3-0) S. Taught in 
French. This course provides a background in French civilization and culture, thorough 
reading, discussion and presentation of the social, economic and political structures of 
France, along with its geography, history, music and art. 

FLF 322 French Novel Before World War II. Preq: FLF 202 or 205. 3(3-0) F,S. Readings 
of French novelists from 1900 to 1940. Lectures, written and oral reports. 

FLF 323 Contemporary French Novel. Preq: FLF 202 or 205. 3(3-0) F.S. Readings of 
French novelists from 1945 to the present. Lectures, written and oral reports. 

FLF 324 Contemporary French Theater. Preq: FLF 202 or 205. 3(3-0) F,S. Representative 
plays with stress on ideas, philosophies, and trends in France and other countries. 

FLF 350 Modern European Literary Criticism. Preq: Six hours of literature. 3(3-0) F,S. 
A study of modern European literary criticism paralleling the major modern philosophical 
systems, as theoretical bases, and based on an examination of major French critics, as ap- 
plied methods. These methods are applied to several texts by French authors covering 
various genres. Taught in English. 

FLF 352 Protest in Negritude Literature. 3(3-0) S. A survey of Negritude literature of 
French expression with emphasis on the theme of protest. Taught in English. 

FLF 411 French Literature of the 17th Century. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Analytical and 
critical study of writings of French Classicism. Lectures, written and oral reports. 

FLF 412 French Literature of the 18th Century. Preq: CI. 3(3-0) F,S. Analytical and 
critical study of writings of the Age of Rationalism and Revolution. Lectures, written and 
oral reports. 

FLF 492 Seminar in French Studies. Preq: Junior standing and consent of department. 
3(3-0) F. A small-group study of a topic in literature resulting in a substantial essay or series 
of essays by each student on an aspect of the topic. Topics vary each semester. 

FLF 495 Special Topics in French Studies. Preq: FLF 202 and consent of department. 
3(3-0). A concentrated study of a special period, author or genre, to be determined as needed 
in the major program. 

GRADUATE CERTIFICATION ONLY 

FLF 401 French for Graduate Students. Not open to undergraduates. 3(3-0) F. Designed 
to prepare students for graduate certification, this course will introduce students to basic 
vocabulary and structures. Frequent practice in translation. Certification is granted on 
satisfactory completion of the course. 

GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

NOTE: All students with previous knowledge of French, German or Spanish must take the 
placement test upon entering the University. They will be given advanced standing and 
receive credit according to their score. 

FLG 101 Elementary German I. 3(3-0) F,S. The first in a four-course sequence intended to 
teach the student to understand, speak, read and write everyday German. Emphasis on 
speaking and understanding with additional reading of cultural materials. Intensive practice 
in the language lab. 

FLG 102 Elementary German II. Preq: FLG 101 3(3-0) F,S. Strong emphasis is placed on 
understanding and speaking, but increasing attention is given to syntax and vocabulary 
building. 

FLG 103 Elementary German I Conversation. Coreq: FLG 101. Credit in this course may 
be used as free elective only. 1(1-0) F,S,Sum. Supplements conversational practice in FLG 
101. Students are encouraged to use their speaking skills in a variety of situations. Special at- 
tention is given to correcting and improving pronunciation and intonation. 

FLG 104 Elementary German II Conversation. Coreq: FLG 102. Credit in this course 
may be used as free elective only. 1(1-0) F,S,Sum. Supplements conversational practice in 

272 



FLG 102. Students are encouraged to use their speaking skills in a variety of situations. 
Special attention is given to correcting and improving pronunciation and intonation. 

FLG 201 Intermediate German I. Preq: FLG 102. Credit for both FLG 201 and FLG 210 is 

not allowed. 3(3-0) F,S. The third of four consecutive courses. Intensive conversational drill 
to build the students' ability to understand and speak everyday German. Supplementary 
readings in German literature. 

FLG 202 Intermediate German II. Preq: FLG 201. Credit for both FLG 202 and FLG 211 

is not allowed. 3(3-0) F,S. Last of four sequential courses. Continued use of everyday spoken 
German but greater emphasis on reading and writing. 

FLG 210 German Practicum I. Preq: FLG 102. Credit for both FLG 201 and FLG 210 is 

not allowed. 3(3-0) S. Alt. years. The first in a three-semester sequence which emphasizes 
everyday spoken German, acquaints the student with contemporary Germany, her people, 
institutions, and geography, and prepares the student for a living, working, and study situa- 
tion in Germany. This sequence may lead to the diploma "Zertifikat Deutsch als 
Fremdsprache." The course is conducted entirely in German. 

FLG 211 German Practicum II. Preq: FLG 210. Credit for both FLG 202 and FLG 211 is 

not allowed. 3(3-0) F. Alt. years. The second in a three-semester sequence which emphasizes 
everyday spoken German, acquaints the student with contemporary Germany, her people, 
institutions, and geography, and prepares the student for a living, working, and study situa- 
tion in Germany. This sequence may lead to the diploma "Zertifikat Deutsch als 
Fremdsprache." The course is conducted entirely in German. 

FLG 212 German Practicum III. Preq: FLG 211. 3(3-0) S. Alt. years. The third in a three- 
semester sequence which emphasizes everyday spoken German, acquaints the student with 
contemporary Germany, her people, institutions, and geography, and prepares the student 
for a. living, working, and study situation in Germany. This sequence may lead to the 
diploma "Zertifikat Deutsch al Fremdsprache." The course is conducted entirely in German. 

FLG 254 The Novelle From Goethe to the First World War. 3(3-0) S. Study of a major 
form of German prose fiction from Goethe to Thomas Mann with special attention to 
theoretical formulations. All readings and discussion in English. 

FLG 255 Modern German Drama. 3(3-0) F. A study of contemporary German drama and 
significant plays of earlier literary movements which have contributed to the drama in Ger- 
many today. Some representative playwrights are: Buchner, Hauptmann, Wedekind, Brecht, 
Durrenmatt, Frisch, Weiss, Handke and Hochhuth. All readings and dicussion in English. 

FLG 301 Survey of German Literature: Middle Ages to 1800. Preq: FLG 202. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Readings of representative works with analytical and critical emphasis. Lectures, class dis- 
cussions, papers. 

FLG 302 Survey of German Literature: 1800 to World War I. Preq: FLG 202. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Readings of significant authors, including the Romantic, Realist and Impressionist periods. 

FLG 309 Advanced German Conversation and Phonetics. Preq: FLG 202. 3(3-0) F,S. In- 
tensive conversational practice in class and language laboratory based on current topics, and 
a study of sound production and linguistic terminology. 

FLG 310 Advanced German Syntax and Composition. Preq: FLG 202 or equivalent. 3(3- 
0) F. A study of advanced points in German syntax not normally studied in depth during the 
two years of beginning and intermediate courses. Students write controlled exercises and 
assigned and free compositions. Includes a bibliographical practicum. 

FLG 322 Major German Modern Writers. Preq: FLG 202. 3(3-0) F. A study of major 
authors of the 20th century whose reputations were established prior to World War II, in- 
cluding Hauptman, Schnitzler, Hofmannstahl, Hesse, Mann, Kafka, Brecht. 

FLG 323 Contemporary German Literature. Preq: FLG 202. 3(3-0) S. A study of 
German-speaking authors whose reputation has been established since the Second World 
War and those whose works are now gaining attention. 



273 



GRADUATE CERTIFICATION ONLY 

FLG 401 German for Graduate Students. Not open to undergrads. 3(3-0) F. Designed to 
prepare students for graduate certification, this course will introduce students to basic 
vocabulary and structure. Successful completion of the course will certify the student's 
reading knowledge. 

HEBREW LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

FLH (REL) 101 Elementary Biblical Hebrew I. 3(3-0) F. Alt. yrs. (See religion.) 

FLH (REL) 102 Elementary Biblical Hebrew II. Preq: REL (FLH) 101. 3(3-0) S. Alt. yrs. 
(See religion.) 

FLH (REL) 201 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew I. Preq: REL (FLH) 102. 3(3-0) F. Alt. 
yrs. (See religion.) 

ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

FLI 101 Elementary Italian I. 3(3-0) F,S. Concentrating on listening and speaking, this 
course begins the development of a balanced foundation on all four language skills. 
Idiomatic, everyday Italian is emphasized. Class and laboratory practice, written homework. 

FLI 102 Elementary Italian II. Preq: FLI 101. 3(3-0) F,S. Emphasis mainly on acquisition 
of oral skills through class practice and use of audio aids. Readings of simple Italian prose. 

FLI 201 Intermediate Italian I. Preq: FLI 102. 3(3-0) F. The third of four consecutive 
courses to build skills in reading, writing, and speaking Italian. Conversation practice, writ- 
ten exercises, and supplementary readings in Italian Literature. 

FLI 202 Intermediate Italian II. Preq: FLI 201. 3(3-0) S. Continued use of spoken Italian 
but a greater emphasis on reading and writing. 

PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

FLP 105 Intensive Elementary Portuguese. 6(6-0) F. Intensive introduction to Brazilian 
Portuguese, with emphasis on the speaking and listening skills. 

FLP 205 Intensive Intermediate Portuguese. Preq: FLP 105. 6(6-0) S. Intensive study of 
Brazilian Portuguese on the intermediate level with refinement of the listening and speaking 
skills and introduction of the reading and writing skills. 

RUSSIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

FLR 101 Elementary Russian I. 3(3-0) F,S. The first of four sequential courses. Students 
are introduced to the basic language skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing. 
Initial emphasis is on the two first, or oral, skills. Class and laboratory practice; written 
assignments. 

FLR 102 Elementary Russian II. Preq: FLR 101. 3(3-0) F,S. Main emphasis on acquisition 
of basic oral skills, with complementary reading and writing exercises. Class and laboratory 
practice; written assignments. 

FLR 201 Intermediate Russian I. Preq: FLR 102. 3(3-0) F,S. The learning of basic skills is 
continued. More emphasis than previously will be given to writing, but conversational prac- 
tice is essential. Readings in Russian prose of intermediate level. Class and laboratory prac- 
tice; written assignments. 

FLR 202 Intermediate Russian II. Preq: FLR 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Study of more advanced 
aspects of Russian syntax through reading of prose of Russian writers. Continued attention 
to conversational practice and vocabulary building. 

FLR 303 Russian Literature in Translation I. 3(3-0) F,S. This course offers an introduc- 
tion to Russian writers of the 19th century, such as Turgenev, Gogol, Lermontov, Pushkin, 
Dostoevsky, Tolstoy. Class conducted in English. 

274 



FLR 304 Russian Literature in Translation II. 3(3-0) F,S. An introduction to Russian 
writers of the 20th century: Gorky, Pasternak, Solzhenitsyn, Babel, Sholokov, Maiakovsky, 
etc. Class conducted in English. 

SPANISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

NOTE: All students with previous knowledge of French, German or Spanish must take the 
placement test upon entering the University. They will be given advanced standing and 
receive credit according to their score. 

FLS 101 Elementary Spanish I. 3(3-0) F,S. Concentrating on listening and speaking, this 
course begins the development of a balanced foundation in all four language skills. Idiomatic, 
everyday Spanish is emphasized. Class practice, laboratory and written homework. 

FLS 102 Elementary Spanish II. Preq: FLS 101. 3(3-0) F,S. This course expands use of 
Spanish through past tenses, regular and irregular, and various morphological and syntac- 
tical aspects. Emphasis on oral skills. Written work and laboratory practice assigned daily. 

FLS 103 Elementary Spanish I Conversation. Coreq: FLS 101. Credit in this course may 
be used as a free elective only. 1(1-0) F,S,Sum. Supplements conversational practice in FLS 

101. Students are encouraged to use their speaking skills in a variety of situations. Special at- 
tention is given to correcting and improving pronunciation and intonation. 

FLS 104 Elementary Spanish II Conversation. Coreq: FLS 102. Credit in this course may 
be used as a free elective only. 1(1-0) F,S,Sum. Supplements conversational practice in FLS 

102. Students are encouraged to use their speaking skills in a variety of situations. Special at- 
tention is given to correcting and improving pronunciation and intonation. 

FLS 105 Intensive Elementary Spanish. 6(6-0) F. An intensive introduction to idiomatic 
Spanish concentrating on developing a balanced foundation in listening, speaking, reading 
and writing. Class practice, laboratory and written assignments. Same as FLS 101 plus 102. 

FLS 201 Intermediate Spanish I. Preq: FLS 102 or 105. 3(3-0) F,S. The third of four con- 
secutive courses. As with 101 and 102, its aim is mainly to teach idiomatic, spoken Spanish. 
Reading and writing skills receive greater attention than previously. Class practice, 
laboratory and written assignment. 

FLS 202 Intermediate Spanish II. Preq: FLS 201. 3(3-0) F,S. Last of four sequential 
courses, completing the learning of the foundations of the language. Writing will receive 
greater attention. 

FLS 203 Spanish Conversation. Preq: FLS 102 or 105. 1(1-0) F.S.Sum. Practice in spoken 
Spanish. The student is required to actively use the language in a variety of situations and is 
encouraged to acquire a wide range of immediately practical words and expressions suitable 
for business or travel purposes. The course may be repeated to a maximum of three times for 
credit. 

FLS 205 Intensive Intermediate Spanish. Preqs: FLS 101 and 102 or 105. 6(6-0) S. An in- 
tensive study of idiomatic Spanish on the intermediate level with increased emphasis on 
reading and writing skills. Class practice, laboratory and written assignments. Same as FLS 
201 plus 202. 

FLS 252 The Theme of "Desengano" in Spanish Literature. 3(3-0) F. Comprehensive 
study of the theme of "Desengano" in its different forms and manifestations in the Spanish 
Golden Age Literature. The course material is made up of representative examples of the 
Picaresque Novel, Mysticism, Baroque Drama and Poetry, and Don Quixote. All readings 
and discussion in English. 

FLS 256 Alienation in Modern Hispanic Literature. 3(3-0) S. A study of contemporary 
prose literature in the Hispanic countries, with readings of selected Spanish and Latin 
American essays, novels, and stories. Special emphasis is given to the recurring theme of the 
individual alienated from society. All readings and discussion in English. 



275 



FLS 301 Survey of Spanish Literature Through Golden Age. Preq: FLS 202 or 205. 3(3- 
0) F. Analysis of major literary works through 1700. The study will have two main projec- 
tions: aesthetic, through consideration of elements of artistic creation, criticism and genres; 
cultural, in relating works to spatial and temporal circumstance. 

FLS 302 Survey of Spanish Literature: 1700 to Present. Preq: FLS 202 or 205. 3(3-0) S. 
Introduction to the study of Spanish Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, and subsequent 
literary production. Special attention to the quest for new values in contemporary literature. 

FLS 303 Latin American Literature I. Preq: FLS 202 or 205. 3(3-0) F. Survey of literary 
production in Spanish-American countries from pre-Hispanic to 1800. Special attention to 
the Baroque and the Romantic periods to 1800. Lectures, class discussions, papers. 

FLS 304 Latin American Literature II. Preq: FLS 202 or 205. 3(3-0) S. Introduction to the 
study of American literature in the Spanish language from Modernism to Garcia Marquez. 
Lectures, class discussions, papers. 

FLS 309 Spanish Phonetics and Advanced Conversation. Preq: FLS 202 or 205. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Through discussions on relevant topics, class will concentrate on improving students' 
fluency in spoken Spanish. Study of main phenomena of sound production and relevant 
linguistic terminology. 

FLS 310 Spanish Syntax and Composition. Preq: FLS 202 or 205. 3(3-0) F,S. A thorough 
study of the more advanced aspects of the grammar of the Spanish language, with extensive 
practice in writing. Lectures, discussion, compositions. 

FLS 315 The Culture and Civilization of Spain and Portugal. Preq: FLS 202 or 205. 3(3- 
0) F. Taught in Spanish. The study of the Iberian Peninsula as a crossroads of civilization 
from early times to the present. The emergence of Spain as a nation, the rise and fall of the 
Spanish Empire, the contemporary political situation in Spain and Portugal. Films, 
recordings, slides, and visiting speakers illustrate those cultural characteristics unique to the 
Iberians. 

FLS 316 The Culture and Civilization of Latin America. Preq: FLS 202 or 205 3(3-0) S. 
Taught in Spanish. This course surveys the rich cultural traditions of Latin America. 
Through readings, slides, films, and recordings, the variety and complexity of the Latin 
Americans' cultural heritage is demonstrated. 

FLS 323 Contemporary Spanish Literature. Preq: FLS 202 or 205. 3(3-0) F. An in-depth 
study of Spanish prose writing from the Generation of 98 through the present. Special atten- 
tion to post-Civil War authors such as Laforet, Cela, Goytisolo, etc. Lectures, discussions, 
term paper. 

FLS 403 Spanish Prose Fiction to 1900. Preq: Consent of department. 3(3-0) F. A study of 
the development of the Spanish novel and short story from La celestina through the novels of 
Galdos. Major emphasis is given to the picaresque novel, Don Quixote, eighteenth-century 
didactic prose, and nineteenth-century Realism. 

FLS 404 Spanish Drama. Preq: Consent of department. 3(3-0) S. Explores the history and 
development of Spanish drama from its beginning to the present. Special emphasis on 
Golden Age and contemporary theater. 

FLS 492 Seminar in Hispanic Studies. Preq: Junior standing and consent of depart- 
ment. 3(3-0) F. A small-group study of a topic in literature resulting in a substantial essay or 
series of essays by each student on an aspect of the topic. Topics vary each semester. 

FLS 495 Special Topics in Hispanic Studies. Preq: FLS 202 and consent of department. 
3(3-0). A concentrated study of a special period, author or genre in Hispanic Literature, to be 
determined as needed in the major program. 

GRADUATE CERTIFICATION ONLY 

FLS 401 Spanish for Graduate Students. Not open to undergrads. 3(3-0) F. Designed to 
prepare students for graduate certification, this course introduces students to basic 
vocabulary and structures. Frequent practice in translation. Certification is granted on 
satisfactory completion of the course. 



276 



FORESTRY 

FOR 101 Introduction to Forestry. 1(1-1) F. Introduction to the School of Forest 
Resources, to the profession of forestry and to career opportunities in forestry. Staff 

FOR 201 Introduction to Forest Mensuration. 2(1-2) F,S. Theory, principles and tech- 
niques of instrumentation relative to the collection and presentation of forest data. Staff 

FOR 204 Silviculture. Summer Camp. 2(0-6) Sum. Field exercises to enable the student to 
describe and measure factors of the forest environment, the ecology of forest communities, 
stand structure and growth, and tree and stand response to treatments which are normal 
parts of forest management operations. Jervis 

FOR 210 Dendrology-Gymnosperms. Preq: BO 200. 2(1-2) S. Identification, relationships 
and distribution of gymnosperm trees, emphasizing characteristics of genera and higher tax- 
onomic groups. Staff 

FOR 211 Dendrology- Angiosperms. Preq: BO 200. 2(1-2) F. Identification, relationships 
and distribution of angiosperm trees, emphasizing characteristics of genera and higher tax- 
onomic groups. Staff 

FOR 219 Forest Economy and its Operation. Preq: EB 212 or 201. 3(2-2) F. Multiple use 
concept of forestry; economic principles underlying production; investment problems; fac- 
tors which influence demand for forest products. Steensen 

FOR 263 Dendrology. Summer camp. Preq: FOR 210, 211. 1(0-3) Sum. Field identification 
of woody plants — trees, shrubs and vines — with consideration of their habitat and ecology. 
Emphasis on spontaneous species of the Piedmont and mountain regions of North Carolina. 

Staff 

FOR 264 Forest Protection. Summer camp. Preq: Jr. standing in FOR. 2(0-6) Sum. Iden- 
tification and control of forest insects and diseases. Behavior of fire and the meteorological 
factors affecting fire behavior, suppression of a large simulated fire, including use of modern 
ground equipment, aircraft and communications systems. Staff 

FOR 272 Forest Mensuration. 3(2-2) S. Scientific basis for the measurements and es- 
timates required in forest resources management and goods and services derived from forest 
land. Includes theory of measurements, the required procedures, instrumentation and 
statistical prerequisites, with emphasis on sampling problems. Steensen 

FOR (WPS) 273 Quantitative Methods in Forest Resources. Preq: Soph, standing. 3(2- 
2) F,S. Problem solving techniques in forestry, wood technology, pulp and paper technology 
and recreation resources. Historical development of past techniques, assessment of present 
technology, and an evaluation of problem solving tools, including an introduction to com- 
puters. Gemmer 

FOR 274 Mapping and Mensuration. Summer camp Preq: FOR 272. 4(0-12) Sum. Use of 
surveying instruments and graphic methods in preparation of topographic and planimetric 
maps of forested areas. Collection and manipulation of timber volume data on fixed and 
variable plot cruises and the writing of an inventory report. Jervis, Steensen 

FOR 284 Utilization. Summer camp. Preq: Jr. standing in FOR. 1(0-3) Sum. Inspection of 
wood industries; expositions on manufacturing processes. Staff 

FOR (PP) 318 Forest Pathology. Preq: BS 100 or equivalent. 4(3-2) S. (See plant 
pathology.) 

FOR 353 Air Photo Interpretation. Preq: Jr. Standing. 3(2-3) S. Theory, principles and 
techniques of utilizing air photos as data sources for planning and management of renewable 
resources. Particular attention to stereoscopic identification and examination of the 
bioecological factors of terrain, plants, growing conditions, water, wildlife and the changes 
brought about by man's activities. Sullivan 

FOR 405 Forest Land Management. Preqs: FOR 272, 452. 5(2-6-2) F. Management of 
forest lands for multiple benefits. Principles and techniques in regulating regeneration, 
species composition, growth and quality of woody vegetation; use of planting, seeding, 
cutting, herbicides and fire in vegetation management. Application of financial principles to 
decisions regarding investments in forest management. Staff 

277 



FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory and Planning. Preq: FOR 405. 6(2-14) S. A continuation 
of FOR 405. The application of land management systems and related problems of land use in 
the evaluation of an assigned forest area. Students complete a resource inventory and 
analysis and submit individual plans for management of the assigned property. Staff 

FOR 411 Forest Tree Improvement. Preq: Junior or senior standing in forestry. 3(3-0) S. 
Emphasis is on the value and implementation of tree improvement in forest management. 
Study is made of genetics of forest trees, natural variation and evolution of plants, use of in- 
digenous vs. exotic species, tree selection and propagation, seed orchard establishment and 
management, progeny testing, hardwood regeneration and management, site preparation, 
variation in wood properties and methods of maximizing fiber production. Zobel 

FOR (WPS) 423 Engineering Applications in Forest Resources. Preq: Junior standing. 
3(2-3) F. Applications of engineering principles to problems in the forest industry including 
harvesting, log transportation, road layout, regeneration, and milling operations; power 
sources; testing, rating, and capabilities of forest machinery; power requirements and 
utilization efficiencies; effects of vehicle design parameters on stability, safety, and opera- 
tion under load; cost analysis and systems selections; traction devices and vehicle mechanics. 

Hassan 

FOR 452 Silvics. Preqs: BO 200, CH 103, PY 221 or 212, MA 212 or equivalent. Course is 
designed for second semester juniors. 4(3-4) S. Involves integration of the knowledge gained 
in previous courses in order to manipulate the environment, manipulate the genotype, and 
manipulate plant competition so that trees will grow bigger, better, and faster. Applications 
to both forest and urban situations are presented. Perry 

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation. 2(1-2) S. Biology of seed production by forest trees; forest 
tree seed collection, extraction, storage and testing; biology of tree seedling growth; soil 
aspects of nursery management; forest nursery operation; soil aspects of site preparation, 
planting and direct seeding; reforestation operations. (Offered S 1978 and alt. yrs.) Davey 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Management. Preq: A basic course in biology and 
economics; jr. or sr. standing. (Not open to FOR majors.) 3(3-0) S. Concepts and problems of 
coordinated use and management of renewable resources — soil, water, vegetation and fauna. 
Man as a bioligical factor interacting with other components of terestrial ecological systems, 
particularly forests and related communities. Consideration of interrelationships of forests, 
water, range-land, wildlife and outdoor recreation and their aesthetic and economic values. 
Inventory and management techniques and economic policies relating to renewable 
resources. Cooper 

FOR 491 Senior Problems in Forestry. Preq: Consent of department. Credits Arranged. 
Faculty-approved problems in management or technology. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

FOR 501 Forest Influences and Watershed Management. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or 
grad. standing. 3(3-0) F. Study of the effects of woody vegetation on climate, water, and soil, 
with applications of the knowledge of forest influences to management of forest land 
resources including conservation and yield of water, stabilization of streamflow and soils, 
reduction of sedimentation and general improvement of the environment. Gregory 

FOR 512 Forest Economics. Preq: Basic course in economics. 3(3-0) S. Economics and 
social value of forests; supply of, and demands for forest products; land use; forestry as a 
private and a public enterprise; economics of the forest industries. Holley 

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration. Preqs: FOR 272, ST 311. 3(2-2) F. Study of the 
development of mathematical models to describe forest resources phenomena; criteria for 
evaluating the "goodness" of such models; and methods of data collection for use in evalua- 
tion. Hafley 

FOR 572 Conservation Policy Issues. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or grad. standing. 3(3- 
0) S. Analysis of the attitudes of selected private groups and public agencies toward multiple 
resource development. Special attention given to forest resource policies, timber manage- 
ment objectives, private industry activity, recreation and multiple use, education, research, 



278 



watersheds, governmental activity, interaction in international forestry affairs and the role 
of professional foresters in multiple-use resource management. Cooper 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or grad. standing. Credits 
Arranged. Assigned or selected problems in the field of silviculture, harvesting operations, 
lumber manufacturing, policy, wood science, pulp and paper science, wood chemistry or 
forest management. Graduate Staff 

FOR 599 Methods of Research in Forestry. Preq: Advanced undergrad. or grad. 
standing. Credits Arranged. Research procedures, problem analysis, working plan prepara- 
tion, interpretation and presentation of results; evaluation of selected studies by forest 
research organizations; techniques and constraints in the use of sample plots. 

Graduate Staff 

FOOD SCIENCE 

FS 201 Food Science and Man's Food. 3(3-0) F,S. An introduction to the science and prac- 
tice of providing man with a wholesome, nutritious, economical and readily available supply 
of basic and processed foodstuffs. Topics will include: man's struggle for food; chemical 
nature of foods; microorganisms and foods; safety of foods; principles of food preservation 
and processing; organic and health foods; nutrition and the consumer; world food problem. 

Warren 

FS (ANS, NTR) 301 Nutrition and Man. Preq: Two years of college work. 3(3-0) F,S. 
(See nutrition.) 

FS 331 Food Engineering. Preq: PY 211 or 221. 3(2-3) F. Engineering concepts application 
to the food industry. Principles of thermodynamics, fluid flow, heat transfer, refrigeration 
and electricity. Jones 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition. Preq: CH 220. 3(3-0) S. Alt. yrs. The sources and properties 
of nutrients for man will be studied. Factors affecting the supply and availability of foods 
will also be considered. Methods of handling, procuring and preserving foods and the changes 
in the values and characteristics of nutrients resulting from these processes will be 
emphasized. Aurand 

FS 402 Food Chemistry. Preq: CH 220 or 221. 3(3-0) F. Introduction to the biochemistry of 
foods emphasizing basic composition, structure, properties and nutritive value. The 
chemistry of changes occurring during processing and utilization of foods. Aurand 

FS (PO) 404 Poultry Products. Preq: CH 220 or 221. 3(2-3) F. The composition, quality, 
processing and preservation of poultry meat and eggs. Ball 

FS (MB) 405 Food Microbiology. Preq: MB 401. 3(2-3) F. The microorganisms of impor- 
tance in foods, and their cultural and metabolic activities. The physical and chemical 
destruction of microorganisms in foods and kinetics involved. The conversion of raw foods by 
microorganisms into altered foods, and the nutrition, growth and preservation of the culture 
involved. Foods as vectors of human pathogens. The evolution of microbiological standards 
for foods. Adams 

FS (ANS) 409 Meat and Meat Products. Preq: CH 220. 3(2-3) S. The basic principles in- 
volved in processing beef, pork and lamb from the live animal to the various representative 
cured, fresh, canned and comminuted meat items currently produced. Blumer 

FS (BAE) 432 Food Engineering II. Preq: FS 331. 3(2-3) S. Alt. yrs. The theory and prin- 
ciples of evaporation, drying and distillation with emphasis on applications in food process- 
ing. Instrumentation and control systems used in the food industry. Jones 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar. Preq: Sr. standing. 1(1-0) F. A review and discussion of 
scientific articles, new developments and topics of current interest. Roberts, Warren 

FS 491 Special Topics in Food Science. Preq: Sr. standing or CI. 1-6 F,S,Sum. Topics are 
selected or assigned. Study of current topics and/or problems to gain additional knowledge 
and interpretative experience in a specific area. Staff 



279 



Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

FS 503 Food Analysis. Preqs: CH 315, BCH 351, FS 402. 3(1-6) S. A study of the principles, 
methods and techniques necessary for quantitative physical and chemical analysis of food 
and food products. Results of analyses evaluated in terms of quality standards and governing 
regulations. Young 

FS 504 Food Proteins and Enzymes. Preq: FS 402 or BCH 351. 3(2-3) Alt. F. An advanced 
course in food chemistry with emphasis on proteins and enzymes of particular importance to 
foods will be presented. Protein interactions and their effect on the physical-chemical 
characteristics of a product will be discussed. Particular emphasis will be given to the pre- 
paration and kinetic properties of immobilized enzymes and their use as biochemical reactors 
in processing operations or as specific electrodes for analytical purposes. Swaisgood 

FS (MB) 506 Advanced Food Microbiology. Preq: FS (MB) 405 or equivalent. 3(1-6) S. 
The interactions of microorganisms in foods and their roles in food spoilage and bioprocess- 
ing. Cellular and molecular relationships in bacterial injury, repair and aging resulting from 
environmental stresses. Bacterial sporulation, germination, and physiological properties of 
bacterial spores. Klaenhammer 

FS 51 1 Food Research and Development. Preqs: FS 331, FS 402, FS (MB) 405. 3(2-3) S. A 
study of the scientific principles underlying the development of new and improved food 
products and processes. The study of specific food industry problems by the case method. 
Special emphasis on the application of research and development principles to meat, poultry, 
and fisheries industries. Lanier 

FS 516 Quality Control of Food Products. Preqs: FS 331, FS 402, FS (MB) 405. 3(2-3) S. A 
study of quality control fundamentals in the food industry including specifications and stan- 
dards, testing procedures, sampling, statistical and quality control, and organization. Food 
products and industry problems with special emphasis on dairy products. Adams 

FS (HS) 521 Food Preservation. Preqs: MB 401 or FS (MB) 405, FS 402, or BO 421. 3(2-3) 
F. An examination of principles and methods employed in the preservation of foods. Major 
emphasis on thermal, freezing, drying and fermentation processes and their relationship to 
physical, chemical and organoleptic changes in product. The relationship of these preserva- 
tion techniques to the development of an overall processing operation. Carroll 

FS (HS) 562 Post-Harvest Physiology. 3(3-0) S. (See horticultural science.) 

FS (BAE) 585 Biorheology. Preqs: PY 205, MAE 314. 3(2-2) Alt. S. The concepts of strain, 
stress and the mechanical viscoelastic properties of biological solids, fluids and slurries. The 
time-dependent deformation and flow of bio-materials elements of strength of materials, 
rheological equations and model concepts, creep-relaxation and dynamic behavior, contact 
problems and the Boltzman superposition principle as a function of time, temperature and 
moisture content. Hamann 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science. Preq: Grad. or sr. standing. Maximum 6 
F,S,Sum. Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current interest in 
foods. The problems are designed to provide training and experience in research. 

Graduate Staff 

GENETICS 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs. Students should have sophomore standing. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Fundamental principles of genetics presented at a level not requiring courses in 
biological sciences but sufficient for understanding the relation of genetics to society and 
technology. A survey of current knowledge of inheritance of human traits. McKenzie 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics. Preq: BS 100, Jr. standing. 3(3-0) F,S. An introduc- 
tory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheritance; genes as functional and struc- 
tural units of heredity and development; qualitative and quantitative aspects of genetics 
variation. Bewley, Schaffer 



280 



GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory. Preq. or Coreq: GN 411. 1(0-2) F,S. Experi- 
ments and demonstrations provide an opportunity for practical experience in crossing and 
classifying a variety of genetic materials, particularly Droaophila. 

Schaffer, Graduate Assistants 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

GN 504 Human Genetics. Preq: GN 301 or 411, or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The basic principles 
needed for an understanding of the genetics of man. Current knowledge and important areas 
of research in human genetics. McKenzie, Schaffer 

GN 505A,B,C,D Genetics I. Preq: GN 411 or its equivalent. 1-4 F. Lectures in genetic 
principles presented as a series of five-week minicourses: GN 505A, qualitative genetics; GN 
505B, microbial and biochemical genetics; GN 505C, cytogenetics. The laboratory, GN 505D, 
will involve experimental techniques in genetics and will extend throughout the semester. 
Majors and minors must enroll for the entire series. Others may enroll for specific 
minicourses and attend first lecture of semester for schedule. Grosch, Gerstel, Kloos 

GN 506A,BiC,D, Genetics II. Preq: GN 411 or its equivalent. 1-4 S. Lectures in genetic 
principles presented as a series of five-week minicourses: GN 506 A, developmental genetics; 
GN 506B, quantitative genetics; GN 506C, population genetics. The laboratory, GN 506D, will 
involve experimental techniques in genetics and will extend throughout the semester. Majors 
and minors must enroll for the entire series. Others may enroll for specific minicourses and 
attend first lecture of semester for schedule. Scandalios, Moll, Ahlberg 

GN (ANS) 508 Genetics of Animal Improvement. 3(3-0) S. (See animal science.) 

GN (PO) 520 Poultry Breeding. 3(2-2) S. (See poultry science.) 

GN (ZO) 532 Biological Effects of Radiations. Preq: BS 100, or GN 301, or CI. 3(3-0) S. 
Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible spectrum) on 
biological systems, to include both morphological and physiological aspects in a considera- 
tion of genetics, cytology, histology, and morphogenesis. Grosch 

GN (ZO) 540 Evolution. Preq: Nine credits in biological sciences. 3(3-0) F. The facts and 
theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes and consequences of organic diver- 
sity. Staff 

GN (CS, HS) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. 3(3-0) F. (See crop science.) 

GN (CS, HS) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. 2(0-4) Sum. (See crop science.) 

GN (CS) 545 Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants. 2(2-0) S. (See crop science.) 

GN (ZO) 550 Experimental Evolution. Preq: GN 506, or CI. 3(3-0) F. A survey of studies 
on experimental and natural populations of plants, animals, and man in relation to the 
theoretical aspects of evolution and speciation; a descriptive rather than rigorous 
mathematical review. (Offered 1978-79 and alt. yrs.) Laurie-Ahlberg 

GN 560 Molecular Genetics. Preqs: GN 411; BCH 351. 3(3-0) F. A discussion of the struc- 
ture and function of the genetic material at a molecular level. Both prokaryotic and 
eukaryotic systems will be considered. The aim will be to describe genetics in terms of 
chemical principles. (Offered 1978-79 and alt. yrs.) Flashman 

GN (BCH, MB) 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. Preqs: BCH 351 or 551, GN 
411 or 505, MB 401 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. The course will include the development of the 
fields of biochemical and microbial genetics and will emphasize both the techniques and con- 
cepts utilized in current research. Armstrong 

GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

GRK 101 Elementary Greek I. 3(3-0) F. Introduction to Classical Greek. A study of the 
Greek alphabet, three declensions, conjugation of regular and some irregular verbs. 
Readings based on Greek mythology, philosophy and literature. 



281 



GRK 102 Elementary Greek II. Preq: GRK 101. 3(3-0) S. After a brief review of conjuga- 
tions and declensions, this course takes up the study of the middle voice, uses of optative and 
subjunctive, infinitive, aorist, future tenses and genitives, plus other syntactical and 
morphological phenomena. Readings from Plato, the New Testament, Xenophen, Herodotus. 

GRK 201 Intermediate Greek I. Preq: GRK 102. 3(3-0) F. An introduction to Greek prose, 
with emphasis on increasing reading skill through vocabulary acquisition and the study of 
complex grammatical structures. Plato's Apology, Crito, and selections from the Phaedo are 
read. The relationship of the Platonic writings to other Greek literature is examined through 
reading in translation selections from the Greek orators, historians, poets, and playwrights. 

GRK 202 Intermediate Greek II. Preq: GRK 201 3(3-0) S. A study of the techniques of 
oral poetry, the use of myth, and the literary and historical significance of Homer's Iliad and 
the New Testament. An analysis of differences between classical and Koine Greek. 

GRK 310 Classical Mythology. 3(3-0) F. An introduction to Greek and Roman mythology 
through the writings and art of the Classical period. Discussion of creation stories, the major 
gods and heroes, the underworld and afterlife. Examination of the intellectual, religious and 
educational role of myth and of the most important theories of interpretation and classifica- 
tion. All readings and discussion in English. 

GRK 320 Greek Tragedy in Translation. 3(3-0) S. A study of the tragedies of Aeschylus, 
Sophocles, and Euripides in translation. Discussions of the literary and social aspects of the 
individual plays and of the tragic genre in the fifth century. Examination of selections in 
Aristophanes, Plato, Aristotle and Seneca which discuss or reflect Greek tragedy. 

GEOLOGY 

GY 101 General Physical Geology. Credit may not be obtained for both GY 101 and 120. 
3(3-0) F,S. Systematic consideration of processes operating on and below the earth's surface 
and the resulting features of landscape, earth structures, and earth materials. Occurrences 
and utilization of the earth's physical resources. Recommended that GY 110 be taken con- 
currently. Staff 

GY 110 Physical Geology Laboratory. Coreq: GY 101 or 120. 1(0-2) F,S. The common rock 
forming minerals, the common rocks, topographic maps, geological structures and geological 
maps. Field trips. 

GY 120 Elements of Physical Geology. Credit may not be obtained for both GY 101 and 
120. 2(2-0) F,S. Basic principles of physical geology. Major earth processes, principal geologic 
features, earth materials, and their interrelationships. Primarily intended for majors in dis- 
ciplines requiring a minimum practical working knowledge of geology. Recommended that 
GY 110 be taken concurrently. 

GY 201 Historical Geology. Preqs: GY 101 or GY 120. 3(3-0) S. The second semester of the 
basic introductory sequence in geology. Utilization of the principles of geology to reconstruct 
and understand the earth's past history. Geologic events that cause modification of the 
earth's crust, emphasizing North America. History of life and the environmental 
significance of changes in animal and plant life through geologic time. Recommended that 
GY 210 be taken concurrently. Harrington 

GY 208 Environmental Physical Geography. 3(3-0) F,S. Study of man's physical environ- 
ment and his relation to it. Topics include atmospheric and oceanic structure and circulation; 
weather and climate; soils and landforms; volcano and earthquake hazards; interaction of 
air, sea and land; interaction of man and his environment; air and water pollution. 

GY 210 Historical Geology Laboratory. Coreq: GY 201. 1(0-2) S. The reconstruction and 
interpretation of past events in the history of the earth. Interpretation of sedimentary rocks, 
construction and interpretation of geological maps, the identification of fossil organisms and 
the utilization of fossils in the reconstruction of earth history. Harrington 

GY 330 Crystallography and Mineralogy. Coreq: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-3) F. The elements of 
morphological crystallography. Space lattices, crystal symmetry, systems and classes. 
Stereographic projection of common forms. Identification of minerals by crystallographic 



282 



features, cleavage, fracture, luster, color, streak, hardness, specific gravity, etc. Chemical 
composition, varieties, occurrence, association, important localities and uses. Crystal struc- 
tures of selected minerals. Stoddard 

GY 331 Optical Mineralogy and X-Ray Diffraction. Preq: GY 330 4(2-4) S. Techniques 
and underlying optical theory for identifying minerals with the polarizing microscope. 
Determination of index of refraction and birefringence; isotropic, uniaxial or biaxial charac- 
ter, optical sign and orientation. Adjunct apparatus for statistical and petrographic studies. 
Generation of x-rays, techniques and underlying theory for identifying by x-ray diffraction. 

Stoddard 

GY 351 Structural Geology. Preq: GY 201 and 330. 4(3-3) S. Basic principles of rock 
mechanics; stress-strain analysis of deformed rocks. Nature and mechanisms of formation of 
joints, cleavage, faults, folds and other structural features of the earth's crust. Introduction 
to geotectonics. Field trips. Aldrich 

GY 400 Environmental Geology. Preq: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-1) S. Man's effect upon and 
interaction with such processes as mass-wasting soil development, erosion, transport and 
deposition of sediments, surface waters, groundwater, volcanism and earthquakes. Environ- 
mental aspects of mineral and petroleum usage and waste disposal as affected by geologic 
processes and materials. Welby 

GY 415 Geology of Metalliferous Deposits. Preqs: GY 440, GY 452. 3(2-3) S. The nature, 
geologic setting and geographic distribution of metallic mineral deposits. Emphasis is on 
those deposits yielding ferrous, base, and precious metals and on the various geologic 
processes that work to produce them. Laboratory work with ore suites from famous mining 
districts of the world. Field Trips. Brown 

GY 423 Invertebrate Paleontology and Biostratigraphy Preqs: GY 201-210, or ZO 202. 
4(3-3) F. Study of invertebrate forms occurring commonly as fossils together with study of 
their application to problems of correlation of strata, paleoecology, and development of con- 
cepts of evolution. Lecture, laboratory, field trips. Welby 

GY 440 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. Preq: GY 331. 4(3-3) F. Rocks that are 
formed at high temperatures and pressures by crystallization or solidification of molten 
magma or by solid-state recrystallization of older rocks. Application of principles of phase- 
rule chemistry, and of the results of modern high pressure-temperature laboratory research 
on the stability fields of crystalline phases to an understanding of igneous and metamorphic 
rocks. Identification, classification, occurrence, and origin of the principal igneous and 
metamorphic rocks. Fodor 

GY 452 Sedimentary Petrology and Stratigraphy Coreq: GY 331. 4(3-3) S. Identification, 
classification, geologic occurrences, and origin of minerals, rocks and mineral deposits 
formed by physical, chemical and biological processes at low temperatures and pressures at 
and near the earth's surface. Principles of divisions of stratified terrains into natural units, 
correlation of strata, identification of depositional environments, and facies analysis. 

Cavaroc 

GY 461 Engineering Geology. Preq: GY 101 or 120. 3(3-0) F. Applying geologic principles 
to engineering practice; analysis of geologic factors and processes affecting specific engineer- 
ing projects. (Offered F 1979 and alt. years.) Leith 

GY 462 Field Geology. Preq: GY 351. 3(1-5) F. Methods of collecting geologic data and 
samples in the field. Introduction to the use of geologic surveying instruments. Basic geologic 
mapping. Preparation of geologic maps, cross sections, and geologic reports. Aldrich 

GY 465 Geologic Field Camp. Preq: GY 351, 440, 452. 6. Sum. Six weeks summer field 
course. Field procedures and geologic instruments. Geological mapping of various geologic 
structures and terrains. Field trips. Aldrich 

GY 470 Principles of Geophysics. Preqs: PY 208 or 212; GY 120 or equivalent recom- 
mended. 3(3-0) F. The structure of the earth as inferred from geophysical investigations of 
gravity, earth magnetism, earthquake seismology, thermal history, and geodynamics. Data 
acquisition and interpretation. Applications to exploring natural resources and to engineer- 
ing geology. W° n 

283 



GY 481 Principles of Geomorphology. Preq: GY 201 or equivalent. 3(2-2) F. Land forms, 
the processes responsible for their origin, their stages of development and the underlying 
geology and structures on which they have formed. Emphasis on the geologic principles in- 
volved in interpreting the origin and evolution of the North American landscape. 

Harrington 

GY 491 Seminar on Selected Geologic Topics. 1-3. Study and discussion of selected 
geological topics. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

GY 500 Regional Geology of North America. Preqs: GY 101 or 120, sr. standing. 1-6. 
Field study of classic geologic localities and geomorphic processes not indigenous to North 
Carolina. Typical areas are New England and adjacent Canada, northern Mexico and 
southwestern United States, and the Pacific Northwest. Representative subjects include the 
Canadian Shield, Precambrian mineral deposits, the San Andreas fault, desert geo- 
morphology, Grand Canyon stratigraphy, modern and ancient reefs, and glaciated volcanoes. 
Mineral, rock, and fossil collecting. Student reports required. Graduate Staff 

GY 521 Introduction to Subsurface Well Evaluation. Preqs: CH 103, PY 212, GY 120. 
3(2-3) Alt. F. Principles, uses and interpretation of commonly used wireline technique for 
structural, lithologic, and fluid evaluation of wells. Oriented towards petroleum re- 
serve/evaluations. Cavaroc 

GY 522 Petroleum Geology. Preq: GY 452. 3(3-0) S. Properties, origin, and modes of oc- 
currence of petroleum and natural gas. Geologic and economic features of the principal oil 
and gas fields, mainly in the United States. (Offered S 1980 and alt. yrs.) Leith 

GY 524 Continental Evolution. Preqs: GY 222, 351, 440, 452. 3(3-0) F. The stratigraphic 
and tectonic events which have shaped the continents, with emphasis upon North America; 
field trips. (Offered F 1980 and alt. years) Welby 

GY 532 Ore Microscopy. Preq: GY 331. 3(0-6) F. The theory and technique of microscopic 
investigation of opaque ore minerals, ores and mill products produced by beneficiation of 
ores. Studies of compositions and textures of materials in polished surfaces are based on ob- 
servations of optical and physical properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. (Of- 
fered F 1979 and alt. years.) Brown 

GY 542 Intermediate Petrographic Analysis. Preq: GY 440 or equivalent. 2(0-5) F. 
Systematic study of rocks in thin section by means of the petrographic microscope. 
Mineralogy, mineral and rock compositions, and rock textures applied to an interpretation of 
the origin and crystallization or depositional history of specimens studied. Suites repre- 
sentative of each of the three major rock groups will be studied during the first half of the 
semester; during the remainder of the semester, the student will concentrate on suites 
representative of his/her area of specialization. Stoddard, Cavaroc 

GY 545 Advanced Igneous Petrology. Preq: GY 440. 3(2-2) S. Physicochemical principles 
related to igneous petrogenesis. General principles and specific problems including the 
origin, differentiation and emplacement of magmas and the possible relationships of igneous 
processes to global tectonics. (Offered S 1980 and alt. years.) Fodor 

GY 546 Advanced Metamorphic Petrology. Preq: GY 440. 3(2-2) Alt. S. The petrogenesis 
of metamorphic rocks including conditions of metamorphism, metamorphic facies and facies 
series, the petrogenetic grid, contact and regional metamorphism, metamorphism and plate 
tectonics. Heterogeneous chemical equilibrium and application of Gibbs Phase Rule to 
metamorphic rocks. Thermodynamically valid algebraic and graphical analysis of 
equilibrium mineral assemblages. Chemical zoning. Petrographic studies of selected 
metamorphic suites. (Offered S 1979 and alt. yrs.) Stoddard 

GY 551 Advanced Structural Geology. Preq: GY 351. 3(2-3) Alt. F. Principles of rock 
mechanics and their application in solving geologic problems; finite strain analysis of de- 
formed rocks; advanced techniques of structural analysis; petrofabrics; development of 
various geologic structures. Course is designed to emphasize the application of principles and 
techniques in the field. Aldrich 



284 



GY 563 Applied Sedimentary Analysis. Preqs: GY 452, ST 361. 3(2-2) F. Extension of GY 
452, with emphasis on coarser grained elastic sedimentary rocks. Sampling of sedimentary 
population, critical study of assumptions underlying standard measurement techniques; 
treatment, testing and evaluation of sedimentary data; application to problems in sedimen- 
tology. (Offered F 1980 and alt. yrs.) Cavaroc 

GY 564 Depositional Environments and Lithostratigraphy. Preq: GY 452 or grad. 
standing. 3(2-3) S. Fabric of large sedimentary basins in terms of the spatial distribution of 
component major rock facies; current litho-genetic models based upon comparison with re- 
cent equivalents; field trips. Cavaroc 

GY 565 Hydrogeology. Preq: GY 452. 3(3-0) S. Occurrence and sources of surface and sub- 
surface water. Relationships of surface water to subsurface water. Rock properties affecting 
infiltration, movement, lateral and vertical distribution, and quality of ground water. Deter- 
mination of permeability, capacity, specific yield, and other hydraulic characteristics of 
aquifers. Principles of well design, legal aspects of water supplies. (Offered S 1981 and alt. 
yrs.) Welby 

GY 567 Geochemistry. Preq: CH 331 or 433. 3(3-0) F. The quantitative distribution of ele- 
ments in the earth's crust, the hydrosphere and the atmosphere. Application of the laws of 
chemical equilibrium and resultant chemical reactions to natural earth systems. 
Geochemical application of Eh-pH diagrams. Geochemical cycles. Isotope geochemistry. (Of- 
fered F 1980 and alt. years.) Graduate Staff 

GY 570 Exploration and Engineering Geophysics. Preq: GY 470 or PY 207 or PY 208 or 

equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Geophysical methods as applied to exploring the earth's mineral and 
energy resources and investigating subsurface geological structure and its physical proper- 
ties. Principles, measurements, analyses, and interpretations of gravity, magnetic, electric, 
electromagnetic, seismic methods. Won 

GY 571 Geophysical Field Methods. Preq: GY 570. 2(2-week summer camp) Sum. Two- 
week summer field course. Practical geophysical field measurements using instruments for 
gravity, magnetic, electric, electromagnetic and radioactivity methods. Data interpretation 
in terms of subsurface geological structures and their physical properties, locations, sizes 
and shapes. Students are required to register for the course in the second summer session. 
Location: within the state of North Carolina; estimated expense: $150. (Offered Sum. 1979 
and alt. yrs.) Won 

GY 581 Geomorphology. Preqs: GY 101 or 120 plus appropriate background. 3(2-3) F. 
Land forms and their relations to processes, stages of development, and adjustments of 
structure. Emphasis on mass-wasting, fluvial geomorphology of humid and arid climates, 
coasts, karst and eolian processes. Lectures, map interpretations and field trips. Harrington 

GY 582 Quaternary Geology. Preqs: GY 101 or 120, sr. standing. 3(3-0) S. Glaciology, 
glacial geology, Pleistocene stratigraphy, periglacial geomorphology; Quaternary volcanism, 
tectonism, and sea-level fluctuations; late Cenozoic climate changes; field trips. (Offered S 
1981 and alt. yrs.) Harrington 

GY 583 Photogeology. Preq: GY 101 or 120. 3(2-2) S. The stereoscopic study of aerial 
photographs to obtain geologic information. The construction of bedrock and surficial 
geologic maps from aerial photographs. Aspects of remote sensing useful in geologic inter- 
pretation. Harrington 

GY (MSE) 584 Marine Geology. Preqs: GY 452, or 101 or 120 plus appropriate 
background. 3(3-0) S. Morphology, structure and origin of ocean basins with their diverse 
features and their relations to the continents. Physical and chemical properties of the oceans, 
sedimentation in the marine environment and near-shore features. The economic potential of 
mineral resources derived from oceanic areas. (Offered S 1980 and alt. yrs.) Nittrouer 

GY 588 Regional Tectonics. Preqs: GY 351, 440, 452. 3(3-0) S. 1980 and alt. yrs. Methods 
of study of the tectonic history of major geologic regions in North America and other areas of 
the world through the application of stratigraphy, petrology, and structural geology. Syn- 
thesizing regional tectonic patterns and events. Aldrich 

GY 593 Advanced Topics in Geology. Preq: CI. 1-6 F,S. Special study of some advanced 
phases of geology. Graduate Staff 

285 



HISTORY OF ART 

HA 201 History of Art From Ancient Greece Through the Renaissance. 3(3-0) F,S. A 
survey of art from Ancient Greece and Rome through the Italian Renaissance covering the 
major art forms of painting, sculpture, and architecture. Includes the early medieval period 
as well as the later developments of the Romanesque and Gothic eras. Ketchiff 

HA 202 History of Art From the Renaissance Through the 20th Century. 3(3-0) F,S. A 
survey of art from the Northern Renaissance in Europe through the 20th century in Europe 
and America. Painting, sculpture and architecture are examined as well as the more recent 
techniques of collage, frottage and other mixed media approaches. Ketchiff 

HA 203 History of American Art. 3(3-0) S. Alt. yrs. A history of American Art (painting, 
sculpture and architecture) from the Colonial Period through the 20th century. Ketchiff 

HA 298 Special Topics in Art History. 3(3-0). Introductory survey of particular areas of 
art history. Special topics will vary semester to semester, but emphasis will be on 
chronological periods such as 20th century art, the Italian Renaissance, etc. Ketchiff 

HISTORY 

NOTE: 200-300 level courses open to all students without prerequisite. Previous course 
work in any particular field of history is not necessary in order to take any 200-300 level 
course. 

HI 205 Western Civilization Since 1400. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey of Western Civilization from 
the Renaissance to the present. 

HI 207 The Ancient World to 180 A.D. 3(3-0) F,S. The ancient cultures of the Middle East 
and Graeco-Roman civilization, including Egyptian, Minoan, Mycenean, Greek, and Roman 
societies and cultures. 

HI 208 The Middle Ages. 3(3-0) F,S. Medieval civilization as it emerged from the declining 
Roman Empire through its apogee in the 13th century. The transition from the classical to 
the medieval world, the impact of the Germanic influx, and the political, economic, and social 
institutions of the High Middle Ages. 

HI 209 Renaissance to Waterloo 1300-1815. 3(3-0) F,S. A survey of all aspects of the 
period of transition from the medieval to the modern world. Includes the decline of medieval 
institutions, the Renaissance, the Reformation and Counter-Reformation, rise of Ab- 
solutism, the English 17th-century revolution, the French Revolution and Napoleonic era. 

HI 210 Modern Europe 1815-Present. 3(3-0) F,S. An introductory survey of the history of 
European societies and political systems from 1815 to the present. 

HI 215 Latin America to 1826. 3(3-0) F,S. The origins and development of social, political, 
economic and religious institutions from pre-conquest times to the achievement of indepen- 
dence. The ancient American cultures; Spain and Portugal before 1492; the conquest and set- 
tlement; Spanish rule in theory and practice; economic life; the Church; land and labor; the 
African contribution; the Portugese in Brazil; the independence movements. 

HI 216 Latin America Since 1826. 3(3-0) F,S. Social, political, economic, and intellectual 
life in the 19th and 20th centuries. Major attention to Mexico, Argentina, Brazil, Peru, and 
Cuba. Topics include the social structure of the new nations; 19th century liberalism; the 
force of tradition; relations with Europe and the United States; the Monroe Doctrine and 
U.S. intervention; economic change; caudillo rule; 20th century upheavals; the Mexican 
Revolution; Peron's Argentina; Castro and Latin America. 

HI 221 An Introduction to British History to 1688. 3(3-0) F,S. A general survey of the 
history of British society, culture, and politics to 1688. 

HI 222 An Introduction to British History Since 1688. 3(3-0) F.S. A general survey of the 
history of British society, culture, and politics since 1688. 

HI 233 The World in the 20th Century. 3(3-0) F,S. National and international problems in 
the Western and non-Western world, including institutions and ideas at the turn of the cen- 



286 



tury, origins and effects of the First World War, the post-war challenge to Western 
democratic supremacy from within and without, the Second World War, and problems of the 
post-war period. 

HI 241 United States to 1783. 3(3-0) F,S. The European background of American history; 
establishment of English colonies in America; colonial historical development; the conflict 
with England, the securing of independence, and the establishment of independent 
government. 

HI 242 United States, 1783-1845. 3(3-0) F,S. Inauguration of the new nation; territorial 
expansion and the westward movement; growth of democracy and social reform; develop- 
ment of national feeling and sectional tensions. 

HI 243 United States, 1845-1914. 3(3-0) F,S. The coming of the Civil War; the war and the 
reconstruction of the nation; the rise of industrialism and the Populist and Progressive 
response; the emergence of the United States as a world power. 

HI 244 United States Since 1914. 3(3-0) F,S. The United States and the First World War; 
the society in the 1920's; the Great Depression and the New Deal; the Second World War and 
post-war international problems; the Truman and Eisenhower years; America in the 1960's 
and 1970's. 

HI 263 Traditional East Asia: Prehistory to 1800. 3(3-0). Introduction to the civiliza- 
tions of China, Japan, and Korea prior to the penetration of Western institutions and ideas. 

HI 264 Modern East Asia: 1800 to Present. 3(3-0). The western impact and the responses 
in China, Japan, and the smaller nations of East and Southeast Asia. 

HI 275 Introduction to History of South and East Africa. 3(3-0) F,S. The history of 
Southern and Eastern Africa, focusing on such topics as the African kingdoms (the Lunda, 
Buganda and Zula kingdoms); the European encroachment, the origins of Colonialism and 
the character of colonial societies and economies, South African apartheid, African Protest, 
nationalism and independence. 

HI 276 Introduction to History of West Africa. 3(3-0) F,S. The history of Western 
Africa, focusing on such topics as the forest civilizations and the slave trade, the trade and 
the expansion of Islam, the colonialism in West Africa, the emergence of African nationalism 
and the achievement of independence, and post colonial West Africa. 

HI 298 Special Projects in History. 1-3 F,S. Utilized for guided research or experimental 
classes at the soph, level. Staff 

HI 315 History of the Crusades: Conflict and Culture in the Mediterranean. 3(3-0) Alt. 
yrs. The causes and deeds of the long conflict over the Holy Land during the Middle Ages, 
known as the Crusades, and the concurrent cultural interchanges and economic, social, 
political and legal relations between Classical Islamic and Western Medieval European 
civilizations. Readings are given in translated Arabic, Latin, Hebrew and Greek sources as 
well as secondary authors. Lectures are given from both the Western and Eastern perspec- 
tives. Newby, Riddle 

HI 321 Ancient and Medieval Science. 3(3-0) F. Selected topics to examine how pre- 
modern "science" differed from the science that emerged after the "Scientific Revolution" of 
the 17th century. The relations of science to social and economic factors, technology, magic, 
and religion. Examples from pre-history, Mesopotamia, Egypt, China, India, Greece, Rome, 
Islam and the Medieval and Renaissance West. Sylla 

HI 322 Rise of Modern Science. 3(3-0) F,S. The "Scientific Revolution" of the 16th and 
17th centuries. Analysis of Newton's System. The origins of modern chemistry, geology and 
evolution theory. The radical revision of Newtonian theory in the 20th century. These 
developments are considered within the context of the great historical movements of their 
time. Mulholland, Sylla 

HI 333 History of American Sport. 3(3-0). An examination of sports as a reflection of and 
a factor within the general development of American history. Beezley, Hobbs 

HI 341 Technology in History. 3(3-0) S. The role of technology in society from earliest 
times to the present. The achievements of technology and their impact on society as a whole 

287 



are examined along with the social status, education, sources of support, and relationships to 
church and government of scientists and engineers in various periods. Mulholland 

HI 343 U. S. Urban History, 1607-Present. 3(3-0) F. An introductory survey of U.S. ur- 
ban history, 1607-present. Major emphasis on the historical background of today's social, 
economic, and political urban problems. Research projects tailored to fit the interest and 
career plans of individual students will be required. King 

HI 348 History of Women in the United States. 3(3-0). The history of women's roles as 
they relate to economic and social change in the United States. The lives of women in pre-in- 
dustrial and industrial America with focus on women's experiences in both the public sphere 
(politics and reform for example) and the private sphere (domestic, reproductive, and family 
patterns). O'Brien, Scott 

HI 365 The American West. 3(3-0) F. A history of the American frontier with emphasis 
on the trans-Mississippi West. The course surveys the cycles of exploration, conquest, and 
exploitation of this region, and examines the influence of the frontier in the development of 
the United States. Crisp 

HI (EB) 370 The Rise of Industrialism. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F. (See economics 
and business.) 

HI (EB) 371 Evolution of the American Economy. Preq: EB 201 or 212. 3(3-0) F. (See 
economics and business.) 

HI 372 Afro-American History Through the Civil War, 1619-1865. 3(3-0). After a brief 
consideration of their African background, the course considers the particular role, ex- 
perience and influence of Afro-Americans in the United States through the Civil War. Staff 

HI 373 Afro-American History Since 1865. 3(3-0). The history of Afro-Americans in the 
United States from the Reconstruction era through the Civil Rights Movement or Black 
Revolution of the 1950s and 1960s. Staff 

NOTE: Prerequisite for J>00 level courses: Three hours of history. 

HI 400 Civilization of the Ancient Near East. 3(3-0). The civilization of Mesopotamia and 
Egypt from earliest times to the fall of Babylon in 539 B.C. Sack 

HI 403 Ancient Greek Civilization. 3(3-0). The history of the Hellenes from the Minoan 
civilization through Alexander's legacy, with readings in Herodotus and Thucydides. Sack 

HI 404 Rome to 180 A.D. 3(3-0). Roman development from the Estruscans through Em- 
porer Marcus Aurelius (180 A.D.). Examines through readings in Livy and Tacitus the great 
political achievement which saw Rome rise from a cattletown on the Tiber to the head of an 
Empire. Riddle 

HI 406 From Roman Empire to Middle Ages. 3(3-0). Using primarily translated Latin 
sources the course deals with decline of Imperial Rome, and its succession by new Christian, 
Germanic, and Islamic civilizations. Newby, Riddle 

HI 407 Islamic History to the Crusades. 3(3-0). The history of the Islamic Near East to 
the disintegration of the Caliphate and the beginning of the Crusades. Topics will include: 
The East Mediterranean and Arabia before Islam, Muhammad and the development of 
Islam, the early Caliphates, the Abbasid revolution, sources of Muslim civilization, the 
Classical heritage and Islam, Islamic society and institutions, Islamic law, Islamic 
mysticism. Newby 

HI 408 Islamic History from the Crusades to 1798. 3(3-0). The history of the Islamic 
world from the Crusades to 1798. Topics will include: The Crusades and the Counter 
Crusades; the Ottomans; Islamic literature, science, philosophy, art and architecture; Islam 
in Spain, India, Asia and Africa; the rise of European influence. Newby 

HI 410 Italian Renaissance. 3(3-0). Renaissance humanism, an educational ideal and an 
awareness of man as the sole creator in the historical world, will be examined in its 
relationship to the Italian republics and princedoms of the 14th through the 16th century. 

Banker 



288 



HI 411 The Protestant and Catholic Reformation of the 16th Century. 3(3-0). The condi- 
tions and criticisms which lead to reform and the nature of the institutional and theological 
changes affected by the various churches and sects. Special attention to Luther and Calvin. 

Banker 

HI 414 The Age of Absolutism. 3(3-0). Concentrates on the development of royal ab- 
solutism in 17th century Europe, the nature of the institutions which supported it, the par- 
ticular cultural forms and patterns which it generated, and the reasons for its decline in the 
18th century. Greenlaw 

HI 415 Revolutionary Europe. 3(3-0). A broadly based analysis of Europe's first 
revolutionary era. The revolution in thought called the Enlightenment, the causes and 
character of the Revolution in France, the impact of these events in France and Europe. 

Greenlaw 

HI 416 European Life and Work, 1750-1850. 3(3-0). An historical examination of social 
traditions and change in Europe (esp. England, France and Germany) from the mid-18th 
to the mid-19th century, including both rural and urban life. The course emphasizes popu- 
lation growth and its effects, changes in lower and middle class family life, the evolution 
of labor, the experience and perception of poverty, and types of popular protest. LaVopa 

HI 418 Fascism in Germany and Italy, 1919-1945. 3(3-0). Hitler and Mussolini: two 
aspects of European Fascism in the interwar period. Suval 

HI 424 England From the Celts to 1485. 3(3-0) S. A political history of England from the 
Celts to 1485 with special emphasis upon political and religious ideas and institutions and the 
development of the English Constitution. Downs 

HI 425 Tudor and Stuart England. 3(3-0). The permanent political crisis set into motion 
by the Reformation culminating in the English Civil War. Emphasis on certain key develop- 
ments in social, political and economic life such as the development of a new concept of 
kingship, the growing independence of Parliament, the search for religious uniformity and 
the changing status of the aristocracy and gentry. Carlton 

HI 426 England in the 18th and 19th Centuries. 3(3-0). A political history of England dur- 
ing the 18th and 19th centuries with special emphasis upon political ideas and institutions 
and constitutional developments as viewed within the context of social and intellectual 
change. Downs 

HI 429 20th Century Britain. 3(3-0). British political, social and economic history since 
1914, with reference to the effects of two world wars, the growth of the Welfare State, 
British decline as a power, and the search for a new role in the world. Carlton 

HI 430 Modern France. 3(3-0). The major trends since the downfall of Napoleon I with a 
short preliminary survey of the old regime and the revolutionary period 1789-1815. Cultural, 
economic, social and intellectual trends are stressed as well as the political. The ways in 
which France has been a seedbed for new movements in Europe. Brown 

HI 431 Germany: Luther to Bismarck 1500-1871. 3(3-0). A history of Germany from the 
Reformation to the completion of national unification in 1871, including the major historical 
events and personalities and emphasizing the impact of socio-economic changes on politics 
and culture. LaVopa 

HI 432 History of Germany Since 1871. 3(3-0). German history from the unification of 
1871 to the present, concentrating on problems of nationalism and political and social 
reform. Suval 

HI 436 European Thought and Society, 1750-1900. 3(3-0). A study of major figures in 
European thought and letters since the Enlightenment and their influence on European and 
World culture, society and politics. Staff 

HI 438 History of Russia to 1881. 3(3-0). The social, political, economic and cultural 
history of Kievan Russia, Muscovy and Imperial Russia through the emancipation of the 
serfs and the fundamental reforms that followed. Emphasis on internal developments; some 
attention to foreign policy. Wheeler 



289 



HI 439 History of Russia Since 1881. 3(3-0). The history of Russia and the Soviet Union 
from the great reforms of the 19th century to modern times emphasizing political, religious, 
and cultural trends that underlie the development of the Russian state and society and the 
position of the U.S.S.R. in the world today. Some attention to foreign policy with emphasis 
on Soviet period. Wheeler 

HI 441 The United States: The Colonial Period. 3(3-0). An intensive analysis of the 
English Colonization of the New World, the motives for settlement, the growth of political 
institutions, the development of imperial-colonial relations, the rise of slavery, the role of 
religion and ideas in colonial life, and the process of Americanization from 1606 to 1763. 

Constantin 

HI 442 The United States: Revolution to Constitution. 3(3-0). The conflict with Great 
Britain after 1763 leading to the declaring of independence; the war for American indepen- 
dence; the political, social, and ideological problems in establishing the government of the 
new nation. Constantin 

HI 443 The Age of Jefferson. 3(3-0). The political, social, economic, intellectual and 
diplomatic aspects of United States history from the adoption of the Constitution in 1789 
through the second Madison administration. Establishment of the federal government; im- 
plementation of Hamilton's financial system; foreign affairs during the Wars of the French 
Revolution; rise of political parties; triumph of the Jeffersonian Republicans; territorial ex- 
pansion of the United States; War of 1812. Wishy 

HI 444 The Age of Jackson, 1815-1850. 3(3-0). The major political, social, cultural and 
economic developments from the Era of Good Feelings to the Compromise of 1850. Readings 
organized around four major interpretations of the period. King 

HI 445 American Social Ideals and Institutions Before the Civil War. 3(3-0). Investiga- 
tion in selected periods before the Civil War of the structure and role of the American family, 
organization of voluntary societies (such as reform groups) of professions and occupations 
and the development of social ideals and attitudes in both workaday and highbrow culture. 
Readings include diaries, letters and advice manuals. Scott 

HI 446 Civil War and Reconstruction. 3(3-0). The period of sectional strife and war. Ex- 
amination of the impact of the war on the United States and the efforts to reconstruct the 
South on a national basis. Harris 

HI 447 American Social Ideals and Institutions Since the Civil War. 3(3-0). Study of 
American social and cultural life since the Civil War and focusing on changes in the nature of 
social ties, in the institutions surrounding work, in sex roles and the function of the family, 
and in agencies of education and communication. Scott 

HI 450 The United States in Prosperity and Depression, 1919-1939. 3(3-0). The domestic 
history of the United States between the World Wars, emphasizing the social and political 
responses to economic, demographic, and organizational change. Collins 

HI 452 Recent America. 3(3-0). Some of the major problems in American life since 1939. 

Hobbs 

HI 454 U.S. Foreign Relations. 3(3-0). The origins of American foreign policy and the 
conduct of diplomacy in the era since the United States became a world power. Stresses com- 
plex array of personalities, ideas, institutions and forces involved in shaping and im- 
plementing policy. Beers 

HI 455 Christianity and Its Critics in American History. 3(3-0). Analysis of major 
challenges to conventional or established belief and orthodoxy from Anne Hutchinson and 
Roger Williams to the age of Darwin. Concentration on the major intellectual debates about 
the foundations of traditional faith as well as on alternatives to Christianity and attempts to 
restate its claims. Constantin 

HI 458 Significant Figures in 20th Century America. 3(3-0). The impact on American life 
in the 20th century of some important people in the fields of politics, war and peace, sports 
and various forms of communication. Hobbs 

HI 461 Civilization of the Old South. 3(3-0). The distinctive features of the Old South as 
290 



part of the regional development of United States history. Consideration of colonial factors 
in the making of the South, development of the plantation system and Negro slavery, 
Southern social order, intellectual and cultural life, economic development, and rise of 
Southern nationalism. Crisp, Elliott 

HI 462 The New South in America. 3(3-0). A brief investigation of distinguishing 
features of Southern society on the eve of the Civil War and extended analysis of the subse- 
quent development of this society in a modernizing nation. O'Brien 

HI 463 North Carolina to 1860. 3(3-0). North Carolina history from the earliest explora- 
tions through the 1850's. Elliott 

HI 464 North Carolina Since 1860. 3(3-0). North Carolina history from the eve of the Civil 
War to the present. O'Brien 

HI 467 Modern Mexico. 3(3-0) F. Major developments in Mexican national life since 1821. 
The 19th century: the era of Santa Anna, the war with the United States, the Reform, the 
French intervention, and the dictatorship of Porfirio Diaz. The 1910 Revolution and the 
resulting transformation of Mexico's political, social and economic institutions. Reading 
knowledge of Spanish helpful but not required. Beezley 

HI 469 20th Century Latin American Revolutions. 3(3-0). The variety of revolutionary 
changes in certain 20th century Latin American republics. Concentrates on Argentina, 
Bolivia, Peru, and Cuba, but includes some other nations. Examines movements dedicated to 
the overthrow of traditional liberal institutions and their replacement by other political, 
social, and economic systems. Beezley 

HI 471 Revolutionary China. 3(3-0). The failure of traditional Chinese society to find 
means of accommodation with the West. The emergence of the revolutionary Communist 
state and society. Ocko 

HI 472 Modern Japan, 1850 to Present. 3(3-0). Japan's emergence as a nation and world 
power. Ocko 

HI 473 20th Century Asian Revolutionaries. 3(3-0). Use of psycho-historical techniques 
for the comparative study of the lives and works of great figures in 20th century Asia: Sun 
Yat-sen, Mao Tse-tung, Mohandas Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru. Ocko 

HI 475 History of the Republic of South Africa: Race, Class, and Politics in Historical 
Perspective. 3(3-0). The evolution of South Africa's plural society, with emphasis on the in- 
teraction of diverse peoples and cultures. Particular attention is given to the period marked 
by rapid economic growth since 1870. Vickery 

HI 491 Seminar in History. Open to juniors and seniors in history and to other juniors, 
seniors and graduate students with departmental permission. 3(3-0) F,S. Topics vary each 
semester. Consult history department for specific topics. Staff 

HI 498 Special Topics in History. 1-6 F,S. Extensive readings on predetermined topics 
focused around a central theme. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

NOTE: Prerequisite for all history courses at the 500 and 600 level is six hours of advanced 
history or equivalent. 

HI 515 The High Middle Ages. 3(3-0). An analysis of medieval culture. Topics such as the 
revival of the Roman Empire, monastic and papal reform, the rise of universities, the evolu- 
tion of representative bodies, the Gothic style, troubadour and goliardic poetry, 
scholasticism, and the revival of Roman law. Riddle 

HI 528 England in the Age of the American Revolution. 3(3-0). An intensive study of 
English political, religious, economic, social, and imperial ideas and institutions between 
1763 and 1783 with special emphasis on how these affected and were affected by the War of 
the American Revolution. Downs 

HI 530 Era of the French Revolution and Napoleon. 3(3-0). Aspects of the French 
Revolution and the Napoleonic era which are currently subject to differing interpretations. 

Greenlaw 

291 



HI 532 History of Great Britain, 1820-1914. 3(3-0). Great Britain from the Regency of 
George IV to the outbreak of World War I with emphasis on the most significant develop- 
ments in constitutional, religious, and economic ideas and institutions. Downs 

HI 536 History of International Relations Since 1870. 3(3-0). European diplomatic 
history and world international relations from the Franco-Prussian war through both World 
Wars up to the present. Emphasis on policies and attempts to solve international problems. 

Brown 

HI 545 The American Civil War. 3(3-0) F. Events that led to the disruption of the union 
and an intensive study of the war, emphasizing nonmilitary aspects. Only the major military 
campaigns are discussed. Harris 

HI 546 Reconstruction of the American Union. 3(3-0) S. The difficulties involved in the 
restoration and readjustment of American society after the Civil War. Attention to social 
and economic conditions in the defeated South, military reconstruction and Republican 
ascendancy in the region. Harris 

HI 548 The American Response to Industrialism. 3(3-0). The industrialization of the 
American economy and efforts to deal with the ensuing transformation of American life 
through politics, social institutions and ideas. O'Brien 

HI 551 History and Principles of the Administration of Archives and Manuscripts. 3(3- 
0) F. The nature, importance and use of original manuscript resources; the history and evolu- 
tion of written records, and the institutions administering them. Mitchell 

HI 552 Application of Principles of Administration of Archives and Manuscripts. 

Preq: HI 551. 3(3-0) S. Internship training applies the principles and practices of archival 
management. Mitchell 

HI 561 U.S. Far Eastern Relations. 3(3-0). American expansion into the Pacific and in- 
volvement in Asian affairs. Both official diplomatic relations and unofficial contacts (by mis- 
sionaries, educators, businessmen, and the like) which influenced Americans. Beers 

HI 565 The History of Urban Life in the U.S., 1607-1865. 3(3-0) F. Designed to give the 
student an understanding of the historical background of today's urban problems. King 

HI 566 The History of Urban Life in the U.S., 1865-Present. 3(3-0) S. Designed to give 
the student an understanding of the historical background of today's urban problems. King 

HI 572 History of Soviet Russia Since 1930. 3(3-0). Analysis of the domestic and foreign 
policies of the Soviet Union since 1930 with emphasis on the position of the Soviet Union in 
the world since 1945. Wheeler 

HI 598 Special Topics in History. 1-6 F,S. An investigation of topics of particular in- 
terest to advanced students under the direction of faculty members on a tutorial basis. 

Graduate Staff 

HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

HS 101 Plants for Home and Pleasure. 3(2-3) F,S. A general course concerned with the 
basic uses of plants and flowers in and around the home. Topics studied will be indoor plants, 
flower arranging, home landscaping, and flower, vegetable and fruit gardening. Staff 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture. 3(3-0) F,S. Basic principles of production, processing 
and utilization of fruit, vegetable, flower, and ornamental crops. The economic importance 
and distribution of horticultural enterprises. The roles of horticulture in world nutrition and 
food supply, improvement of environmental quality in the landscape, aesthetic values, and 
medicinal uses. Fonteno 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants. Preq: BS 100. 3(1-5) F (211), S (212). Identification, dis- 
tribution, growth characteristics, adaptation, and usage of ornamental trees, shrubs, vines, 
and herbaceous plants in the landscape. Southall 

HS 301 Plant Propagation. Preq: BS 100, or BO 200. 3(2-2) F,S. The principles, methods, 
and practices in seedage, cuttage, division, budding, grafting, and other methods of propaga- 



292 



tion. Influence of hereditary, environmental, and pathological variations on the plant 
products. Staff 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture. 3(2-3) F,S. Application of design principles to landscap- 
ing small properties and selecting and planting trees, shrubs, flowers, and lawn grasses. Stu- 
dents will work out detailed landscape plans. Field trips to homes and gardens. Green 

HS 352 Landscape Design Presentation. 2(1-2) F,S. An introduction to the technical and 
aesthetic skills and concerns used in the communication of delineated landscape designs. 
Projects provide an opportunity to develop individual expertise in the representation of 
ideas, concepts and essence of design in written and graphic forms. Green 

HS 411 Nursery Management. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F,S. Principles and prac- 
tices of production, management, and marketing of field-grown and container-grown nur- 
sery plants. Field trips. Raulston 

HS 414 Residential Landscaping. Preqs. HS 211, 212, SSC 200. 4(2-6) F,S. Landscape 
planning and development of residential properties to create an aesthetic and functional 
composition to complement the home. Required completion of planting plans including 
design, plant lists, planting details, and technical specifications. Green 

HS 421 Tree Fruit Production. Preqs: BS 100 or BO 200, SSC 200, HS 201. 3(2-3) F. Iden- 
tification, adaptation, production and marketing methods of the principal tree fruit and nut 
crops of the United States. Fundamental principles underlying perennial plant culture will 
be applied to the production of specific fruit crops with emphasis on the crops of commercial 
importance in North Carolina. Staff 

HS 422 Small Fruit Production. Preqs: BS 100 or BO 200, SSC 200, HS 201. 3(2-3) F. Alt. 
years. An introduction to the principal small fruit crops grown in the United States— their 
place and value in the agricultural economy and in market and home gardens. Emphasis will 
be placed on developing an understanding of the basic morphology and physiology of these 
plants and relating their structural and functional features to intensive and varied cultural 
practices. Staff 

HS 432 Vegetable Production. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. The origin, importance, 
distribution, botanical relationships, and principles of production and marketing of the ma- 
jor vegetable crops. Commercial production stressed. (Offered F 1978 and alt. yrs.) Miller 

HS 440 Greenhouse Management. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. Greenhouse site 
selection, construction, heating, cooling, and maintenance. The influence of environmental 
factors affecting growth and flowering of floricultural and greenhouse crops. Greenhouse 
media, fertilization, water sanitation. Field trips to commercial greenhouses. Love 

HS 441 Floriculture I. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) F. Cultural requirements and 
marketing procedures for several floricultural crops. Student will become acquainted with 
these crops through classroom and laboratory experience. Larson 

HS 442 Floriculture II. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) S. Cultural requirements and 
marketing procedures for floricultural crops. Acquaintance with these crops through 
classroom and laboratory experiences. Larson 

HS 471 Arboriculture. Preqs: BS 100, SSC 200. 3(2-3) S. Principles and practices for care 
and maintenance of ornamental trees and shrubs. Transplanting, fertilization, control of in- 
sects and diseases, bracing and cabling, and control of tree growth by chemical or pruning 
techniques. Bilderback 

HS 491 Senior Seminar in Horticultural Science. Preq. Senior standing. 1(1-0) F. Presen- 
tation of scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems in horticulture 
and related fields. Students are required to select a subject of their interest, with the ap- 
proval of the instructor, and give one seminar during the semester. Each seminar is formally 
evaluated by all of the students. DeHertogh 

HS 495 Special Topics in Horticultural Science. 1-6 F,S. Study in one or more of the 
following: an intensive literature review, experimental investigation with instructor 
guidance, or new course development on a trial basis. Staff 



293 



Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

HS (CS) 514 Principles and Methods in Weed Science. Preq: CS 414 or equivalent. 3(2- 
2) S. Studies on the losses caused by weeds, the ecology of weeds, biological control, basic con- 
cepts of weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and herbicide development. In- 
troduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques used in herbicide work and to field 
research techniques supplemented by laboratory and field exercises. Monaco 

HS (FS) 521 Food Preservation. 3(2-3) F. (See food science.) 

HS 531 Physiology of Landscape Plants. Preq: BO 421 or CI. 3(2-3) F. A course designed 
to cover relationships of plants to landscape environments. Study of plant function, basic 
climatology and plant physiological principles involved in the selection, utilization and main- 
tenance of physical landscape environments in exterior and interior ornamental landscape 
plantings. Raulston 

HS (CS, GN) 541 Plant Breeding Methods. 3(3-0) F. (See crop science.) 

HS (CS, GN) 542 Plant Breeding Field Procedures. 2(0-4) Sum. (See crop science.) 

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants. Preq: BO 421. 3(2-3) F. Alt. yrs. Exercises in 
tissue culture principles and techniques as they relate to horticulture. Emphasis on en- 
dogenous controls of plant growth and the role of growth regulating compounds in hor- 
ticultural research and production. Graduate Staff 

HS (FS) 562 Postharvest Physiology. Preq: BO 421. 3(3-0) S. A study of chemical and 
physiological changes that occur during handling, transportation and storage which affect 
the quality of horticultural crops. Consideration will be given to preharvest and postharvest 
conditions which influence these changes. Graduate Staff 

HS 599 Research Principles. Preq: CI. Credits Arranged, Maximum 6. Investigation of a 
problem in horticulture under the direction of the instructor. The students obtain practice in 
experimental techniques and procedures, critical review of literature and scientific writing. 
The problem may last one or two semesters. Credits will be determined by the nature of the 
problem, not to exceed a total of three hours for any one problem. A written report and final 
oral exam required for completion of course. Graduate Staff 

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

HSS 298 Transition Colloquium: The Arts in America. Transition students only. 3(3-0) 
S. One of the courses required in the Transition Program. Through a series of lectures, 
movies, field trips, and special group projects, this course is designed to complement the 
study of nineteenth- and twentieth-century American culture by focusing upon the arts in 
America. 

HSS (ALS) 490 International Seminar. Juniors and seniors; upperclassmen interested 
in International Affairs. 1(1-0) S. (See agriculture and life sciences.) 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS 

IA 111 Introduction to Industrial Arts. 1(1-0) F,S. A basic course designed to orient the 
student to the philosophy, objectives, and scope of industrial arts as related to teacher educa- 
tion and industrial employment. A studv of the problems and opportunities in the profession. 

Staff 

IA 115 Wood Processing I. 3(1-4) F,S. An introductory course in the design and construc- 
tion of wood products. The uses of basic hand tools, basic woodworking machines, fasteners 
and finishes, and the nature of wood as a construction material are included. Cox 

IA 122 Metal Technology I. 3(1-4) F,S. An introductory course in the basic design and 
construction of metal products. Sheet metals, bench metals, foundry, welding, turning, drill- 
ing, and cutting are included. Emphasis is upon the nature of the materials with respect to 
design and machining practices. Cox 

IA 231 Industrial Arts Design. Preqs: E 101, IA 115 and 122. 3(1-4) F.S. Principles of 



294 



design, functional and aesthetic, as applicable to the creation of products in materials. 
Emphasis is on individual student experiences and expression. Troxler 

IA 233 Metal Technology II. Preq: IA 122. 3(1-4) F,S. This course derives its content from 
the concepts of machining metals based on the five basic chip-removal metalworking arts of 
planing, turning, drilling, milling, and grinding. Young 

IA 246 Graphics Technology. Preq: High school technical drawing course. 3(1-4) F,S. An 
introductory course providing basic experiences in letterpress, offset printing, silk screen 
printing, photography, binding, and finishing. Staff 

IA 351 General Ceramics. 3(1-4) F,S. This course is designed to give the student an oppor- 
tunity to work with ceramic materials as a medium of expression and to get experience in the 
basic manufacturing processes of the ceramic industry. Emphasis will be given to a study of 
the sources of clay, designing, forming, decorating, and firing of ceramic products. Troxler 

IA 359 Electrical Technology I. Preqs: MA 111, PY 212 or 221. 3(1-4) F,S. A beginning 
course in electricity-electronics with special emphasis upon understanding the basic concepts 
of the phenomena of electricity-electronics, technical vocabulary and symbols; the use of for- 
mulas in reasoning and computation; securing, organizing, and treatment of data; and the 
methodology of logical problem solving are stressed. Young 

IA 360 Electrical Technology II. Preq: IA 359. 3(2-2) F,S. Continuation of electricity- 
electronics with special emphasis upon the application of electrical principles in consumer 
and industrial products. Each student is required to design, develop, and construct at least 
one product as a part of the laboratory experience. Fault analysis will be stressed. Young 

IA 364 Wood Processing II. Preq: IA 115. 3(1-4) F,S. Advanced study of woods technology 
with emphasis on machine processes, materials, and techniques of furniture production. Stu- 
dent work will be concerned with problem-solving activities in design, construction and fur- 
niture finishing. Cox 

IA 368 Technical Drawing II. Preq: E 101. 3(1-4) F,S. The second course in a two-course 
sequence to provide the industrial arts education student with the additional content and 
skill necessary to teach drawing courses with confidence and flexibility at the middle school 
or senior high school level. Troxler 

IA 476 Power Technology. Preqs: MA 111, PY 221. 3(1-4) F,S. Power technology is con- 
cerned with the development of an understanding of the principles of the creation, transfer 
and utilization of power. Special emphases are given to both physical concepts and applica- 
tion. Included are: electrical generators and motors, electrical controls, internal combustion 
engines, hydraulic systems and pneumatic systems. General analysis of faults and their 
corrections is included. Wenig 

IA 480 Modern Industries. Preq: Junior standing. 3(3-0) S. An overview of the function 
and organization of modern industry. Principles of work simplification, motion economy, 
processing and scheduling are reviewed. The effects of technological change on labor, 
management, and the consumer are considered. Attention is focused on contributions of 
technology to specific industrial processes in machining, forming and fabricating. Young 

IA 490 Special Problems in Industrial Arts. Preq: Junior standing; CI. 6 max. F,S. This 
course enables the student to obtain additional competence in particular areas of industrial 
arts. The student is assigned an advisor who has special knowledge and skill in the area. The 
student is expected to define his special interest and to outline the procedures he will follow 
in meeting it. The advisor approves or asks for modification of the proposal, makes arrange- 
ments for laboratory time, and holds regular conferences with the student for purposes of 
counsel, demonstration and evaluation. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

IA 510 Design for Industrial Arts Teachers. Preqs: Six hours of drawing, IA 231 or 
equivalent. 3(2-2) Sum. A study of new developments in the field of design with emphasis on 
the relationship of material and form in the selection and designing of industrial arts pro- 
jects. Graduate Staff 

IA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts. Preqs: Sr. standing, CI. Maximum 6. 

295 



F,S,Sum. Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced majors in in- 
dustrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify their knowledge and abilities 
through investigation and research in the various fields of industrial arts, such as metals, 
plastics, ceramics or electricity-electronics. Graduate Staff 

IA 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts. Freq. One term of student teaching or 
equivalent. Maximum 6. F.S.Sum. The purpose of this course is to broaden the subject mat- 
ter experience in the areas of industrial arts. Problems involving curriculum, investigation 
or research in one or more industrial arts areas will be required. Graduate Staff 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

IE 200 Introduction to Industrial Engineering. 1(0-2) F,S. Introduction to industrial and 
management engineering practice and concepts, including activity planning and control, 
human performance, resource allocation, operations improvement, and management 
systems. Illustrations of such functions in manufacturing, commercial, government or ser- 
vice organizations. Site visits, discussions and problems which relate to the design and opera- 
tion of integrated systems of humans, machines, information and materials. Staff 

IE 241 Furniture Manufacturing Processes I. Preq: E 240. 3(3-0) S. Survey of furniture 
manufacturing technology, emphasizing equipment and its relationship to furniture product 
engineering. Clark 

IE 301 Engineering Economy. Preq: MA 111. This course not open to students scheduling 
IE 311. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Criteria and techniques for management and engineering decisions in 
relation to economy of design, selection and operation. Effects of depreciation policies and 
machine replacement consideration. Problem solving and development of detailed project 
economy studies. Staff 

IE 307 Business Data Processing. Preq: CSC 111 or equiv. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to data 
processing principles and functions. Analysis and representation of data flow, logic, and 
procedures. Development of computer-based business applications; processing modes and 
controls; administrative methods and procedures. Staff 

IE 308 Control of Production and Service Systems. IE 307, ST 372; Coreq: IE 352. 4(3-1) 
S. An intensive study of the strategy for planning and control of production and service 
system. Taught from a total systems viewpoint, drawing on student's prior experience in 
statistics, information processing, and cost accounting. Topics include production or- 
ganization, flow and inventory accumulation. Quality control as well as quantity control is 
stressed. Emphasis on applications. Alvarez, Blair 

EE 311 Engineering Economic Analysis. Preq: Soph, standing. 3(3-0) F,S. Engineering 
and managerial decision making. The theory of interest and its uses. Equivalent annual 
costs, present worths, internal rates of return, and benefit/cost ratios. Accounting deprecia- 
tion and its tax effects. Economic lot size and similar cost minimization models. Sensitivity 
analysis. Cost dichotomies: fixed vs. variable, and incremental vs. sunk; use of accounting 
data. Replacement theory and economic life. Engineering examples. Bernhard, Canada 

IE 328 Manufacturing Processes. Preq: MAT 201. 3(2-3) F,S. Manufacturing operations 
for mechanical component parts and assembled products emphasizing: 1) capabilities and 
limitations of the various processes; 2) the concept of manufacturability, i.e. the interaction 
between product design, material, process, machine, man, and cost. These points illustrated 
experimentally. Harder 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study. Preq: ST 361. 4(3-3) F,S. Principles and methodology of 
operation process charting; methods and analysis; motion and micromotion study; and man- 
machine relationships. Use of predetermined time data; time study procedures, including 
performance rating, determination of allowances based on workplace, and environmental 
factors; and applications of wage incentives. C. Smith 

IE 340 Furniture Manufacturing Processes II. Preqs: IE 241 and WPS 205. 4(2-6) F. Sur- 
vey of technology, emphasizing sequence of operations, production rate and the integration 
of many types of equipment into a manufacturing system. Prak 



296 



IE 341 Furniture Plant Layout and Design. Preq: IE 340. 3(1-6) S. Problems in furniture 
manufacturing plant design; building structures, equipment location, space utilization, 
layout for operation and control, allied topics in power utilization light, heat, ventilation and 
safety. p ra k 

IE 343 Plant Layout and Materials Handling. Preqs: IE 328, 332. 3(1-4) F,S. Location 
and design of a production facility, considering factors affecting production and impact on 
environment and community. A major design project based on an operational situation. In- 
cludes market analysis; plant location, manufacturing process layout, and economic 
analysis. Alvarez 

IE 345 Principles of Upholstery. Preq: IE 241. 2(2-0) F,S. An examination of product 
function, frame design principles, upholstery constructions, material properties, and 
manufacturing processes. A study of the unique problems of upholstery merchandising, or- 
der processing, labor utilization, inventory control and costing. Clark 

IE 346 Furniture Design and Construction. Preq: IE 340. 2(2-0) S. Selected topics. 
Emphasis is on panel construction, panel manufacturing and finishing methods and the ap- 
plication in knock down furniture construction (Offered in alt. yrs.) Prak 

IE 351 Manufacturing Engineering. Preq: MAT 201. 3(2-3) F. Operations employed in the 
manufacture of mechanical component parts and assembled products with emphasis on: 1) 
capabilities and limitations of the various processes in practice; 2) the concept of manufac- 
turability, i.e. the interaction between product design, material, process, machine, man and 
cost; and 3) the theories associated with these processes. Laboratory periods illustrate and 
verify points. Harder 

IE 352 Work Analysis and Design. Preq: Course in mathematical statistics. 3(1-4) S. 
Work methods and production processes to improve operator effectiveness and reduce 
production costs. Techniques studies include those successfully applied in industry such as 
operation analysis, motion study, value engineering, predetermined time systems, time 
study and line balancing. The engineering approach to man-machine relationships, methods 
improvement, standardizing work procedures, and accurate measurement of labor content. 
Data obtained provide the basis for managerial controls. Blair 

IE 355 Introduction to Occupational Safety & Health. Preq: Soph, standing. 3(3-0) F,S. 
Provides a basic understanding of safety and health practices of contemporary concern to the 
plant manager, safety engineer, etc. Emphasizes the applications of human factors, 
biomechanics, work physiology, toxicology, statistics, and engineering in accident prevention 
and control. Specific instruments used in the measurements of safety and health problems. 

Ayoub 

IE 361 Deterministic Models in Industrial Engineering. Preq: MA 202. 3(3-0) F. Intro- 
duction to mathematical modeling, analysis techniques, and solution procedures applicable 
to decision-making problems in a deterministic environment. Methodologies covered are 
classical optimization, linear, and dynamic programming. Applications relate to problems in 
inventory control, production planning and scheduling, project planning, resource allocation, 
transportation, and personnel assignment. Nuttle 

IE 371 Furniture Quality and Production Control. Preqs: IE 307, 340; ST 361. 4(3-3) S. 
An introduction to statistical techniques applied to industrial problems. Control chart 
techniques, sampling plans, design of quality standards. Forecasting, inventory control, 
production planning and scheduling. Organization of quality control and production control. 
Examples from the furniture industry will be used throughout. Prak 

IE 401 Stochastic Models in Industrial Engineering. Preq: An introductory course in 
probability and/or math statistics. 3(3-0) F,S. Introduction to mathematical modeling, 
analysis, and solution procedures applicable to decision-making problems in an uncertain 
(stochastic) environment. Methodologies covered include dynamic programming, simulation, 
Markov chains, and classical optimization. Applications relate to problems such as inventory 
control, waiting lines, and system reliability and maintainability. Stidham 

IE 402 Quantitative Methods and Optimization. Preq: IE 361. 3(3-0) F. Treatment of 
decision-making problem structures and quantitative methods beyond those covered in IE 



297 



361. Topics covered include linear programming, non-linear programming, integer program- 
ming, implicit enumeration, game theory, flow networks, and activity networks, presented 
from a problem-solving orientation. Nuttle, Stidham 

IE 403 Quantitative Methods Practicum. Preqs: IE 361, 401. 3(1-2) S. Application of 
quantitative methods in industrial engineering to problems originating via case studies, site 
visits, and/or visits from practitioners. Emphasis on modeling or realistic decision-making 
problems with every attempt made to analyze and solve problems using quantitative tech- 
niques. When applicable, computer codes used as aid to solution. Communication of results of 
studies an integral part of the course. Stidham, Nuttle 

IE 420 Manufacturing Controls. Preq: IE 301. 3(3-0) F,S. Theory and methodology for 
developing and maintaining profitable manufacturing operations. Development of principles 
and procedures for control of materials, manpower and costs. Special attention to pro- 
duction and inventory control, equipment utilization, wage classification and cost reduction 
programs. Staff 

IE 421 Information and Control Systems. Preq: Senior standing, course in computer pro- 
gramming. 3(1-4) F,S. Investigation, analysis and development of integrated information 
processing systems, including management requirements, economic justification, and im- 
plementation approaches. Emphasis is on team projects which require analysis of manage- 
ment functions and specification of computer-based procedure design. Staff 

IE 432 Methods Engineering. Preq: IE 352. 3(2-3) S. Intensive study of methods analysis 
and work-design procedures used in manufacturing and service industries. Micro-motion 
study techniques and development of basic time data. Derivation of standard data and ap- 
plication to work load determination; use of the computer for setting time standards. Ap- 
plications to assembly line balancing, machine tending assignments, and managerial con- 
trols of production operations studied through the use of real-world production problems in 
project work. Staff 

IE 440 Furniture Management Analysis. Preq: IE 341. 3(1-4) F. Economic decision mak- 
ing applied to the furniture industry. The selection of equipment, materials, methods and 
strategy from several feasible alternatives is studied with the aid of actual case histories. 

Prak 

IE 443 Quality Control. Preq: ST 361. 3(2-2) F,S,Sum. Statistical methods in quality con- 
trol; control charts for variables and attributes; inspection sampling plans and procedures. 
Industrial applications. Prak 

IE 452 Ergonomics. Preq: Senior standing. 3(2-2) F. Introduction to man-machine- 
environment systems design and evaluation; applications to consumer products, tools, equip- 
ment, and the workplace. Overview of ergonomic research methodologies. Consideration of 
man's anatomical, physiological, and psychological capabilities and limitations as related to 
systems design and human performance. Use of anthropometric data in design. Display and 
control systems design. Effects of environmental stress upon work performance, safety, and 
health. Pearson, Ayoub 

IE 453 Facilities Design. Preq: Sr. standing in IE. 3(1-4) F. Project of an industrial plant 
to be designed by small groups of students taking complete initiative and responsibility in 
procuring the information required by the realistic design for industrial enterprise. Charts of 
the facilities and a report justifying the design feasibility from the technical, economic, and 
environmental impact viewpoint produced by each group. Canada 

IE 454 Modeling of Man-Machine Systems. Preq: IE 401. 3(2-1) S. Design, improvement, 
and installation of man-machine systems with emphasis upon the integration of operations 
research, engineering economy, and ergonomics for the analysis and assessment of systems 
performance. Analysis of systems typically found in industry; health care and safety fields; 
and government. Ayoub 

IE 470 Furniture Manufacturing Organization. Preq: IE 371. 2(2-0) F. The course is a 
summary of how management of a furniture company organizes for the most efficient com- 
bination of people, materials, machines and financial resources. The emphasis is on or- 
ganization, interrelations. Ekwall, Clark 



298 



IE 471 Furniture Manufacturing Organization Laboratory. Coreq: IE 470. 3(0-6) F. 
Senior "capstone" project requiring the design of a detailed organization structure and infor- 
mation systems for a furniture manufacturing situation. Ekwall, Clark 

IE 481 Engineering Economics (Mini). Preq: Senior standing and CI. Not for IE, CE, EO, 
and FMM undergraduates or anyone having received credit for IE 301, IE 311 or equivalent. 
1(3-0) S. Time value of money concepts applied to economic comparison of investment and 
operating alternatives by equivalent annual worth, present worth, and rate of return 
methods. This course is presented at a rapid-pace during one-third of a semester. 

Canada, Bernhard 

IE 482 Work Methods and Measurement (Mini). Preq: Senior standing and CI. Not for 

IE and FMM undergraduates or anyone having received credit for IE 332 or equivalent. 1(3-0) 
F. Review of classical industrial engineering activities: Systematic approach to work design 
and work measurement including methods analysis, classical time study techniques, 
predetermined time systems, and work sampling. This course is presented at a rapid-pace 
during one-third of a semester. Anderson, Blair 

IE 485 Manufacturing Engineering (Mini). Preq: Senior standing and CI. Not for IE and 
EO undergraduates or students who have taken MAT 400 or MAT 423. 1(3-0) F,S. Manufac- 
turing concepts stressing the interrelationship of materials and the processes that are used 
to develop finished products, with emphasis on metals. This course is presented at a rapid- 
pace during one-third of a semester. Harder 

IE 487 Information Systems (Mini). Preq: Senior standing and CI. Not for IE or FMM 
undergraduates or other students having received credit for IE 307 or equivalent. 1(3-0) F. 
An introduction to the generation, flow, processing, reporting and use of business informa- 
tion. System design and development, procedure design and documentation, role of user in 
system design and use of information. This course is presented at a rapid-pace during one- 
third of a semester. Phelan, W. Smith 

IE 488 Production and Inventory Control (Mini). Preq: Senior standing and CI. Not for 

IE and FMM undergraduates. 1(3-0) F. An overview of production and inventory control in- 
cluding brief coverage of forecasting, scheduling, expediting, MRP. This course is presented 
at a rapid-pace during one-third of a semester. Alvarez, Prak 

IE 489 Labor Relations for Engineers (Mini). Preq: Senior standing and CI. Industrial 
employment experience highly desirable (full time, co-op or summer). 1(3-0) F,S. Discussion 
of problems and constraints faced by engineers or managers in the operation of unionized 
facilities. Labor agreement provisions, grievance and arbitration procedures. This course is 
presented at a rapid-pace during one-third of a semester. Carson 

IE 490 Special Topics in Industrial Engineering. Preq: Junior or senior standing and CI. 
1-3. Generally used for the first offering of a new course, using conventional lecture format. 
Sometimes used for directed readings, problem sets, written and oral reports as required. 

Prak, W. Smith, Staff 

IE 495 Project Work in Industrial Engineering. Preq: Sr. Standing. 1-6 F,S. Special in- 
vestigations, study or research related to the fields of industrial engineering or furniture 
manufacturing and management. In a given semester several students and/or student 
groups may be working in widely divergent areas under the direction of several members of 
the faculty. Staff 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

IE (MA, OR) 505 Mathematical Programming I. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) F,Sum. A study 
of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear programming will be 
covered in detail. This course is intended for those who desire to study this subject in depth 
and detail. It provides a rigorous and complete development of the theoretical and com- 
putational aspects of this technique as well as a discussion of a number of applications. 

Graduate Staff 

IE (OR) 509 Dynamic Programming. Preqs: MA 405, ST 421. 3(3-0) S. An introduction to 
the theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming and its application to 
sequential decision problems. Nuttle, Elmaghraby 

299 



IE 511 Advanced Engineering Project Analysis. Preqs: IE 311, ST 421. 3(3-0) F. Analysis 
of project economy models with certainty assumed, advantages analyses employing 
probability concepts, sensitivity studies and measures of utility. Estimation techniques and 
use of accounting information, time series analysis and judgment factors. Planning and uses 
of capital funds. Canada 

IE 515 Advanced Manufacturing Processes. Preqs: IE 351 and EE 331 or equivalent. 3(3- 
0) F. The course examines manufacturing processes which involve chemical, electrochemical, 
electrical, thermo-electric and non-conventional mechanical energy modes. Each process is 
investigated as to its underlying theory, state-of-the-art technology, interaction with the 
workpiece material, geometric capability and economics. Harder 

IE 517 Computer-Aided Manufacturing. Preqs: IE 351 or equivalent and computer 
programming. 3(3-0) S. This course is concerned with the integration of the elements of 
production processes into a Computer Aided Manufacturing system (CAM). Students will 
generate programs for parts production in the APT language, for plotter verification, and for 
3-axis machining. The benefits of computer aided design and graphics in designing products 
for CAM are stressed. Industry case examples of machining, assembly and continuous 
process operations are studied. Harder 

IE 521 Management Decision and Control Systems. Preqs: IE 421, CSC 421 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Planning and development of comprehensive computer-based informa- 
tion systems to support management decisions. Formal systems concepts; management in- 
formation requirements. Management science and organizational behavior influences. Data 
bases and advanced system techniques and concepts. System evaluation and cost effec- 
tiveness. W. Smith 

IE (OR) 522 Organizational Systems Dynamics. Preqs: ST 371, IE 421. 3(3-0) F. A study 
of the behavior of large organizations as simulated on a large digital computer and driven by 
suitable exogenous inputs. Basic theory of feedback control of systems; methods of modeling 
for continuous simulation, including aspects of management policy. Projects cover study, 
modeling and simulation of industrial, business, political social organizations and systems; 
methods of changing system behavior by modifying parameters and model structure. Blair 

IE 523 Production Planning, Scheduling and Inventory Control. Preqs: OR 501 and ST 
515 or equivalents. 3(3-0) S. An analysis of Production-Inventory systems. Discussion of 
commonly used planning and scheduling techniques. Introduction to the use of math model- 
ing for solution of planning and scheduling problems. Interface with quality control and in- 
formation systems. Alvarez, Nuttle 

IE 525 Organizational Planning and Control. Preqs: Three credit hours in operations 
management (such as EB 325, IE 308). 3(3-0) S. Organization theory and systems approaches 
to administrative functions. Human and social influences of management systems for plan- 
ning and control of activity. Policy, structure and procedure related to industrial engineering 
activities. Effects of automation. (To be taught alt. yrs.) Pearson, W. Smith 

IE (PSY) 540 Human Factors in Systems Design. Preqs: IE (PSY) 338 or IE 452; Coreqs: 
ST 507 or 515. 3(3-0) S. Introduction to problems of the systems development cycle, including 
man-machine function allocation, military specifications, display-control compatibility, the 
personnel sub-system concept and maintainability design. Detailed treatment is given to 
man as an information processing mechanism. Pearson 

IE 541 Systems Safety Engineering. Preqs: IE 452, ST 371. 3(3-0) F.Sum. Problems in oc- 
cupational safety and health; preventive aspects involving product and work design, and per- 
sonnel selection. Consideration of the methods used in accident-injury study, including field 
investigation, experimental engineering and biomedical research, statistical studies, and 
fault tree analysis. Managerial aspects of safety accountability. (To be taught in alt. yrs.) 

Ayoub, Pearson 

IE 547 Reliability and Quality Assurance. Preq: One of the following: IE 308, IE 371, ST 
401 or ST 515. 3(3-0) S. An introduction to basic concepts of reliability and quality assurance. 
Application of probability and statistics to estimation and control of quality and reliability 
of industrial processes. Control charts and acceptance sampling. Reliability estimation, life 
testing. Failure distributions and rates. Reliability of systems: series, parallel, and monotone 

300 



systems. Maintenance of systems. Redundancy optimization. Quality management in indus- 
trial systems. Alvarez, Prak, Stidham 

IE 553 Materials Handling Systems. Preq: IE 453. 3(3-0) S. Analysis, design, evaluation 
and implementation of materials handling systems. Principles, functions, equipment con- 
cepts and traditional approaches of materials handling. Impact of facilities design on 
materials handling and application of quantitative techniques to materials handling systems 
design. Description of factors and approaches to materials handling management and the 
criticality of properly designed and operated material flow systems. Tompkins 

IE 556 Industrial Logistics. Preq: IE 453. 3(3-0) F. Materials management, materials flow 
and physical distribution. Management of activities required to move raw materials, parts 
and finished inventory from vendors, within an enterprise and to customers. This course will 
cover the design and operation of effective industrial logistics systems. Staff 

IE (OR) 561 Queues and Stochastic Service Systems. Preq: MA 421. 3(3-0) F. General 
concepts of stochastic processes are introduced. Poisson processes, Markov processes and 
renewal theory are presented. These are then used in the analysis of queues, starting with a 
completely memoryless queue to one with general parameters. Applications to many 
engineering problems will be considered. Stidham 

IE (CSC, OR) 562 Advanced Topics in Computer Simulation. 3(3-0) S. (See computer 
science.) 

IE (MA, OR) 586 Network Flows. Preqs: IE (OR, MA) 505 or equivalent. 3(3-0) S. This 
course will study problems of flows in networks. These problems will include the determina- 
tion of the shortest chain, maximal flow and minimal cost flow in networks. The relationship 
between network flows and linear programming will be developed as well as problems with 
nonlinear cost functions, multicommodity flows and the problem of network synthesis. (Of- 
fered in alt. yrs.) Graduate Staff 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ORIENTATION 

ISO 100 International Student Orientation. 0(1-0) F,S. Recommended for all foreign stu- 
dents new to the United States. Aims to acquaint them with the Raleigh community, 
American culture, University academic procedures and U.S. Government regulations. 

Etchison 

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 

(Also see Design.) 

LAR 400 Intermediate Landscape Architecture Design (Series). Preq: DF 102. May not 
be taken more than six times. 6(0-9) F,S. This series of courses covers small scale design, ur- 
ban landscape architecture, public and institutional design. The problems of project 
organization, design and execution will be studied in each course. Students select from a 
number of vertically organized workshop studios which offer on an optional basis a wide 
range of program emphases. 

Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates 

LAR 511 Community Design Policy. Preq: Grad. standing or CI. 3(3-0) S. The course ex- 
plores the theory and practices of the social impact on the designed environment and users of 
that environment. The public community development process is studied as it relates to the 
built environment. 

LAR 512 Landscape Resource Management. Preq: DN 431 or CI. 3(1-4) S. Laboratory 
techniques course in the methodology' of analysis and management of natural resources as it 
relates to landscape architecture. Case study approach to managed resource systems using 
spatial mapping and analysis techniques. 

LAR 573 Historic Preservation. Preq: Grad. standing and CI. 3(3-0) F. Seminar covering 
the legal, administrative, fiscal and political aspects of preserving and conserving buildings, 
sites, districts, objects and landscapes of architectural, historical, and design significance as 

301 



related to community design and planning considerations. Subjects to be treated include 
federal, state and local statutes and ordinances; federal and state court decisions and ad- 
ministrative processes. 

LAR 574 Landscape Design Controls. Preq: Grad. standing and CI. 3(3-0) S. Examina- 
tion of local, state and federal law, affecting the visual quality of large-unit natural and built 
environments such as landscapes and townscapes, as expressed in local ordinances, state 
statutes, executive orders, administrative regulations and court decisions. Emphasis is 
placed on the legal, administrative, fiscal and governmental tools and processes for main- 
taining and enhancing visual environmental quality. 

LAR 575 Land Development. Preq: Graduate standing or CI. 3(3-0) F,S. The seminar pre- 
sents the concepts, processes and principles used in the design and development of com- 
munities. The discussions will focus on a general development process, the development team 
and on the role of the designer in the context of the team. A wide range of project types will 
be discussed. The seminar presents the relationships of public regulatory policies and 
programs to the community design and development process. 

LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

LAT 101 Elementary Latin I. 3(3-0) F. An introduction to Classical Literature. Study of 
five declensions, present and perfect systems of four conjugations, some irregular verbs and 
basic syntax. Readings from Roman and Greek mythology 

LAT 102 Elementary Latin II. Preq: LAT 101 or equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Continuation and 
expansion of LAT 101. Various subjunctive uses, active and passive periphrastic conjugations, 
conditional sentences. Readings from various classical writers. 

LAT 201 Intermediate Latin I. Preq: LAT 102. 3(3-0) F. An introduction to Latin prose 
and poetry. The emphasis is on increased reading skill. A review of grammar fundamentals 
and an introduction to more complex syntactical structures. The cultural significance of the 
various readings is examined. An oral report, short paper, and translation exercise are 
required. 

LAT 202 Intermediate Latin II. Preq: LAT 201. 3(3-0) S. A study of the lyric poetry of 
Catullus and Horace emphasizing vocabulary, syntax, and techniques of Latin verse. The 
traditions and the evolution of lyric poetry and the social role of the Roman poet are 
discussed. 

MATHEMATICS 

MA 100 Precalculus Trigonometry. Credit is not allowed for both MA 100 and MA 111. 
For students in Engineering, Physical and Mathematical Sciences, Design, Biological and 
Agricultural Engineering (Science Program), Biological Sciences (all Options), Mathematics 
Education, and Science Education, credit in MA 100 does not count toward graduation re- 
quirements. 2(2-0) F.S.Sum. Basic topics from plane trigonometry which are needed for the 
study of calculus: angles, right triangles, trigonometric functions, graphs, identities, inverse 
functions, trig, equations, laws of sines and cosines. 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. Preq: MA 111 or equivalent completed in 
high school. Credit in both MA 102 and MA 112 is not allowed. 4(3-2) F,S,Sum. First of three 
semesters of unified analytic geometry and calculus course. Functions and graphs, limits, 
derivatives of algebraic functions and applications, indefinite integral, definite integral and 
the fundamental theorem of calculus, areas and volumes, plane analytic geometry. 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry. Credit is not allowed for both MA 100 and MA 111. 
For students in Engineering, Physical and Mathematical Sciences, Design, Biological and 
Agricultural Engineering (Science Program), Biological Sciences (all Options), Mathematics 
Education, and Science Education, credit in MA 111 does not count toward graduation re- 
quirements. 4(3-2) F.S.Sum. Sets and logic, the real number system, polynomials, algebraic 
fractions, exponents and radicals, linear and quadratic equations, inequalities, functions and 
relations, logarithms, plane trigonometry. 



302 



MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A. Preq: MA 111 or equiv. completed in high 
school. Credit in both MA 102 and MA 112 is not allowed. 4(4-0) F,S,Sum. Limits and 
derivatives, techniques of differentiation, applications, logarithmic exponential and 
trigonometric functions, higher derivatives, definite integral, applications, integration tech- 
niques, examples and applications in biological and behavioral sciences and economics. 

MA 113 Introduction to Calculus. Preq: MA 111 or equiv. completed in high school. 
Credit is not allowed in more than one of MA 102, 112, 113. MA 113 may not be substituted 
for MA 102 as a curricular requirement. 4(4-0) F.S.Sum. An introductory course for students 
who require only a single semester of calculus. Emphasis is placed on concepts and appli- 
cations, along with basic calculus skills. Topics include — algebra review, functions, graphs, 
limits, derivatives, integration, logarithmic and exponential functions, functions of several 
variables, applications in biological and social sciences. 

MA 114 Introduction to Finite Mathematics with Applications. Preq: MA 111 or 
equivalent completed in high school. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Introduction to symbolic logic; elemen- 
tary probability— probability measures, conditional probability, expected value; elementary 
matrix algebra; addition and multiplication, inverses, systems of linear equations. Markov 
chains; introduction to linear programming; applications in the behavioral, managerial and 
biological sciences. 

MA 115 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics. Credit in MA 115 is not allowed if 
student has credit for MA 102, 111, 112 or 114. Credit toward graduation is not given for MA 
115 in most curricula. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Basic skills are emphasized — addition, subtraction, 
multiplication, and division of fractions; rules of exponents; solving linear and quadratic 
equations; graphs; logarithms: "word" problems. Interwoven in the above topics is material 
of a less formal nature, indicating some of the recreational and useful aspects of 
mathematics. 

MA 116 Topics in Contemporary Mathematics. Preq: MA 115 or equiv. completed in 
high school. Credit in MA 116 is not allowed if student has credit for MA 102, 112 or 114. 3(3- 
0) F,S,Sum. Primarily for Humanities and Social Sciences students. Instructors prepare a 
list of topics, or modules, from which each student chooses four to study for the semester. 
Examples of modules which are and/or have been offered include: the 4th Dimension, Num- 
bers and Sets, Mathematics in Biology, Puzzles and Graphs, Cryptography, Mathematical 
Games, Mathematics in Finance, Mathematics in Music, Probability, Statistics, and Com- 
puting Machines. 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance. Preq: MA 111 or 115 or equivalent completed in high 
school. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Simple and compound interest, annuities and their application to 
amortization and sinking fund problems, installment buying, calculation of premiums of life 
annuities and life insurance. 

MA 127 Recreational Mathematics. Preq: MA 111 or 115 or equiv. completed in high 
school. 3(3-0) S. Requires algebra, trigonometry, and a willingness to engage in new types of 
mathematical thought. Games and puzzles, tricks, geometric figures, model building, 
fallacies, paradoxes, curiosities, anecdotes, conjectures, famous problems, mathematical 
humor and more. Mathematical treatments involve number theory, set theory, algebra, 
topology, combinatorics, geometry, probability, analysis, computer science, math history. 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. Preq: MA 102. 4(4-0) F,S,Sum. Second of 
three semesters of unified analytic geometry and calculus course. Applications of definite in- 
tegral. Transcendental functions, methods of integration, polar coordinates, parametric 
equations, brief introduction to determinants and matrices. 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. Preq: MA 201. 4(4-0) F,S,Sum. Third of 
three semesters of unified analytic geometry and calculus course. Introduction to infinite 
series, vector functions, analytic geometry of three dimensional space and partial differen- 
tiation, multiple integration, applications. Line integral and Green's Theorem. 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B. Preq: MA 112. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. Multivariate 
calculus — partial derivatives, multiple integrals, applications; sequences, series, and 
Taylor's Theorem; differential equations; difference equations; examples and applications in 
biological and behavioral sciences and economics. 

303 



MA 214 Elementary Probability. Preq: MA 112 or 102. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Basic concepts, 
elementary counting procedures conditional probability, discrete random variables, infinite 
sample spaces, continuous random variables, continuous time stochastic processes, examples 
and applications in biological and behavioral sciences. 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I. Preq: MA 202. Credit is not allowed in both 
MA 301 and MA 312. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. First order differential equations, applications, linear 
equations of higher order, applications in mechanics and other areas, Laplace transforms, 
systems of linear equations and their applications. 

MA 303 Linear Analysis. Preq: MA 202: Coreq: ST 361. Credit not allowed if credit has 
been obtained for MA 301, 312 or 405. 3(3-0) S. Linear equations of first and second order, 
compound interest and amortizations; differential equations of first and second order, 
growth and decay problems, population growth; matrix and vector algebra, simultaneous 
equations, eigenvalues, diagonalization, systems of difference and differential equations, 
population problems and Markov chains. 

MA 312 Introduction to Differential Equations. Preq: MA 201 (202 desirable). 3(3-0) F,S. 
First order differential equations, basic theory and applications of linear equations. Systems 
of linear equations, matrix methods, series solutions, Laplace transforms, existence and 
uniqueness. 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II. Preq: MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
The wave, heat and Laplace equations. Solutions by separation of variables and expansion in 
Fourier Series or other appropriate orthogonal sets. 

MA 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. 
Sets and mappings; equivalence relations; groups, homomorphisms, cosets, Cayley's 
Theorem, symmetric groups, quotient groups, rings, integral domains, Euclidean 
algorithms, polynomial rings, ideals, quotient rings. 

MA 404 Affine and Projective Geometry. Preq: MA 403 and 405. 3(3-0) S. Introduction to 
geometry of Euclidean, affine and projective spaces with emphasis on important groups of 
symmetries of these spaces. 

MA 405 Introduction to Linear Algebra and Matrices. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. Linear equations, linear dependence and vector spaces, inner products, linear 
transformations and matrices, operations with matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and 
reduction of matrices to diagonal forms, introduction to quadratic forms, applications. (A 
special section, MA 405M, is given for mathematics majors.) 

MA 408 Foundations of Euclidean Geometry. Preq: MA 403. 3(3-0) F. A critique of 
Euclid's Elements, incidence and order properties, congruence of triangles, absolute and non- 
Euclidean geometry, the parallel postulate, real numbers and geometry. 

MA 410 Theory of Numbers. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) S. Concerned with in- 
vestigation of arithmetic properties of the integers. Congruences, arithmetic functions, 
quadratic residues, the quadratic reciprocity Law of Gauss, primitive roots, diophantine 
equations, and algebraic number fields. 

MA 412 Introduction to Combinatorics. Preqs: MA 403 or CSC 322. 3(3-0) Alt. yrs. 
Problems of enumeration, distribution and arrangement. Inclusion— exclusion principle, 
generating functions, difference equations. Combinatorial identities. Systems of distinct 
representatives and matching problems. Finite designs. Potential applications in computer 
science, statistics, physics, operations research, chemistry, and other sciences. 

MA 414 Introduction to Differential Geometry. Preqs: MA 202 and MA 405. 3(3-0) S. In- 
troduction to the geometry of curves and surfaces from a modern point of view; calculus in 
Euclidean spaces, differential forms, frame fields, connections, calculus on surfaces as 
manifolds, integration of forms, curvatures, isometries, orientations, geodesies. 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Axioms 
of probability, conditional probability, combinational analysis, random variables, expecta- 
tion, simple stochastic processes. 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I. MA 202 (403 desirable). 3(3-0) F. Real number system, 



304 



functions and limits, topology on the real line, continuity, differential and integral calculus 
for functions of one variable. Infinite series. 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II. Preqs: MA 425 and 405. 3(3-0) S. Uniform con- 
vergence, calculus of several variables, topology in n-dimensions, limits, continuity, differen- 
tiability, implicit functions, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals. 

MA (CSC) 427 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I. Preqs: MA 301 or 312 and pro- 
gramming language proficiency. 3(3-0) F. For undergraduate students in any department 
who wish to learn the theory and practice of computational procedures using a digital com- 
puter. Topics include: approximation of functions by interpolating polynomials; numerical 
differentiation and integration; solution of systems of ordinary differential equations in- 
cluding both initial value and boundary value problems. Computer applications and 
techniques. 

MA (CSC) 428 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II. Preqs: MA 405 and programming 
language proficiency. 3(3-0) S. For students who wish to learn computational procedures us- 
ing digital computers. Topics include: solution of linear and nonlinear equations; matrices 
and eigenvalue calculations; orthogonal polynomials and Gaussian quadrature; curve fitting 
and function approximation by least squares; smoothing formulas; minimax approxima- 
tions. [MA (CSC) 427 is not a prerequisite.] 

MA 430 Mathematical Models in the Physical Sciences. Preqs: MA 301 or 312 and 405. 
3(3-0) F. The formulation of mathematical models in the physical sciences; mathematical 
techniques used in building such models and in analyzing them. Models related to motion 
problems, vibrations, dynamical systems, control theory, diffusion, crystallography, coding 
theory. 

MA 432 Mathematical Models in Life Sciences and Social Sciences. Preqs: MA 301 or 
312, MA 405. Coreqs: MA 421 or ST 371. 3(3-0) S. Mathematical modeling in the life sciences 
and social sciences, built around general concepts such as growth modeling (e.g. population 
growth) to which many different mathematical techniques may be applied (e.g. differential 
equations, probability, linear algebra). 

MA 433 History of Mathematics. Preq: One year of calculus. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Develop- 
ment of mathematical thought and evolution of mathematical ideas examined in a historical 
setting. Biographical and historical content supplemented and reinforced by study of tech- 
niques and procedures used in earlier eras. 

MA 491 Reading in Honors Mathematics. Preq: Membership in honors program, consent 
of department. 2-6 F,S. 

MA 493 Special Topics in Mathematics. Preq: Consent of department. 1-6 F,S. 
Selected 500-Level Courses Open To Advanced Undergraduates. 

MA 501 Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists I. Preq: MA 301 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) F. Survey of mathematical methods for engineers and scientists. Ordinary 
differential equations and Green's functions; partial differential equations and separation of 
variables; special functions, Fourier series. Applications to engineering and science are 
stressed. This course cannot be taken for credit by mathematics majors. 

MA 502 Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists II. Preq: MA 301 or 
equivalent. 3(3-0) S. Determinants and matrices; line and surface integrals, integral 
theorems; complex integrals and residues; distribution functions of probability. This course 
cannot be taken for credit by mathematics majors. 

MA (IE, OR) 505 Mathematical Programming I. 3(3-0) F,Sum. (See industrial 
engineering.) 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I. Preq: MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Fundamental 
theorems on continuous functions; convergence theory of sequences, series and integrals, the 
Riemann integral. 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II. Preq : MA 301 or 312. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. General theorems of 
partial differentiation; implicit function theorems; vector calculus in 3-space; line and sur- 
face integrals; classical integral theorems. 

305 



MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables. Preq: MA 511 or 425. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. Opera- 
tions with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, integrals, definitions and 
properties of elementary functions, multivalued functions, power series, residue theory and 
applications, conformal mapping. 

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics. Preq: MA 511 or 425. 3(3-0) S.Sum. Introduc- 
tion to integral equations, the calculus of variations and difference equations. 

MA 515 Linear Functional Analysis I. Preq: MA 426. 3(3-0) F. Metric spaces; Lebesgue 
measure and integration; LPand / p spaces; Riesz-Fischer and Riesz representation theorems; 
normed linear spaces and Hilbert spaces. 

MA 516 Linear Functional Analysis II. Preq: MA 515. 3(3-0) S. Basic theorems in Banach 
spaces, dual spaces, weak topologies; basic theorems in Hilbert spaces, and detailed theory of 
linear operators on Hilbert spaces; spectral theorem for self-adjoint completely continuous 
linear operators. 

MA 517 Introduction to Topology. Preq: MA 426. 3(3-0) F. Sets and functions, metric 
spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness. 

MA 518 Calculus on Manifolds. Preq: MA 426. 3(3-0) S. Calculus of several variables from 
a modern viewpoint. Differential and integral calculus of several variables, vector functions, 
integration on manifolds, Stokes' and Green's theorems, vector analysis. 

MA 520 Linear Algebra. Preq: MA 405. 3(3-0) F. Vector spaces, linear mappings and 
matrices, determinants, inner product spaces, bilinear and quadratic forms, canonical forms, 
spectral theorem. 

MA 521 Fundamentals of Modern Algebra. Preqs: MA 403 and 520. 3(3-0) S. Groups, nor- 
mal subgroups, quotient groups, Cayley's theorem, Sylow's theorem. Rings, ideals and 
quotient rings, polynomial rings. Fields, extension fields, elements of Galois theory. 

MA 523 Topics in Applied Mathematics. Coreqs: MA 515, 520. 3(3-0) F. Formulation of 
scientific problems in mathematical terms, interpretation and evaluation of the 
mathematical analysis of the resulting models. The course will discuss problems in 
behavioral and biological sciences as well as problems in mechanics of discrete and con- 
tinuous systems. Some discussion of optimization and the calculus of variations. 

MA 524 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences I. Preqs: MA 405, 512. 3(3-0) F. 
Green's functions and two-point boundary value problems; elementary theory of distribu- 
tions; generalized Green's functions. Finite and infinite dimensional inner product spaces; 
Hilbert spaces; completely continuous operators; integral equations; the Fredholm alter- 
native; eigenfunction expansions; applications to potential theory. Nonsingular and singular 
Sturm-Liouville problems; Weil's theorem. 

MA 525 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences II. Preq: MA 524. 3(3-0) S. Dis- 
tribution theory in n-space; Fourier transforms; partial differential equations, generalized 
solutions, fundamental solutions, Cauchy problem, wave and heat equations, well-set 
problems. Laplace's equation, the Dirichlet and Neumann problems, integral equations of 
potential theory, Green's functions, eigenfunction expansions. 

MA (CSC) 529 Numerical Analysis I. Preqs: MA 511 or equivalent, MA 405. 3(3-0) F. 
This course is designed for graduate and advanced undergraduate students who wish to learn 
the theory of numerical analysis of systems of linear equations, solutions to nonlinear equa- 
tions, interpolation theory, and divided differences. Understanding of the theory behind the 
various techniques and their error estimates will be stressed. Illustrations of the use and 
limitations of these methods on the computer will be included. 

MA (CSC) 530 Numerical Analysis II. Preq: MA (CSC) 529. 3(3-0) S. This course is a con- 
tinuation of CSC (MA) 529. Topics to be covered are numerical integration, numerical solu- 
tions of ordinary differential equations, and numerical solutions of partial differential 
equations. 

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations. Preqs: MA 301 or 312, 405, ad- 
vanced calculus. 3(3-0) S. Existence and uniqueness theorems, systems of linear equations, 
fundamental matrices, matrix exponential, series solutions, regular singular point; plane 
autonomous systems, stability theory. 

306 



MA 534 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations. Preqs: MA 425 or MA 511, MA 
301 or MA 312. 3(3-0) F. Theory of characteristics and classification of second order equa- 
tions, existence, uniqueness and representation of solutions for the wave equation, Dirichlet 
and Neumann boundary-value problems for the Laplace equation, potential theory in two 
and higher dimensional domains, mean-value theorem and the maximum principle, Green's 
identities, initial boundary-value problems of heat equation and wave equation. Maximum 
principle of parabolic equation, method of eigenfunction expansions, Fourier series and 
Fourier transforms. 

MA (CSC) 536 Theory of Sequential Machines. Preq: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) 
F. Sequential machine identification experiments. Finite-Memory machines. Special classes 
of machines. Decomposition of sequential machines. Linear sequential machines. Sequential 
relations of finite-state machines. 

MA (CSC) 537 Theory of Computability. Preq: CSC 412 or grad. standing. 3(3-0) S. The 
concept of effective computability. Turing Machines. Primitive recursive functions. The u- 
operator. H-recursive functions. Godel numbering. Equivalence of Turing Machines and u- 
recursion. Undecidable predicates. Universal Turing Machines. Other formulations of the 
concept of effective computability. 

MA (ST) 541 Theory of Probability I. Preq: MA 425 or 511. 3(3-0) F,Sum. Axioms, com- 
binatorial analysis, conditional probability, independence, random variables, expectation, 
special discrete and continuous distributions, probability and moment generating functions, 
central limit theorem, laws of large numbers, branching processes, recurrent events, random 
walk. 

MA (ST) 542 Introduction to Stochastic Processes. 3(3-0) S. (See statistics.) 

MA 545 Set Theory and Foundations of Mathematics. Preq: MA 403. 3(3-0) S. Logic and 
the axiomatic approach, the Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms and other systems, algebra of sets and 
order relations, equivalents of the Axiom of Choice, one-to-one correspondences, cardinal and 
ordinal numbers, the Continuum Hypothesis. 

MA (PY) 555 Mathematical Introduction to Celestial Mechanics. Preq: One year of ad- 
vanced calculus. 3(3-0) F. Central orbits, N-body problem, 3-body problem, Hamilton-Jacobi 
theory, perturbation theory, applications to motion of celestial bodies. 

MA (PY) 556 Orbital Mechanics Preqs: MA 301, 405, knowledge of elementary 
mechanics and computer programming. 3(3-0) S. Keplerian motion, iterative solutions, 
numerical integration, differential corrections and space navigation, elements of probability, 
least squares, sequential estimation, Kalman filter. 

MA (BMA, ST) 571 Biomathematics I. 3(3-0) F. (See biomathematics.) 

MA (BMA, ST) 572 Biomathematics II. 3(3-0) S. (See biomathematics.) 

MA 581 Special Topics. Preq: Consent of department. 1-6 F,S. 

MA (CSC) 582 Special Topics in Numerical Solution of Linear Algebraic Equations. 

Preqs: MA 405 or equivalent and a knowledge of computer programming. 3(3-0) S. A 
mathematical and numerical investigation of direct, iterative and semiterative methods for 
the solution of linear systems. Methods for the calculation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors of 
matrices. 

MA (CSC) 583 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential 
Equations. Preq: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427. 3(3-0) S. Numerical methods for initial 
value problems including predictor-corrector, Runge-Kutta, hybrid and extrapolation 
methods; stiff systems; shooting methods for two-point boundary value problems; weak, ab- 
solute and relative stability results. 

MA (CSC) 584 Special Topics in the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential 
Equations. Preq: Knowledge to the level of CSC 427, 428. 3(3-0) F. Numerical methods for 
the solutions of parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic partial differential equations including 
stability and convergence results. 

MA (CSC OR) 585 Graph Theory. 3(3-0) F. (See computer science.) 

MA (IE, OR) 586 Network Flows. 3(3-0) S. (See industrial engineering.) 

307 



MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE 
ENGINEERING 

MAE 200 Mechanical Technology in Contemporary Society. 3(3-0). F,S. The role of 
mechanical and aerospace engineering in our present technological society with approaches 
used by engineers in solving problems. Topics include: power generation, modern flight, and 
transportation vehicles. 

MAE 205 Energy: Sources, Uses and Conservation. Preq: Soph, standing. Cannot be 
taken as a technical elective by students in School of Engineering. 3(3-0) F,S. Broad coverage 
of the field for concerned and energy conscious students. Sources both current and prospec- 
tive, and the uses, limitations, and conservation of energy are considered from an individual 
as well as an institutional point of view. (Technical background not required). 

MAE 206 Engineering Statics. Preq: PY 205; Coreq: MA 202. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Basic con- 
cepts, forces and equilibrium, distributed forces, virtual work, and inertial properties; ap- 
plication to machines, structures and systems. 

MAE 208 Engineering Dynamics. Preq: MAE 206; Coreq: MA 301. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Equa- 
tions of motion; kinematics, kinetics of mass points and systems of mass points; kinematics 
and kinetics of rigid bodies; dynamics of nonrigid systems. 

MAE 216 Elements of Mechanical Engineering. Preq: MAE 206, PY 208 or 202. 3(3-0) 
F,S. An introduction to mechanical engineering emphasizing the application and extension of 
chemistry, physics and mathematics to real engineering problems in analysis and design. 

MAE 250 Introduction to the Airplane and Its Operation. Preq: Sophomore standing. 
Not acceptable as departmental elective in Mechanical or Aerospace Engineering. 3(3-0) F. A 
presentation of why airplanes look and fly as they do. Theory of flight and aircraft control, 
factors affecting aircraft operations and aerial navigation. Includes field trips to main- 
tenance, control and flight facilities at regional airports. 

MAE 261 Aerospace Vehicle Performance. Preqs: MA 201, PY 205. 3(3-0) S. Introduction 
to the problem of performance analysis in aerospace engineering. Aircraft performance in 
gliding, climbing, level and turning flight. Calculation of vehicle range and endurance. Sim- 
ple orbital mechanics. 

MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I. Preqs: MA 202, PY 208 or 202. 3(3-0) 
F,S,Sum. Introduction to the concept of energy and the laws governing the transfers and 
transformations of energy. Emphasis is placed on thermodynamic properties and the first 
and second law analysis of systems and control volumes. Integration of these concepts into 
the analysis of basic power and refrigeration cycles is also studied. 

MAE 302 Engineering Thermodynamics II. Preq: MAE 301. 3(3-0) S,Sum. Emphasis on 
the application of basic principles to engineering problems with systems involving mixtures 
of ideal gases, psychrometrics, nonideal gases, chemical reactions, combustion, chemical 
equilibrium, cycle analysis and one-dimensional compressible flow. 

MAE 303 Engineering Thermodynamics III. Preq: MAE 301. 3(3-0) S. For non- 
mechanical engineering jrs. Thermodynamics of mixtures; thermodynamics of fluid flow, 
heat transfer, vapor and gas cycles, and applications. 

MAE 305 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I. Coreq: MAE 301. 1(0-3) F,Sum. In- 
troduction to the theory and practice of measurement and experimental data collection. The 
components of the generalized measurement system are studied and their effects on the final 
result evaluated. Basic methods of data analysis as well as basic instrumentation for sens- 
ing, conditioning and displaying experimental quantities are covered. 

MAE 306 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II. Preqs: MAE 305, EE 331. 1(0-3) 
S.Sum. Specific types of measurements. Students evaluate and compare different in- 
strumentation for measuring the same physical quantity on the basis of cost, time required, 
accuracy, etc. 

MAE 307 Energy and Energy Transformations. Preqs: MA 201, PY 212. 3(3-0) F. Energy 
transformation as permitted by the First Law and limited by the Second Law. Properties of 



308 



ideal gases and actual gases; properties of vapors. Vapor power cycles; vapor refrigerating 
cycles, gas cycles for internal combustion engines and gas turbines. Elements of heat 
transfer. 

MAE 308 Fluid Mechanics. I. Preq: CE 213 or MAE 206. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. Development of 
the basic equations of fluid mechanics in general and specialized form. Application to a 
variety of topics including 1) fluid statics, 2) inviscid, incompressible fluid flow and 3) 
viscous, incompressible fluid flow. 

MAE 309 Fluid Mechanics II. Preq: MAE 308. 3(3-0) Alt. yrs. Further applications of 
the basic equations of fluid mechanics to 1) boundary layers and analysis, 2) laminar and 
turbulent flows and 3) compressible fluid flow. Introduction to experimental methods in 
fluid mechanics. 

MAE 314 Solid Mechanics. Preq: MAE 206. 3(3-0) F.S.Sum. Stresses, strains, constitutive 
laws, yield and fracture; application to axial, bending, torsional and plane stress states; 
deflection and stability analyses. 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines. Preq: MAE 216, 208. 3(3-0) F,S,Sum. A rational ap- 
plication of dynamics to the analysis of machines and mechanical devices to determine the 
motions resulting from applied loads and the forces and inputs required to produce specified 
motions. 

MAE 316 Strength of Mechanical Components. Preq: MAE 206; Coreq: MAT 201. 3(3-0) 
F,S. Stress, strain and deformation analysis of mechanical components and their strength 
determination based on material behavior under static and dynamic operating conditions. 
Applications to basic machine components. 

MAE 355 Aerodynamics I. Preqs: MAE 261, MA 301. 4(3-3) F. Introductory concepts of 
perfect fluid theory and incompressible boundary layers with application to computing the 
aerodynamic characteristics of airfoils, wings and flight vehicle configurations. 

MAE 356 Aerodynamics II. Preqs: MAE 355, 301. 4(3-3) S. Concepts o